sv1za
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
January 14, 2010
Registration
No. 333-163228
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Amendment No. 2
to
Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
QuinStreet, Inc.
(Exact name of Registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
7389
|
|
77-0512121
|
(State or other jurisdiction
of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
|
1051 East Hillsdale Blvd.,
Suite 800
Foster City, CA 94404
(650) 578-7700
(Address, including
zip code and telephone number, of Registrants principal
executive offices)
Douglas Valenti
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
1051 East Hillsdale Blvd., Suite 800
Foster City, CA 94404
(650) 578-7700
(Name, address, including
zip code and telephone number, including area code, of agent for
service)
Copies to:
|
|
|
Jodie Bourdet
David Peinsipp
Cooley Godward Kronish LLP
101 California Street,
5th
Floor
San Francisco, CA 94111
(415) 693-2000
|
|
Alan Denenberg
Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
1600 El Camino Real
Menlo Park, CA 94025
(650) 752-2000
|
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the
public: As soon as practicable after the
effective date of this registration statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be
offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to
Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following
box. o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act,
please check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same
offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated
filer o
|
|
Accelerated
filer o
|
|
Non-accelerated
filer þ
|
|
Smaller reporting
company o
|
|
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
|
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on
such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective
date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which
specifically states that this Registration Statement shall
thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a)
of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the
Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as
the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said
Section 8(a), may determine.
The
information in this prospectus is not complete and may be
changed. Neither we nor the selling stockholders may sell these
securities until the registration statement filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus
is not an offer to sell these securities and neither we nor the
selling stockholders are soliciting offers to buy these
securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not
permitted.
|
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION. DATED JANUARY 14, 2010.
Shares
Common
Stock
This is the initial
public offering of our common stock. Prior to this offering,
there has been no public market for our common stock. The
initial public offering price of our common stock is expected to
be between $ and
$ per share.
We have applied to
list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market under the
symbol QNST.
The underwriters
have an option to purchase a maximum
of
additional shares of common stock from us and a maximum of
1,037,648 additional shares of common stock from the selling
stockholders to cover over-allotments. We will not receive any
of the proceeds from the sale of our common stock by the selling
stockholders.
Investing in our
common stock involves risks. See Risk Factors
beginning on page 11.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriting
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discounts and
|
|
|
|
|
Price to
|
|
Other
|
|
Proceeds,
Before
|
|
|
Public
|
|
Commissions
|
|
Expenses, to
us
|
|
Per Share
|
|
$
|
|
$
|
|
$
|
Total
|
|
$
|
|
$
|
|
$
|
The underwriters
have agreed to reimburse us for a portion of our out-of-pocket
expenses.
Delivery of our
shares of common stock will be made on or
about ,
2010.
Neither the
Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities
commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or
determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
|
|
|
Credit
Suisse |
BofA Merrill Lynch |
J.P. Morgan |
The date of this
prospectus
is ,
2010.
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
You should rely only on the information contained in this
prospectus or contained in any free writing prospectus filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. Neither we,
the selling stockholders nor the underwriters have authorized
anyone to provide you with additional information or information
different from that contained in this prospectus or in any free
writing prospectus filed with the SEC. We and the selling
stockholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy,
our common stock only in jurisdictions where such offers and
sales are permitted. The information contained in this
prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus,
regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any
sale of our common stock.
For investors outside of the United States: Neither we, the
selling stockholders nor the underwriters have done anything
that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of
this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that
purpose is required. Persons outside the United States who come
into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about,
and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the
shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus
outside of the United States.
Until ,
2010 (25 days after commencement of this offering), all
dealers that buy, sell or trade our common stock, whether or not
participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a
prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the
obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as
underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or
subscriptions.
PROSPECTUS
SUMMARY
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in
this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that
you should consider in making your investment decision. Before
investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this
entire prospectus, including our consolidated financial
statements and the related notes and the information set forth
under the headings Risk Factors and
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations, in each case included
elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless the context otherwise
requires, we use the terms QuinStreet,
company, we, us and
our in this prospectus to refer to QuinStreet, Inc.
and, where appropriate, its subsidiaries.
QUINSTREET,
INC.
Overview
QuinStreet is a leader in vertical marketing and media on the
Internet. Vertical marketing and media are focused on matching
targeted segments of visitors with groupings of clients and
product offerings of probable interest to them. Vertical visitor
segments are defined by factors such as life stage, life events,
income, career status, and expressed intent to buy or research a
particular product. This approach is in contrast to marketing
and media that are focused on general consumer interests and
mass market audiences. We have built a strong set of
capabilities to engage Internet visitors with targeted media and
to connect our marketing clients with their potential customers
online. We focus on serving clients in large,
information-intensive industry categories, or verticals, where
relevant, targeted media and offerings help visitors make
informed choices, find the products that match their needs, and
thus become qualified customer prospects for our clients. Our
current primary client verticals are the education and financial
services industries. We also have a presence in the home
services,
business-to-business,
or B2B, and healthcare industries.
We generate revenue by delivering measurable online marketing
results to our clients. These results are typically in the form
of qualified leads or clicks, the outcomes of customer prospects
submitting requests for information on, or to be contacted
regarding, client products, or their clicking on or through to
specific client offers. These qualified leads or clicks are
generated from our marketing activities on our websites or on
third-party websites with whom we have relationships. Clients
primarily pay us for leads that they can convert into customers,
typically in a call center or through other offline customer
acquisition processes, or for clicks from our websites that they
can convert into applications or customers on their websites. We
are predominantly paid on a negotiated or market-driven
per lead or per click basis. Media costs
to generate qualified leads or clicks are borne by us as a cost
of providing our services.
Founded in 1999, we have been a pioneer in the development and
application of measurable marketing on the Internet. Clients pay
us for the actual opt-in actions by prospects or customers that
result from our marketing activities on their behalf, versus
traditional impression-based advertising and marketing models in
which an advertiser pays for more general exposure to an
advertisement. We have been particularly focused on developing
and delivering measurable marketing results in the search engine
ecosystem, the entry point of the Internet for most
of the visitors we convert into qualified leads or clicks for
our clients. We own or partner with vertical content websites
that attract Internet visitors from organic search engine
rankings due to the quality and relevancy of their content to
search engine users. We also acquire targeted visitors for our
websites through the purchase of
pay-per-click,
or PPC, advertisements on search engines. We complement search
engine companies by building websites with content and offerings
that are relevant and responsive to their searchers, and by
increasing the value of the PPC search advertising they sell by
matching visitors with offerings and converting them into
customer prospects for our clients.
Market
Opportunity
Our clients are shifting more of their marketing budgets from
traditional media channels such as direct mail, television,
radio, and newspapers to the Internet because of increasing
usage of the Internet by their potential customers. We believe
that direct marketing is the most applicable and relevant
marketing segment to us because it is targeted and measurable.
According to the July 2009 research report, Consumer
Behavior Online: A 2009 Deep Dive, by Forrester Research,
Americans spend 33% of their time with media on the
1
Internet, but online direct marketing was forecasted to
represent only 16% of the $149 billion in total annual
U.S. direct marketing spending in 2009, as reported by the
Direct Marketing Association. The Internet is an effective
direct marketing medium due to its targeting and measurability
characteristics. If direct marketing budgets shift to the
Internet in proportion to Americans share of time spent
with media on the Internet from 16% to 33% of the
$149 billion in total spending in 2009 that
could represent an increased market opportunity of
$25 billion. In addition, as traditional media categories
such as television and radio shift from analog to digital
formats, they then become channels for the targeted and
measurable marketing techniques and capabilities we have
developed for the Internet, thus expanding our addressable
market opportunity. Further future market potential may also
come from international markets.
Our
Business Model
We deliver cost-effective marketing results to our clients,
predictably and scalably, most typically in the form of a
qualified lead or click. These leads or clicks can then convert
into a customer or sale for the client at a rate that results in
an acceptable marketing cost to them. We get paid by clients
primarily when we deliver qualified leads or clicks as defined
in our agreements with them. Because we bear the costs of media,
our programs must deliver a value to our clients and a media
yield, or our ability to generate an acceptable margin on our
media costs, that provides a sound financial outcome for us. Our
general process is:
|
|
|
|
|
We own or access targeted media.
|
|
|
|
We run advertisements or other forms of marketing messages and
programs in that media to create visitor responses or clicks
through to client offerings.
|
|
|
|
We match these responses or clicks to client offerings or brands
that meet visitor interests or needs, converting visitors into
qualified leads or clicks.
|
|
|
|
We optimize client matches and media yield such that we achieve
desired results for clients and a sound financial outcome for us.
|
Our
Competitive Advantages
Our competitive advantages include:
|
|
|
|
|
Vertical focus and expertise
|
|
|
|
Measurable marketing experience and expertise
|
|
|
|
Targeted media
|
|
|
|
Proprietary technology
|
|
|
|
Client relationships
|
|
|
|
Client-driven online marketing approach
|
|
|
|
Acquisition strategy and success
|
|
|
|
Scale
|
Our
Strategy
We believe that we are in the early stages of a very large and
long-term business opportunity. Our strategy for pursuing this
opportunity includes the following key components:
|
|
|
|
|
Focus on generating sustainable revenues by providing measurable
value to our clients.
|
|
|
|
Build QuinStreet and our industry sustainably by behaving
ethically in all we do and by providing quality content and
website experiences to Internet visitors.
|
|
|
|
Remain vertically focused, choosing to grow through depth,
expertise and coverage in our current industry verticals; enter
new verticals selectively over time, organically and through
acquisitions.
|
|
|
|
Build a world class organization, with
best-in-class
capabilities for delivering measurable marketing results to
clients and high yields or returns on media costs.
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
Develop and evolve the best technologies and platform for
managing vertical marketing and media on the Internet; focus on
technologies that enhance media yield, improve client results
and achieve scale efficiencies.
|
|
|
|
Build, buy and partner with vertical content websites that
provide the most relevant and highest quality visitor
experiences in the client and media verticals we serve.
|
|
|
|
Be a client-driven organization; develop a broad set of media
sources and capabilities to reliably meet client needs.
|
Recent
Developments (Unaudited)
Our consolidated financial statements for the quarter ended
December 31, 2009, our second fiscal quarter, are not yet
available. Our expectations with respect to our unaudited
results for the period discussed below are based upon management
estimates and are the responsibility of management. Our
independent registered public accounting firm has not audited,
reviewed or performed any procedures with respect to these
preliminary financial data and, accordingly, does not express an
opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto.
This summary is not meant to be a comprehensive statement of our
unaudited financial results for this period and our actual
results may differ from these estimates.
We are providing the following preliminary results as of and for
the quarter ended December 31, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue of approximately $76 million;
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income of approximately $3 million;
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents of approximately
$34 million; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt of approximately $107 million.
|
Other Financial Data. For the quarter ended
December 31, 2009, estimated Adjusted EBITDA was
approximately $15 million. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net
income less interest and other income plus interest and other
expense, provision for taxes, depreciation expense, amortization
expense, stock-based compensation expense and foreign-exchange
(loss) gain.
Net
Revenue
We expect our net revenue for the quarter ended
December 31, 2009 to be approximately $76 million,
which is an increase of approximately $17 million as
compared to net revenue of $59.2 million for the quarter
ended December 31, 2008 and a decrease of approximately
$3 million as compared to net revenue of $78.6 million
for the previous sequential quarter ended September 30,
2009. The primary reasons for the increase versus the comparable
quarter in fiscal 2009 are an increase in net revenue from our
financial services client vertical and, to a lesser degree, an
increase in net revenue from our education client vertical. The
primary reasons for the decrease versus the previous sequential
quarter were a decrease in net revenue from our education client
vertical revenue due to typical seasonality, as described in
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Trends Affecting
our Business Seasonality, partially offset by
an increase in net revenue from our financial services client
vertical due to organic growth.
Adjusted
EBITDA
Our use of Adjusted EBITDA. We include
Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus for a number of reasons as
described in Summary Consolidated Financial
Data Adjusted EBITDA. Our use of Adjusted
EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not
consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our
results as reported under GAAP; limitations of our use of
Adjusted EBITDA as an analytical tool are described in
Summary Consolidated Financial Data Adjusted
EBITDA.
3
Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Net
Income. For the quarter ended December 31,
2009, our estimated net income was approximately
$3 million. In order to arrive at our estimated Adjusted
EBITDA of approximately $15 million for this period, we
added to our estimated net income our estimated interest and
other income (expense), net of approximately $1 million,
estimated provision for taxes of approximately $1 million,
estimated depreciation and amortization of approximately
$5 million, and estimated
stock-based
compensation expense of approximately $5 million.
Risks
Associated with Our Business
Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties,
including those highlighted in the section entitled Risk
Factors immediately following this prospectus summary,
that primarily represent challenges we face in connection with
the successful implementation of our strategy and the growth of
our business. We operate in an immature industry and have a
rapidly-evolving business model, which make it difficult to
predict our future operating results. In addition, we expect a
number of factors to cause our operating results to fluctuate on
a quarterly and annual basis, which may make it difficult to
predict our future performance.
Corporate
Information
We incorporated in California in April 1999. We reincorporated
in Delaware in December 2009. Our principal executive offices
are located at 1051 East Hillsdale Blvd., Suite 800, Foster
City, California 94404, and our telephone number is
(650) 578-7700.
Our website address is www.quinstreet.com. We do not incorporate
the information on or accessible through our website into this
prospectus, and you should not consider any information on, or
that can be accessed through, our website as part of this
prospectus, and investors should not rely on any such
information in deciding whether to purchase our common stock.
QuinStreet®,
the QuinStreet logo design and other trademarks or service marks
of QuinStreet appearing in this prospectus are the property of
QuinStreet. This prospectus also contains trademarks and trade
names of other businesses that are the property of their
respective holders.
4
THE
OFFERING
|
|
|
Common stock offered by QuinStreet |
|
shares |
|
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering |
|
shares |
|
|
|
Over-allotment option |
|
shares,
including 1,037,648 shares offered by the selling
stockholders |
|
|
|
Use of proceeds |
|
We expect the net proceeds to us from this offering, after
deduction of the estimated underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated offering expenses, to be approximately
$ million at an assumed
initial public offering price of
$ per share. We intend to use
the net proceeds from this offering for working capital, capital
expenditures and other general corporate purposes. We may also
use a portion of the net proceeds to repay debt or to acquire
other businesses, products or technologies. See Use of
Proceeds. |
|
|
|
Dividend policy |
|
We do not intend to pay cash dividends on our common stock for
the foreseeable future. |
|
|
|
Risk factors |
|
See Risk Factors beginning on page 11 and the
other information included in this prospectus for a discussion
of factors you should carefully consider before deciding whether
to purchase shares of our common stock. |
|
|
|
Proposed NASDAQ Global Market symbol |
|
QNST |
|
|
|
Financial advisor |
|
Qatalyst Partners LP is acting as our financial advisor in
connection with this offering. Qatalysts services consist
of (i) analyzing our business, condition and financial
position, (ii) preparing and implementing a plan for
identifying and selecting appropriate participants in the
underwriting syndicate, (iii) evaluating proposals that
were received from potential underwriters, (iv) negotiating
on our behalf the key terms of any contractual arrangements with
members of the underwriting syndicate, and (v) determining
various offering logistics. Qatalyst is not acting as an
underwriter and will not sell or offer to sell any securities
and will not identify, solicit or engage directly with potential
investors. In addition, Qatalyst will not underwrite or purchase
any of the offered securities or otherwise participate in any
such undertaking. |
The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after
this offering is based on 34,912,597 shares of common stock
outstanding as of December 31, 2009, and excludes:
|
|
|
|
|
an aggregate of 11,491,017 shares of common stock issuable
upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of
December 31, 2009 pursuant to our 2008 Equity Incentive
Plan and having a weighted-average exercise price of $9.3494 per
share;
|
|
|
|
|
|
an aggregate of 601,467 additional shares of common stock
reserved for future issuance under our 2008 Equity Incentive
Plan as of December 31, 2009; provided, however, that
immediately upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting
agreement for this offering, our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan will
terminate so that no further awards may be granted under our
2008 Equity Incentive Plan and the
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
shares then remaining and reserved for future issuance under our
2008 Equity Incentive Plan shall become reserved for issuance
under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
the shares reserved for future issuance under our 2010 Equity
Incentive Plan and up to 300,000 additional shares of common
stock reserved for future issuance under our 2010 Non-Employee
Directors Stock Award Plan, as well as any automatic
increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for
future issuance under each of these benefit plans, which will
become effective immediately upon the execution and delivery of
the underwriting agreement for this offering.
|
Unless we specifically state otherwise, the share information in
this prospectus is as of December 31, 2009 and reflects or
assumes:
|
|
|
|
|
the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our
convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of
21,176,533 shares of common stock effective immediately
prior to the closing of this offering;
|
|
|
|
that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation,
which we will file in connection with the completion of this
offering, is in effect; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
no exercise of the underwriters over-allotment option to
purchase up to an
additional shares
of common stock from us and up to an additional 1,037,648
shares of common stock from the selling stockholders.
|
6
SUMMARY
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following table summarizes our consolidated financial data.
We have derived the following summary of our consolidated
statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended
June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009 from our audited consolidated
financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The
consolidated statements of operations data for the three months
ended September 30, 2008 and 2009 and consolidated balance
sheet data as of September 30, 2009 have been derived from
our unaudited consolidated financial statements appearing
elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not
necessarily indicative of the results that should be expected in
the future and our interim results are not necessarily
indicative of the results that should be expected for the full
fiscal year. The summary of our consolidated financial data set
forth below should be read together with our consolidated
financial statements and the related notes to those statements,
as well as the sections titled Selected Consolidated
Financial Data and Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,
appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
167,370
|
|
|
$
|
192,030
|
|
|
$
|
260,527
|
|
|
$
|
63,678
|
|
|
$
|
78,552
|
|
Cost of revenue(1)
|
|
|
108,945
|
|
|
|
130,869
|
|
|
|
181,593
|
|
|
|
45,281
|
|
|
|
55,047
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
58,425
|
|
|
|
61,161
|
|
|
|
78,934
|
|
|
|
18,397
|
|
|
|
23,505
|
|
Operating expenses:(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product development
|
|
|
14,094
|
|
|
|
14,051
|
|
|
|
14,887
|
|
|
|
3,757
|
|
|
|
4,470
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
8,487
|
|
|
|
12,409
|
|
|
|
16,154
|
|
|
|
4,259
|
|
|
|
3,625
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
11,440
|
|
|
|
13,371
|
|
|
|
13,172
|
|
|
|
3,736
|
|
|
|
3,441
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
34,021
|
|
|
|
39,831
|
|
|
|
44,213
|
|
|
|
11,752
|
|
|
|
11,536
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
24,404
|
|
|
|
21,330
|
|
|
|
34,721
|
|
|
|
6,645
|
|
|
|
11,969
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest and other income (expense), net
|
|
|
1,034
|
|
|
|
413
|
|
|
|
(3,538
|
)
|
|
|
(622
|
)
|
|
|
(619
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
25,438
|
|
|
|
21,743
|
|
|
|
31,183
|
|
|
|
6,023
|
|
|
|
11,350
|
|
Provision for taxes
|
|
|
(9,828
|
)
|
|
|
(8,876
|
)
|
|
|
(13,909
|
)
|
|
|
(2,719
|
)
|
|
|
(4,837
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
15,610
|
|
|
$
|
12,867
|
|
|
$
|
17,274
|
|
|
$
|
3,304
|
|
|
$
|
6,513
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: 8% non-cumulative dividends on convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
(3,276
|
)
|
|
|
(3,276
|
)
|
|
|
(3,276
|
)
|
|
|
(819
|
)
|
|
|
(819
|
)
|
Undistributed earnings allocated to convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
(7,690
|
)
|
|
|
(5,925
|
)
|
|
|
(8,599
|
)
|
|
|
(1,527
|
)
|
|
|
(3,487
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to common stockholders basic
|
|
$
|
4,644
|
|
|
$
|
3,666
|
|
|
$
|
5,399
|
|
|
$
|
958
|
|
|
$
|
2,207
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to common stockholders basic
|
|
$
|
4,644
|
|
|
$
|
3,666
|
|
|
$
|
5,399
|
|
|
$
|
958
|
|
|
$
|
2,207
|
|
Undistributed earnings re-allocated to common stock
|
|
|
522
|
|
|
|
360
|
|
|
|
399
|
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to common stockholders
diluted
|
|
$
|
5,166
|
|
|
$
|
4,026
|
|
|
$
|
5,798
|
|
|
$
|
1,035
|
|
|
$
|
2,395
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per share of common stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.36
|
|
|
$
|
0.28
|
|
|
$
|
0.41
|
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
|
$
|
0.26
|
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares used in computing basic net income per
share
|
|
|
12,789
|
|
|
|
13,104
|
|
|
|
13,294
|
|
|
|
13,279
|
|
|
|
13,405
|
|
Weighted average shares used in computing diluted net income per
share
|
|
|
15,263
|
|
|
|
15,325
|
|
|
|
14,971
|
|
|
|
15,131
|
|
|
|
15,381
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Pro forma net income per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.48
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares used in computing pro forma basic net
income per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,471
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,582
|
|
Weighted average shares used in computing pro forma diluted net
income per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,148
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,558
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
$
|
416
|
|
|
$
|
1,112
|
|
|
$
|
1,916
|
|
|
$
|
470
|
|
|
$
|
728
|
|
Product development
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
443
|
|
|
|
669
|
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
253
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
226
|
|
|
|
581
|
|
|
|
1,761
|
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
|
507
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
1,354
|
|
|
|
1,086
|
|
|
|
1,827
|
|
|
|
351
|
|
|
|
741
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma as
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
Adjusted(1)
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
28,095
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Working capital
|
|
|
19,942
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
235,410
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
110,284
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
66,177
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
81,723
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The pro forma as adjusted consolidated balance sheet data gives
effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of
convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock
effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering and
to the sale
of shares
of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial
public offering price of $ per
share, the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover page of
this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting
discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses
payable by us. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed
initial public offering price of $
per share would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash
equivalents, working capital, total assets and total
stockholders equity by $ ,
assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth
on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and
after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions
and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also
increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each
increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of
shares offered by us would increase (decrease) each of cash and
cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total
stockholders equity by $ ,
assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains
the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting
discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses
payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed
above is illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual
initial public offering price and other terms of this offering
determined at pricing. |
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
Ended September 30,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
$
|
25,197
|
|
|
$
|
24,751
|
|
|
$
|
32,570
|
|
|
$
|
(261
|
)
|
|
$
|
11,808
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
9,637
|
|
|
|
11,727
|
|
|
|
15,978
|
|
|
|
4,114
|
|
|
|
3,952
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
2,030
|
|
|
|
2,177
|
|
|
|
1,347
|
|
|
|
504
|
|
|
|
443
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
Ended September 30,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Other Financial Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA(1)
|
|
$
|
36,112
|
|
|
$
|
36,279
|
|
|
$
|
56,872
|
|
|
$
|
12,157
|
|
|
$
|
18,150
|
|
|
|
(1) |
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income less interest income
plus interest expense, provision for taxes, depreciation
expense, amortization expense, stock-based compensation expense
and foreign-exchange (loss) gain. Please see
Adjusted EBITDA for more information and
for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to our net income
calculated in accordance with U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles, or GAAP.
|
Adjusted
EBITDA
We include Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because
(i) we seek to manage our business to a consistent level of
Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net revenue, (ii) it is
a key basis upon which our management assesses our operating
performance, (iii) it is one of the primary metrics
investors use in evaluating Internet marketing companies,
(iv) it is a factor in the evaluation of the performance of
our management in determining compensation, and (v) it is
an element of certain maintenance covenants under our debt
agreements. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income less
interest income plus interest expense, provision for taxes,
depreciation expense, amortization expense, stock-based
compensation expense and foreign-exchange (loss) gain.
We use Adjusted EBITDA as a key performance measure because we
believe it facilitates operating performance comparisons from
period to period by excluding potential differences caused by
variations in capital structures (affecting interest expense),
tax positions (such as the impact on periods or companies of
changes in effective tax rates or fluctuations in permanent
differences or discrete quarterly items) and the impact of
depreciation and amortization expense on definite-lived
intangible assets. Because Adjusted EBITDA facilitates internal
comparisons of our historical operating performance on a more
consistent basis, we also use Adjusted EBITDA for business
planning purposes, to incentivize and compensate our management
personnel and in evaluating acquisition opportunities.
In addition, we believe Adjusted EBITDA and similar measures are
widely used by investors, securities analysts, ratings agencies
and other interested parties in our industry as a measure of
financial performance and debt-service capabilities. Our use of
Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you
should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for
analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these
limitations are:
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures for
capital equipment or other contractual commitments;
|
|
|
|
although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the
assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced
in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash capital
expenditure requirements for such replacements;
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash
requirements for, our working capital needs;
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA does not consider the potentially dilutive
impact of issuing equity-based compensation to our management
team and employees;
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the significant interest
expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest
or principal payments on our indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect certain tax payments that may
represent a reduction in cash available to us; and
|
|
|
|
other companies, including companies in our industry, may
calculate Adjusted EBITDA measures differently, which reduces
their usefulness as a comparative measure.
|
Because of these limitations, Adjusted EBITDA should not be
considered as a measure of discretionary cash available to us to
invest in the growth of our business. When evaluating our
performance, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA alongside other
financial performance measures, including various cash flow
metrics, net income and our other GAAP results.
The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA
to net income, the most comparable GAAP measure, for each of the
periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
15,610
|
|
|
$
|
12,867
|
|
|
$
|
17,274
|
|
|
$
|
3,304
|
|
|
$
|
6,513
|
|
Interest and other income (expense), net
|
|
|
(1,034
|
)
|
|
|
(413
|
)
|
|
|
3,538
|
|
|
|
622
|
|
|
|
619
|
|
Provision for taxes
|
|
|
9,828
|
|
|
|
8,876
|
|
|
|
13,909
|
|
|
|
2,719
|
|
|
|
4,837
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
9,637
|
|
|
|
11,727
|
|
|
|
15,978
|
|
|
|
4,114
|
|
|
|
3,952
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense
|
|
|
2,071
|
|
|
|
3,222
|
|
|
|
6,173
|
|
|
|
1,398
|
|
|
|
2,229
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
36,112
|
|
|
$
|
36,279
|
|
|
$
|
56,872
|
|
|
$
|
12,157
|
|
|
$
|
18,150
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
RISK
FACTORS
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk.
Before you invest in our common stock, you should be aware that
our business faces numerous financial and market risks,
including those described below, as well as general economic and
business risks. The following discussion provides information
concerning the material risks and uncertainties that we have
identified and believe may adversely affect our business,
financial condition and results of operations. Before you decide
whether to invest in our common stock, you should carefully
consider these risks and uncertainties, together with all of the
other information included in this prospectus.
Risks
Related to Our Business and Industry
We
operate in an immature industry and have a relatively new
business model, which makes it difficult to evaluate our
business and prospects.
We derive nearly all of our revenue from the sale of online
marketing and media services, which is an immature industry that
has undergone rapid and dramatic changes in its short history.
The industry in which we operate is characterized by
rapidly-changing Internet media, evolving industry standards,
and changing user and client demands. Our business model is also
evolving and is distinct from many other companies in our
industry, and it may not be successful. As a result of these
factors, the future revenue and income potential of our business
is uncertain. Although we have experienced significant revenue
growth in recent periods, we may not be able to sustain current
revenue levels or growth rates. Any evaluation of our business
and our prospects must be considered in light of these factors
and the risks and uncertainties often encountered by companies
in an immature industry with an evolving business model such as
ours. Some of these risks and uncertainties relate to our
ability to:
|
|
|
|
|
maintain and expand client relationships;
|
|
|
|
sustain and increase the number of visitors to our websites;
|
|
|
|
sustain and grow relationships with third-party website
publishers and other sources of web visitors;
|
|
|
|
manage our expanding operations and implement and improve our
operational, financial and management controls;
|
|
|
|
raise capital at attractive costs, or at all;
|
|
|
|
acquire and integrate websites and other businesses;
|
|
|
|
successfully expand our footprint in our existing client
verticals and enter new client verticals;
|
|
|
|
respond effectively to competition and potential negative
effects of competition on profit margins;
|
|
|
|
attract and retain qualified management, employees and
independent service providers;
|
|
|
|
successfully introduce new processes and technologies and
upgrade our existing technologies and services;
|
|
|
|
protect our proprietary technology and intellectual property
rights; and
|
|
|
|
respond to government regulations relating to the Internet,
personal data protection, email, software technologies and other
aspects of our business.
|
If we are unable to address these risks, our business, results
of operations and prospects could suffer.
If we
do not effectively manage our growth, our operating performance
will suffer and we may lose clients.
We have experienced rapid growth in our operations and operating
locations, and we expect to experience continued growth in our
business, both through acquisitions and internal growth. This
growth has placed, and will continue to place, significant
demands on our management and our operational and financial
infrastructure. In particular, continued rapid growth and
acquisitions may make it more difficult for us to accomplish the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
successfully scale our technology to accommodate a larger
business and integrate acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
maintain our standing with key vendors, including Internet
search companies and third-party website publishers;
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
maintain our client service standards; and
|
|
|
|
develop and improve our operational, financial and management
controls and maintain adequate reporting systems and procedures.
|
In addition, our personnel, systems, procedures and controls may
be inadequate to support our future operations. The improvements
required to manage our growth will require us to make
significant expenditures, expand, train and manage our employee
base and allocate valuable management resources. If we fail to
effectively manage our growth, our operating performance will
suffer and we may lose clients, third-party website publishers
and key personnel.
We
depend upon Internet search companies to attract a significant
portion of the visitors to our websites, and any change in the
search companies search algorithms or perception of us or
our industry could result in our websites being listed less
prominently in either paid or algorithmic search result
listings, in which case the number of visitors to our websites
and our revenue could decline.
We depend in significant part on various Internet search
companies, such as Google, Microsoft and Yahoo!, and other
search websites to direct a significant number of visitors to
our websites to provide our online marketing services to our
clients. Search websites typically provide two types of search
results, algorithmic and paid listings. Algorithmic, or organic,
listings are determined and displayed solely by a set of
formulas designed by search companies. Paid listings can be
purchased and then are displayed if particular words are
included in a users Internet search. Placement in paid
listings is generally not determined solely on the bid price,
but also takes into account the search engines assessment
of the quality of website featured in the paid listing and other
factors. We rely on both algorithmic and paid search results, as
well as advertising on other websites, to direct a substantial
share of the visitors to our websites.
Our ability to maintain the number of visitors to our websites
from search websites and other websites is not entirely within
our control. For example, Internet search websites frequently
revise their algorithms in an attempt to optimize their search
result listings or to maintain their internal standards and
strategies. Changes in the algorithms could cause our websites
to receive less favorable placements, which could reduce the
number of users who visit our websites. We have experienced
fluctuations in the search result rankings for a number of our
websites. We may make decisions that are suboptimal regarding
the purchase of paid listings, which could also reduce the
number of visitors to our websites, or the placement of
advertisements on other websites and pricing, which could
increase our costs to attract such visitors. Our approaches may
be deemed similar to those of our competitors and others in our
industry that Internet search websites may consider to be
unsuitable or unattractive. Internet search websites could deem
our content to be unsuitable or below standards or less
attractive or worthy than those of other or competing websites.
In either such case, our websites may receive less favorable
placement. Any reduction in the number of visitors to our
websites would negatively affect our ability to earn revenue. If
visits to our websites decrease, we may need to resort to more
costly sources to replace lost visitors, and such increased
expense could adversely affect our business and profitability.
Our
future growth depends in part on our ability to identify and
complete acquisitions.
Our growth over the past several years is in significant part
due to the large number of acquisitions we have completed. Since
the beginning of fiscal year 2007, we have completed over 100
acquisitions of third-party website publishing businesses and
other businesses that are complementary to our own for an
aggregate purchase price of approximately $189.5 million.
We intend to pursue acquisitions of complementary businesses and
technologies to expand our capabilities, client base and media.
We have evaluated, and expect to continue to evaluate, a wide
array of potential strategic transactions. However, we may not
be successful in identifying suitable acquisition candidates or
be able to complete acquisitions of such candidates. In
addition, we may not be able to obtain financing on favorable
terms, or at all, to fund acquisitions that we may wish to
pursue.
12
Any
acquisitions that we complete will involve a number of risks. If
we are unable to address and resolve these risks successfully,
such acquisitions could harm our business, results of operations
and financial condition.
The anticipated benefit of any acquisitions that we complete may
not materialize. In addition, the process of integrating
acquired businesses or technologies may create unforeseen
operating difficulties and expenditures. Some of the areas where
we may face acquisition-related risks include:
|
|
|
|
|
diversion of management time and potential business disruptions;
|
|
|
|
expenses, distractions and potential claims resulting from
acquisitions, whether or not they are completed;
|
|
|
|
retaining and integrating employees from any businesses we may
acquire;
|
|
|
|
issuance of dilutive equity securities, incurrence of debt or
reduction in cash balances;
|
|
|
|
integrating various accounting, management, information, human
resource and other systems to permit effective management;
|
|
|
|
incurring possible impairment charges, contingent liabilities,
amortization expense or write-offs of goodwill;
|
|
|
|
difficulties integrating and supporting acquired products or
technologies;
|
|
|
|
unexpected capital expenditure requirements;
|
|
|
|
insufficient revenue to offset increased expenses associated
with acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
underperformance problems associated with acquisitions; and
|
|
|
|
becoming involved in acquisition-related litigation.
|
Foreign acquisitions would involve risks in addition to those
mentioned above, including those related to integration of
operations across different cultures and languages, currency
risks and the particular economic, political, administrative and
management, and regulatory risks associated with specific
countries. We may not be able to address these risks
successfully, or at all, without incurring significant costs,
delay or other operating problems. Our inability to resolve such
risks could harm our business and results of operations.
A
substantial portion of our revenue is generated from a limited
number of clients and, if we lose a major client, our revenue
will decrease and our business and prospects would be adversely
impacted.
A substantial portion of our revenue is generated from a limited
number of clients. Our top three clients accounted for 32% and
28% of our net revenue for the fiscal year 2009 and the first
three months of fiscal year 2010, respectively. Our clients can
generally terminate their contracts with us at any time, with
limited prior notice or penalty. DeVry Inc., our largest client,
accounted for approximately 19% and 13% of our net revenue for
fiscal year 2009 and the first three months of fiscal year 2010,
respectively. DeVry has recently retained an advertising agency
and has reduced its purchases of leads from us. DeVry and other
clients may reduce their current level of business with us,
leading to lower revenue. We expect that a limited number of
clients will continue to account for a significant percentage of
our revenue, and the loss of, or material reduction in, their
marketing spending with us could decrease our revenue and harm
our business.
We are
dependent on two market verticals for a majority of our
revenue.
To date, we have generated a majority of our revenue from
clients in our education vertical. We expect that a majority of
our revenue in fiscal year 2010 will be generated from clients
in our education and financial services verticals. A downturn in
economic or market conditions adversely affecting the education
industry or the financial services industry would negatively
impact our business and financial condition. Over the past year,
education marketing spending has remained relatively stable, but
this stability may not continue. Marketing budgets for clients
in our education vertical are impacted by a number of factors,
including the availability of student financial aid, the
regulation of for-profit financial institutions and economic
conditions. Over the past year, some segments of the financial
services industry, particularly mortgages, credit cards and
deposits, have seen declines in marketing budgets given the
difficult market conditions. These declines may continue or
worsen. In addition, the education and financial services
industries are highly regulated. Changes
13
in regulations or government actions may negatively impact our
clients marketing practices and budgets and, therefore,
adversely affect our financial results.
The United States Higher Education Act, administered by the
U.S. Department of Education, provides that to be eligible
to participate in Federal student financial aid programs, an
educational institution must enter into a program participation
agreement with the Secretary of the Department of Education. The
agreement includes a number of conditions with which an
institution must comply to be granted initial and continuing
eligibility to participate. Among those conditions is a
prohibition on institutions providing any commission, bonus, or
other incentive payment based directly or indirectly on success
in securing enrollments to any individual or entity engaged in
recruiting or admission activities. The regulations promulgated
under the Higher Education Act specify a number of types of
compensation, or safe harbors, that do not
constitute incentive compensation in violation of this
agreement. One of these safe harbors permits an institution to
award incentive compensation for Internet-based recruitment and
admission activities that provide information about the
institution to prospective students, refer prospective students
to the institution, or permit prospective students to apply for
admission online. The U.S. Department of Education is currently
engaged in a negotiated rulemaking process in which it has
suggested repealing all existing safe harbors regarding
incentive compensation in recruiting, including the Internet
safe harbor. While we do not believe that compensation for
services constitutes incentive compensation under the Higher
Education Act, the elimination of the safe harbor could create
uncertainty for our education clients and impact the way in
which we are paid by our clients and, accordingly, could reduce
the amount of net revenue we generate from the education client
vertical.
In addition, some of our clients have had and may in the future
have issues regarding their academic accreditation, which can
adversely affect their ability to offer certain degree programs.
If any of our significant education clients lose their
accreditation, they may reduce or eliminate their marketing
spending, which could adversely affect our financial results.
If we
are unable to retain the members of our management team or
attract and retain qualified management team members in the
future, our business and growth could suffer.
Our success and future growth depend, to a significant degree,
on the continued contributions of the members of our management
team. Each member of our management team is an at-will employee
and may voluntarily terminate his or her employment with us at
any time with minimal notice. We also may need to hire
additional management team members to adequately manage our
growing business. We may not be able to retain or identify and
attract additional qualified management team members.
Competition for experienced management-level personnel in our
industry is intense. Qualified individuals are in high demand,
particularly in the Internet marketing industry, and we may
incur significant costs to attract and retain them. If we lose
the services of any of our senior managers or if we are unable
to attract and retain additional qualified senior managers, our
business and growth could suffer.
We
need to hire and retain additional qualified personnel to grow
and manage our business. If we are unable to attract and retain
qualified personnel, our business and growth could be seriously
harmed.
Our performance depends on the talents and efforts of our
employees. Our future success will depend on our ability to
attract, retain and motivate highly skilled personnel in all
areas of our organization and, in particular, in our
engineering/technology, sales and marketing, media, finance and
legal/regulatory teams. We plan to continue to grow our business
and will need to hire additional personnel to support this
growth. We have found it difficult from time to time to locate
and hire suitable personnel. If we experience similar
difficulties in the future, our growth may be hindered.
Qualified individuals are in high demand, particularly in the
Internet marketing industry, and we may incur significant costs
to attract and retain them. Many of our employees have also
become, or will soon become, substantially vested in their stock
option grants. Employees may be more likely to leave us
following our initial public offering as a result of the
establishment of a public market for our common stock. If we are
unable to attract and retain the personnel we need to succeed,
our business and growth could be harmed.
14
We
depend on third-party website publishers for a significant
portion of our visitors, and any decline in the supply of media
available through these websites or increase in the price of
this media could cause our revenue to decline or our cost to
reach visitors to increase.
A significant portion of our revenue is attributable to visitors
originating from advertising placements that we purchase on
third-party websites. In many instances, website publishers can
change the advertising inventory they make available to us at
any time and, therefore, impact our revenue. In addition,
website publishers may place significant restrictions on our
offerings. These restrictions may prohibit advertisements from
specific clients or specific industries, or restrict the use of
certain creative content or formats. If a website publisher
decides not to make advertising inventory available to us, or
decides to demand a higher revenue share or places significant
restrictions on the use of such inventory, we may not be able to
find advertising inventory from other websites that satisfy our
requirements in a timely and cost-effective manner. In addition,
the number of competing online marketing service providers and
advertisers that acquire inventory from websites continues to
increase. Consolidation of Internet advertising networks and
website publishers could eventually lead to a concentration of
desirable inventory on a small number of websites or networks,
which could limit the supply of inventory available to us or
increase the price of inventory to us. We cannot assure you that
we will be able to acquire advertising inventory that meets our
clients performance, price and quality requirements. If
any of these things occur, our revenue could decline or our
operating costs may increase.
We
have incurred a significant amount of debt, which may limit our
ability to fund general corporate requirements and obtain
additional financing, limit our flexibility in responding to
business opportunities and competitive developments and increase
our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry
conditions.
As of September 30, we had an outstanding term loan with a
principal balance of approximately $27.8 million and a
revolving credit facility pursuant to which we can borrow up to
an additional $100.0 million. As of September 30,
2009, we had drawn $14.8 million from our revolving credit
facility. In January 2010, we replaced our existing credit
facility with a credit facility with a total borrowing capacity
of $175.0 million. The new facility consists of a
$35.0 million four-year term loan, with principal
amortization of 10%, 15%, 35% and 40% annually, and a
$140.0 million four-year revolving credit facility. As of
September 30, we also had outstanding notes to sellers
arising from numerous acquisitions in the total principal amount
of $26.4 million. As a result of our debt:
|
|
|
|
|
we may not have sufficient liquidity to respond to business
opportunities, competitive developments and adverse economic
conditions;
|
|
|
|
we may not have sufficient liquidity to fund all of these costs
if our revenue declines or costs increase; and
|
|
|
|
we may not have sufficient funds to repay the principal balance
of our debt when due.
|
Our debt obligations may also impair our ability to obtain
additional financing, if needed. Our indebtedness is secured by
substantially all of our assets, leaving us with limited
collateral for additional financing. Moreover, the terms of our
indebtedness restrict our ability to take certain actions,
including the incurrence of additional indebtedness, mergers and
acquisitions, investments and asset sales. In addition, even if
we are able to raise needed equity financing, we are required to
use a portion of the net proceeds of any equity financing, other
than this offering, to repay the outstanding balance of our term
loan. A failure to pay interest or indebtedness when due could
result in a variety of adverse consequences, including the
acceleration of our indebtedness. In such a situation, it is
unlikely that we would be able to fulfill our obligations under
our credit facilities or repay the accelerated indebtedness or
otherwise cover our costs.
The
severe economic downturn in the United States poses additional
risks to our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
The United States has experienced, and is continuing to
experience, a severe economic downturn. The credit crisis,
deterioration of global economies, rising unemployment and
reduced equity valuations all create risks that could harm our
business. If macroeconomic conditions worsen, we are not able to
predict the impact such worsening conditions will have on the
online marketing industry in general, and our results of
operations
15
specifically. Clients in particular verticals such as financial
services, particularly mortgage, credit cards and deposits,
small- to medium-sized business customers and home services are
facing very difficult conditions and their marketing spend has
been negatively affected. These conditions could also damage our
business opportunities in existing markets, and reduce our
revenue and profitability. While the effect of these and related
conditions poses widespread risk across our business, we believe
that it may particularly affect our efforts in the mortgage,
credit cards and deposits, small- to medium-sized business and
home services verticals, due to reduced availability of credit
for households and business and reduced household disposable
income. Economic conditions may not improve or may worsen.
Our
operating results have fluctuated in the past and may do so in
the future, which makes our results of operations difficult to
predict and could cause our operating results to fall short of
analysts and investors expectations.
While we have experienced continued revenue growth, our prior
quarterly and annual operating results have fluctuated due to
changes in our business, our industry and the general economic
climate. Similarly, our future operating results may vary
significantly from quarter to quarter due to a variety of
factors, many of which are beyond our control. Our fluctuating
results could cause our performance to be below the expectations
of securities analysts and investors, causing the price of our
common stock to fall. Because our business is changing and
evolving, our historical operating results may not be useful to
you in predicting our future operating results. Factors that may
increase the volatility of our operating results include the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
changes in demand and pricing for our services;
|
|
|
|
changes in our pricing policies, the pricing policies of our
competitors, or the pricing of Internet advertising or media;
|
|
|
|
the addition of new clients or the loss of existing clients;
|
|
|
|
changes in our clients advertising agencies or the
marketing strategies our clients or their advertising agencies
employ;
|
|
|
|
changes in the economic prospects of our clients or the economy
generally, which could alter current or prospective
clients spending priorities, or could increase the time or
costs required to complete sales with clients;
|
|
|
|
changes in the availability of Internet advertising or the cost
to reach Internet visitors;
|
|
|
|
changes in the placement of our websites on search engines;
|
|
|
|
the introduction of new product or service offerings by our
competitors; and
|
|
|
|
costs related to acquisitions of businesses or technologies.
|
Our
quarterly revenue and operating results may fluctuate
significantly from quarter to quarter due to seasonal
fluctuations in advertising spending.
The timing of our revenue, particularly from our education
client vertical, is affected by seasonal factors. For example,
the first quarter of each fiscal year typically demonstrates
seasonal strength and our second fiscal quarter typically
demonstrates seasonal weakness. In our second fiscal quarter,
our education clients often take fewer leads due to holiday
staffing and lower availability of lead supply caused by higher
media pricing for some forms of media during the holiday period,
causing our revenue to be sequentially lower. Our fluctuating
results could cause our performance to be below the expectations
of securities analysts and investors, causing the price of our
common stock to fall. To the extent our rate of growth slows, we
expect that the seasonality in our business may become more
apparent and may in the future cause our operating results to
fluctuate to a greater extent.
We may
need additional capital in the future to meet our financial
obligations and to pursue our business objectives. Additional
capital may not be available or may not be available on
favorable terms and our business and financial condition could
therefore be adversely affected.
While we anticipate the net proceeds of this offering, together
with availability under our existing credit facility, cash
balances and cash from operations, will be sufficient to fund
our operations for at least the next 12 months, we may need
to raise additional capital to fund operations in the future or
to finance acquisitions. If
16
we seek to raise additional capital in order to meet various
objectives, including developing future technologies and
services, increasing working capital, acquiring businesses and
responding to competitive pressures, capital may not be
available on favorable terms or may not be available at all. In
addition, pursuant to the terms of our credit facility, we are
required to use a portion of the net proceeds of any equity
financing, other than this offering and any other public equity
offerings, to repay the outstanding balance of our term loan.
Lack of sufficient capital resources could significantly limit
our ability to take advantage of business and strategic
opportunities. Any additional capital raised through the sale of
equity or debt securities with an equity component would dilute
our stock ownership. If adequate additional funds are not
available, we may be required to delay, reduce the scope of, or
eliminate material parts of our business strategy, including
potential additional acquisitions or development of new
technologies.
If we
fail to compete effectively against other online marketing and
media companies and other competitors, we could lose clients and
our revenue may decline.
The market for online marketing is intensely competitive. We
expect this competition to continue to increase in the future.
We perceive only limited barriers to entry to the online
marketing industry. We compete both for clients and for limited
high quality advertising inventory. We compete for clients on
the basis of a number of factors, including return on marketing
expenditures, price, and client service.
We compete with Internet and traditional media companies for a
share of clients overall marketing budgets, including:
|
|
|
|
|
online marketing or media services providers such as Monster
Worldwide in the education vertical and Bankrate in financial
services;
|
|
|
|
offline and online advertising agencies;
|
|
|
|
major Internet portals and search engine companies with
advertising networks such as Google, Yahoo!, MSN, and AOL;
|
|
|
|
other online marketing service providers, including online
affiliate advertising networks and industry-specific portals or
lead generation companies;
|
|
|
|
website publishers with their own sales forces that sell their
online marketing services directly to clients;
|
|
|
|
in-house marketing groups at current or potential clients;
|
|
|
|
offline direct marketing agencies; and
|
|
|
|
television, radio and print companies.
|
Competition for web traffic among websites and search engines,
as well as competition with traditional media companies, could
result in significant price pressure, declining margins,
reductions in revenue and loss of market share. In addition, as
we continue to expand the scope of our services, we may compete
with a greater number of websites, clients and traditional media
companies across an increasing range of different services,
including in vertical markets where competitors may have
advantages in expertise, brand recognition and other areas.
Large Internet companies with brand recognition, such as Google,
Yahoo!, MSN, and AOL, have significant numbers of direct sales
personnel and substantial proprietary advertising inventory and
web traffic that provide a significant competitive advantage and
have significant impact on pricing for Internet advertising and
web traffic. The trend toward consolidation in the Internet
advertising arena may also affect pricing and availability of
advertising inventory and web traffic. Many of our current and
potential competitors also enjoy other competitive advantages
over us, such as longer operating histories, greater brand
recognition, larger client bases, greater access to advertising
inventory on high-traffic websites, and significantly greater
financial, technical and marketing resources. As a result, we
may not be able to compete successfully. If we fail to deliver
results that are superior to those that other online marketing
service providers achieve, we could lose clients and our revenue
may decline.
17
If the
market for online marketing services fails to continue to
develop, our future growth may be limited and our revenue may
decrease.
The online marketing services market is relatively new and
rapidly evolving, and it uses different measurements than
traditional media to gauge its effectiveness. Some of our
current or potential clients have little or no experience using
the Internet for advertising and marketing purposes and have
allocated only limited portions of their advertising and
marketing budgets to the Internet. The adoption of Internet
advertising, particularly by those entities that have
historically relied upon traditional media for advertising,
requires the acceptance of a new way of conducting business,
exchanging information and evaluating new advertising and
marketing technologies and services. In particular, we are
dependent on our clients adoption of new metrics to
measure the success of online marketing campaigns. We may also
experience resistance from traditional advertising agencies who
may be advising our clients. We cannot assure you that the
market for online marketing services will continue to grow. If
the market for online marketing services fails to continue to
develop or develops more slowly than we anticipate, our ability
to grow our business may be limited and our revenue may decrease.
Third-party
website publishers can engage in unauthorized or unlawful acts
that could subject us to significant liability or cause us to
lose clients.
We generate a significant portion of our web visitors from media
advertising that we purchase from third-party website
publishers. Some of these publishers are authorized to display
our clients brands, subject to contractual restrictions.
In the past, some of our third-party website publishers have
engaged in activities that certain of our clients have viewed as
harmful to their brands, such as displaying outdated
descriptions of a clients offerings or outdated logos. Any
activity by publishers that clients view as potentially damaging
to their brands can harm our relationship with the client and
cause the client to terminate its relationship with us,
resulting in a loss of revenue. In addition, the law is
unsettled on the extent of liability that an advertiser in our
position has for the activities of third-party website
publishers. We could be subject to costly litigation and, if we
are unsuccessful in defending ourselves, damages for the
unauthorized or unlawful acts of third-party website publishers.
Poor
perception of our business or industry as a result of the
actions of third parties could harm our reputation and adversely
affect our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
Our business is dependent on attracting a large number of
visitors to our websites and providing leads and clicks to our
clients, which depends in part on our reputation within the
industry and with our clients. There are companies within our
industry that regularly engage in activities that our
clients customers may view as unlawful or inappropriate.
These activities, such as spyware or deceptive promotions, by
third parties may be seen by clients as characteristic of
participants in our industry and, therefore, may have an adverse
effect on the reputation of all participants in our industry,
including us. Any damage to our reputation, including from
publicity from legal proceedings against us or companies that
work within our industry, governmental proceedings, consumer
class action litigation, or the disclosure of information
security breaches or private information misuse, could adversely
affect our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
Because
many of our client contracts can be cancelled by the client with
little prior notice or penalty, the cancellation of one or more
contracts could result in an immediate decline in our
revenue.
We derive our revenue from contracts with our Internet marketing
clients, most of which are cancelable with little or no prior
notice. In addition, these contracts do not contain penalty
provisions for cancellation before the end of the contract term.
The non-renewal, renegotiation, cancellation, or deferral of
large contracts, or a number of contracts that in the aggregate
account for a significant amount of our revenue, is difficult to
anticipate and could result in an immediate decline in our
revenue.
Unauthorized
access to or accidental disclosure of consumer
personally-identifiable information that we collect may cause us
to incur significant expenses and may negatively impact our
credibility and business.
There is growing concern over the security of personal
information transmitted over the Internet, consumer identity
theft and user privacy. Despite our implementation of security
measures, our computer systems may be
18
susceptible to electronic or physical computer break-ins,
viruses and other disruptions and security breaches. Any
perceived or actual unauthorized disclosure of
personally-identifiable information regarding website visitors,
whether through breach of our network by an unauthorized party,
employee theft, misuse or error or otherwise, could harm our
reputation, impair our ability to attract website visitors and
attract and retain our clients, or subject us to claims or
litigation arising from damages suffered by consumers, and
thereby harm our business and operating results. In addition, we
could incur significant costs in complying with the multitude of
state, federal and foreign laws regarding the unauthorized
disclosure of personal information.
If we
do not adequately protect our intellectual property rights, our
competitive position and business may suffer.
Our ability to compete effectively depends upon our proprietary
systems and technology. We rely on trade secret, trademark and
copyright law, confidentiality agreements, technical measures
and patents to protect our proprietary rights. We currently have
one patent application pending in the United States and no
issued patents. Effective trade secret, copyright, trademark and
patent protection may not be available in all countries where we
currently operate or in which we may operate in the future. Some
of our systems and technologies are not covered by any
copyright, patent or patent application. We cannot guarantee
that: (i) our intellectual property rights will provide
competitive advantages to us; (ii) our ability to assert
our intellectual property rights against potential competitors
or to settle current or future disputes will not be limited by
our agreements with third parties; (iii) our intellectual
property rights will be enforced in jurisdictions where
competition may be intense or where legal protection may be
weak; (iv) any of the patents, trademarks, copyrights,
trade secrets or other intellectual property rights that we
presently employ in our business will not lapse or be
invalidated, circumvented, challenged, or abandoned;
(v) competitors will not design around our protected
systems and technology; or (vi) that we will not lose the
ability to assert our intellectual property rights against
others.
We are a party to a number of third-party intellectual property
license agreements and in the future, may need to obtain
additional licenses or renew existing license agreements. We are
unable to predict with certainty whether these license
agreements can be obtained or renewed on commercially reasonable
terms, or at all.
We have from time to time become aware of third parties who we
believe may have infringed on our intellectual property rights.
The use of our intellectual property rights by others could
reduce any competitive advantage we have developed and cause us
to lose clients, third-party website publishers or otherwise
harm our business. Policing unauthorized use of our proprietary
rights can be difficult and costly. In addition, litigation,
while it may be necessary to enforce or protect our intellectual
property rights or to defend litigation brought against us,
could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and
management attention and could adversely affect our business,
even if we are successful on the merits.
Confidentiality
agreements with employees, consultants and others may not
adequately prevent disclosure of trade secrets and other
proprietary information.
We have devoted substantial resources to the development of our
proprietary systems and technology. In order to protect our
proprietary systems and technology, we enter into
confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants,
independent contractors and other advisors. These agreements may
not effectively prevent unauthorized disclosure of confidential
information or unauthorized parties from copying aspects of our
services or obtaining and using information that we regard as
proprietary. Moreover, these agreements may not provide an
adequate remedy in the event of such unauthorized disclosures of
confidential information and we cannot assure you that our
rights under such agreements will be enforceable. In addition,
others may independently discover trade secrets and proprietary
information, and in such cases we could not assert any trade
secret rights against such parties. Costly and time-consuming
litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope
of our proprietary rights, and failure to obtain or maintain
trade secret protection could reduce any competitive advantage
we have and cause us to lose clients, publishers or otherwise
harm our business.
19
Third
parties may sue us for intellectual property infringement which,
if successful, could require us to pay significant damages or
curtail our offerings.
We cannot be certain that our internally-developed or acquired
systems and technologies do not and will not infringe the
intellectual property rights of others. In addition, we license
content, software and other intellectual property rights from
third parties and may be subject to claims of infringement if
such parties do not possess the necessary intellectual property
rights to the products they license to us. We have in the past
and may in the future be subject to legal proceedings and claims
that we have infringed the patent or other intellectual property
rights of a third-party. These claims sometimes involve patent
holding companies or other adverse patent owners who have no
relevant product revenue and against whom our own patents, if
any, may therefore provide little or no deterrence. In addition,
third parties have asserted and may in the future assert
intellectual property infringement claims against our clients,
which we have agreed in certain circumstances to indemnify and
defend against such claims. Any intellectual property related
infringement claims, whether or not meritorious, could result in
costly litigation and could divert management resources and
attention. Moreover, should we be found liable for infringement,
we may be required to enter into licensing agreements, if
available on acceptable terms or at all, pay substantial
damages, or limit or curtail our systems and technologies.
Moreover, we may need to redesign some of our systems and
technologies to avoid future infringement liability. Any of the
foregoing could prevent us from competing effectively and
increase our costs.
Additionally, the laws relating to use of trademarks on the
Internet are currently unsettled, particularly as they apply to
search engine functionality. For example, other Internet
marketing and search companies have been sued in the past for
trademark infringement and other intellectual property-related
claims for the display of ads or search results in response to
user queries that include trademarked terms. The outcomes of
these lawsuits have differed from jurisdiction to jurisdiction.
For this reason, it is conceivable that certain of our
activities could expose us to trademark infringement, unfair
competition, misappropriation or other intellectual property
related claims which could be costly to defend and result in
substantial damages or otherwise limit or curtail our
activities, and adversely affect our business or prospects.
Our
proprietary technologies may include design or performance
defects and may not achieve their intended results, either of
which could impair our future revenue growth.
Our proprietary technologies are relatively new, and they may
contain design or performance defects that are not yet apparent.
The use of our proprietary technologies may not achieve the
intended results as effectively as other technologies that exist
now or may be introduced by our competitors, in which case our
business could be harmed.
If we
are unable to price our services appropriately, our margins and
revenue may decline.
Our clients purchase our services according to a variety of
pricing formulae, the vast majority of which are based on pay
for performance, meaning clients pay only after we have
delivered the desired result to them. Regardless of how a given
client pays us, we ordinarily pay the vast majority of the costs
associated with delivering our services to our clients according
to contracts and other arrangements that do not always condition
payment to vendors upon receipt of payments from our clients.
This means we typically pay for the costs of providing our
marketing services before we receive payment from clients.
Additionally, certain of our marketing services costs are highly
variable and may fluctuate significantly during each calendar
month. Accordingly, we run the risk of not being able to recover
the entire cost of our services from clients if pricing or other
terms negotiated prior to the performance of services prove less
than the cost of performing such services. We have experienced
situations in the past where we incurred losses in the delivery
of our services to specific clients. If we are unable to avoid
recurrence of similar situations in the future through
negotiation of profitable pricing and other terms, our results
of operations will suffer.
If we
fail to keep pace with rapidly-changing technologies and
industry standards, we could lose clients or advertising
inventory and our results of operations may
suffer.
The business lines in which we currently compete are
characterized by rapidly-changing Internet media and marketing
standards, changing technologies, frequent new product and
service introductions, and changing
20
user and client demands. The introduction of new technologies
and services embodying new technologies and the emergence of new
industry standards and practices could render our existing
technologies and services obsolete and unmarketable or require
unanticipated investments in technology. Our future success will
depend in part on our ability to adapt to these rapidly-changing
Internet media formats and other technologies. We will need to
enhance our existing technologies and services and develop and
introduce new technologies and services to address our
clients changing demands. If we fail to adapt successfully
to such developments or timely introduce new technologies and
services, we could lose clients, our expenses could increase and
we could lose advertising inventory.
Changes
in government regulation and industry standards applicable to
the Internet and our business could decrease demand for our
technologies and services or increase our costs.
Laws and regulations that apply to Internet communications,
commerce and advertising are becoming more prevalent. These
regulations could increase the costs of conducting business on
the Internet and could decrease demand for our technologies and
services.
In the United States, federal and state laws have been enacted
regarding copyrights, sending of unsolicited commercial email,
user privacy, search engines, Internet tracking technologies,
direct marketing, data security, childrens privacy,
pricing, sweepstakes, promotions, intellectual property
ownership and infringement, trade secrets, export of encryption
technology, taxation and acceptable content and quality of
goods. Other laws and regulations may be adopted in the future.
Laws and regulations, including those related to privacy and use
of personal information, are changing rapidly outside the United
States as well which may make compliance with such laws and
regulations difficult and which may negatively affect our
ability to expand internationally. This legislation could:
(i) hinder growth in the use of the Internet generally;
(ii) decrease the acceptance of the Internet as a
communications, commercial and advertising medium;
(iii) reduce our revenue; (iv) increase our operating
expenses; or (v) expose us to significant liabilities.
The laws governing the Internet remain largely unsettled, even
in areas where there has been some legislative action. While we
actively monitor this changing legal and regulatory landscape to
stay abreast of changes in the laws and regulations applicable
to our business, we are not certain how our business might be
affected by the application of existing laws governing issues
such as property ownership, copyrights, encryption and other
intellectual property issues, libel, obscenity and export or
import matters to the Internet advertising industry. The vast
majority of such laws were adopted prior to the advent of the
Internet. As a result, they do not contemplate or address the
unique issues of the Internet and related technologies. Changes
in laws intended to address such issues could create uncertainty
in the Internet market. It may take years to determine how
existing laws apply to the Internet and Internet marketing. Such
uncertainty makes it difficult to predict costs and could reduce
demand for our services or increase the cost of doing business
as a result of litigation costs or increased service delivery
costs.
In particular, a number of U.S. federal laws impact our
business. The Digital Millennium Copyright Act, or DMCA, is
intended, in part, to limit the liability of eligible online
service providers for listing or linking to third-party websites
that include materials that infringe copyrights or other rights.
Portions of the Communications Decency Act, or CDA, are intended
to provide statutory protections to online service providers who
distribute third-party content. We rely on the protections
provided by both the DMCA and CDA in conducting our business. In
addition, the United States Higher Education Act provides that
to be eligible to participate in Federal student financial aid
programs, an educational institution must enter into a program
participation agreement with the Secretary of the Department of
Education. The agreement includes a number of conditions with
which an institution must comply to be granted initial and
continuing eligibility to participate. Among those conditions is
a prohibition on institutions providing any commission, bonus,
or other incentive payment based directly or indirectly on
success in securing enrollments to any individual or entity
engaged in recruiting or admission activities. The regulations
promulgated under the Higher Education Act specify a number of
types of compensation, or safe harbors, that do not
constitute incentive compensation in violation of this
agreement. One of these safe harbors permits an institution to
award incentive compensation for Internet-based recruitment and
admission activities that provide information about the
institution to prospective students, refer prospective students
to the institution, or permit prospective students to apply for
21
admission online. The U.S. Department of Education is
currently engaged in a negotiated rulemaking process in which it
has suggested repealing all existing safe harbors regarding
incentive compensation in recruiting, including the Internet
safe harbor. Any changes in these laws or judicial
interpretations narrowing their protections will subject us to
greater risk of liability and may increase our costs of
compliance with these regulations or limit our ability to
operate certain lines of business.
The financial services, education and medical industries are
highly regulated and our marketing activities on behalf of our
clients in those industries are also regulated. For example, our
mortgage websites and marketing services we offer are subject to
various federal, state and local laws, including state mortgage
broker licensing laws, federal and state laws prohibiting unfair
acts and practices, and federal and state advertising laws. Any
failure to comply with these laws and regulations could subject
us to revocation of required licenses, civil, criminal or
administrative liability, damage to our reputation or changes to
or limitations on the conduct of our business. Any of the
foregoing could cause our business, operations and financial
condition to suffer.
New
tax treatment of companies engaged in Internet commerce may
adversely affect the commercial use of our marketing services
and our financial results.
Due to the global nature of the Internet, it is possible that,
although our services and the Internet transmissions related to
them originate in California and Nevada, and in some cases,
England, governments of other states or foreign countries might
attempt to regulate our transmissions or levy sales, income or
other taxes relating to our activities. We have experienced
certain states taking expansive positions with regard to their
taxation of our services. Tax authorities at the international,
federal, state and local levels are currently reviewing the
appropriate tax treatment of companies engaged in Internet
commerce. New or revised state tax regulations may subject us or
our affiliates to additional state sales, income and other
taxes. We cannot predict the effect of current attempts to
impose sales, income or other taxes on commerce over the
Internet. New or revised taxes and, in particular, sales taxes,
would likely increase the cost of doing business online and
decrease the attractiveness of advertising and selling goods and
services over the Internet. New taxes could also create
significant increases in internal costs necessary to capture
data, and collect and remit taxes. Any of these events could
have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
Limitations
on our ability to collect and use data derived from user
activities could significantly diminish the value of our
services and cause us to lose clients and revenue.
When a user visits our websites, we use technologies, including
cookies, to collect information such as the
users Internet Protocol, or IP, address, offerings
delivered by us that have been previously viewed by the user and
responses by the user to those offerings. In order to determine
the effectiveness of a marketing campaign and to determine how
to modify the campaign, we need to access and analyze this
information. The use of cookies has been the subject of
regulatory scrutiny and users are able to block or delete
cookies from their browser. Periodically, certain of our clients
and publishers seek to prohibit or limit our collection or use
of this data. Interruptions, failures or defects in our data
collection systems, as well as privacy concerns regarding the
collection of user data, could also limit our ability to analyze
data from our clients marketing campaigns. This risk is
heightened when we deliver marketing services to clients in the
financial and medical services client verticals. If our access
to data is limited in the future, we may be unable to provide
effective technologies and services to clients and we may lose
clients and revenue.
As a
creator and a distributor of Internet content, we face potential
liability and expenses for legal claims based on the nature and
content of the materials that we create or distribute. If we are
required to pay damages or expenses in connection with these
legal claims, our operating results and business may be
harmed.
We create original content for our websites and marketing
messages and distribute third-party content on our websites and
in our marketing messages. As a creator and distributor of
original content and third-party provided content, we face
potential liability based on a variety of theories, including
defamation, negligence, copyright or trademark infringement or
other legal theories based on the nature, creation or
distribution of this information. It is also possible that our
website visitors could make claims against us for losses
incurred in
22
reliance upon information provided on our websites. In addition,
as the number of users of forums and social media features on
our websites increases, we could be exposed to liability in
connection with material posted to our websites by users and
other third parties. These claims, whether brought in the United
States or abroad, could divert management time and attention
away from our business and result in significant costs to
investigate and defend, regardless of the merit of these claims.
In addition, if we become subject to these types of claims and
are not successful in our defense, we may be forced to pay
substantial damages.
Wireless
devices and mobile phones are increasingly being used to access
the Internet, and our online marketing services may not be as
effective when accessed through these devices, which could cause
harm to our business.
The number of people who access the Internet through devices
other than personal computers has increased substantially in the
last few years. Our online marketing services were designed for
persons accessing the Internet on a desktop or laptop computer.
The smaller screens, lower resolution graphics and less
convenient typing capabilities of these devices may make it more
difficult for visitors to respond to our offerings. In addition,
the cost of mobile advertising is relatively high and may not be
cost-effective for our services. If our services continue to be
less effective or economically attractive for clients seeking to
engage in marketing through these devices and this segment of
web traffic grows at the expense of traditional computer
Internet access, we will experience difficulty attracting
website visitors and attracting and retaining clients and our
operating results and business will be harmed.
We may
not succeed in expanding our businesses outside the United
States, which may limit our future growth.
One potential area of growth for us is in the international
markets. However, we have limited experience in marketing,
selling and supporting our services outside of the United States
and we may not be successful in introducing or marketing our
services abroad. There are risks inherent in conducting business
in international markets, such as:
|
|
|
|
|
the adaptation of technologies and services to foreign
clients preferences and customs;
|
|
|
|
application of foreign laws and regulations to us, including
marketing and privacy regulations;
|
|
|
|
changes in foreign political and economic conditions;
|
|
|
|
tariffs and other trade barriers, fluctuations in currency
exchange rates and potentially adverse tax consequences;
|
|
|
|
language barriers or cultural differences;
|
|
|
|
reduced or limited protection for intellectual property rights
in foreign jurisdictions;
|
|
|
|
difficulties and costs in staffing and managing or overseeing
foreign operations; and
|
|
|
|
education of potential clients who may not be familiar with
online marketing.
|
If we are unable to successfully expand and market our services
abroad, our business and future growth may be harmed and we may
incur costs that may not lead to future revenue.
We
rely on Internet bandwidth and data center providers and other
third parties for key aspects of the process of providing
services to our clients, and any failure or interruption in the
services and products provided by these third parties could harm
our business.
We rely on third-party vendors, including data center and
Internet bandwidth providers. Any disruption in the network
access or co-location services provided by these third-party
providers or any failure of these third-party providers to
handle current or higher volumes of use could significantly harm
our business. Any financial or other difficulties our providers
face may have negative effects on our business, the nature and
extent of which we cannot predict. We exercise little control
over these third-party vendors, which increases our
vulnerability to problems with the services they provide. We
license technology and related databases from third parties to
facilitate analysis and storage of data and delivery of
offerings. We have experienced interruptions and delays in
service and availability for data centers, bandwidth and other
technologies in the
23
past. Any errors, failures, interruptions or delays experienced
in connection with these third-party technologies and services
could adversely affect our business and could expose us to
liabilities to third parties.
Our systems also heavily depend on the availability of
electricity, which also comes from third-party providers. If we
or third-party data centers which we utilize were to experience
a major power outage, we would have to rely on
back-up
generators. These
back-up
generators may not operate properly through a major power outage
and their fuel supply could also be inadequate during a major
power outage or disruptive event. Furthermore, we do not
currently have backup generators at our Foster City, California
headquarters. Information systems such as ours may be disrupted
by even brief power outages, or by the fluctuations in power
resulting from switches to and from
back-up
generators. This could give rise to obligations to certain of
our clients which could have an adverse effect on our results
for the period of time in which any disruption of utility
services to us occurs.
Interruption
or failure of our information technology and communications
systems could impair our ability to effectively deliver our
services, which could cause us to lose clients and harm our
operating results.
Our delivery of marketing and media services depends on the
continuing operation of our technology infrastructure and
systems. Any damage to or failure of our systems could result in
interruptions in our ability to deliver offerings quickly and
accurately
and/or
process visitors responses emanating from our various web
presences. Interruptions in our service could reduce our revenue
and profits, and our reputation could be damaged if people
believe our systems are unreliable. Our systems and operations
are vulnerable to damage or interruption from earthquakes,
terrorist attacks, floods, fires, power loss, break-ins,
hardware or software failures, telecommunications failures,
computer viruses or other attempts to harm our systems, and
similar events.
We lease or maintain server space in various locations,
including in San Francisco, California. Our California
facilities are located in areas with a high risk of major
earthquakes. Our facilities are also subject to break-ins,
sabotage and intentional acts of vandalism, and to potential
disruptions if the operators of these facilities have financial
difficulties. Some of our systems are not fully redundant, and
our disaster recovery planning cannot account for all
eventualities. The occurrence of a natural disaster, a decision
to close a facility we are using without adequate notice for
financial reasons or other unanticipated problems at our
facilities could result in lengthy interruptions in our service.
Any unscheduled interruption in our service would result in an
immediate loss of revenue. If we experience frequent or
persistent system failures, the attractiveness of our
technologies and services to clients and website publishers
could be permanently harmed. The steps we have taken to increase
the reliability and redundancy of our systems are expensive,
reduce our operating margin, and may not be successful in
reducing the frequency or duration of unscheduled interruptions.
Any
constraints on the capacity of our technology infrastructure
could delay the effectiveness of our operations or result in
system failures, which would result in the loss of clients and
harm our business and results of operations.
Our future success depends in part on the efficient performance
of our software and technology infrastructure. As the numbers of
websites and Internet users increase, our technology
infrastructure may not be able to meet the increased demand. A
sudden and unexpected increase in the volume of user responses
could strain the capacity of our technology infrastructure. Any
capacity constraints we experience could lead to slower response
times or system failures and adversely affect the availability
of websites and the level of user responses received, which
could result in the loss of clients or revenue or harm to our
business and results of operations.
We
could lose clients if we fail to detect click-through or other
fraud on advertisements in a manner that is acceptable to our
clients.
We are exposed to the risk of fraudulent clicks or actions on
our websites or our third-party publishers websites. We
may in the future have to refund revenue that our clients have
paid to us and that was later attributed to, or suspected to be
caused by, fraud. Click-through fraud occurs when an individual
clicks on an
24
ad displayed on a website or an automated system is used to
create such clicks with the intent of generating the revenue
share payment to the publisher rather than to view the
underlying content. Action fraud occurs when on-line forms are
completed with false or fictitious information in an effort to
increase the compensable actions in respect of which a web
publisher is to be compensated. From time to time we have
experienced fraudulent clicks or actions and we do not charge
our clients for such fraudulent clicks or actions when they are
detected. It is conceivable that this activity could negatively
affect our profitability, and this type of fraudulent act could
hurt our reputation. If fraudulent clicks or actions are not
detected, the affected clients may experience a reduced return
on their investment in our marketing programs, which could lead
the clients to become dissatisfied with our campaigns, and in
turn, lead to loss of clients and the related revenue.
Additionally, we have from time to time had to terminate
relationships with web publishers who we believed to have
engaged in fraud and we may have to do so in future. Termination
of such relationships entails a loss of revenue associated with
the legitimate actions or clicks generated by such web
publishers.
We
will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating
as a public company, which may adversely affect our operating
results and financial condition.
As a public company, we will incur significant accounting, legal
and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company.
We will incur costs associated with our public company reporting
requirements. We also anticipate that we will incur costs
associated with corporate governance requirements, including
requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or
Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules implemented by the SEC and
The NASDAQ Global Market. We expect these rules and regulations
to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make
some activities more time-consuming and costly. Our management
and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of
time to these compliance initiatives. Furthermore, these laws
and regulations could make it more difficult or more costly for
us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and
officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept
reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher
costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. The impact of
these requirements could also make it more difficult for us to
attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of
directors, our board committees or as executive officers. We
cannot predict or estimate the amount or timing of additional
costs we may incur to respond to these requirements. We are
currently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to
these rules, and we cannot predict or estimate the amount of
additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.
In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other
things, that we maintain effective internal control over
financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. In
particular, for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2011, we
must perform system and process evaluation and testing of our
internal control over financial reporting to allow management
and our independent registered public accounting firm to report
on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial
reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act, or Section 404. Our compliance with Section 404
will require that we incur substantial expense and expend
significant management time on compliance-related issues.
If we
fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our
ability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely
basis could be impaired, which would adversely affect our
ability to operate our business.
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining
adequate internal control over financial reporting to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles. We may in the future discover
areas of our internal financial and accounting controls and
procedures that need improvement. Our internal control over
financial reporting will not prevent or detect all error and all
fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and
operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance
that the control systems objectives will be met. Because
of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no
evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that
misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all
control issues and instances of fraud will be detected. If we
are unable to maintain proper and effective internal controls,
we may not be able to produce accurate financial
25
statements on a timely basis, which could adversely affect our
ability to operate our business and could result in regulatory
action.
Risks
Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common
Stock
Our
stock price may be volatile, and you may not be able to resell
shares of our common stock at or above the price you
paid.
Prior to this offering there has been no public market for
shares of our common stock, and an active public market for our
shares may not develop or be sustained after this offering. We
and the representatives of the underwriters will determine the
offering price of our common stock through negotiation. This
price will not necessarily reflect the price at which investors
in the market will be willing to buy and sell our shares
following this offering. In addition, the trading price of our
common stock following this offering could be highly volatile
and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various
factors, some of which are beyond our control. These factors
include those discussed in this Risk Factors section
of this prospectus and others such as:
|
|
|
|
|
changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by securities
analysts;
|
|
|
|
announcements by us or our competitors of new services,
significant contracts, commercial relationships, acquisitions or
capital commitments;
|
|
|
|
developments with respect to intellectual property rights;
|
|
|
|
our ability to develop and market new and enhanced products on a
timely basis;
|
|
|
|
our commencement of, or involvement in, litigation;
|
|
|
|
changes in governmental regulations or in the status of our
regulatory approvals; and
|
|
|
|
a slowdown in our industry or the general economy.
|
In recent years, the stock market in general, and the market for
technology and Internet-based companies in particular, has
experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have
often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating
performance of those companies. Broad market and industry
factors may seriously affect the market price of our common
stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. These
fluctuations may be even more pronounced in the trading market
for our stock shortly following this offering. In addition, in
the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market
and the market price of a particular companys securities,
securities class action litigation has often been instituted
against these companies. Such litigation, if instituted against
us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our
managements attention and resources.
If
securities or industry analysts do not publish research or
reports about our business, or if they issue an adverse or
misleading opinion regarding our stock, our stock price and
trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by
the research and reports that industry or securities analysts
publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and
may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry
analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence
coverage of our company, the trading price for our stock would
be negatively impacted. In the event we obtain securities or
industry analyst coverage, if any of the analysts who cover us
issue an adverse opinion regarding our stock, our stock price
would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease
coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us
regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets,
which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to
decline.
Our
directors, executive officers and principal stockholders and
their respective affiliates will continue to have substantial
control over us after this offering and could delay or prevent a
change in corporate control.
After this offering, our directors, executive officers and
holders of more than 5% of our common stock, together with their
affiliates, will beneficially own, in the aggregate,
approximately % of our outstanding
26
common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters
option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in this
offering. As a result, these stockholders, acting together, will
continue to have substantial control over the outcome of matters
submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the
election of directors and any merger, consolidation or sale of
all or substantially all of our assets. In addition, these
stockholders, acting together, will continue to have significant
influence over the management and affairs of our company.
Accordingly, this concentration of ownership may have the effect
of:
|
|
|
|
|
delaying, deferring or preventing a change in corporate control;
|
|
|
|
impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business
combination involving us; or
|
|
|
|
discouraging a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or
otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.
|
Future
sales of shares by existing stockholders could cause our stock
price to decline.
If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intent to
sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public
market after the
180-day
contractual
lock-up,
which period may be extended in certain limited circumstances,
and other legal restrictions on resale discussed in this
prospectus lapse, the trading price of our common stock could
decline significantly and could decline below the initial public
offering price. Based on shares outstanding as of
December 31, 2009, upon the completion of this offering, we
will have outstanding
approximately shares
of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters
over-allotment option and no exercise of outstanding options. Of
these shares, shares of common stock, plus any shares sold upon
exercise of the underwriters over-allotment option, will
be immediately freely tradable, without restriction, in the
public market. The underwriters may, in their sole discretion,
permit our officers, directors, employees and current
stockholders to sell shares prior to the expiration of the
lock-up
agreements.
After the
lock-up
agreements pertaining to this offering expire and based on
shares outstanding as of December 31, 2009, an additional
34,912,597 shares will be eligible for sale in the public
market. In addition, (i) the 11,491,017 shares subject
to outstanding options under our equity incentive plans as of
December 31, 2009 and (ii) the shares reserved for
future issuance under our equity incentive plans will become
eligible for sale in the public market in the future, subject to
certain legal and contractual limitations. If these additional
shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold,
in the public market, the price of our common stock could
decline substantially.
Purchasers
of common stock in this offering will experience immediate and
substantial dilution in the book value of their
investment.
The initial offering price of our common stock is substantially
higher than the expected net tangible book value per share of
our common stock immediately after this offering. Therefore, if
you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur
an immediate dilution of $ in net
tangible book value per share from the price you paid, based on
our shares outstanding as of September 30, 2009. In
addition, following this offering, purchasers in the offering
will have contributed
approximately % of the total
consideration paid by stockholders to us to purchase shares of
our common stock, based on our shares outstanding as of
September 30, 2009. In addition, if the underwriters
exercise their option to purchase additional shares or if
outstanding options are exercised, you will experience further
dilution. For a further description of the dilution that you
will experience immediately after this offering, see the section
of this prospectus entitled Dilution.
We
have broad discretion to determine how to use the funds raised
in this offering, and may use them in ways that may not enhance
our operating results or the price of our common
stock.
Our management will have broad discretion over the use of
proceeds from this offering, and we could spend the proceeds
from this offering in ways our stockholders may not agree with
or that do not yield a favorable return. We intend to use the
net proceeds from this offering for working capital, capital
expenditures and other general corporate purposes. We may also
use a portion of the net proceeds to make repayments on our debt
or acquire other businesses, products or technologies. If we do
not invest or apply the
27
proceeds of this offering in ways that improve our operating
results, we may fail to achieve expected financial results,
which could cause our stock price to decline.
Provisions
in our charter documents following this offering, under Delaware
law and in contractual obligations, could discourage a takeover
that stockholders may consider favorable and may lead to
entrenchment of management.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws
that will be in effect as of the closing of this offering will
contain provisions that could have the effect of delaying or
preventing changes in control or changes in our management
without the consent of our board of directors. These provisions
will include:
|
|
|
|
|
a classified board of directors with three-year staggered terms,
which may delay the ability of stockholders to change the
membership of a majority of our board of directors;
|
|
|
|
no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits
the ability of minority stockholders to elect director
candidates;
|
|
|
|
the exclusive right of our board of directors to elect a
director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board
of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director,
which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on
our board of directors;
|
|
|
|
the ability of our board of directors to determine to issue
shares of preferred stock and to determine the price and other
terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights,
without stockholder approval, which could be used to
significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquirer;
|
|
|
|
a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent, which
forces stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special
meeting of our stockholders;
|
|
|
|
the requirement that a special meeting of stockholders may be
called only by the chairman of the board of directors, the chief
executive officer or the board of directors, which may delay the
ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal
or to take action, including the removal of directors; and
|
|
|
|
advance notice procedures that stockholders must comply with in
order to nominate candidates to our board of directors or to
propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders
meeting, which may discourage or deter a potential acquiror from
conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the
acquirors own slate of directors or otherwise attempting
to obtain control of us.
|
We are subject to certain anti-takeover provisions under
Delaware law. Under Delaware law, a corporation may not, in
general, engage in a business combination with any holder of 15%
or more of its capital stock unless the holder has held the
stock for three years or, among other things, the board of
directors has approved the transaction. For a description of our
capital stock, see Description of Capital Stock.
We do
not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock and,
consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your
investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our
common stock.
We do not intend to declare and pay dividends on our capital
stock for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to invest
our future earnings, if any, to fund our growth. Additionally,
the terms of our credit facility restrict our ability to pay
dividends. Therefore, you are not likely to receive any
dividends on your common stock for the foreseeable future.
28
SPECIAL
NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus, particularly in the sections titled
Prospectus Summary, Risk Factors,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and
Business, contains forward-looking statements that
involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements
other than statements of historical facts contained in this
prospectus, including statements regarding our future financial
condition, business strategy and plans and objectives of
management for future operations, are forward-looking
statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking
statements by terminology such as believe,
may, might, objective,
estimate, continue,
anticipate, intend, should,
plan, expect, predict,
potential, or the negative of these terms or other
similar expressions. We have based these forward-looking
statements largely on our current expectations and projections
about future events and financial trends that we believe may
affect our financial condition, results of operations, business
strategy and financial needs. These forward-looking statements
are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions
described under the section titled Risk Factors and
elsewhere in this prospectus, regarding, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
our immature industry and relatively new business model;
|
|
|
|
our ability to manage our growth effectively;
|
|
|
|
our dependence on Internet search companies to attract Internet
visitors;
|
|
|
|
our ability to successfully manage any future acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
our dependence on a small number of large clients and our
dependence on a small number of client verticals for a majority
of our revenue;
|
|
|
|
our ability to attract and retain qualified employees and key
personnel;
|
|
|
|
our ability to accurately forecast our operating results and
appropriately plan our expenses;
|
|
|
|
our ability to compete in our industry;
|
|
|
|
our ability to enhance and maintain our client and vendor
relationships;
|
|
|
|
our ability to develop new services and enhancements and
features to meet new demands from our clients;
|
|
|
|
our ability to raise additional capital in the future, if needed;
|
|
|
|
general economic conditions in our domestic and potential future
international markets;
|
|
|
|
our ability to protect our intellectual property rights; and
|
|
|
|
our expectations regarding the use of proceeds from this
offering.
|
These risks are not exhaustive. Other sections of this
prospectus may include additional factors that could adversely
impact our business and financial performance. These statements
reflect our current views with respect to future events and are
based on assumptions and subject to risk and uncertainties.
Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly-changing
environment. New risk factors emerge from time to time and it is
not possible for our management to predict all risk factors, nor
can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the
extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause
actual results to differ materially from those contained in any
forward-looking statements.
You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as
predictions of future events. The events and circumstances
reflected in the forward-looking statements may not be achieved
or occur. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in
the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot
guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or
achievements. Moreover, neither we nor any other person assume
responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the
forward-looking statements. Except as required by law, we
undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking
statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus to
conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our
expectations.
You should read this prospectus and the documents that we
reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the
registration statement on
Form S-1,
of which this prospectus is a part, that we have filed with the
SEC with the understanding that our actual future results,
levels of activity, performance and achievements may be
materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our
forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.
29
USE OF
PROCEEDS
We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of our
common stock in this offering will be approximately
$ million, or approximately
$ million if the underwriters
exercise their right to purchase additional shares of common
stock from us to cover over-allotments in full, based upon an
assumed initial public offering price of
$ per share, and after deducting
estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
offering expenses. We will not receive any proceeds from the
sale of our common stock to be sold by the selling stockholders
if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option. Each
$1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering
price of $ per share would
increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by
approximately $ million,
assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the
cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. We may also
increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each
increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of
shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds
to us from this offering by approximately
$ million, assuming that the
assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and
after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We do
not expect that a change in the offering price or the number of
shares by these amounts would have a material effect on our uses
of the net proceeds from this offering, although it may impact
the amount of time prior to which we may need to seek additional
capital.
We currently intend to use our net proceeds from this offering
for working capital, capital expenditures and other general
corporate purposes. We may also use a portion of the net
proceeds to repay debt, including our credit facility, or
acquire other businesses, products or technologies.
The expected use of net proceeds of this offering represents our
current intentions based upon our present plans and business
conditions. The amounts we actually expend in these areas may
vary significantly from our current intentions and will depend
upon a number of factors, including future sales growth, success
of our engineering efforts, cash generated from future
operations, if any, and actual expenses to operate our business.
As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify with
certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be
received upon the closing of this offering. Accordingly, our
management will have broad discretion in the application of the
net proceeds, and investors will be relying on the judgment of
our management regarding the application of the net proceeds of
this offering.
The amount and timing of our expenditures will depend on several
factors, including the amount and timing of our spending on
sales and marketing activities and research and development
activities, as well as our use of cash for other corporate
activities. Pending the uses described above, we intend to
invest the net proceeds in a variety of capital preservation
instruments, including short-term, interest-bearing, investment
grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or
guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.
DIVIDEND
POLICY
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital
stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any
future earnings to support our operations and finance the growth
and development of our business. We do not intend to pay cash
dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any
future determination related to dividend policy will be made at
the discretion of our board of directors. The loan agreement for
our credit facility contains a prohibition on the payout of cash
dividends.
30
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our cash, cash equivalents,
current debt and capitalization as of September 30, 2009
(unaudited):
|
|
|
|
|
on an actual basis;
|
|
|
|
on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the conversion of
all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into
21,176,533 shares of common stock effective immediately
prior to the closing of this offering; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect, in addition, the
sale
of shares
of common stock that we are offering at an assumed initial
public offering price of $ per
share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover
page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting
discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses
payable by us.
|
You should read the information in this table together with our
consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes and
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations appearing elsewhere in
this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of September 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma as
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
Adjusted(1)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except share data)
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
28,095
|
|
|
$
|
28,095
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt, current
|
|
$
|
13,182
|
|
|
$
|
10,182
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt, noncurrent
|
|
$
|
52,995
|
|
|
$
|
28,245
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value,
35,500,000 shares authorized, 15,808,777 shares issued
and outstanding, actual; 35,500,000 shares authorized, no
shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; no shares authorized,
no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted
|
|
|
43,403
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, no shares authorized,
issued and outstanding, actual; 5,000,000 shares
authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;
5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding,
pro forma as adjusted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 50,500,000 shares
authorized, 13,455,343 shares issued and outstanding,
actual; 50,500,000 shares authorized,
34,631,876 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;
100,000,000 shares
authorized, shares
issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
15,614
|
|
|
|
58,995
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
66,093
|
|
|
|
66,093
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
81,723
|
|
|
|
125,126
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$
|
178,121
|
|
|
$
|
153,371
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering
price of $ per share, the midpoint
of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus,
would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents,
additional paid-in capital, total stockholders equity and
total capitalization by approximately |
31
|
|
|
|
|
$ , assuming that the number of
shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering
expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the
number of shares we are offering. Each increase (decrease) of
1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us
would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents,
additional paid-in capital, total stockholders equity and
total capitalization by approximately
$ , assuming that the assumed
initial public offering price remains the same, and after
deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions
and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The as adjusted
information discussed above is illustrative only and will adjust
based on the actual initial public offering price and other
terms of this offering determined at pricing. |
The outstanding share information in the table above is based on
34,631,876 shares of common stock outstanding as of
September 30, 2009, and excludes:
|
|
|
|
|
an aggregate of 10,654,296 shares of common stock issuable
upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of
September 30, 2009 pursuant to our 2008 Equity Incentive
Plan and having a weighted-average exercise price of $8.1717 per
share;
|
|
|
|
|
|
an aggregate of 1,726,814 additional shares of common stock
reserved for future issuance under our 2008 Equity Incentive
Plan as of September 30, 2009; provided, however, that
immediately upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting
agreement for this offering, our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan will
terminate so that no further awards may be granted under our
2008 Equity Incentive Plan, and the shares then remaining and
reserved for future issuance under our 2008 Equity Incentive
Plan shall become available for future issuance under our 2010
Equity Incentive Plan; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
the shares reserved for future issuance under our 2010 Equity
Incentive Plan and up to 300,000 additional shares of common
stock reserved for future issuance under our 2010 Non-Employee
Directors Stock Award Plan, as well as any automatic
increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for
future issuance under each of these benefit plans, which will
become effective immediately upon the execution and delivery of
the underwriting agreement for this offering.
|
32
DILUTION
If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your
interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between
the initial public offering price per share of our common stock
and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share
of our common stock after this offering. As of
September 30, 2009, our pro forma net tangible book value
was $ , or
$ per share of common stock. Our
pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the
amount of our total tangible assets reduced by the amount of our
total liabilities and divided by the total number of shares of
our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2009,
after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all
outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into shares of
common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering.
After giving effect to our sale in this offering
of shares
of common stock at the assumed initial public offering price of
$ per share, the midpoint of the
range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, and after
deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions
and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as
adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2009
would have been approximately $ ,
or $ per share. This represents an
immediate increase of net tangible book value of
$ per share to our existing
stockholders and an immediate dilution of
$ per share to investors
purchasing common stock in this offering. The following table
illustrates this per share dilution:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assumed initial public offering price per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share as of
September 30, 2009, before giving effect to this offering
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per
share attributed to new investors purchasing shares in this
offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect
to this offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dilution per share to new investors in this offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public
offering price of $ per share
would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible
book value by $ , or
$ per share, and the pro forma as
adjusted dilution per share to investors in this offering by
$ per share, assuming that the
number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting
estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or
decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase of
1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us
would increase our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value
by approximately $ , or
$ per share, and the pro forma as
adjusted dilution per share to investors in this offering would
be $ per share, assuming that the
assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and
after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
Similarly, a decrease of 1,000,000 shares in the number of
shares offered by us would decrease our pro forma as adjusted
net tangible book value by approximately
$ , or
$ per share, and the pro forma as
adjusted dilution per share to investors in this offering would
be $ per share, assuming that the
assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and
after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The
pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is
illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual initial
public offering price and other terms of this offering
determined at pricing.
If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional
shares of our common stock from us in full in this offering, the
pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after
the offering would be $ per share,
the increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value
per share to existing stockholders would be
$ per share and the dilution to
new investors purchasing shares in this offering would be
$ per share. We will not receive
any proceeds from the sale of our common stock by the selling
stockholders if the underwriters exercise the right to purchase
additional shares of common stock from the selling stockholders,
to cover over-allotments.
33
The following table summarizes on a pro forma as adjusted basis
as of September 30, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us by
our existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares
in this offering;
|
|
|
|
the total consideration paid to us by our existing stockholders
and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering,
assuming an initial public offering price of
$ per share (before deducting the
estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
offering expenses payable by us in connection with this
offering); and
|
|
|
|
the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by
new investors purchasing shares in this offering.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Shares Purchased
|
|
|
Total Consideration
|
|
|
Price per
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Share
|
|
|
Existing stockholders
|
|
|
34,631,876
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
$
|
59,030,000
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
$
|
1.70
|
|
New investors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional
shares of our common stock in full, our existing stockholders
would own % and our new investors
would own % of the total number of
common stock outstanding upon completion of this offering. The
total consideration paid by our existing stockholders would be
$ ,
or %, and the total consideration
paid by our new investors would be
$ ,
or %.
The above discussion and tables are based on
34,631,876 shares of common stock outstanding as of
September 30, 2009, and excludes:
|
|
|
|
|
an aggregate of 10,654,296 shares of common stock issuable
upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of
September 30, 2009 pursuant to our 2008 Equity Incentive
Plan and having a weighted-average exercise price of $8.1717 per
share;
|
|
|
|
|
|
an aggregate of 1,726,814 additional shares of common stock
reserved for future issuance under our 2008 Equity Incentive
Plan as of September 30, 2009; provided, however, that
immediately upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting
agreement for this offering, our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan will
terminate so that no further awards may be granted under our
2008 Equity Incentive Plan, and the shares then remaining and
reserved for future issuance under our 2008 Equity Incentive
Plan shall become available for future issuance under our 2010
Non-Employee Directors Stock Award Plan; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
the shares reserved for future issuance under our 2010 Equity
Incentive Plan and up to 300,000 additional shares of common
stock reserved for future issuance under our 2010 Non-Employee
Directors Stock Award Plan, as well as any automatic
increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for
future issuance under each of these benefit plans, which will
become effective immediately upon the execution and delivery of
the underwriting agreement for this offering.
|
If all outstanding options were exercised, then our existing
stockholders, including the holders of these options, would
own % and our new investors would
own % of the total number of our
common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering. In
such event, the total consideration paid by our existing
stockholders would be $87,063,333,
or %, the total consideration paid
by our new investors would be $ ,
or %, the average price per share
paid by our existing stockholders would be $8.1717 and the
average price per share paid by our new investors would be
$ .
34
SELECTED
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following selected consolidated financial data should be
read together with our consolidated financial statements and
accompanying notes and Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected
consolidated financial data in this section is not intended to
replace our consolidated financial statements and the related
notes. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of
our future results and our interim results are not necessarily
indicative of the results that should be expected for the full
fiscal year.
We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for
the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the
consolidated balance sheets data as of June 30, 2008 and
2009 from our audited consolidated financial statements
appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated
statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended
June 30, 2005 and 2006 and the consolidated balance sheets
data as of June 30, 2005, 2006 and 2007 are derived from
our audited consolidated financial statements, which are not
included in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of
operations data for the three months ended September 30,
2008 and 2009 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of
September 30, 2009 are derived from our unaudited
consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this
prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
109,556
|
|
|
$
|
142,408
|
|
|
$
|
167,370
|
|
|
$
|
192,030
|
|
|
$
|
260,527
|
|
|
$
|
63,678
|
|
|
$
|
78,552
|
|
Cost of revenue(1)
|
|
|
65,653
|
|
|
|
85,820
|
|
|
|
108,945
|
|
|
|
130,869
|
|
|
|
181,593
|
|
|
|
45,281
|
|
|
|
55,047
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
43,903
|
|
|
|
56,588
|
|
|
|
58,425
|
|
|
|
61,161
|
|
|
|
78,934
|
|
|
|
18,397
|
|
|
|
23,505
|
|
Operating expenses:(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product development
|
|
|
12,644
|
|
|
|
17,265
|
|
|
|
14,094
|
|
|
|
14,051
|
|
|
|
14,887
|
|
|
|
3,757
|
|
|
|
4,470
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
5,734
|
|
|
|
7,166
|
|
|
|
8,487
|
|
|
|
12,409
|
|
|
|
16,154
|
|
|
|
4,259
|
|
|
|
3,625
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
4,842
|
|
|
|
6,835
|
|
|
|
11,440
|
|
|
|
13,371
|
|
|
|
13,172
|
|
|
|
3,736
|
|
|
|
3,441
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
23,220
|
|
|
|
31,266
|
|
|
|
34,021
|
|
|
|
39,831
|
|
|
|
44,213
|
|
|
|
11,752
|
|
|
|
11,536
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
20,683
|
|
|
|
25,322
|
|
|
|
24,404
|
|
|
|
21,330
|
|
|
|
34,721
|
|
|
|
6,645
|
|
|
|
11,969
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
553
|
|
|
|
1,341
|
|
|
|
1,905
|
|
|
|
1,482
|
|
|
|
245
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(427
|
)
|
|
|
(732
|
)
|
|
|
(1,214
|
)
|
|
|
(3,544
|
)
|
|
|
(763
|
)
|
|
|
(748
|
)
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
|
|
(874
|
)
|
|
|
(139
|
)
|
|
|
145
|
|
|
|
(239
|
)
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest and other income (expense), net
|
|
|
513
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
1,034
|
|
|
|
413
|
|
|
|
(3,538
|
)
|
|
|
(622
|
)
|
|
|
(619
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
21,196
|
|
|
|
25,362
|
|
|
|
25,438
|
|
|
|
21,743
|
|
|
|
31,183
|
|
|
|
6,023
|
|
|
|
11,350
|
|
Provision for taxes
|
|
|
(8,136
|
)
|
|
|
(9,773
|
)
|
|
|
(9,828
|
)
|
|
|
(8,876
|
)
|
|
|
(13,909
|
)
|
|
|
(2,719
|
)
|
|
|
(4,837
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations
|
|
|
13,060
|
|
|
|
15,589
|
|
|
|
15,610
|
|
|
|
12,867
|
|
|
|
17,274
|
|
|
|
3,304
|
|
|
|
6,513
|
|
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,820
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
13,060
|
|
|
$
|
13,769
|
|
|
$
|
15,610
|
|
|
$
|
12,867
|
|
|
$
|
17,274
|
|
|
$
|
3,304
|
|
|
$
|
6,513
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: 8% non-cumulative dividends on convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
(3,218
|
)
|
|
|
(3,276
|
)
|
|
|
(3,276
|
)
|
|
|
(3,276
|
)
|
|
|
(3,276
|
)
|
|
|
(819
|
)
|
|
|
(819
|
)
|
Undistributed earnings allocated to convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
(6,240
|
)
|
|
|
(6,591
|
)
|
|
|
(7,690
|
)
|
|
|
(5,925
|
)
|
|
|
(8,599
|
)
|
|
|
(1,527
|
)
|
|
|
(3,487
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to common stockholders basic
|
|
$
|
3,602
|
|
|
$
|
3,902
|
|
|
$
|
4,644
|
|
|
$
|
3,666
|
|
|
$
|
5,399
|
|
|
$
|
958
|
|
|
$
|
2,207
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Diluted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to common stockholders basic
|
|
$
|
3,602
|
|
|
$
|
3,902
|
|
|
$
|
4,644
|
|
|
$
|
3,666
|
|
|
$
|
5,399
|
|
|
$
|
958
|
|
|
$
|
2,207
|
|
Undistributed earnings re-allocated to common stock
|
|
|
436
|
|
|
|
525
|
|
|
|
522
|
|
|
|
360
|
|
|
|
399
|
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income applicable to common stockholders diluted
|
|
$
|
4,038
|
|
|
$
|
4,427
|
|
|
$
|
5,166
|
|
|
$
|
4,026
|
|
|
$
|
5,798
|
|
|
$
|
1,035
|
|
|
$
|
2,395
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per share:(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.30
|
|
|
$
|
0.31
|
|
|
$
|
0.36
|
|
|
$
|
0.28
|
|
|
$
|
0.41
|
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.28
|
|
|
$
|
0.29
|
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
|
$
|
0.26
|
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares used in computing basic net income per
share
|
|
|
12,069
|
|
|
|
12,411
|
|
|
|
12,789
|
|
|
|
13,104
|
|
|
|
13,294
|
|
|
|
13,279
|
|
|
|
13,405
|
|
Weighted average shares used in computing diluted net income per
share
|
|
|
14,543
|
|
|
|
15,295
|
|
|
|
15,263
|
|
|
|
15,325
|
|
|
|
14,971
|
|
|
|
15,131
|
|
|
|
15,381
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.48
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares used in computing pro forma basic net
income per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,471
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,582
|
|
Weighted average shares used in computing pro forma diluted net
income per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,148
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,558
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
2005
|
|
2006
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
$
|
48
|
|
|
$
|
66
|
|
|
$
|
416
|
|
|
$
|
1,112
|
|
|
$
|
1,916
|
|
|
$
|
470
|
|
|
$
|
728
|
|
Product development
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
443
|
|
|
|
669
|
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
253
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
226
|
|
|
|
581
|
|
|
|
1,761
|
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
|
507
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
1,354
|
|
|
|
1,086
|
|
|
|
1,827
|
|
|
|
351
|
|
|
|
741
|
|
|
|
|
(2) |
|
See Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements
included in this prospectus for an explanation of the method
used to calculate basic and diluted net loss per share and pro
forma basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock. |
36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
2005
|
|
2006
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
19,418
|
|
|
$
|
30,593
|
|
|
$
|
26,765
|
|
|
$
|
24,953
|
|
|
$
|
25,182
|
|
|
$
|
28,095
|
|
Working capital
|
|
|
39,859
|
|
|
|
36,294
|
|
|
|
42,769
|
|
|
|
17,022
|
|
|
|
16,426
|
|
|
|
19,942
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
71,350
|
|
|
|
101,203
|
|
|
|
118,536
|
|
|
|
179,746
|
|
|
|
212,878
|
|
|
|
235,410
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
26,657
|
|
|
|
39,567
|
|
|
|
37,831
|
|
|
|
86,032
|
|
|
|
96,289
|
|
|
|
110,284
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,216
|
|
|
|
10,250
|
|
|
|
51,654
|
|
|
|
57,240
|
|
|
|
66,177
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
4,246
|
|
|
|
18,350
|
|
|
|
37,312
|
|
|
|
50,311
|
|
|
|
73,186
|
|
|
|
81,723
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
2005
|
|
2006
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
$
|
23,200
|
|
|
$
|
21,659
|
|
|
$
|
25,197
|
|
|
$
|
24,751
|
|
|
$
|
32,570
|
|
|
$
|
(261
|
)
|
|
$
|
11,808
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
3,466
|
|
|
|
7,208
|
|
|
|
9,637
|
|
|
|
11,727
|
|
|
|
15,978
|
|
|
|
4,114
|
|
|
|
3,952
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
5,671
|
|
|
|
1,104
|
|
|
|
2,030
|
|
|
|
2,177
|
|
|
|
1,347
|
|
|
|
504
|
|
|
|
443
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
2005
|
|
2006
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Other Financial Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA(1)
|
|
$
|
24,290
|
|
|
$
|
32,619
|
|
|
$
|
36,112
|
|
|
$
|
36,279
|
|
|
$
|
56,872
|
|
|
$
|
12,157
|
|
|
$
|
18,150
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income less interest income
plus interest expense, provision for taxes, depreciation
expense, amortization expense, stock-based compensation expense
and foreign-exchange (loss) gain. Please see Summary
Consolidated Financial Data Adjusted EBITDA
for more information and for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA
to our net income calculated in accordance with U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles. |
37
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion of our financial
condition and results of operations in conjunction with the
consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included
elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion contains
forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and
beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those
discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could
cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed
below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in the
sections titled Risk Factors and Special Note
Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.
Overview
QuinStreet is a leader in vertical marketing and media on the
Internet. We have built a strong set of capabilities to engage
Internet visitors with targeted media and to connect our
marketing clients with their potential customers online. We
focus on serving clients in large, information-intensive
industry verticals where relevant, targeted media and offerings
help visitors make informed choices, find the products that
match their needs, and thus become qualified customer prospects
for our clients.
We deliver cost-effective marketing results to our clients,
predictably and scalably, most typically in the form of a
qualified lead or click. These leads or clicks can then convert
into a customer or sale for the client at a rate that results in
an acceptable marketing cost to them. We get paid by clients
primarily when we deliver qualified leads or clicks as defined
by our agreements with them. Because we bear the costs of media,
our programs must deliver a value to our clients and a media
yield, or our ability to generate an acceptable margin on our
media costs, that provides a sound financial outcome for us. Our
general process is:
|
|
|
|
|
We own or access targeted media;
|
|
|
|
We run advertisements or other forms of marketing messages and
programs in that media to create visitor responses or clicks
through to client offerings;
|
|
|
|
We match these responses or clicks to client offerings or brands
that meet visitor interests or needs, converting visitors into
qualified leads or clicks; and
|
|
|
|
We optimize client matches and media yield such that we achieve
desired results for clients and a sound financial outcome for us.
|
Our primary financial objective has been and remains creating
revenue growth, from sustainable sources, at target levels of
profitability. Our primary financial objective is not to
maximize profits, but rather to achieve target levels of
profitability while investing in various growth initiatives, as
we believe we are in the early stages of a large, long-term
market. We have been successful in increasing revenue each year
since our inception. We became profitable in 2002 and have
remained so since that time.
Our Direct Marketing Services, or DMS, business accounted for
95%, 98%, 99% and 99% of our net revenue in fiscal years 2007,
2008 and 2009 and the first three months of fiscal year 2010,
respectively. Our DMS business derives substantially all of its
net revenue from fees earned through the delivery of qualified
leads and clicks to our clients. Through a deep vertical focus,
targeted media presence and our technology platform, we are able
to reliably deliver targeted, measurable marketing results to
our clients.
Our two largest client verticals are education and financial
services. Our education vertical has historically been our
largest vertical, representing 78%, 74%, 58% and 51% of net
revenue in fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the first three
months of fiscal year 2010, respectively. DeVry Inc., a
for-profit education company and our largest client, accounted
for 22%, 23%, 19%, and 13% of total net revenue for fiscal years
2007, 2008 and 2009 and the first three months of fiscal year
2010, respectively. Our financial services vertical, which we
have grown both organically and through acquisitions,
represented 7%, 11%, 31% and 39% of net revenue in fiscal years
2007, 2008 and 2009 and the first three months of fiscal year
2010, respectively. Other DMS verticals, consisting primarily of
home services,
business-to-business,
or B2B, and
38
healthcare, represented 10%, 13%, 10% and 9% of net revenue in
fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the first three months of
fiscal year 2010, respectively.
In addition, we derived 5%, 2%, 1% and 1% of our net revenue in
fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the first three months of
fiscal year 2010, respectively, from the provision of a hosted
solution and related services for clients in the direct selling
industry, also referred to as our Direct Selling Services, or
DSS, business.
We have generated substantially all of our revenue from sales to
clients in the United States.
We are subject to economic or business factors that affect our
client verticals. For instance, presently, clients in particular
verticals such as financial services, particularly mortgage,
credit cards and deposits, small- to medium-sized business
customers and home services are facing very difficult conditions
and their marketing spending has been negatively affected. In
general, we address challenges created by these adverse economic
or business conditions by shifting investment and resources to
other client verticals that might be less challenged or by
focusing on opportunities with specific clients and subsets of
client verticals that might be less affected by those
challenges. However, we also invest in client verticals that may
face near-term challenges but present long-term growth potential.
We face an additional challenge with regard to DeVry, our
largest client, which accounted for approximately 19% and 13% of
our net revenue for fiscal year 2009 and the first three months
of fiscal year 2010, respectively. DeVry has recently retained
an advertising agency and has reduced its purchases of leads
from us. We have been addressing this challenge by working with
DeVry and the agency to understand their evolving needs and
strategies and how we can best serve them going forward. In
addition, we have been expanding our business with other clients
in our education client vertical. We are also expanding our
client base in education to replace visitor matches previously
delivered to DeVry.
Trends
Affecting our Business
Seasonality
Our results from our education client vertical are subject to
significant fluctuation as a result of seasonality. In
particular, our quarters ending December 31 (our second fiscal
quarter) typically demonstrate seasonal weakness. In those
quarters, there is lower availability of lead supply from some
forms of media during the holiday period and our education
clients often request fewer leads due to holiday staffing. In
our quarters ending March 31, this trend generally reverses
with better lead availability and often new budgets at the
beginning of the year for our clients with financial years
ending December 31. For example, in the quarters ended
December 31, 2007 and 2008 net revenue from our
education clients declined 6% and 13%, respectively, from the
previous quarter.
Acquisitions
Beginning in fiscal year 2008, we executed on our strategy to
increase the depth within our existing verticals and diversify
our business among these verticals by substantially increasing
our spending on acquisitions of businesses and technologies. For
example, in February 2008, we acquired ReliableRemodeler.com,
Inc., or ReliableRemodeler, an Oregon-based company specializing
in online home renovation and contractor referrals for
$17.5 million in cash and $8.0 million in
non-interest-bearing, unsecured promissory notes, in an effort
to increase our presence within our home services vertical. In
April 2008, we acquired Cyberspace Communication Corporation, an
Oklahoma-based online marketing company doing business as
SureHits, for $27.5 million in cash and $18.0 million
in potential earn-out payments, in an effort to increase our
presence within the financial services vertical. During fiscal
years 2008 and 2009, in addition to the acquisitions mentioned
above, we acquired an aggregate of 21 and 34 online publishing
businesses, respectively.
In October 2009, we acquired the website business Insure.com
from Life Quote, Inc. for $15.0 million in cash and a
$1.0 million non-interest bearing, unsecured promissory
note. In November 2009, we acquired the website assets of the
Internet.com division of WebMediaBrands, Inc. for $16.0 million
in cash and a $2.0 million non-interest-bearing, unsecured
promissory note.
39
Our acquisition strategy may result in significant fluctuations
in our available working capital from period to period and over
the years. We may use cash, stock or promissory notes to acquire
various businesses or technologies, and we cannot accurately
predict the timing of those acquisitions or the impact on our
cash flows and balance sheet. Large acquisitions or multiple
acquisitions within a particular period may significantly impact
our financial results for that period. We may utilize debt
financing to make acquisitions, which could give rise to higher
interest expense and more restrictive operating covenants. We
may also utilize our stock as consideration, which could result
in substantial dilution.
Client
Verticals
To date, we have generated the majority of our revenue from
clients in our educational vertical. We expect that a majority
of our revenue in fiscal year 2010 will be generated from
clients in our education and financial services client
verticals. A downturn in economic or market conditions adversely
affecting the education industry or the financial services
industry would negatively impact our business and financial
condition. Over the past year, education marketing spending has
remained relatively stable, but we cannot assure you that this
stability will continue. Marketing budgets for clients in our
education vertical are impacted by a number of factors,
including the availability of student financial aid, the
regulation of for-profit financial institutions and economic
conditions. Over the past year, some segments of the financial
services industry, particularly mortgages, credit cards and
deposits, have seen declines in marketing budgets given the
difficult market conditions. These declines may continue or
worsen. In addition, the education and financial services
industries are highly regulated. Changes in regulations or
government actions may negatively impact our clients
marketing practices and budgets and, therefore, adversely affect
our financial results.
Development
and Acquisition of Vertical Media
One of the primary challenges of our business is finding or
creating media that is targeted enough to attract prospects
economically for our clients and at costs that work for our
business model. In order to continue to grow our business, we
must be able to continue to find or develop quality vertical
media on a cost-effective basis. Our inability to find or
develop vertical media could impair our growth or adversely
affect our financial performance.
Basis of
Presentation
General
We operate in two segments: DMS and DSS. For further discussion
or financial information about our reporting segments, see
Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included in
this prospectus.
Net
Revenue
DMS. We derive substantially all of our
revenue from fees earned through the delivery of qualified leads
or paid clicks. We deliver targeted and measurable results
through a vertical focus that we classify into the following key
client verticals: education, financial services, home services,
B2B and healthcare.
DSS. We derived approximately 5%, 2%, 1% and
1% of our net revenue in fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009 and
the first three months of fiscal year 2010, respectively. We
expect DSS to continue to represent an immaterial portion of our
business.
Cost
of Revenue
Cost of revenue consists primarily of media costs, personnel
costs, amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets,
depreciation expense and amortization of internal software
development costs on revenue-producing technologies. Media costs
consist primarily of fees paid to website publishers that are
directly related to a revenue-generating event and PPC ad
purchases from Internet search companies. We pay these Internet
search companies and website publishers on a revenue-share,
cost-per-lead,
or CPL,
cost-per-click,
or CPC, and
cost-per-thousand-impressions,
or CPM, basis. Personnel costs include salaries, bonuses,
stock-based compensation expense and employee benefit costs.
Compensation expense is primarily related to individuals
associated with maintaining our servers and websites, our
editorial staff, client management, creative team, compliance
group and media purchasing analysts. We capitalize costs
associated with software developed or obtained for internal use.
40
Costs incurred in the development phase are capitalized and
amortized in cost of revenue over the products estimated
useful life. We anticipate that our cost of revenue will
increase in absolute dollars.
Operating
Expenses
We classify our operating expenses into three categories:
product development, sales and marketing and general and
administrative. Our operating expenses consist primarily of
personnel costs and, to a lesser extent, professional fees, rent
and allocated costs. Personnel costs for each category of
operating expenses generally include salaries, bonuses and
commissions, stock-based compensation expense and employee
benefit costs.
Product Development. Product development
expenses consist primarily of personnel costs and professional
services fees associated with the development and maintenance of
our technology platforms, development and launching of our
websites, product-based quality assurance and testing. We
believe that continued investment in technology is critical to
attaining our strategic objectives and, as a result, we expect
technology development and enhancement expenses to increase in
absolute dollars in future periods.
Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing
expenses consist primarily of personnel costs (including
commissions) and, to a lesser extent, allocated overhead,
professional services, advertising, travel and marketing
materials. We expect sales and marketing expenses to increase in
absolute dollars as we hire additional personnel in sales and
marketing to support our increasing revenue base and product
offerings.
General and Administrative. General and
administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel costs of
our executive, finance, legal, employee benefits and compliance
and other administrative personnel, as well as accounting and
legal professional services fees and other corporate expenses.
We expect general and administrative expenses to increase in
absolute dollars in future periods as we continue to invest in
corporate infrastructure and incur additional expenses
associated with being a public company, including increased
legal and accounting costs, investor relations costs, higher
insurance premiums and compliance costs associated with
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Interest
and Other Income (Expense), Net
Interest and other income (expense), net, consists primarily of
interest income and interest expense. Interest expense is
related to our credit facilities and the promissory notes issued
in connection with our acquisitions. The outstanding balance of
our credit facilities and acquisition-related promissory notes
was $40.5 million and $26.3 million, respectively, as
of September 30, 2009. We expect interest expense to
increase in the near future as we entered into a new credit
facility in January 2010 with a larger borrowing capacity and a
higher rate of interest. Borrowings under our credit facility
could also subsequently increase as we continue to implement our
acquisition strategy. Interest income represents interest
received on our cash and cash equivalents, which we expect will
increase in the near term with the investment of the net
proceeds of this offering.
Income
Tax Expense
We are subject to tax in the United States as well as other tax
jurisdictions or countries in which we conduct business.
Earnings from our limited
non-U.S. activities
are subject to local country income tax and may be subject to
current U.S. income tax.
As of September 30, 2009, we did not have net operating
loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes and had
approximately $2.8 million in California net operating loss
carryforwards that begin to expire in March 2011, and that we
expect to utilize in an amended return. The California net
operating loss carryforwards will not offset future taxable
income, but may instead result in a refund of historical taxes
paid. As of September 30, 2009, our Japanese subsidiary had
net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $370,000 that
will begin to expire in 2011. These net operating loss
carryforwards were fully reserved as of September 30, 2009.
As of September 30, 2009, we had net deferred tax assets of
$5.5 million. Our net deferred tax assets consist primarily
of accruals, reserves and stock-based compensation expense not
currently deductible for tax
41
purposes. We assess the need for a valuation allowance on the
deferred tax assets by evaluating both positive and negative
evidence that may exist. Any adjustment to the deferred tax
asset valuation allowance would be recorded in the income
statement of the periods that the adjustment is determined to be
required.
On July 1, 2007, we adopted the authoritative accounting
guidance prescribing a threshold and measurement attribute for
the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax
position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The
guidance also provides for de-recognition of tax benefits,
classification on the balance sheet, interest and penalties,
accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. The
guidance utilizes a two-step approach for evaluating uncertain
tax positions. Step one, Recognition, requires a company to
determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that a
tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon audit,
including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes,
if any. If a tax position is not considered more likely
than not to be sustained then no benefits of the position
are to be recognized. Step two, Measurement, is based on the
largest amount of benefit, which is more likely than not to be
realized on ultimate settlement.
Effective July 1, 2007, we adopted the accounting guidance
on uncertainties in income tax. The cumulative effect of
adoption to the opening balance of the retained earnings account
was $1,705.
Critical
Accounting Policies and Estimates
In presenting our consolidated financial statements in
conformity with U.S. generally accepting accounting
principals, or GAAP, we are required to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets,
liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses and related disclosures.
Some of the estimates and assumptions we are required to make
relate to matters that are inherently uncertain as they pertain
to future events. We base these estimates and assumptions on
historical experience or on various other factors that we
believe to be reasonable and appropriate under the
circumstances. On an ongoing basis, we reconsider and evaluate
our estimates and assumptions. Actual results may differ
significantly from these estimates.
We believe that the critical accounting policies listed below
involve our more significant judgments, assumptions and
estimates and, therefore, could have the greatest potential
impact on our consolidated financial statements. In addition, we
believe that a discussion of these policies is necessary to
understand and evaluate the consolidated financial statements
contained in this prospectus.
For further information on our critical and other significant
accounting policies, see Note 2 of our consolidated
financial statements included in this prospectus.
Revenue
Recognition
We derive revenue from two segments: DMS and DSS. DMS revenue,
which constituted 95%, 98% and 99% of our net revenue for fiscal
years 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, is derived primarily
from fees that are earned through the delivery of qualified
leads or paid clicks. We recognize revenue when persuasive
evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the
fee is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably
assured. Delivery is deemed to have occurred at the time a lead
or click is delivered to the client, provided that no
significant obligations remain.
From time to time, we may agree to credit clients for certain
leads or clicks if they fail to meet the contractual or other
guidelines of a particular client. We have established a sales
reserve based on historical experience. To date, our reserve has
been adequate for these credits. The adequacy of this reserve
depends on our ability to estimate the number of credits that we
will grant to our clients. If we were to change any of the
assumptions or judgments made in calculating the amount of the
reserve, it could cause a material change in the net revenue
that we report in a particular period. Our assessment of the
likelihood of collection is also a critical element in
determining the timing of revenue recognition. If we do not
believe that collection is reasonably assured, revenue will be
recognized on the earlier of the date that the collection is
reasonably assured or collection is made.
42
For a portion of our revenue, we have agreements with publishers
of online media used in the generation of leads or clicks. We
receive a fee from our clients and pay a fee to our publishers
either on a revenue-share, CPL, CPC or CPM basis. We are the
primary obligor in the transaction. As a result, the fees paid
by our clients are recognized as revenue and the fees paid to
our publishers are included in cost of revenue.
DSS revenue consists of
(i) set-up
and professional services fees and (ii) usage and hosting
fees. Set-up
and professional service fees that do not provide stand-alone
value to our clients are recognized over the contractual term of
the agreement or the expected client relationship period,
whichever is longer, effective when the application reaches the
go-live date. We define the go-live date
as the date when the application enters into a production
environment or all essential functionalities have been
delivered. We recognize usage and hosting fees on a monthly
basis as earned. Deferred revenue consists of billings or
payments in advance of reaching all the above revenue
recognition criteria, primarily comprising deferred DSS revenue.
Stock-Based
Compensation
Through June 30, 2006, we accounted for our stock-based
employee compensation arrangements in accordance with the
intrinsic value provisions of Accounting Principles Board, or
APB, Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees, or APB 25, and related interpretations and complied
with the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123, Accounting
for Stock Based Compensation, and SFAS No. 148, Accounting
for Stock-Based Compensation Transition and Disclosure. Under
the intrinsic value method, compensation expense is measured on
the date of the grants as the difference between the fair value
of our common stock and the exercise or purchase price
multiplied by the number of stock options granted.
Effective July 1, 2006, we adopted SFAS 123(R), which
requires non-public companies that used the minimum value method
under SFAS 123 for either recognition or pro forma
disclosures to apply SFAS 123(R) using the
prospective-transition method. As such, we continue to apply the
intrinsic value method to equity awards outstanding at the date
of adoption of SFAS 123(R) that were measured using the
minimum value method. In accordance with SFAS 123(R), we
recognize the compensation cost of employee stock-based awards
granted subsequent to June 30, 2006 in the statement of
operations using the straight-line method over the vesting
period of the award.
The following table sets forth the total stock-based
compensation expense included in the related financial statement
line items:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
Three Months Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
$
|
416
|
|
|
$
|
1,112
|
|
|
$
|
1,916
|
|
|
$
|
470
|
|
|
$
|
728
|
|
Product development
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
443
|
|
|
|
669
|
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
253
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
226
|
|
|
|
581
|
|
|
|
1,761
|
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
|
507
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
1,354
|
|
|
|
1,086
|
|
|
|
1,827
|
|
|
|
351
|
|
|
|
741
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
2,071
|
|
|
$
|
3,222
|
|
|
$
|
6,173
|
|
|
$
|
1,398
|
|
|
$
|
2,229
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We estimated the fair value of each option granted using the
Black-Scholes option-pricing method using the following
assumptions for the periods presented in the table below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
Weighted average stock price volatility
|
|
48%
|
|
52%
|
|
62%
|
|
61%
|
|
73%
|
Expected term (in years)
|
|
4.6 - 6.1
|
|
4.6
|
|
4.6
|
|
4.6
|
|
4.6
|
Expected dividend yield
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
4.6% - 4.9%
|
|
2.8% - 4.5%
|
|
1.8% - 3.1%
|
|
3.1%
|
|
2.5%
|
43
As of each stock option grant date, we considered the fair value
of the underlying common stock, determined as described below,
in order to establish the options exercise price.
As there has been no public market for our common stock prior to
this offering, and therefore a lack of company-specific
historical and implied volatility data, we have determined the
share price volatility for options granted based on an analysis
of reported data for a peer group of companies that granted
options with substantially similar terms. The expected
volatility of options granted has been determined using an
average of the historical volatility measures of this peer group
of companies for a period equal to the expected life of the
option. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process
using the same or similar entities until a sufficient amount of
historical information regarding the volatility of our own share
price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such
that the identified entities are no longer similar to us. In
this latter case, more suitable entities whose share prices are
publicly available would be utilized in the calculation.
The expected life of options granted has been determined
utilizing the simplified method as prescribed by the
SECs Staff Accounting Bulletin, or SAB, No. 107,
Share-Based Payment, or SAB 107. The risk-free
interest rate is based on a daily treasury yield curve rate
whose term is consistent with the expected life of the stock
options. We have not paid and do not anticipate paying cash
dividends on our shares of common stock; therefore, the expected
dividend yield is assumed to be zero.
In addition, SFAS 123R requires forfeitures to be estimated
at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent
periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates,
whereas SFAS 123 permitted companies to record forfeitures
based on actual forfeitures. We apply an estimated forfeiture
rate based on our historical forfeiture experience.
Since the beginning of fiscal year 2007, we granted stock
options with exercise prices as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock Fair
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value per Share
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
|
|
for Financial
|
|
|
|
|
Underlying Options
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
Reporting Purposes at
|
|
SFAS 123R
|
Grant Dates
|
|
Granted
|
|
per Share
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
July 20, 2006
|
|
|
88,100
|
|
|
$
|
9.01
|
|
|
$
|
9.01
|
|
|
$
|
428,034
|
|
September 28, 2006
|
|
|
133,794
|
|
|
|
9.40
|
|
|
|
9.40
|
|
|
|
678,175
|
|
December 1, 2006
|
|
|
713,000
|
|
|
|
9.40
|
|
|
|
9.40
|
|
|
|
3,590,525
|
|
January 31, 2007(1)
|
|
|
165,000
|
|
|
|
10.34
|
|
|
|
9.40
|
|
|
|
831,617
|
|
January 31, 2007
|
|
|
81,550
|
|
|
|
9.40
|
|
|
|
9.40
|
|
|
|
391,412
|
|
March 23, 2007
|
|
|
35,100
|
|
|
|
9.40
|
|
|
|
9.40
|
|
|
|
176,908
|
|
May 31, 2007
|
|
|
1,161,400
|
|
|
|
10.28
|
|
|
|
10.28
|
|
|
|
5,226,881
|
|
September 27, 2007
|
|
|
116,700
|
|
|
|
10.28
|
|
|
|
10.28
|
|
|
|
560,720
|
|
January 30, 2008
|
|
|
729,200
|
|
|
|
10.28
|
|
|
|
10.28
|
|
|
|
3,330,840
|
|
April 25, 2008
|
|
|
469,500
|
|
|
|
10.28
|
|
|
|
10.28
|
|
|
|
2,365,294
|
|
July 25, 2008
|
|
|
1,695,600
|
|
|
|
10.28
|
|
|
|
10.28
|
|
|
|
9,098,250
|
|
July 25, 2008(1)
|
|
|
85,000
|
|
|
|
11.31
|
|
|
|
10.28
|
|
|
|
434,775
|
|
October 2, 2008
|
|
|
277,900
|
|
|
|
10.28
|
|
|
|
10.28
|
|
|
|
1,385,081
|
|
January 28, 2009
|
|
|
331,800
|
|
|
|
9.01
|
|
|
|
9.01
|
|
|
|
1,686,738
|
|
April 29, 2009
|
|
|
184,800
|
|
|
|
9.01
|
|
|
|
9.01
|
|
|
|
957,467
|
|
August 7, 2009
|
|
|
1,875,050
|
|
|
|
9.01
|
|
|
|
13.93
|
|
|
|
17,716,410
|
|
August 7, 2009(1)
|
|
|
87,705
|
|
|
|
9.91
|
|
|
|
13.93
|
|
|
|
805,939
|
|
October 6, 2009
|
|
|
210,600
|
|
|
|
11.08
|
|
|
|
16.88
|
|
|
|
2,505,529
|
|
November 17, 2009
|
|
|
1,080,500
|
|
|
|
19.00
|
|
|
|
19.00
|
|
|
|
13,229,750
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Options granted with an exercise price per share equal to 110%
of the fair market value of one share of our common stock, as
determined by our board of directors on the date of grant. |
44
We have historically granted stock options at exercise prices
equal to or greater than the fair market value as determined by
our board of directors on the date of grant, with input from
management. Because our common stock is not publicly traded, our
board of directors exercises significant judgment in determining
the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant based on
a number of objective and subjective factors. Factors considered
by our board of directors included:
|
|
|
|
|
company performance, our growth rate and financial condition at
the approximate time of the option grant;
|
|
|
|
the value of companies that we consider peers based on a number
of factors including, but not limited to, similarity to us with
respect to industry, business model, stage of growth, financial
risk or other factors;
|
|
|
|
changes in the company and our prospects since the last time the
board approved option grants and made a determination of fair
value;
|
|
|
|
amounts recently paid by investors for our common stock and
convertible preferred stock in
arms-length
transactions with stockholders;
|
|
|
|
the rights, preferences and privileges of preferred stock
relative to those of our common stock;
|
|
|
|
future financial projections; and
|
|
|
|
valuations completed in conjunction with, and at the time of,
each option grant.
|
We prepared contemporaneous valuations at each of the grant
dates consistent with the method outlined in the AICPA Practice
Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities
Issued as Compensation, for all option grant dates in fiscal
year 2008, 2009 and three months ended September 30, 2009.
The methodology we used derived equity values utilizing a
probability-weighted expected return method, or PWERM, that
weighs various potential liquidity outcomes with each outcome
assigned a probability to arrive at the weighted equity value.
For each of the possible events, a range of future equity values
is estimated, based on the market, income or cost approaches and
over a range of possible event dates, all plus or minus a
standard deviation for value and timing. The timing of these
events is based on discussion with our management. For each
future equity value scenario, the rights and preferences of each
stockholder class are considered in order to determine the
appropriate allocation of value to common shares. The value of
each common share is then multiplied by a discount factor
derived from the calculated discount rate and the expected
timing of the event (plus or minus a standard deviation of
time). The value per common share is then multiplied by an
estimated probability for each of the possible events based on
discussion with our management. The calculated value per common
share under each scenario is then discounted for a lack of
marketability. A probability-weighted value per share of common
stock is then determined. Under the PWERM, the value of our
common stock is estimated based upon an analysis of values for
our common stock assuming the following various possible future
events for the company:
|
|
|
|
|
initial public offering;
|
|
|
|
strategic merger or sale;
|
|
|
|
dissolution/no value to common stockholders; and
|
|
|
|
remaining a private company.
|
When using the PWERM, a market-comparable approach, an income
approach and a cost approach were used to estimate our aggregate
enterprise value at each valuation date. The market-comparable
approach estimates the fair market value of a company by
applying market multiples of publicly-traded firms in the same
or similar lines of business to the results and projected
results of the company being valued. When choosing the
market-comparable companies to be used for the market-comparable
approach, we focused on companies operating within the online
marketing and lead generation space. The comparable companies
remained largely unchanged during the valuation process. The
income approach involves applying an appropriate risk-adjusted
discount rate to projected debt free cash flows, based on
forecasted revenue and
45
costs. The cost approach involves identifying a companys
significant tangible assets, estimating the individual current
market values of each and then totaling them to derive the value
of the business as a whole. We used the cost approach method
under an assumption of dissolution.
We also prepared financial forecasts for each valuation report
date used in the computation of the enterprise value for both
the market-comparable approach and the income approach. The
financial forecasts were based on assumed revenue growth rates
that took into account our past experience and contemporaneous
future expectations. The risks associated with achieving these
forecasts were assessed in selecting the appropriate cost of
capital, which ranged from 15% to 17%.
We have performed these valuations since December 2003.
As an additional indicator of fair value, we note in the
individual valuation discussions below pricing of all sales of
our common stock for transactions occurring during the quarter
of the respective grant dates. Over the past several years, a
number of investors have purchased, or attempted to purchase,
shares from employees, former employees and other stockholders.
In some instances, we have exercised our right of first refusal
with regard to such proposed purchases and, accordingly,
purchased the shares for the price proposed by the investors,
and in other instances, we have chosen not to exercise our right
of first refusal and have permitted the proposed buyers to
complete the transactions with the sellers on the terms
disclosed to us.
While these transactions were not consummated in a highly liquid
market, we do believe that the transactions provide an
additional indicator of fair value based on the volume and
number of buyers. These transaction prices have indicated, as
additional support to our valuation analyses, that we have not
historically determined fair market values below the indications
of value for transactions in our common stock.
Discussion
of specific valuation inputs from July 2008 through November
2009
July 25, 2008. On July 25, 2008, our
board of directors determined a fair value of our common stock
of $10.28 per share, based on the factors described above as
well as a contemporaneous valuation report dated July 17,
2008. The valuation used a risk-adjusted discount of 16%, a
non-marketability discount of 23.4% and an estimated time to an
initial public offering or a strategic merger or sale of greater
than 12 months. The expected outcomes were weighted 50%
toward an initial public offering, 30% towards a strategic
merger or sale, 18% towards remaining a private company and 2%
towards a liquidation scenario. This valuation indicated a fair
value of $9.42 per share for our common stock. We determined to
set the fair value per share of our common stock at $10.28 per
share as of July 25, 2008, above the $9.42 per share
valuation as of July 17, 2008, since these valuations by
their nature involve estimates and judgments and, in our
opinion, the relatively small difference did not justify
reducing the fair market value determination for our common
stock. During the three months ended September 30, 2008, we
exercised our right of first refusal to repurchase
115,275 shares of common stock at an average price of
$8.47, with a low price of $8.00 and a high price of $8.60.
During this same period, we chose not to exercise our right of
first refusal for transactions totaling 30,000 shares of
common stock at an average price of $8.75, with a low price of
$8.50 and a high price of $9.00.
October 2, 2008. On October 2, 2008,
our board of directors determined a fair value of our common
stock of $10.28 per share, based on the factors described above
as well as a contemporaneous valuation report dated
September 24, 2008. The valuation used a risk-adjusted
discount of 16%, a non-marketability discount of 26.8%, an
estimated time to an initial public offering of greater than
12 months and an estimated time to a strategic merger or
sale of less than 12 months. The expected outcomes were
weighted 50% toward an initial public offering, 30% towards a
strategic merger or sale, 18% towards remaining a private
company and 2% towards a liquidation scenario. This valuation
indicated a fair value of $9.94 per share for our common stock.
We determined to set the fair value per share of our common
stock at $10.28 per share as of October 2, 2008, above the
$9.94 per share valuation as of September 24, 2008, since
these valuations by their nature involve estimates and judgments
and, in our opinion, the relatively small difference did not
justify reducing the fair market value determination for our
common stock. During the three months ended December 31,
2009, we exercised our right of first refusal to repurchase
8,000 shares of common stock at a price of $8.50. During
this
46
same period, we chose not to exercise our right of first refusal
for transactions totaling 57,000 shares of common stock at
a price of $8.50.
January 28, 2009. On January 28,
2008, our board of directors determined a fair value of our
common stock of $9.01 per share, based on the factors described
above as well as a contemporaneous valuation report dated
December 31, 2008. The valuation used a risk-adjusted
discount of 15%, a non-marketability discount of 25%, an
estimated time to an initial public offering of 12 months
and an estimated time to a strategic merger or sale of more than
12 months. The expected outcomes were weighted 50% toward
an initial public offering, 30% towards a strategic merger or
sale, 18% towards remaining a private company and 2% towards a
liquidation scenario. This valuation indicated a fair value of
$9.01 per share for our common stock. During the three months
ended March 30, 2009, we exercised our right of first
refusal to repurchase 40,000 shares of common stock at an
average price of $7.31, with a low price of $6.25 and a high
price of $8.00. During this same period, there were no
transactions in our stock in which we chose not to exercise our
right of first refusal.
April 29, 2009. On April 29, 2009,
our board of directors determined a fair value of our common
stock of $9.01 per share, based on the factors described above
as well as a contemporaneous valuation report dated
March 31, 2009. The valuation used a risk-adjusted discount
of 15%, a non-marketability discount of 20%, an estimated time
to an initial public offering of more than 12 months and an
estimated time to a strategic merger or sale of more than
12 months. The expected outcomes were weighted 50% toward
an initial public offering, 30% towards a strategic merger or
sale, 18% towards remaining a private company and 2% towards a
liquidation scenario. This valuation indicated a fair value of
$8.29 per share for our common stock. We determined to set the
fair value per share of our common stock at $9.01 per share as
of April 29, 2009, above the $8.29 per share valuation as
of March 31, 2009, since these valuations by their nature
involve estimates and judgments and, in our opinion, the
relatively small difference did not justify reducing the fair
market value determination for our common stock. During the
three months ended June 30, 2009, we did not exercise our
right of first refusal to repurchase any common stock. During
this same period, we chose not to exercise our right of first
refusal for transactions totaling 30,000 shares of common stock
at a price of $8.00.
August 7, 2009. On August 7, 2009,
our board of directors determined a fair value of our common
stock of $9.01 per share, based on the factors described above
as well as a contemporaneous valuation report dated
June 30, 2009. The valuation used a risk-adjusted discount
of 15%, a non-marketability discount of 20%, an estimated time
to an initial public offering of more than 12 months and an
estimated time to a strategic merger or sale of more than
12 months. The expected outcomes were weighted 50% toward
an initial public offering, 30% towards a strategic merger or
sale, 18% towards remaining a private company and 2% towards a
liquidation scenario. This valuation indicated a fair value of
$9.00 per share for our common stock. During the three months
ended September 30, 2009, we exercised our right of first
refusal to repurchase 71,895 shares of common stock at an
average price of $8.03, with a low price of $7.00 and a high
price of $8.80. During this same period, we chose not to
exercise our right of first refusal for transactions totaling
144,583 shares of common stock at an average price of
$8.09, with a low price of $8.00 and a high price of $8.50.
Prior to the issuance of our financial statements for the three
month period ended September 30, 2009 in connection with
the initial filing of our registration statement on
Form S-1,
we decided to revise our estimate of fair value of our common
stock as of August 7, 2009. In reassessing the estimate of
fair value of our common stock, we considered the preliminary
estimated valuation range communicated by our underwriters as
well as the results of our contemporaneous valuation performed
on November 17, 2009, immediately prior to the initial
filing of our registration statement on
Form S-1.
The revised fair value as of August 7, 2009 was derived
based on a linear increase of our valuation between
April 29, 2008 (date of our last fair value determination
prior to issuance of our audited financial statements) and
November 17, 2009 (date of our initial filing of our
registration statement on
Form S-1).
We also compared the results of the calculation described above
with an estimate of fair value as of August 7, 2009 based
on the estimated fair value at November 17, 2009 adjusted
for the increase of the NASDAQ composite index between these two
dates, and noted no material differences. As a result of
reassessing the fair value of our common stock, we expect to
record additional compensation expense, excluding the effect of
forfeitures, of $8.1 million, of which $0.4 million
was recorded in our financial statements for the three months
ended September 30, 2009.
47
October 6, 2009. On October 6, 2009,
our board of directors determined a fair value of our common
stock of $11.08 per share, based on the factors described above
as well as a contemporaneous valuation report dated
September 15, 2009. The valuation used a risk-adjusted
discount of 15%, a non-marketability discount of 15%, an
estimated time to an initial public offering of less than
9 months and an estimated time to a strategic merger or
sale of more than 12 months. The expected outcomes were
weighted 50% toward an initial public offering, 30% towards a
strategic merger or sale, 18% towards remaining a private
company and 2% towards a liquidation scenario. This valuation
indicated a fair value of $11.08 per share for our common stock.
Consistent with our August 7, 2009 grant, we reassessed the
fair value of our common stock as of October 6, 2009. Given
the relatively immaterial number of shares issued, we derived
the revised estimate of fair value as of October 6, 2009
assuming a linear increase of our valuation between
April 29, 2009 and November 17, 2009. We expect to
record compensation expense associated with the October 6,
2009 grants of $997,000 through the end of fiscal year 2010.
Significant events occurring between the October 6, 2009
and November 17, 2009 grants. Subsequent to
the October 6, 2009 board of directors meeting, we
initiated a process to evaluate underwriters for a potential
initial public offering. On November 2, 2009, our board of
directors approved managements recommendation of an
underwriting group and its recommendation to attempt an initial
public offering on an accelerated time line. On November 5,
2009, management, the underwriters, Qatalyst Partners, our
independent registered public accounting firm and external legal
counsel for the company and the underwriters held an
organizational meeting to formally begin the initial
public offering process and the process of underwriter due
diligence.
November 17, 2009. On November 17,
2009, our board of directors determined a fair value of our
common stock of $19.00 per share, based on a contemporaneous
valuation report dated October 31, 2009 and the preliminary
estimated valuation range communicated by our underwriters. The
valuation used a risk-adjusted discount of 15%, a
non-marketability discount of 5%, an estimated time to an
initial public offering of less than 4 months and an
estimated time to a strategic merger or sale of more than
12 months. The expected outcomes were weighted 80% toward
an initial public offering, 10% towards a strategic merger or
sale and 10% towards remaining a private company. This valuation
indicated a fair value of $17.87 per share for our common stock.
We determined the fair value per share of our common stock to be
$19.00 as of November 17, 2009, which was higher than the
$17.87 per share value indicated by our valuation analysis as of
October 31, 2009, based upon preliminary indications of
potential pricing ranges for our initial public offering. We
expect to record compensation expense associated with the
November 17, 2009 grants of $3.4 million through the
end of fiscal year 2010.
Recoverability
of Intangible Assets, Including Goodwill
Intangible assets consist primarily of content, domain names,
customer and publisher relationships, non-compete agreements,
and other intangible assets. Intangible assets acquired in a
business combination are measured at fair value at the date of
acquisition. We amortize all intangible assets on a straight
line basis over their expected lives. As of June 30, 2009
and September 30, 2009, we had $106.7 million and
$119.5 million of goodwill, respectively, and
$34.0 million and $36.6 million of other intangible
assets, respectively, with estimable useful lives on our
consolidated balance sheets.
We review our indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment
at least annually or as indicators of impairment exist based on
comparing the fair value of the asset to the carrying value of
the asset. Goodwill is currently our only indefinite-lived
intangible asset. We perform our annual goodwill impairment test
in the fourth quarter for each of our DMS and DSS reporting
units. Our goodwill impairment test requires the use of
fair-value techniques, which are inherently subjective.
We performed our goodwill impairment test on our DMS reporting
unit by comparing the fair value of the business enterprise as
adjusted for the value of the DSS reporting unit to its carrying
value. The business enterprise value as a whole calculated on
April 20, 2009 for our goodwill impairment test in the
fourth quarter of 2009 differs from the implied market
capitalization based on the fair value of an individual share of
our common stock used for granting stock options as
March 31, 2009, as described below under
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Critical
Accounting Estimates Stock-Based Compensation,
because the business enterprise value is the estimated value
that would be
48
received for the sale of the company as a whole in an orderly
transaction between market participants, whereas the estimated
value used to determine the fair value of an individual share of
common stock was determined on the basis of a non-marketable
minority share of a non-public company. The calculation of the
non-marketable minority interest of an individual share takes
into consideration interest bearing debt, the fair value of
stock options issued, shares outstanding and a marketability
discount on common stock that is not freely tradable in a public
market. Fair value of our DSS reporting unit was estimated in
April 2009 using the income approach. Under the income approach,
we calculated the fair value of our DSS reporting unit based on
the present value of estimated future cash flows.
The valuation of goodwill could be affected if actual results
differ substantially from our estimates. Circumstances that
could affect the valuation of goodwill include, among other
things, a significant change in our business climate and buying
habits of our subscriber base along with increased costs to
provide systems and technologies required to support our content
and search capabilities. Based on our analysis in the fourth
quarter of 2009, no impairment of goodwill was indicated. We
have determined that a 10% change in our cash flow assumptions
or a marginal change in our discount rate as of the date of our
most recent goodwill impairment test would not have changed the
outcome of the test.
We evaluate the recoverability of our long-lived assets in
accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment
or Disposal of Long-lived Assets, or SFAS 144.
SFAS 144 requires recognition of impairment of long-lived
assets in the event that the net book value of such assets
exceeds the future undiscounted net cash flows attributable to
such assets. In accordance with SFAS 144, we recognize
impairment, if any, in the period of identification to the
extent the carrying amount of an asset exceeds the fair value of
such asset. Based on our analysis, no impairment was recorded in
fiscal year 2009.
Results
of Operations
The following table sets forth our consolidated statement of
operations for the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
167,370
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
192,030
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
260,527
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
63,678
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
78,552
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
Cost of revenue(1)
|
|
|
108,945
|
|
|
|
65.1
|
|
|
|
130,869
|
|
|
|
68.2
|
|
|
|
181,593
|
|
|
|
69.7
|
|
|
|
45,281
|
|
|
|
71.1
|
|
|
|
55,047
|
|
|
|
70.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
58,425
|
|
|
|
34.9
|
|
|
|
61,161
|
|
|
|
31.8
|
|
|
|
78,934
|
|
|
|
30.3
|
|
|
|
18,397
|
|
|
|
28.9
|
|
|
|
23,505
|
|
|
|
29.9
|
|
Operating expenses:(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product development
|
|
|
14,094
|
|
|
|
8.4
|
|
|
|
14,051
|
|
|
|
7.3
|
|
|
|
14,887
|
|
|
|
5.7
|
|
|
|
3,757
|
|
|
|
5.9
|
|
|
|
4,470
|
|
|
|
5.7
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
8,487
|
|
|
|
5.1
|
|
|
|
12,409
|
|
|
|
6.5
|
|
|
|
16,154
|
|
|
|
6.2
|
|
|
|
4,259
|
|
|
|
6.7
|
|
|
|
3,625
|
|
|
|
4.6
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
11,440
|
|
|
|
6.8
|
|
|
|
13,371
|
|
|
|
7.0
|
|
|
|
13,172
|
|
|
|
5.1
|
|
|
|
3,736
|
|
|
|
5.9
|
|
|
|
3,441
|
|
|
|
4.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
24,404
|
|
|
|
14.6
|
|
|
|
21,330
|
|
|
|
11.1
|
|
|
|
34,721
|
|
|
|
13.3
|
|
|
|
6,645
|
|
|
|
10.4
|
|
|
|
11,969
|
|
|
|
15.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
1,905
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
1,482
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
245
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(732
|
)
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)
|
|
|
(1,214
|
)
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
|
|
(3,544
|
)
|
|
|
(1.4
|
)
|
|
|
(763
|
)
|
|
|
(1.2
|
)
|
|
|
(748
|
)
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
(139
|
)
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
145
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
(239
|
)
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
25,438
|
|
|
|
15.2
|
|
|
|
21,743
|
|
|
|
11.3
|
|
|
|
31,183
|
|
|
|
12.0
|
|
|
|
6,023
|
|
|
|
9.5
|
|
|
|
11,350
|
|
|
|
14.4
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
(9,828
|
)
|
|
|
(5.9
|
)
|
|
|
(8,876
|
)
|
|
|
(4.6
|
)
|
|
|
(13,909
|
)
|
|
|
(5.3
|
)
|
|
|
(2,719
|
)
|
|
|
(4.3
|
)
|
|
|
(4,837
|
)
|
|
|
(6.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
15,610
|
|
|
|
9.3
|
%
|
|
$
|
12,867
|
|
|
|
6.7
|
%
|
|
$
|
17,274
|
|
|
|
6.6
|
%
|
|
$
|
3,304
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
%
|
|
$
|
6,513
|
|
|
|
8.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
$
|
416
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,112
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,916
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
%
|
|
$
|
470
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
%
|
|
$
|
728
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
%
|
Product development
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
|
|
|
443
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
669
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
226
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
581
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
1,761
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
507
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
1,354
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
1,086
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
1,827
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
351
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
741
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
Three
Months Ended September 30, 2008 and 2009
Net
Revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
2008-2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
63,678
|
|
|
$
|
78,552
|
|
|
|
23
|
%
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
45,281
|
|
|
|
55,047
|
|
|
|
22
|
%
|
Net revenue increased $14.9 million, or 23%, from the three
months ended September 30, 2008 to the three months ended
September 30, 2009. Substantially all of this increase was
attributable to an increase in revenue from our financial
services client vertical. Financial services client vertical net
revenue increased from $15.2 million in the three months
ended September 30, 2008 to $31.0 million in the
corresponding 2009 period, an increase of $15.8 million, or
104%. The increase in financial services client vertical revenue
was driven by lead and click volume increases at relatively
steady prices.
Cost
of Revenue
Cost of revenue increased $9.8 million, or 22%, from the
three months ended September 30, 2008 to the three months
ended September 30, 2009. The increase in cost of revenue
was driven by a $9.3 million increase in media costs due to
lead and click volume increases. Gross margin, which is the
difference between net revenue and cost of revenue as a
percentage of net revenue, increased from 28.9% for the three
months ended September 30, 2008 to 29.9% for the three
months ended September 30, 2009. The increase in gross
margin is attributable to revenue growth of 23% from the three
months ended September 30, 2008 to the three months ended
September 30, 2009 in conjunction with a moderate
compensation expense increase of only 2% for the same period due
to a reduction in workforce in the third quarter of fiscal year
2009.
Operating
Expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
2008-2009%
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product development
|
|
$
|
3,757
|
|
|
$
|
4,470
|
|
|
|
19
|
%
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
4,259
|
|
|
|
3,625
|
|
|
|
(15
|
)%
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
3,736
|
|
|
|
3,441
|
|
|
|
(8
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
$
|
11,752
|
|
|
$
|
11,536
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product
Development Expenses
Product development expenses increased $713,000, or 19%, from
the three months ended September 30, 2008 to the three
months ended September 30, 2009. The increase is
attributable to increased performance bonuses and compensation
expense of $552,000 from the three months ended September 30,
2008 to the three months ended September 30, 2009 and, to a
lesser extent, increased stock-based compensation expense of
$92,000 and professional services fees of $89,000 associated
with the development of our technology platforms.
50
Sales and
Marketing Expenses
Sales and marketing expenses declined $634,000, or 15%, from the
three months ended September 30, 2008 to the three months
ended September 30, 2009. The decline is due to a 23%
decrease in our sales and marketing headcount and related
compensation expenses of $769,000, partially offset by increased
stock-based compensation expense of $91,000. The decline in
headcount and related compensation expense is driven by a
reduction in workforce in the third quarter of fiscal year 2009.
General
and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses decreased $295,000, or 8%,
from the three months ended September 30, 2008 to the three
months ended September 30, 2009. The decline is driven by a
decrease in our legal expenses of $633,000 attributable to the
settlement of an ongoing legal matter in the fourth quarter of
fiscal year 2009, partially offset by increased stock-based
compensation expense of $390,000.
Interest
and Other Income (Expense), Net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
2008-2009%
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
$
|
90
|
|
|
$
|
9
|
|
|
|
(90
|
)%
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(763
|
)
|
|
|
(748
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)%
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
135
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(622
|
)
|
|
$
|
(619
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest and other income (expense), net was flat from the three
months ended September 30, 2008, to the three months ended
September 2009. The decrease in interest income is due to a
decline in our invested cash balances. Other income (expense),
net increased $69,000, or 135%, from the three months ended
September 30, 2008 to the three months ended
September 30, 2009 due to the weakening of the
U.S. dollar against the Canadian dollar.
Provision
for Taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Provision for taxes
|
|
$
|
2,719
|
|
|
$
|
4,837
|
|
Effective tax rate
|
|
|
45.1
|
%
|
|
|
42.6
|
%
|
The decline in our effective tax rate from the three months
ended September 30, 2008 to the three months ended
September 30, 2009 was impacted by decreased state income
tax expense in jurisdictions in which we no longer had a
physical presence, the unavailability of research and
development tax credits during the three months ended
September 30, 2008 and, to a lesser extent, increased tax
deductions associated with employee stock option disqualifying
dispositions. The decline was offset by increased non-deductible
stock-based compensation expense.
Comparison
of Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and
2009
Net
Revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
2007-2008
|
|
2008-2009
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
% Change
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
167,370
|
|
|
$
|
192,030
|
|
|
$
|
260,527
|
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
|
|
36
|
%
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
108,945
|
|
|
|
130,869
|
|
|
|
181,593
|
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
39
|
%
|
51
Net revenue increased $68.5 million, or 36%, from fiscal
year 2008 to fiscal year 2009, attributable primarily to an
increase in our financial services and education client
verticals, offset in part by a decline in our DSS business.
Financial services client vertical net revenue increased from
$21.9 million in fiscal year 2008 to $79.7 million in
fiscal year 2009, an increase of $57.8 million, or 264%.
Revenue growth in our financial services client vertical was
driven by lead and click volume increases at relatively steady
prices and the full effect of the acquisition of SureHits in the
fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008. Our education client
vertical net revenue increased from $142.2 million in
fiscal year 2008 to $151.4 million in fiscal year 2009, an
increase of $9.1 million, or 6%, half due to lead volume
increases and half due to pricing increases. Our other client
verticals net revenue increased from $24.3 million in
fiscal year 2008 to $26.3 million in fiscal year 2009, an
increase of $2.0 million, or 8%, due primarily to the full
effect of the acquisition of the assets of Vendorseek L.L.C.,
within our B2B client vertical in the fourth quarter of fiscal
year 2008. The revenue increase in our other client verticals
was partially offset by declines in our home services client
vertical due to both a challenging economic environment and lack
of available consumer credit.
Net revenue increased $24.7 million, or 15%, from fiscal
year 2007 to fiscal year 2008, attributable primarily to
increases in our education, financial services and other client
verticals, partially offset by declines in our DSS business.
Education client vertical net revenue increased from
$131.0 million to $142.2 million, an increase of
$11.2 million, or 9%, due to lead volume increases at
relatively steady prices. Financial services client vertical net
revenue increased from $12.2 million to $21.9 million,
an increase of $9.7 million, or 80%. Revenue growth in our
financial services client vertical was driven by the acquisition
of SureHits in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008. Net
revenue from our other client verticals increased from
$16.6 million in fiscal year 2007 to $24.3 million in
fiscal year 2008, an increase of $7.7 million, or 46%, due
to a $6.0 million increase in our home services client
vertical primarily resulting from the acquisition of
ReliableRemodeler in the third quarter of fiscal year 2008 and,
to a lesser extent, organic growth.
Cost
of Revenue
Cost of revenue increased $50.7 million, or 39%, from
fiscal year 2008 to fiscal year 2009, driven by a $43.3 million
increase in media costs due to lead and click volume increases
and, to a lesser extent, increased amortization of
acquisition-related intangible assets of $4.2 million resulting
from acquisitions in fiscal years 2008 and 2009. Our gross
margin declined from 31.8% in fiscal year 2008 to 30.3% in
fiscal year 2009 due primarily to the acquisition of SureHits,
which is characterized by lower gross margins.
Cost of revenue increased $21.9 million, or 20%, from
fiscal year 2007 to fiscal year 2008, driven by a
$14.0 million increase in media costs due to lead volume
increases and, to a lesser extent, increased personnel costs of
$2.7 million due to an 11% increase in average headcount
and related compensation expense increases, as well as increased
amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets resulting
from acquisitions in fiscal year 2008. Gross margin declined
from 34.9% in fiscal year 2007 to 31.8% in fiscal year 2008 due
to increases in both the above mentioned headcount and related
compensation expense (including stock-based compensation
expense), as well as increases in fixed costs, and increased
amortization of acquired intangible assets associated with
acquisitions during fiscal year 2008.
Operating
Expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
2007-2008
|
|
|
2008-2009
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product development
|
|
$
|
14,094
|
|
|
$
|
14,051
|
|
|
$
|
14,887
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
8,487
|
|
|
|
12,409
|
|
|
|
16,154
|
|
|
|
46
|
%
|
|
|
30
|
%
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
11,440
|
|
|
|
13,371
|
|
|
|
13,172
|
|
|
|
17
|
%
|
|
|
(1
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
$
|
34,021
|
|
|
$
|
39,831
|
|
|
$
|
44,213
|
|
|
|
17
|
%
|
|
|
11
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52
Product
Development Expenses
Product development expenses increased $836,000, or 6%, from
fiscal year 2008 to fiscal year 2009, due to increased
management performance bonuses and increased stock-based
compensation expense. The increased management performance
bonuses were paid in connection with our achievement of
specified financial metrics during fiscal year 2009 that were
not achieved in the corresponding prior year period, as well as
an increase in the number of individuals eligible for such
bonuses. The increase in product development expenses was
partially offset by a reduction in workforce in the third
quarter of fiscal year 2009. Product development expenses
remained flat from fiscal year 2007 to fiscal year 2008.
Sales and
Marketing Expenses
Sales and marketing expenses increased $3.7 million, or
30%, from fiscal year 2008 to fiscal year 2009, due to increased
stock-based compensation expense of $1.2 million, increased
personnel costs of $888,000, increased consulting fees of
$340,000, increased advertising and marketing expenses
associated with marketing campaigns of $331,000 and increased
depreciation and amortization of $193,000. The increase in
personnel costs was due to an 18% increase in average headcount
and related compensation expenses driven by the acquisition of
ReliableRemodeler in the third quarter of fiscal year 2008.
Increased consulting, advertising and marketing expenses was due
to overall increases in sales and marketing activities
associated with the increased volume of business in fiscal year
2009 as compared to the prior year period. The increase was
partially offset by a reduction in workforce in the third
quarter of fiscal year 2009.
Sales and marketing expenses increased $3.9 million, or
46%, from fiscal year 2007 to fiscal year 2008, due to increased
personnel costs of $3.9 million driven by a 47% increase in
average headcount and a one-time payout of a management
retention bonus in the second quarter of fiscal year 2008, and,
to a lesser extent, increased stock-based compensation expense.
The increase in personnel costs was driven by the acquisition of
ReliableRemodeler in the third quarter of fiscal year 2008.
General
and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses remained relatively flat in
fiscal year 2009 compared to fiscal year 2008. The slight
decline consisted of a decrease in legal expenses of $987,000,
partially offset by an increase in stock-based compensation
expense of $741,000. The decline in legal expenses is
attributable to a decrease in expenses related to an ongoing
legal matter which was settled prior to the fourth quarter of
fiscal year 2009. In connection with the settlement, we paid a
one-time, non-refundable fee of $850,000. We recognized an
intangible asset of $226,000 related to the estimated fair value
of the license and expensed the remaining $624,000 as a
settlement expense.
General and administrative expenses increased $1.9 million,
or 17%, from fiscal year 2007 to fiscal year 2008. The increase
was driven by increased legal fees of $973,000 associated with
the legal matter discussed above, increased personnel costs of
$1.2 million due to a 6% increase in average headcount and
a one-time payout of management retention bonuses in the second
quarter of fiscal year 2008.
Interest
and Other Income (Expense), Net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
2007-2008
|
|
|
2008-2009
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
$
|
1,905
|
|
|
$
|
1,482
|
|
|
$
|
245
|
|
|
|
(22
|
)%
|
|
|
(83
|
)%
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(732
|
)
|
|
|
(1,214
|
)
|
|
|
(3,544
|
)
|
|
|
66
|
%
|
|
|
192
|
%
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
(139
|
)
|
|
|
145
|
|
|
|
(239
|
)
|
|
|
(204
|
)%
|
|
|
(265
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest and other income (expense), net
|
|
$
|
1,034
|
|
|
$
|
413
|
|
|
$
|
(3,538
|
)
|
|
|
(60
|
)%
|
|
|
(957
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest and other income (expense), net declined
$4.0 million from fiscal year 2008 to fiscal year 2009 due
to increased interest expense, lowered interest income and
foreign currency losses. The increase in interest
53
expense is due to an increase in non-cash imputed interest on
acquisition-related notes payable and a draw down on our credit
facilities. Decreased interest income is due to a decline in our
invested cash balances. The decline in other income (expense),
net was due to foreign currency losses driven by weakening of
the Canadian dollar against the U.S. dollar.
Interest and other income (expense), net declined $621,000 from
fiscal year 2007 to fiscal year 2008 due to increased non-cash
imputed interest expense associated with an increase in
acquisition-related notes payable and the draw down on our
credit facilities, reduced interest income due to lower average
investment balances and declining average interest rates. The
increase in other income (expense), net relates to a change in
the functional currency of one of our subsidiaries and the
resulting reclassification of an unrealized currency translation
gain from other comprehensive income to other income (expense),
net.
Provision
for Taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Provision for taxes
|
|
$
|
9,828
|
|
|
$
|
8,876
|
|
|
$
|
13,909
|
|
Effective tax rate
|
|
|
38.6
|
%
|
|
|
40.8
|
%
|
|
|
44.6
|
%
|
The increase in our effective tax rate from fiscal year 2008 to
fiscal year 2009 was impacted by increased state income tax
expense in connection with our acquisitions of businesses in
various jurisdictions within the U.S. in which we did not
previously have a presence and, to a lesser extent, increased
foreign income taxes and non-deductible stock-based compensation
expense. The increase in our effective tax rate was partially
offset by increased research and development tax credits
recorded in connection with the Emergency Economic
Stabilization Act of 2008, or the Act. On October 3,
2008, the Act, which contains the Tax Extenders and
Alternative Minimum Tax Relief Act of 2008 was signed into
law. Under the Act, the research credit was retroactively
extended for amounts paid or incurred after December 31,
2007 and before January 1, 2010.
The increase in our effective tax rate from fiscal year 2007 to
fiscal year 2008 was due to increased non-deductible stock-based
compensation expense and a decline in federal research and
development tax credits in fiscal year 2008 due to the
expiration of research and development credit laws in
December 31, 2007.
54
Quarterly
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly
consolidated statements of operations data for fiscal year 2008,
fiscal year 2009 and the first quarter of fiscal year 2010. We
have prepared the statements of operations for each of these
quarters on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial
statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the
opinion of the management, each statement of operation includes
all adjustments, consisting solely of normal recurring
adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of the results of
operations for these periods. This information should be read in
conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements
and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. These
quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of
our operating results for any future period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sept. 30,
|
|
|
Dec. 31,
|
|
|
Mar. 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
Sept. 30,
|
|
|
Dec. 31,
|
|
|
Mar. 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
Sept. 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
44,383
|
|
|
$
|
40,806
|
|
|
$
|
49,739
|
|
|
$
|
57,102
|
|
|
$
|
63,678
|
|
|
$
|
59,235
|
|
|
$
|
69,813
|
|
|
$
|
67,801
|
|
|
$
|
78,552
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
30,551
|
|
|
|
28,623
|
|
|
|
32,840
|
|
|
|
38,855
|
|
|
|
45,281
|
|
|
|
42,969
|
|
|
|
46,780
|
|
|
|
46,563
|
|
|
|
55,047
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
13,832
|
|
|
|
12,183
|
|
|
|
16,899
|
|
|
|
18,247
|
|
|
|
18,397
|
|
|
|
16,266
|
|
|
|
23,033
|
|
|
|
21,238
|
|
|
|
23,505
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product development
|
|
|
3,696
|
|
|
|
3,524
|
|
|
|
3,355
|
|
|
|
3,476
|
|
|
|
3,757
|
|
|
|
3,723
|
|
|
|
3,512
|
|
|
|
3,895
|
|
|
|
4,470
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
1,952
|
|
|
|
4,122
|
|
|
|
2,948
|
|
|
|
3,387
|
|
|
|
4,259
|
|
|
|
4,164
|
|
|
|
3,594
|
|
|
|
4,137
|
|
|
|
3,625
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
3,542
|
|
|
|
3,217
|
|
|
|
3,242
|
|
|
|
3,370
|
|
|
|
3,736
|
|
|
|
3,171
|
|
|
|
2,865
|
|
|
|
3,400
|
|
|
|
3,441
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
4,642
|
|
|
|
1,320
|
|
|
|
7,354
|
|
|
|
8,014
|
|
|
|
6,645
|
|
|
|
5,208
|
|
|
|
13,062
|
|
|
|
9,806
|
|
|
|
11,969
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
546
|
|
|
|
489
|
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
|
165
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(164
|
)
|
|
|
(143
|
)
|
|
|
(242
|
)
|
|
|
(665
|
)
|
|
|
(763
|
)
|
|
|
(1,107
|
)
|
|
|
(879
|
)
|
|
|
(795
|
)
|
|
|
(748
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
(291
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
5,011
|
|
|
|
1,676
|
|
|
|
7,468
|
|
|
|
7,588
|
|
|
|
6,023
|
|
|
|
3,897
|
|
|
|
12,211
|
|
|
|
9,052
|
|
|
|
11,350
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for taxes
|
|
|
(2,123
|
)
|
|
|
(750
|
)
|
|
|
(2,799
|
)
|
|
|
(3,204
|
)
|
|
|
(2,719
|
)
|
|
|
(1,547
|
)
|
|
|
(5,818
|
)
|
|
|
(3,825
|
)
|
|
|
(4,837
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
2,888
|
|
|
$
|
926
|
|
|
$
|
4,669
|
|
|
$
|
4,384
|
|
|
$
|
3,304
|
|
|
$
|
2,350
|
|
|
$
|
6,393
|
|
|
$
|
5,227
|
|
|
$
|
6,513
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
8,420
|
|
|
$
|
4,424
|
|
|
$
|
10,335
|
|
|
$
|
13,100
|
|
|
$
|
12,157
|
|
|
$
|
10,956
|
|
|
$
|
18,571
|
|
|
$
|
15,188
|
|
|
$
|
18,150
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarterly
Revenue Trends
Our quarterly net revenue decreased $3.6 million, or 8%,
from $44.4 million for the three months ended
September 30, 2007 to $40.8 million for the three
months ended December 31, 2007. For these respective
periods, our education client vertical revenue decreased by
$1.9 million due to seasonality; our financial services
client vertical revenue decreased by $501,000; our other client
verticals revenue decreased by $1.2 million due to a
decrease in revenue from our home services client vertical; and
our DSS business revenue was flat.
Our quarterly net revenue increased $8.9 million, or 22%,
from $40.8 million for the three months ended
December 31, 2007 to $49.7 million for the three
months ended March 31, 2008. For these respective periods,
our education client vertical revenue increased by
$4.4 million due to seasonality; our financial services
client vertical revenue increased by $1.1 million due to
organic growth; our other client verticals revenue increased by
$3.5 million due to growth in our home services client
vertical as a result of the acquisition of Reliable Remodeler
and organic growth; and our DSS business revenue was flat.
Our quarterly net revenue increased $7.4 million, or 15%,
from $49.7 million for the three months ended
March 31, 2008 to $57.1 million for the three months
ended June 30, 2008. For these respective periods, our
education client vertical revenue decreased by $193,000; our
financial services client vertical revenue increased by
$6.4 million due to the acquisition of SureHits and organic
growth; our other client verticals revenue increased by
$1.2 million due to growth in our home services client
vertical as a result of the acquisition of ReliableRemodeler;
and our DSS business revenue was flat.
55
Our quarterly net revenue increased $6.6 million, or 12%,
from $57.1 million for the three months ended June 30,
2008 to $63.7 million for the three months ended
September 30, 2008. For these respective periods, our
education client vertical revenue increased by $2.2 million
due to organic growth; our financial services client vertical
revenue increased by $4.5 million due to organic growth;
our other client verticals revenue was flat and our DSS business
revenue decreased by $228,000.
Our quarterly net revenue decreased $4.4 million, or 7%,
from $63.7 million for the three months ended
September 30, 2008 to $59.2 million for the three
months ended December 31, 2008. For these respective
periods, our education client vertical revenue decreased by
$5.3 million due to seasonality; our financial services
client vertical revenue increased by $2.8 million due to
organic growth; our other client verticals revenue decreased by
$2.2 million due to a decline in our home services client
vertical as a result of difficult economic conditions; and our
DSS business revenues increase by $262,000.
Our quarterly net revenue increased $10.6 million, or 18%,
from $59.2 million for the three months ended
December 31, 2008 to $69.8 million for the three
months ended March 31, 2009. For these respective periods,
our education client vertical revenue increased by
$4.5 million due to seasonality; our financial services
client vertical revenue increased by $6.6 million due to
organic growth; our other client verticals revenue decreased by
$482,000; and our DSS business revenue was flat.
Our quarterly net revenue decreased $2.0 million, or 3%,
from $69.8 the three months ended March 31, 2009 to
$67.8 million the three months ended June 30, 2009.
For these respective periods, our education client vertical
revenue increased by $860,000; our financial services client
vertical revenue decreased by $2.6 million due to decreased
marketing spend by one of our clients; our other client
verticals revenue was flat and our DSS business revenue
decreased by $299,000.
Our quarterly net revenue increased $10.8 million, or 16%,
from $67.8 million for the three months ended June 30,
2009 to $78.6 million for the three months ended
September 30, 2009. For these respective periods, our
education client vertical revenue increased by $938,000; our
financial services client vertical revenue increased by
$9.0 million due to organic growth; our other client
verticals revenue increased by $987,000; and our DSS business
revenue decreased by $194,000.
Adjusted
EBITDA
Our use of Adjusted EBITDA. We include
Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because (i) we seek to
manage our business to a consistent level of Adjusted EBITDA as
a percentage of net revenue, (ii) it is a key basis upon
which our management assesses our operating performance,
(iii) it is one of the primary metrics investors use in
evaluating Internet marketing companies, (iv) it is a
factor in the evaluation of the performance of our management in
determining compensation, and (v) it is an element of
certain maintenance covenants under our debt agreements. We
define Adjusted EBITDA as net income less interest and other
income plus interest and other expense, provision for taxes,
depreciation expense, amortization expense, stock-based
compensation expense and foreign-exchange (loss) gain.
Restructuring charges have not been expensed and have not been
adjusted for in our Adjusted EBITDA.
We use Adjusted EBITDA as a key performance measure because we
believe it facilitates operating performance comparisons from
period to period by excluding potential differences caused by
variations in capital structures (affecting interest expense),
tax positions (such as the impact on periods or companies of
changes in effective tax rates or fluctuations in permanent
differences or discrete quarterly items) and the impact of
depreciation and amortization expense on definite-lived
intangible assets. Because Adjusted EBITDA facilitates internal
comparisons of our historical operating performance on a more
consistent basis, we also use Adjusted EBITDA for business
planning purposes, to incentivize and compensate our management
personnel and in evaluating acquisition opportunities.
In addition, we believe Adjusted EBITDA and similar measures are
widely used by investors, securities analysts, ratings agencies
and other interested parties in our industry as a measure of
financial performance and debt-service capabilities. Our use of
Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you
56
should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for
analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these
limitations are:
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures for
capital equipment or other contractual commitments;
|
|
|
|
although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the
assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced
in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash capital
expenditure requirements for such replacements;
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash
requirements for, our working capital needs;
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA does not consider the potentially dilutive
impact of issuing equity-based compensation to our management
team and employees;
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the significant interest
expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest
or principal payments on our indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect certain tax payments that may
represent a reduction in cash available to us; and
|
|
|
|
other companies, including companies in our industry, may
calculate Adjusted EBITDA measures differently, which reduces
their usefulness as a comparative measure.
|
Because of these limitations, Adjusted EBITDA should not be
considered as a measure of discretionary cash available to us to
invest in the growth of our business. When evaluating our
performance, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA alongside other
financial performance measures, including various cash flow
metrics, net loss and our other GAAP results.
The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA
to net income, the most comparable GAAP measure, for each of the
periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended,
|
|
|
|
Sept. 30,
|
|
|
Dec. 31,
|
|
|
Mar. 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
Sept. 30,
|
|
|
Dec. 31,
|
|
|
Mar. 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
Sept. 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
2,888
|
|
|
$
|
926
|
|
|
$
|
4,669
|
|
|
$
|
4,384
|
|
|
$
|
3,304
|
|
|
$
|
2,350
|
|
|
$
|
6,393
|
|
|
$
|
5,227
|
|
|
$
|
6,513
|
|
Interest and other income (expense), net
|
|
|
(369
|
)
|
|
|
(356
|
)
|
|
|
(114
|
)
|
|
|
426
|
|
|
|
622
|
|
|
|
1,311
|
|
|
|
851
|
|
|
|
754
|
|
|
|
619
|
|
Provision for taxes
|
|
|
2,123
|
|
|
|
750
|
|
|
|
2,799
|
|
|
|
3,204
|
|
|
|
2,719
|
|
|
|
1,547
|
|
|
|
5,818
|
|
|
|
3,825
|
|
|
|
4,837
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
2,577
|
|
|
|
2,501
|
|
|
|
2,500
|
|
|
|
4,149
|
|
|
|
4,114
|
|
|
|
4,237
|
|
|
|
4,035
|
|
|
|
3,592
|
|
|
|
3,952
|
|
Stock based compensation expense
|
|
|
1,201
|
|
|
|
603
|
|
|
|
481
|
|
|
|
937
|
|
|
|
1,398
|
|
|
|
1,511
|
|
|
|
1,474
|
|
|
|
1,790
|
|
|
|
2,229
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
8,420
|
|
|
$
|
4,424
|
|
|
$
|
10,335
|
|
|
$
|
13,100
|
|
|
$
|
12,157
|
|
|
$
|
10,956
|
|
|
$
|
18,571
|
|
|
$
|
15,188
|
|
|
$
|
18,150
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA quarterly trends. We seek to
manage our business to a consistent level of Adjusted EBITDA as
a percentage of net revenue. We do so on a fiscal year basis by
varying our operations to balance revenue growth and costs
throughout the fiscal year. We do not seek to manage our
business to a consistent level of Adjusted EBITDA on a quarterly
basis. For fiscal years 2003 to 2009, Adjusted EBITDA as a
percentage of revenue was 22%, 20%, 22%, 23%, 22%, 19% and 22%,
respectively.
For quarterly periods from September 30, 2007 to
September 30, 2009, Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of
revenue was 19%, 11%, 21%, 23%, 19%, 18%, 27%, 22%, and 23%,
respectively. In general, Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of
revenue tends to be seasonally weaker in the quarters ending
September 30 and, particularly, December 31 and stronger in
quarters ending March 31 and June 30. For the three months
ended December 31, 2007, Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of
revenue was 11%. This was due to typical seasonal weakness and a
one-time management tenure bonus. For the three months ended
March 31, 2009, Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue
was 27%. This was due to a reduction in work force undertaken at
the beginning of that period based on concerns held by our
management team regarding the deteriorating economic climate.
The economic climate did not have a negative effect on us in a
fashion that impacted our revenue growth, and our reduced cost
basis resulting from our work force reduction, combined with our
57
revenue growth, resulted in an Adjusted EBITDA margin for the
period that exceeded our historical quarterly Adjusted EBITDA
margin performance. We manage our business to a desired Adjusted
EBITDA margin level on a fiscal year basis, not on a quarterly
basis, and investors should expect our Adjusted EBITDA margins
to vary from quarter to quarter.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
Our primary operating cash requirements include the payment of
media costs, personnel costs, costs of information technology
systems and office facilities.
Since our inception, we have financed our operations and
acquisitions primarily through cash flow from operations,
private placements of our convertible preferred stock and
borrowing under our bank credit facilities and seller notes. We
have generated approximately $138.3 million in cash flows
from operations and have received a total of approximately
$37.4 million from private share placements and an
additional $5.4 million from the exercise of stock options
to purchase shares of our common stock. Our principal sources of
liquidity as of September 30, 2009, consisted of cash and
cash equivalents of $28.1 million and our revolving credit
facility which had $57.3 million available for borrowing as
of such date.
Net
Cash Provided by or Used in Operating Activities
Net cash used in operating activities was $0.3 million in
the three months ended September 30, 2008 and net cash
provided by operating activities was $11.8 million in the
three months ended September 30, 2009 and
$25.2 million, $24.8 million and $32.6 million in
fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. Our net cash
provided by or used in operating activities is primarily a
result of our net income adjusted by non-cash expenses such as
depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation expense,
provision for sales returns and changes in working capital
components, and is influenced by the timing of cash collections
from our clients and cash payments for purchases of media and
other expenses.
Net cash provided by operating activities in the three months
ended September 30, 2009, was driven by net income of
$6.5 million, non-cash depreciation, amortization and
stock-based compensation expense of $6.2 million and an
increase in accrued liabilities of $4.2 million, moderated
by an increase in accounts receivable of $5.8 million. The
increase in accrued liabilities is due to timing of payments and
the overall growth of our business. The increase in accounts
receivable is attributable to increased revenue, as well as
timing of receipts.
Net cash used in operating activities in the three months ended
September 30, 2008 was impacted by an increase in accounts
receivable of $8.6 million, and to a lesser extent, a
decline in accrued liabilities of $1.9 million. The decline
was offset by net income of $3.3 million and non-cash
depreciation, amortization and stock-based compensation expense
of $5.5 million. The increase in accounts receivable is
attributable to increased revenue and timing of receipts. The
decline in accrued liabilities is due to timing of payments.
Net cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 2009 was due
to net income of $17.3 million, non-cash depreciation,
amortization and stock-based compensation expense of
$22.2 million, moderated by an increase in accounts
receivable of $9.0 million and increased deferred tax
assets of $4.1 million. The increase in accounts receivable
is due to increased revenue of 36% associated with the growth of
our business, as well as due to timing of receipts. The increase
in deferred tax assets is due to temporary differences between
the financial statement carrying amount and the tax basis of
existing assets and liabilities.
Net cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 2008 was due
to net income of $12.9 million, non-cash depreciation,
amortization and stock-based compensation expense of
$14.9 million and increased accounts payable and accrued
liabilities of $3.0 million, moderated by an increase in
deferred tax assets of $3.8 million and excess tax benefits
from exercise of stock options of $1.7 million. The
increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities is due to
timing of payments. The increase in deferred tax assets is due
to temporary differences between the financial statement
carrying amount and the tax basis of existing assets and
liabilities. The increase in excess tax benefits is attributable
to exercises of stock options resulting in tax deductions in
excess of recorded stock-based compensation expense.
58
Net cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 2007 was
largely due to net income of $15.6 million and non-cash
depreciation, amortization and stock-based compensation expense
of $11.7 million.
Net
Cash Used in Investing Activities
Our investing activities include acquisitions of media websites
and businesses; purchases, sales and maturities of marketable
securities; capital expenditures; and capitalized internal
development costs. Net cash used in investing activities was
$11.2 million and $12.5 million in the three months
ended September 30, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and was
$26.4 million, $49.2 million and $27.3 million in
fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. Capital
expenditures and internal software development costs totaled
$0.9 million and $0.8 million in the three months
ended September 30, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and
$3.5 million, $3.6 million and $2.4 million in
fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.
Cash used in investing activities in the three months ended
September 30, 2009 was impacted by the acquisition of
Payler Corp. D/B/A HSH Associates Financial Publishers, or HSH,
a New Jersey-based online company providing comprehensive
mortgage rate information for an initial $6.0 million cash
payment, as well as by purchases of the operations of 12 other
website publishing businesses for an aggregate of approximately
$4.6 million in cash payments.
Cash used in investing activities in fiscal year 2009 was
impacted by the acquisition of U.S. Citizens for Fair Credit
Card Terms, Inc, or CardRatings, for an initial cash payment of
$10.4 million, as well as purchases of the operations of 33
other website publishing businesses for an aggregate of
approximately $14.6 million in cash payments. Cash used in
investing activities in fiscal year 2008 was driven by the
acquisitions of SureHits, ReliableRemodeler and Vendorseek
amounting to total cash payments of $54.7 million, as well
as purchases of the operations of 20 website publishing
businesses for an aggregate of approximately $9.5 million
in cash payments. Cash used in investing activities in fiscal
year 2008 was partially offset by proceeds from sales and
maturities of marketable securities, net of purchases of
marketable securities, of $17.5 million. Cash used in
investing activities in fiscal year 2007 was driven by purchases
of the operations of 32 website publishing businesses for an
aggregate of approximately $11.8 million in cash payments,
as well as purchases of marketable securities, net of proceeds
from sales and maturities or marketable securities, of
$11.0 million.
Net
Cash Provided by or Used in Financing Activities
Cash provided by financing activities was $3.6 million and
$6.9 million in the three months ended September 30,
2009 and 2008, respectively. Cash provided by financing
activities in the three months ended September 30, 2009 was
due to proceeds from a draw down of our revolving credit
facility of $6.5 million, partially offset by
$3.3 million in principal payments on acquisition-related
notes payable and our term loan, as well as repurchases of our
common stock.
Cash used in financing activities was $5.0 million and
$2.8 million in fiscal years 2009 and 2007, respectively,
and cash provided by financing activities was $22.8 million
in fiscal year 2008. Cash used in financing activities in fiscal
year 2009 was due to principal payments on acquisition-related
notes payable and our term loan of $13.1 million and stock
repurchases of $1.3 million, partially offset by proceeds
from a draw down of our revolving credit facility of
$8.6 million. Cash provided by financing activities in
fiscal year 2008 was driven by proceeds from our term loan of
$29.0 million and proceeds from issuance of common stock as
a result of stock option exercises of $2.6 million,
partially offset by $5.6 million in stock repurchases and
principal payments on acquisition-related notes payable of
$4.9 million. Cash used in financing activities in fiscal
year 2007 was driven by principal payments on
acquisition-related notes payable of $3.9 million,
partially offset by proceeds from issuance of common stock as a
result of stock option exercises of $0.7 million.
Capital
Resources
We believe that our cash and cash equivalents, funds generated
from our operations and available amounts under our credit
facilities, together with the net proceeds of this offering,
will be sufficient to meet our working capital and
non-acquisition related capital expenditure requirements for at
least the next
59
12 months. In order to expand our business or acquire
additional complementary businesses or technologies, we may need
to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings. If
required, additional financing may not be available on terms
that are favorable to us, if at all. If we raise additional
funds through the issuance of equity or convertible debt
securities, the percentage ownership of our stockholders will be
reduced and these securities might have rights, preferences and
privileges senior to those of our current stockholders. No
assurance can be given that additional financing will be
available or that, if available, such financing can be obtained
on terms favorable to our stockholders and us.
During the last three years, inflation and changing prices have
not had a material effect on our business and we do not expect
that inflation or changing prices will materially affect our
business in the foreseeable future.
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
During the periods presented, we did not have any relationships
with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as
entities often referred to as structured finance or special
purpose entities, which would have been established for the
purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other
contractually narrow or limited purpose.
Contractual
Obligations
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations at
June 30, 2009 and the effect such obligations are expected
to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Less Than 1 Year
|
|
|
1 to 3 Years
|
|
|
3 to 5 Years
|
|
|
More Than 5 Years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt
|
|
$
|
34,757
|
|
|
$
|
3,000
|
|
|
$
|
11,250
|
|
|
$
|
20,507
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Notes payable
|
|
|
25,069
|
|
|
|
10,214
|
|
|
|
12,005
|
|
|
|
2,850
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating lease obligations
|
|
|
1,368
|
|
|
|
1,104
|
|
|
|
264
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
61,194
|
|
|
$
|
14,318
|
|
|
$
|
23,519
|
|
|
$
|
23,357
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In connection with the acquisition of SureHits, we also may be
required to make certain earn-out payments in the aggregate
amount of $13.5 million, payable in increments in the
amount of $4.5 million annually on January 1 of 2010, 2011
and 2012, contingent upon the achievement of specified financial
targets. In November 2009, we acquired the website assets of the
Internet.com division of WebMediaBrands, Inc. for $16.0 million
in cash and a $2.0 million non-interest bearing, unsecured
promissory note.
In August 2006, we entered into a loan and security agreement
which makes available a $30 million revolving credit
facility from a financial institution. In January 2008, we
signed an amendment to this loan and security agreement,
expanding the revolving credit availability to $60 million.
In September 2008, we replaced our existing revolving credit
facility of $60 million with credit facilities totaling
$100 million and in November 2009, we extended that
capacity to $130 million. As of September 30, 2009,
the facilities consisted of a $30 million five-year term
loan, with principal amortization of 10%, 10%, 20%, 25% and 35%
annually, and a $100 million revolving credit facility. We
may repay the remaining balance of the term loan and some or all
of our revolving credit facility from the proceeds of this
offering. Borrowings under the credit facilities are
collateralized by our assets and interest is payable quarterly
at specified margins above either LIBOR or the Prime Rate. As of
September 30, 2009, the interest rate varied dependent upon
the ratio of funded debt to adjusted EBITDA and ranged from
LIBOR + 1.875% to 2.625% or Prime + 0.75% to 1.25% for the
revolving credit facility and from LIBOR + 2.25% to 3.0% or
Prime + 0.75% to 1.25% for the term loan. Adjusted EBITDA, as
defined in our bank credit facility, is substantially similar to
our measure of Adjusted EBITDA set forth under Prospectus
Summary Summary Consolidated Financial Data.
As of September 30, 2009, $27.8 million was
outstanding under the term loan and $12.8 million was
outstanding under the revolving credit facility. The credit
facilities expire in September 2013. Under the loan
60
and revolving credit facility agreement, we are required to
maintain certain minimum financial ratios computed as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Quick ratio: ratio of (a) the sum of unrestricted cash and
cash equivalents and trade receivables less than 90 days
from invoice date to (b) current liabilities and face
amount of any letters of credit less the current portion of
deferred revenue.
|
|
|
|
Fixed charge coverage: ratio of (a) trailing 12 months
of adjusted EBITDA to (b) the sum of capital expenditures,
net cash interest expense, cash taxes, cash dividends and
trailing 12 months payments of indebtedness. Payment of
unsecured indebtedness is excluded to the degree that sufficient
unused revolving credit facility exists such that the relevant
debt payment could have been made from the credit facility.
|
|
|
|
Funded debt to adjusted EBITDA: ratio of (a) the sum of all
obligations owing to lending institutions, the face amount of
any letters of credit, indebtedness owing in connection with
seller notes and indebtedness owing in connection with capital
lease obligations to (b) trailing 12-month adjusted EBITDA.
|
We were in compliance with these minimum financial ratios as of
June 30, 2008 and 2009 and as of September 30, 2009.
In January 2010, we replaced our existing credit facility with a
credit facility with a total borrowing capacity of
$175.0 million. The new facility consists of a
$35.0 million four-year term loan, with principal
amortization of 10%, 15%, 35% and 40% annually, and a
$140.0 million four-year revolving credit facility. We are
not required to repay any portion of this new facility from the
proceeds of this offering.
The operating lease obligations reflected in the table above
primarily include our corporate office leases.
The notes payable reflected in the table above consist of
non-interest-bearing, unsecured promissory notes issued in
connection with acquisitions.
Guarantees
We have agreements whereby we indemnify our officers and
directors for certain events or occurrences while the officer or
director is, or was serving, at our request in such capacity.
The term of the indemnification period is for the officer or
directors lifetime. The maximum potential amount of future
payments we could be required to make under these
indemnification agreements is unlimited; however, we have a
director and officer insurance policy that limits our exposure
and enables us to recover a portion of any future amounts paid.
As a result of our insurance policy coverage, we believe the
estimated fair value of these indemnification agreements is
minimal. Accordingly, we have not recorded any liabilities for
these agreements.
In the ordinary course of our business, we enter into standard
indemnification provisions in our agreements with our clients.
Pursuant to these provisions, we indemnify our clients for
losses suffered or incurred in connection with certain
third-party claims that our product infringed any United States
patent, copyright or other intellectual property rights. With
respect to our DSS products, we also indemnify our clients for
losses incurred in connection with third-party claims that the
items and content we provide infringe upon the intellectual
property rights of any third party. In some cases we are also
obligated to either secure the rights to use, replace or modify
the items and content, and, in the event that we are unable to
achieve the foregoing, the client is entitled to terminate the
agreement and receive a refund of certain payments made to us.
Each of these agreements contain general limitations on our
liability.
The potential amount of future payments to defend lawsuits or
settle indemnified claims under these indemnification provisions
may be unlimited; however, we believe the estimated fair value
of these indemnity provisions is minimal, and accordingly, we
have not recorded any liabilities for these agreements.
61
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or
FASB, issued a new accounting standard that changes the
accounting for business combinations, including the measurement
of acquirer shares issued in consideration for a business
combination, the recognition of contingent consideration, the
accounting for pre-acquisition gain and loss contingencies, the
recognition of capitalized in-process research and development,
the accounting for acquisition-related restructuring cost
accruals, the treatment of acquisition-related transaction costs
and the recognition of changes in the acquirers income tax
valuation allowance. The new standard applies prospectively to
business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or
after the beginning of the first annual reporting period
beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The adoption of
the new standard did not have a material impact on our
consolidated financial statements, but is likely to have a
material impact on how we account for any future business
combinations into which we may enter.
In May 2009, the FASB issued a new accounting standard that
establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosure
of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before
financial statements are issued. In particular, the new standard
sets forth (1) the period after the balance sheet date
during which management of a reporting entity should evaluate
events or transactions that may occur for potential recognition
or disclosure in the financial statements; (2) the
circumstances under which an entity should recognize events or
transactions occurring after the balance sheet date in its
financial statements; and (3) the disclosures that an
entity should make about events or transactions that occurred
after the balance sheet date. We applied the requirement of this
standard effective June 30, 2009 and included additional
disclosures in the notes to our consolidated financial
statements.
In June 2009, the FASB issued a new accounting standard that
provides for a codification of accounting standards to be the
authoritative source of generally accepted accounting principles
in the United States. Rules and interpretive releases of the SEC
under federal securities laws are also sources of authoritative
GAAP for SEC registrants. We adopted the provisions of the
authoritative accounting guidance for the interim reporting
period ended September 30, 2009. The adoption did not have
a material effect on our consolidated results of operations or
financial condition.
In October 2009, the FASB issued a new accounting standard that
changes the accounting for arrangements with multiple
deliverables. Specifically, the new standard requires an entity
to allocate arrangement consideration at the inception of an
arrangement to all of its deliverables based on their relative
selling prices. In addition, the new standard eliminates the use
of the residual method of allocation and requires the
relative-selling-price method in all circumstances in which an
entity recognizes revenue for an arrangement with multiple
deliverables. In October 2009, the FASB also issued a new
accounting standard that changes revenue recognition for
tangible products containing software and hardware elements.
Specifically, if certain requirements are met, revenue
arrangements that contain tangible products with software
elements that are essential to the functionality of the products
are scoped out of the existing software revenue recognition
accounting guidance and will be accounted for under the
multiple-element arrangements revenue recognition guidance
discussed above. Both standards will be effective for us in the
first quarter of fiscal year 2011. Early adoption is permitted.
We do not anticipate the adoption of these standards to have a
material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Foreign
Currency Exchange Risk
To date, our international client agreements have been
denominated solely in U.S. dollars, and accordingly, we
have not been exposed to foreign currency exchange rate
fluctuations related to client agreements, and do not currently
engage in foreign currency hedging transactions. However, as the
local accounts for our India and Canada operations are
maintained in the local currency of India and Canada, we are
subject to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations
associated with remeasurement to U.S. dollars. A
hypothetical change of 10% in foreign currency exchange rates
would not have a material impact on our consolidated financial
condition or results of operations.
62
Interest
Rate Risk
We had cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments
totaling $28.1 million, $25.2 million and
$27.3 million at September 30, 2009, June 30,
2009 and June 30, 2008, respectively. These amounts were
invested primarily in money market funds, short-term deposits
and marketable securities with original maturities of less than
three months. The unrestricted cash, cash equivalents and
short-term investments are held for working capital purposes and
short-term acquisitions financing. We do not enter into
investments for trading or speculative purposes. We believe that
we do not have any material exposure to changes in the fair
value as a result of changes in interest rates due to the
short-term nature of our cash equivalents and short-term
investments. Declines in interest rates, however, would reduce
future investment income.
As of September 30, 2009, we had outstanding a credit
facility consisting of a term loan, with principal amortization
of 10%, 10%, 20%, 25% and 35% annually, and a $100 million
revolving credit facility. As of September 30, 2009, we had
$27.8 million outstanding on our term loan and
$12.8 million outstanding on our revolving credit facility.
Interest on the credit facility is payable quarterly at
specified margins above either LIBOR or the Prime Rate. The
interest rate varies dependent upon the ratio of funded debt to
adjusted EBITDA and ranges from LIBOR + 1.875% to 2.625% or
Prime + 0.75% to 1.25% for the revolving credit facility and
from LIBOR + 2.25% to 3.0% or Prime + 0.75% to 1.25% for the
term loan. A hypothetical change of 1% in the interest rate on
our credit facility would lead to higher interest expense, but
we do not believe it would materially affect our overall
consolidated financial condition or results of operations.
In January 2010, we replaced our existing credit facility with a
credit facility with a total borrowing capacity of
$175.0 million. The new facility consists of a
$35.0 million four-year term loan, with principal
amortization of 10%, 15%, 35% and 40% annually, and a
$140.0 million four-year revolving credit facility.
Interest on borrowings under the new credit facility is payable
quarterly at specified margins above either LIBOR or the Prime
Rate. The interest rate varies dependent upon the ratio of
funded debt to adjusted EBITDA and ranges from LIBOR + 2.125% to
2.875% or Prime + 1.00% to 1.50% for the revolving credit
facility and from LIBOR + 2.50% to 3.25% or Prime + 1.00% to
1.50% for the term loan. The interest rates on the new credit
facility are higher than on the previous credit facility. Our
exposure to interest rate risk under the new credit facility
will depend on the extent to which we utilize such facility. If
our borrowings under the new facility are comparable to our
borrowings under the previous credit facility, we do not believe
our exposure to interest rate risk will be materially different.
63
BUSINESS
Our
Company
QuinStreet is a leader in vertical marketing and media on the
Internet. We have built a strong set of capabilities to engage
Internet visitors with targeted media and to connect our
marketing clients with their potential customers online. We
focus on serving clients in large, information-intensive
industry verticals where relevant, targeted media and offerings
help visitors make informed choices, find the products that
match their needs, and thus become qualified customer prospects
for our clients. Our current primary client verticals are the
education and financial services industries. We also have a
presence in the home services,
business-to-business,
or B2B, and healthcare industries.
We generate revenue by delivering measurable online marketing
results to our clients. These results are typically in the form
of qualified leads or clicks, the outcomes of customer prospects
submitting requests for information on, or to be contacted
regarding, client products, or their clicking on or through to
specific client offers. These qualified leads or clicks are
generated from our marketing activities on our websites or on
third-party websites with whom we have relationships. Clients
primarily pay us for leads that they can convert into customers,
typically in a call center or through other offline customer
acquisition processes, or for clicks from our websites that they
can convert into applications or customers on their websites. We
are predominantly paid on a negotiated or market-driven
per lead or per click basis. Media costs
to generate qualified leads or clicks are borne by us as a cost
of providing our services.
Founded in 1999, we have been a pioneer in the development and
application of measurable marketing on the Internet. Clients pay
us for the actual opt-in actions by prospects or customers that
result from our marketing activities on their behalf, versus
traditional impression-based advertising and marketing models in
which an advertiser pays for more general exposure to an
advertisement. We have been particularly focused on developing
and delivering measurable marketing results in the search engine
ecosystem, the entry point of the Internet for most
of the visitors we convert into qualified leads or clicks for
our clients. We own or partner with vertical content websites
that attract Internet visitors from organic search engine
rankings due to the quality and relevancy of their content to
search engine users. We also acquire targeted visitors for our
websites through the purchase of
pay-per-click,
or PPC, advertisements on search engines. We complement search
engine companies by building websites with content and offerings
that are relevant and responsive to their searchers, and by
increasing the value of the PPC search advertising they sell by
matching visitors with offerings and converting them into
customer prospects for our clients.
Market
Opportunity
Our clients are shifting more of their marketing budgets from
traditional media channels such as direct mail, television,
radio, and newspapers to the Internet because of increasing
usage of the Internet by their potential customers. We believe
that direct marketing is the most applicable and relevant
marketing segment to us because it is targeted and measurable.
According to the July 2009 research report, Consumer
Behavior Online: A 2009 Deep Dive, by Forrester Research,
Americans spend 33% of their time with media on the Internet,
but online direct marketing was forecasted to represent only 16%
of the $149 billion in total annual U.S. direct
marketing spending in 2009, as reported by the Direct Marketing
Association. The Internet is an effective direct marketing
medium due to its targeting and measurability characteristics.
If direct marketing budgets shift to the Internet in proportion
to Americans share of time spent with media on the
Internet from 16% to 33% of the $149 billion in
total spending that could represent an increased
market opportunity of $25 billion. In addition, as
traditional media categories such as television and radio shift
from analog to digital formats, they can become channels for the
targeted and measurable marketing techniques and capabilities we
have developed for the Internet, thus expanding our addressable
market opportunity. Further future market potential will also
come from international markets.
64
Change
in marketing strategy and approach
We believe that marketing approaches are changing as budgets
shift from offline, analog advertising media to digital
advertising media such as Internet marketing. These changing
approaches are fundamental, and require a shift to fundamentally
new competencies, including:
From
qualitative, impression-driven marketing to analytic,
data-driven marketing
We believe that the growth in Internet marketing is enabling a
more data-driven approach to advertising. The measurability of
online marketing allows marketers to collect a significant
amount of detailed data on the performance of their marketing
campaigns, including the effectiveness of ad format and
placement and user responses. This data can then be analyzed and
used to improve marketing campaign performance and
cost-effectiveness on substantially shorter cycle times than
with traditional offline media.
From
account management-based client relationships to results-based
client relationships
We believe that marketers are becoming increasingly focused on
strategies that deliver specific, measurable results. For
example, marketers are attempting to better understand how their
marketing spending produces measurable objectives such as
meeting their target marketing cost per new customer. As
marketers adopt more results-based approaches, the basis of
client relationships with their marketing services providers is
shifting from being more account management-based to being more
results-oriented.
From
marketing messages pushed on audiences to marketing messages
pulled by self-directed audiences
Traditional marketing messages such as television and radio
advertisements are broadcast to a broad audience. The Internet
is enabling more self-directed and targeted marketing. For
example, when Internet visitors click on PPC search
advertisements, they are expressing an interest in and
proactively engaging with information about a product or service
related to that advertisement. The growth of self-directed
marketing, primarily through online channels, allows marketers
to present more targeted and potentially more relevant marketing
messages to potential customers who have taken the first step in
the buying process, which can in turn increase the effectiveness
of marketers spending.
From
marketing spending focused on large media buys to marketing
spending optimized for fragmented media
We believe that media is becoming increasingly fragmented and
that marketing strategies are changing to adapt to this trend.
There are millions of Internet websites, tens of thousands of
which have significant numbers of visitors. While this
fragmentation can create challenges for marketers, it also
allows for improved audience segmentation and the delivery of
highly targeted marketing messages, but new technologies and
approaches are necessary to effectively manage marketing given
the increasing complexity resulting from more media
fragmentation.
Increasing
complexity of online marketing
Online marketing is a dynamic and increasingly complex
advertising medium. There are numerous online channels for
marketers to reach potential customers, including search
engines, Internet portals, vertical content websites, affiliate
networks, display and contextual ad networks, email, video
advertising, and social media. We refer to these and other
marketing channels as media. Each of these channels may involve
multiple ad formats and different pricing models, amplifying the
complexity of online marketing. We believe that this complexity
increases the demand for our vertical marketing and media
services due to our capabilities and to our experience managing
and optimizing online marketing programs across multiple
channels. Also marketers and agencies often lack our ability to
aggregate offerings from multiple clients in the same industry
vertical, an approach that allows us to cover a wide selection
of visitor segments and provide more potential matches to
Internet visitor needs. This approach can allow us to convert
more Internet visitors into qualified leads or clicks from
targeted media sources, giving us an advantage when buying or
monetizing that media.
65
Our
Business Model
We deliver cost-effective marketing results to our clients,
predictably and scalably, most typically in the form of a
qualified lead or click. These leads or clicks can then convert
into a customer or sale for the client at a rate that results in
an acceptable marketing cost to them. We get paid by clients
primarily when we deliver qualified leads or clicks as defined
in our agreements. Because we bear the costs of media, our
programs must deliver a value to our clients and a media yield,
or our ability to generate an acceptable margin on our media
costs, that provides a sound financial outcome for us. Our
general process is:
|
|
|
|
|
We own or access targeted media.
|
|
|
|
We run advertisements or other forms of marketing messages and
programs in that media to create visitor responses or clicks
through to client offerings.
|
|
|
|
We match these responses or clicks to client offerings or brands
that meet visitor interests or needs, converting visitors into
qualified leads or clicks.
|
|
|
|
We optimize client matches and media yield such that we achieve
desired results for clients and a sound financial outcome for us.
|
Media cost, or the cost to attract targeted Internet visitors,
is the largest cost input to producing the measurable marketing
results we deliver to clients. Balancing our clients cost
and conversion objectives, or the rate at which the leads or
clicks that we deliver to them convert into customers, with our
media costs and yield objectives, represents the primary
challenge in our business model. We have been able to
effectively balance these competing demands by focusing on our
media sources and capabilities, conversion optimization, and our
mix of offerings and client coverage. We also seek to mitigate
media cost risk by working with third-party website publishers
predominantly on a revenue-share basis; media purchased on a
non-revenue-share basis has represented a small minority of our
media costs and of the Internet visitors we convert into
qualified leads or clicks for clients.
Media
and Internet visitor mix
We are a client-driven organization. We seek to be one of the
largest providers of measurable marketing results on the
Internet in the client industry verticals we serve by meeting
the needs of clients for results, reliability and volume.
Meeting those client needs requires that we maintain a
diversified and flexible mix of Internet visitor sources due to
the dynamic nature of online media. Our media mix changes with
changes in Internet visitor usage patterns. We adapt to those
changes on an ongoing basis, and also proactively adjust our mix
of vertical media sources to respond to client or
vertical-specific circumstances and to achieve our financial
objectives. Our financial objectives are to achieve consistent,
sustainable financial performance, but can differ by client or
industry vertical, depending on factors such as our need to
invest in the development of media sources, marketing programs,
or client relationships. Generally, our Internet visitor sources
include:
|
|
|
|
|
websites owned and operated by us, with content and offerings
that are relevant to our clients target customers;
|
|
|
|
visitors acquired from PPC advertisements purchased on major
search engines and sent to our websites;
|
|
|
|
revenue sharing agreements with third-party websites with whom
we have a relationship and whose content is relevant to our
clients target customers;
|
|
|
|
email lists owned by third parties and warranted to us by their
owners to comply with the CAN-SPAM Act;
|
|
|
|
email lists owned by us, and generated on an
opt-in basis
from Internet visitors to our websites; and
|
|
|
|
display ads run through online advertising networks or directly
with major websites or portals.
|
66
Conversion
optimization
Once we acquire targeted Internet visitors from any of our
numerous online media sources, we seek to convert that media
into qualified leads or clicks at a rate that balances client
results with our media costs or yield objectives. We start by
defining the segments and interests of Internet visitors in our
verticals, and by providing them with the information and
product offerings on our websites and in our marketing programs
that best meet their needs. Achieving acceptable client results
and media yield then requires ongoing testing, measuring,
analysis, feedback, and adaptation of the key components of our
Internet marketing programs. These components include the
marketing or advertising messaging, content mix, visitor
navigation path, mix and coverage of client offerings presented,
and point-of-sale conversion messaging the content
that is presented to an Internet visitor immediately prior to
converting that individual into a lead or click for our clients.
This data complexity is managed by us with technology, data
reporting, marketing processes, and personnel. We believe that
our scale and ten-year track record give us an advantage, as
managing this complexity often implies a steep experience-based
learning curve.
Offerings
and client coverage
The Internet is a self-directed medium. Internet visitors choose
the websites they visit and their online navigation paths, and
always have the option of clicking away to a different website
or web page. Having offerings or clients that match the
interests or needs of website visitors is key to providing
results and adequate media yield. Our vertical focus allows us
to continuously revise and improve this matching process, to
better understand the various segments of visitors and client
offerings available to be matched, and to ensure that we enable
Internet visitors to find what they seek.
Our
Competitive Advantages
Vertical
focus and expertise
We focus our efforts on large, attractive market verticals, and
on building our depth of media and coverage of clients and
client offerings within them. We have been a pioneer in
developing vertical marketing and media on the Internet, and in
providing measureable marketing results to clients. We focus on
clients who are moving their marketing spending to measurable
online formats and on information-intensive verticals with large
underlying market opportunities and high product or customer
lifetime values. This focus allows us to utilize targeted media,
in-depth industry and client knowledge, and customer
segmentation and breadth of client offerings, or coverage, to
deliver results for our clients and greater media yield.
Measurable
marketing experience and expertise
We have substantial experience at designing and deploying
marketing programs that allow Internet visitors to find the
information or product offerings they seek, and that can deliver
economically attractive, measurable results to our clients,
cost-effectively for us. Such results require frequent testing
and balancing of numerous variables, including Internet visitor
sources, mix of content and of client and product offerings,
visitor navigation paths, prospect qualification, and
advertising creative design, among others. The complexity of
executing these marketing campaigns is challenging. Due to our
scale and ten-year track record, we have successfully executed
thousands of Internet marketing programs, and we have gained
significant experience managing and optimizing this complexity
to meet our clients volume, quality and cost objectives.
Targeted
media
Targeted media attracts Internet visitors who are relatively
narrowly focused demographically or in their interests. Targeted
media can deliver better measurable marketing results for our
clients, at lower media costs for us, due to higher rates of
conversion of Internet visitors into leads or clicks for
targeted offerings and, often, due to less competition from
display advertisers. We have significant experience at creating,
identifying, monetizing, and managing targeted media on the
Internet. Many of the targeted media sources for our marketing
programs are proprietary or more defensible because of our
direct ownership of websites in our verticals, our acquisition
of targeted Internet visitors directly from search engines to
our websites, and our exclusive or long-term relationships
67
with media properties or sources owned by others. Examples of
websites that we own and operate include WorldWideLearn.com,
ArmyStudyGuide.com and Chef2Chef.com in our education client
vertical; CardRatings.com, MoneyRates.com and Insure.com in our
financial services client vertical; AllAboutLawns.com and
OldHouseWeb.com in our home services client vertical; and
ElderCarelink.com in our healthcare client vertical.
Proprietary
technology
We have developed a core technology platform and a common set of
applications for managing and optimizing measurable marketing
programs across multiple verticals at scale. The primary
objectives and effects of our technologies are to achieve higher
media yield, deliver better results for our clients, and more
efficiently and effectively manage our scale and complexity. We
continuously strive to develop technologies that allow us to
better match Internet visitors in our verticals to the
information, clients or product offerings they seek at scale. In
so doing, our technologies can allow us to simultaneously
improve visitor satisfaction, increase our media yield, and
achieve higher rates of conversions of leads or clicks for our
clients a virtuous cycle of increased value for
Internet visitors and our clients and competitive advantage for
us. Some of the key applications in our technology platform are:
|
|
|
|
|
an ad server for tracking the placement and performance of
content, creative messaging, and offerings on our websites and
on those of publishers with whom we work;
|
|
|
|
database-driven applications for dynamically matching content,
offers or brands to Internet visitors expressed needs or
interests;
|
|
|
|
a platform for measuring and managing the performance of tens of
thousands of PPC search engine advertising campaigns;
|
|
|
|
dashboards or reporting tools for displaying operating and
financial metrics for thousands of ongoing marketing campaigns;
and,
|
|
|
|
a compliance tool capable of cataloging and filtering content
from the thousands of websites on which our marketing programs
appear to ensure adherence to client branding guidelines and to
regulatory requirements.
|
Approximately one-third of our employees are engineers, focused
on building, maintaining and operating our technology platform.
Client
relationships
We believe we are a reliable source of measurably effective
marketing results for our clients. We endeavor to work
collaboratively and in a data-driven way with clients to improve
our results for them. Our client retention rate is high. We
experienced no attrition among clients that individually
accounted for over $100,000 in monthly revenue to us for the
one-year period ended September 30, 2009. Those clients
represented 75% of our revenue over that time period. In
addition, most of our revenue growth comes from existing
clients; 88% of our
year-over-year
revenue growth in the quarter ended September 30, 2009 came
from incremental revenue from existing clients, defined as
clients we had worked with for at least one year. We believe our
high client retention and per client growth rates are due to:
|
|
|
|
|
our close, often direct, relationships with most of our large
clients;
|
|
|
|
our ability to deliver measurable and attractive return on
investment, or ROI, on clients marketing spending;
|
|
|
|
our ownership of, or exclusive access to large amounts of,
targeted media inventory and associated Internet visitors in the
industry verticals on which we focus; and,
|
|
|
|
our ability to consistently and reliably deliver large
quantities of qualified leads or clicks.
|
68
We believe that our high client retention rates, combined with
our depth and breadth of online media in our primary client
verticals, indicate that we are becoming an important marketing
channel partner for our clients to reach their prospective
customers.
Client-driven
online marketing approach
We focus on providing measurable Internet marketing and media
services to our clients in a way that protects and enhances
their brands and their relationships with prospective customers.
The Internet marketing programs we execute are designed to
adhere to strict client branding and regulatory guidelines, and
are designed to match our clients brands and offers with
expressed customer interest. We have contractual arrangements
with third-party website publishers to ensure that they follow
our clients brand guidelines, and we utilize our
proprietary technologies and trained personnel to help ensure
compliance. In addition, we believe that providing relevant,
helpful content and client offers that match an Internet
visitors self-selected interest in a product or service,
such as requesting information about an education program or
financial product, makes that visitor more likely to convert
into a customer for our clients.
We do not engage in online marketing practices such as spyware
or deceptive promotions that do not provide value to Internet
visitors and that can undermine our clients brands. A
small minority of our Internet visitors reach our websites or
client offerings through advertisements in emails. We employ
practices to ensure that we comply with the CAN-SPAM Act
governing unsolicited commercial email.
Acquisition
strategy and success
We have successfully acquired vertical marketing and media
companies on the Internet, including vertical website
businesses, marketing services companies, and technologies. We
believe we can integrate and generate value from acquisitions
due to our scale, breadth of capabilities, and common technology
platform.
|
|
|
|
|
Our ability to monetize Internet media, coupled with client
demand for our services, provides us with a particular advantage
in acquiring targeted online media properties in the verticals
on which we focus.
|
|
|
|
Our capabilities in online media can allow us to generate a
greater volume of leads or clicks, and therefore create more
value, than other owners of marketing services companies that
have aggregated client budgets or relationships.
|
|
|
|
We can often apply technologies across our business volume to
create more value than previous owners of the technology.
|
Scale
We are one of the largest Internet vertical marketing and media
companies in the world. Our scale allows us to better meet the
needs of large clients for reliability, volume and quality of
service. It allows us to invest more in technologies that
improve media yield, client results and our operating
efficiency. We are also able to invest more in other forms of
research and development, including determining and developing
new types of vertical media, new approaches to engaging website
visitors, and new segments of Internet visitors and client
budgets, all of which can lead to advantages in media costs,
effectiveness in delivering client results, and then to more
growth and greater scale.
Our
Strategy
Our goal is to be one of the largest and most successful
marketing and media companies on the Internet, and eventually in
other digitized media forms. We believe that we are in the early
stages of a very large and long-term business opportunity. Our
strategy for pursuing this opportunity includes the following
key components:
|
|
|
|
|
Focus on generating sustainable revenues by providing
measurable value to our clients.
|
|
|
|
Build QuinStreet and our industry sustainably by behaving
ethically in all we do and by providing quality content and
website experiences to Internet visitors.
|
69
|
|
|
|
|
Remain vertically focused, choosing to grow through depth,
expertise and coverage in our current industry verticals; enter
new verticals selectively over time, organically and through
acquisitions.
|
|
|
|
Build a world class organization, with
best-in-class
capabilities for delivering measurable marketing results to
clients and high yields or returns on media costs.
|
|
|
|
Develop and evolve the best technologies and platform for
managing vertical marketing and media on the Internet; focus on
technologies that enhance media yield, improve client results
and achieve scale efficiencies.
|
|
|
|
Build, buy and partner with vertical content websites that
provide the most relevant and highest quality visitor
experiences in the client and media verticals we serve.
|
|
|
|
Be a client-driven organization; develop a broad set of media
sources and capabilities to reliably meet client needs.
|
Our
Culture
Our values are the foundation of our successful business
culture. They represent the standards we strive to achieve and
the organization we continuously seek to become. These have been
our guiding principles since our founding in 1999. Our values
are:
|
|
|
|
1.
|
Performance. We understand our business
objectives and apply a whatever it takes approach to
meeting them. We are driven to achieve. We are committed to our
own personal and professional development and to that of our
colleagues.
|
|
|
2.
|
High Standards. We hold each other and
ourselves to the highest standards of performance,
professionalism and personal behavior. We act with the highest
of ethical standards. We tolerate and forgive mistakes, but not
patterns.
|
|
|
3.
|
Teamwork. We deal with one another
openly, honestly and non-hierarchically in an atmosphere of
mutual trust and respect and in pursuit of common stretch goals.
We have an obligation to dissent in an effort to reach the best
answers. We smooth the way for effective, dynamic team
discussions by demonstrating care and concern for each
individual in all of our interactions. We support decisions,
once made.
|
|
|
4.
|
Customer Empathy. We strive every day
to better understand and anticipate the needs of our customers,
including our website visitors, clients and publishers. We
leverage our unique insights into higher customer loyalty and
competitive advantage.
|
|
|
5.
|
Prioritization. We always work on what
is most important to achieving Company objectives first. If we
do not know, we ask or discuss competing demands.
|
|
|
6.
|
Urgency. We know our goals and measure
our progress toward them daily.
|
|
|
7.
|
Progress. We are pioneers. We make
decisions based on facts and analysis, as well as intuition, but
we expect to make mistakes in the pursuit of rapid progress. We
learn from mistakes on short cycle times and iterate our way to
success.
|
|
|
8.
|
Innovation and Flexibility. We prize
creativity. We embrace new ideas and approaches as opportunities
to improve our performance or work environment. We resist pride
of authorship; it limits progress. We actively benchmark and
work to understand and employ best practices.
|
|
|
9.
|
Recognition. We are a meritocracy.
Advancement and recognition are earned through contribution and
performance. We celebrate each others victories and
efforts.
|
|
|
10.
|
Fun. We believe that work, done well,
can and should be fun. We strive to create an upbeat, supportive
environment and try not to take ourselves too seriously. We do
not tolerate negativism, pessimism or nay saying...we dont
have time.
|
70
Clients
In fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended
September 30, 2009, our top 20 clients accounted for 76%,
70%, 68% and 70% of net revenue, respectively. Our largest
client, DeVry Inc., accounted for 22%, 23%, 19% and 13% of net
revenue in these periods, respectively. Since our service was
first offered in 2001, we have developed a broad client base
with many multi-year relationships. We enter into Internet
marketing contracts with our clients, most of which are
cancelable with little or no prior notice. In addition, these
contracts do not contain penalty provisions for cancellation
before the end of the contract term.
Sales and
Marketing
We have an internal sales team that consists of employees
focused on signing new clients and account managers who maintain
and seek to increase our business with existing clients. Our
sales people and account managers are each focused on a
particular client business vertical so that they develop an
expertise in the marketing needs of our clients in that
particular vertical.
Our marketing programs include attendance at trade shows and
conferences and limited advertising.
Technology
and Infrastructure
We have developed a suite of technologies to manage, improve and
measure the results of the marketing programs we offer our
clients. We use a combination of proprietary and third-party
software as well as hardware from established technology
vendors. We use specialized software for client management,
building and managing websites, acquiring and managing media,
managing our third-party publishers, and the matching of
Internet visitors to our marketing clients. We have invested
significantly in these technologies and plan to continue to do
so to meet the demands of our clients and Internet visitors, to
increase the scalability of our operations, and enhance
management information systems and analytics in our operations.
Our development teams work closely with our marketing and
operating teams to develop applications and systems that can be
used across our business. For the fiscal years 2007, 2008 and
2009 and the three months ended September 30, 2009, we
spent $14.1 million, $14.1 million, $14.9 million
and $4.5 million, respectively, on product development.
Our primary data center is at a third-party co-location center
in San Francisco, California. All of the critical
components of the system are redundant and we have a backup data
center in Las Vegas, Nevada. We have implemented these backup
systems and redundancies to minimize the risk associated with
earthquakes, fire, power loss, telecommunications failure, and
other events beyond our control.
Intellectual
Property
We rely on a combination of trade secret, trademark, copyright
and patent laws in the United States and other jurisdictions
together with confidentiality agreements and technical measures
to protect the confidentiality of our proprietary rights. We
currently have one patent application pending in the United
States and no issued patents. We rely much more heavily on trade
secret protection than patent protection. To protect our trade
secrets, we control access to our proprietary systems and
technology and enter into confidentiality and invention
assignment agreements with our employees and consultants and
confidentiality agreements with other third parties. QuinStreet
is a registered trademark in the United States and other
jurisdictions. We also have registered and unregistered
trademarks for the names of many of our websites and we own the
domain registrations for our many website domains.
We cannot guarantee that our intellectual property rights will
provide competitive advantages to us; our ability to assert our
intellectual property rights against potential competitors or to
settle current or future disputes will not be limited by our
agreements with third parties; our intellectual property rights
will be enforced in jurisdictions where competition may be
intense or where legal protection may be weak; any of the trade
secrets, trademarks, copyrights, patents or other intellectual
property rights that we presently employ in our business will
not lapse or be invalidated, circumvented, challenged, or
abandoned; competitors will not
71
design around our protected systems and technology; or that we
will not lose the ability to assert our intellectual property
rights against others.
Our
Competitors
Our primary competition falls into two categories: advertising
and direct marketing services agencies and online marketing and
media companies. We compete for business on the basis of a
number of factors including return on marketing expenditures,
price, access to targeted media, ability to deliver large
volumes or precise types of customer prospects, and reliability.
Advertising
and direct marketing services agencies
Online and offline advertising and direct marketing services
agencies control the majority of the large client marketing
spending for which we primarily compete. So, while they are
sometimes our competitors, agencies are also often our clients.
We compete with agencies to attract marketing budget or spending
from offline forms to the Internet or, once designated to be
spent online, to be spent with us versus the agency or by the
agency with others. When spending online, agencies spend with
QuinStreet and with portals, other websites and ad networks.
Online
marketing and media companies
We compete with other Internet marketing and media companies, in
many forms, for online marketing budgets. Most of these
competitors compete with us in one vertical. Examples include
BankRate in the financial services vertical and Monster
Worldwide in the education vertical. Some of our competition
also comes from agencies or clients spending directly with
larger websites or portals, including Google, Yahoo!, MSN, and
AOL.
Government
Regulation
Advertising and promotional information presented to visitors on
our websites and our other marketing activities are subject to
federal and state consumer protection laws that regulate unfair
and deceptive practices. There are a variety of state and
federal restrictions on the marketing activities conducted by
telephone, the mail or by email, or over the internet, including
the Telemarketing Sales Rule, state telemarketing laws, federal
and state privacy laws, the CAN-SPAM Act, and the Federal Trade
Commission Act and its accompanying regulations and guidelines.
In addition, some of our clients operate in regulated
industries, particularly in our financial services, education
and medical verticals. For example, the U.S. Real Estate
Settlement Procedures Act, or RESPA, regulates the payments that
may be made to mortgage brokers. While we do not engage in the
activities of a traditional mortgage broker, we are licensed as
a mortgage broker in 25 states for our online marketing
activities. In our education vertical, our clients are subject
to the U.S. Higher Education Act, which, among other
things, prohibits incentive compensation in recruiting students.
The U.S. Department of Education is currently engaged in a
negotiated rulemaking process in which it has suggested
repealing all existing safe harbors regarding incentive
compensation in recruiting, including the Internet safe harbor.
While we believe that our fee per lead model does not constitute
incentive compensation for purposes of the Higher Education Act,
the results of the negotiated rulemaking could impact how we are
paid for leads by clients in our education vertical and could
also impact our education clients and their marketing practices.
In our medical vertical, our medical device and supplies clients
are subject to state and federal anti-kickback statutes that
prohibit payment for referrals. While we believe our matching of
prospective customers with our clients and the manner in which
we are paid for these activities complies with these and other
applicable regulations, these rules and regulations in many
cases were not developed with online marketing in mind and their
applicability is not always clear. The rules and regulations are
complex and may be subject to different interpretations by
courts or other governmental authorities. We might
unintentionally violate such laws, such laws may be modified and
new laws may be enacted in the future. Any such developments (or
developments stemming from enactment or modification of other
laws) or the failure to anticipate accurately the application or
interpretation of these laws could create liability to us,
result in adverse publicity and negatively affect our businesses.
72
Employees
As of December 31, 2009, we had 568 employees, which
included 162 employees in product development and
engineering, 80 in sales and marketing, 52 in general and
administration and 274 in operations. None of our employees is
represented by a labor union.
Facilities
Our principal executive offices are located in a leased facility
in Foster City, California, consisting of approximately
53,877 square feet of office space under a lease that
expires in October 2010. This facility accommodates our
principal engineering, sales, marketing, operations and finance
and administrative activities. As of December 31, 2009, we
also lease buildings in Arkansas, Colorado, Connecticut,
Massachusetts, Nevada, New Jersey, New York, North Carolina,
Oklahoma, Oregon, India, Singapore and the United Kingdom. These
facilities total approximately 56,587 square feet. We
believe that our current facilities are sufficient for our
current needs. We intend to add new facilities and expand our
existing facilities as we add employees and expand our markets,
and we believe that suitable additional or substitute space will
be available as needed to accommodate any such expansion of our
operations.
Legal
Proceedings
From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings
and claims arising in the ordinary course of our business. We
are not currently a party to any material litigation.
73
MANAGEMENT
Officers
and Directors
Our officers and directors and their respective ages and
positions as of December 31, 2009 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position
|
|
Douglas Valenti
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
|
Bronwyn Syiek
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
President and Chief Operating Officer
|
Kenneth Hahn
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
Tom Cheli
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
Executive Vice President
|
Scott Mackley
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
Executive Vice President
|
Nina Bhanap
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
Chief Technology Officer
|
Daniel Caul
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
General Counsel
|
Christopher Mancini
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
Senior Vice President
|
Patrick Quigley
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
Senior Vice President
|
Timothy Stevens
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
Senior Vice President
|
William Bradley(1)
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
Director
|
John G. McDonald(2)
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
Director
|
Gregory Sands(1)(2)
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
Director
|
James Simons(1)(3)
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
Director
|
Glenn Solomon(3)
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
Director
|
Dana Stalder(2)(3)
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee. |
|
(2) |
|
Member of the compensation committee. |
|
(3) |
|
Member of the audit committee. |
Officers
Douglas Valenti has served as our Chief Executive Officer
since July 1999 and as our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
since March 2004. Prior to QuinStreet, Mr. Valenti served
as a partner at Rosewood Capital, a venture capital firm, for
five years; at McKinsey & Company as a strategy
consultant and engagement manager for three years; at
Procter & Gamble in various management roles for three
years; and for the U.S. Navy as a nuclear submarine officer
for five years. He holds a Bachelors degree in Industrial
Engineering from the Georgia Institute of Technology, where he
graduated with highest honors and was named the Georgia Tech
Outstanding Senior in 1982, and an M.B.A. from the Stanford
Graduate School of Business, where he was an Arjay Miller
Scholar.
Bronwyn Syiek has served as our President and Chief
Operating Officer since February 2007, as our Chief Operating
Officer from April 2004 to February 2007, as Senior Vice
President from September 2000 to April 2004, as Vice President
from her start date in March 2000 to September 2000 and as a
consultant to us from July 1999 to March 2000. Prior to joining
us, Ms. Syiek served as Director of Business Development
and member of the Executive Committee at De La Rue Plc, a
banknote printing and security product company, for three years.
She previously served as a strategy consultant and engagement
manager at McKinsey & Company for four years and held
various investment management and banking positions with Lloyds
Bank and Charterhouse Bank. She holds an M.A. in Natural
Sciences from Cambridge University in the United Kingdom.
Kenneth Hahn has served as our Chief Financial Officer
since September 2006. Prior to joining us, Mr. Hahn served
as Chief Financial Officer of Borland Software Corporation, a
public software company,
74
from September 2002 to July 2006. Previously, Mr. Hahn
served in various roles, including Chief Financial Officer, of
Extensity, Inc., a public software company, for five years; as a
strategy consultant at the Boston Consulting Group for three
years; and as an audit manager at Price Waterhouse, a public
accounting firm, for five years. He holds a B.A. in Business
from California State University Fullerton, summa cum laude, and
an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business, where
he was an Arjay Miller Scholar. Mr. Hahn is also a
Certified Public Accountant, licensed in the state of California.
Tom Cheli has served as our Executive Vice President
since February 2007, as Senior Vice President from December 2004
to February 2007, as Vice President of Sales from January 2001
to December 2004 and as Director of Sales from February 2000 to
January 2001. Prior to joining us, Mr. Cheli served as
Director of Inside Sales and Sales Operations at Collagen
Aesthetics Corporation, an aesthetic biomedical device company,
and as Regional Sales Manager at Akorn Ophthalmics, Inc., a
specialty pharmaceutical company. He holds a B.A. in Sports
Medicine from the University of the Pacific.
Scott Mackley has served as our Executive Vice President
since February 2007, as Senior Vice President from December 2004
to February 2007, as Vice President from June 2003 to December
2004, as Senior Director from February 2002 to June 2003, as
Director from October 2000 to February 2002 and as Senior
Manager, Network Management from May 2000 to October 2000. Prior
to joining us, Mr. Mackley served at Salomon Brothers and
Salomon Smith Barney, in various roles in their Equity Trading
unit and Investment Banking and Equity Capital Markets divisions
over four years. He holds a B.A. in Economics from Washington
and Lee University.
Nina Bhanap has served as our Chief Technology Officer
since July 2009, as our Senior Vice President of Engineering
from November 2006 to July 2009, as Vice President of Product
Development from January 2004 to November 2006, as Senior
Director from January 2003 to January 2004 and as Director of
Product Management from October 2001 to January 2003. Prior to
joining us, Ms. Bhanap served as Head of Fixed Income Sales
Technology for Europe at Morgan Stanley for five years and as a
senior associate at Booz Allen Hamilton for one year. She holds
a B.S. in Computer Science with Honors from Imperial College,
University of London, and an M.B.A. from the London Business
School.
Daniel Caul has served as our General Counsel since
January 2008. Prior to joining us, Mr. Caul served as
General Counsel for the Search and Media division of
IAC/InterActiveCorp, an Internet search and advertising company,
from September 2006 to January 2008, and prior to the
acquisition by IAC/InterActiveCorp, he was Assistant General
Counsel of Ask Jeeves, Inc. from February 2003 to September
2006. Previously, Mr. Caul was an attorney with Howard,
Rice, Nemerovsky, Canady, Falk and Rabkin, a corporate law firm,
for four years and served as a U.S. District Court clerk. He
holds a B.A. in Political Science from Vanderbilt University,
summa cum laude, and a J.D. from the Harvard Law School, magna
cum laude. Mr. Caul was also a Fulbright Scholar.
Christopher Mancini has served as our Senior Vice
President since October 2007, as Vice President from January
2006 to October 2007, as Senior Director from July 2004 to
January 2006, as Director from December 2003 to July 2004 and as
Senior Sales Manager from November 2000 to February 2003. Prior
to joining us, Mr. Mancini served in various sales and
operational roles at Eli Lilly & Company, NeuroScience
Division, for six years. He holds a B.S. from the Duquesne
University School of Pharmacy.
Patrick Quigley has served as our Senior Vice President
since November 2007. Prior to rejoining us, Mr. Quigley
served at BEA systems, a software company, from June 2002 to
November 2007, as Vice President of Strategic Sales and
Operations from February 2007 to November 2007, Vice President
of Sales Operations from February 2005 to February 2007, and
Director of Solutions Marketing from October 2003 to February of
2005. Mr. Quigley initially joined QuinStreet in July 1999
and served in various positions for two years; previously, he
served as a consultant at McKinsey & Company for two
years. He holds a B.S. in Engineering, summa cum laude, from
Duke University. He holds an M.B.A. with Honors from The Wharton
School at the University of Pennsylvania.
Timothy Stevens has served as our Senior Vice President
since October 2008. Prior to joining us, Mr. Stevens served
as President and CEO of Doppelganger, Inc., an online social
entertainment studio, from
75
January 2007 to October 2008. Prior to Doppelganger,
Mr. Stevens served as General Counsel for Borland Software
Corporation, a software company, from October 2003 to June 2006.
Previously, he served in various executive management roles,
including most recently as Senior Vice President of Corporate
Development, at Inktomi Corporation, an Internet infrastructure
company, during his six year tenure. Previously,
Mr. Stevens was an attorney with Wilson Sonsini
Goodrich & Rosati, a corporate law firm, for six
years. He holds a B.S. in both Finance and Management from the
University of Oregon, summa cum laude, and a J.D. from the
University of California at Davis, Order of the Coif.
Board
of Directors
William Bradley has served as a member of our board of
directors since August 2004. Former Senator Bradley is a
Managing Director of Allen & Company LLC, an
investment bank, which he joined in November 2000. From
April 2001 to June 2004, Former Senator Bradley also served as
chief outside advisor to the nonprofit practice of
McKinsey & Company. Former Senator Bradley served in
the U.S. Senate from 1979 to 1997, representing the state
of New Jersey, and previously was a professional basketball
player with the New York Knicks from 1967 to 1977. Former
Senator Bradley also serves on the boards of directors of
Seagate Technology, Starbucks Coffee Company and Willis Group
Holdings. Former Senator Bradley received a B.A. in American
History from Princeton University and an M.A. in American
History from Oxford University, where he was a Rhodes Scholar.
John G. (Jack) McDonald has served as a member of our
board of directors since September 2004. Professor McDonald is
the Stanford Investors Professor in the Stanford Graduate School
of Business, where he has been a faculty member since 1968,
specializing in investment management, entrepreneurial finance,
principal investing, venture capital, and private equity
investing. Professor McDonald also serves on the boards of
directors of Varian, Inc., Plum Creek Timber Company, Scholastic
Corporation, iStar Financial, Inc., and nine mutual funds
managed by Capital Research and Management Company. He holds a
B.A. in Engineering, an M.B.A., and a Ph.D. in Business and
Finance from Stanford University. He is a retired officer in the
U.S. Army and was a Fulbright Scholar.
Gregory Sands has served as a member of our board of
directors since July 1999. Since September 1998, Mr. Sands
has been a Managing Director at Sutter Hill Ventures, a venture
capital firm. Previously, Mr. Sands held various
operational roles at Netscape Communications Corporation and was
a management consultant with Mercer Management Consulting.
Mr. Sands also serves on the boards of several
privately-held companies. He holds a B.A. in Government from
Harvard College and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School
of Business.
James Simons has served as a member of our board of
directors since July 1999. Mr. Simons is a Managing
Director of Split Rock Partners, a venture capital firm, which
he founded in June 2004. Prior to founding Split Rock Partners,
Mr. Simons served as General Partner of St. Paul Venture
Capital, a venture capital firm, from November 1996 to June
2004. Previously, Mr. Simons was a partner at Marquette
Venture Partners and held banking positions at Trammell Crow
Company and First Boston Corporation. Mr. Simons also
serves on the boards of several privately-held companies. He
holds a B.A. in Economics and History from Stanford University
and an M.S. in Management from the J.L. Kellogg Graduate School
of Management, Northwestern University.
Glenn Solomon has served as a member of our board of
directors since May 2007. Since March 2006, Mr. Solomon has
been a Managing Director of GGV Capital (formerly Granite Global
Ventures), a venture capital firm. Prior to joining GGV Capital,
Mr. Solomon served as a General Partner at Partech
International, a venture capital firm, from September 1997.
Previously, Mr. Solomon served in various financial roles
at Goldman Sachs and at SPO Partners. Mr. Solomon also
serves on the board of a privately-held company. He earned a
B.A. in Public Policy from Stanford University, where he
graduated with Distinction, and an M.B.A. from the Stanford
Graduate School of Business, where he was an Arjay Miller
Scholar.
Dana Stalder has served as a member of our board of
directors since May 2003. Since August 2008, Mr. Stalder
has been a General Partner of Matrix Partners, a venture capital
firm. Prior to joining Matrix Partners, Mr. Stalder served
in various executive roles, including Senior Vice President at
eBay, Inc., an online
76
marketplace company, from December 2001 to August 2008.
Previously, he was the Chief Financial Officer and Vice
President of Business Development of Respond.com, Vice President
of Finance and Operations at Netscape Communication Corporation
and an associate and manager at Ernst & Young LLP.
Mr. Stalder also serves on the boards of several
privately-held companies. He holds a B.A. in Commerce from
Santa Clara University.
Board
Composition
Independent
Directors
Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors
will consist of seven members. In November 2009, our board of
directors undertook a review of the independence of each
director and considered whether any director has a material
relationship with us that could compromise his ability to
exercise independent judgment in carrying out his
responsibilities. As a result of this review, our board of
directors determined that all of our directors, other than
Mr. Valenti, qualify as independent directors
in accordance with the listing requirements and rules and
regulations of The NASDAQ Global Market, constituting a majority
of independent directors of our board of directors.
Mr. Valenti is not considered independent because he is an
employee of QuinStreet.
Classified
Board
Immediately after this offering, our board of directors will be
divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At
each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors
whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time
of election and qualification until the third annual meeting
following election. Our directors will be divided among the
three classes as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Class I directors will be Messrs. Simons and Stalder,
and their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of
stockholders to be held in 2011;
|
|
|
|
Class II directors will be Professor McDonald and
Mr. Sands, and their terms will expire at the annual
general meeting of stockholders to be held in 2012; and
|
|
|
|
Class III directors will be Former Senator Bradley and
Messrs. Solomon and Valenti, and their terms will expire at
the annual general meeting of stockholders to be held in 2013.
|
The authorized number of directors may be changed only by
resolution of the board of directors. This classification of the
board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year
terms may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in
our control or management.
Board
Committees
Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a
compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance
committee. Our board of directors may establish other committees
to facilitate the management of our business. The composition
and functions of each committee are described below.
Audit
Committee
Our audit committee currently consists of Messrs. Simons,
Solomon and Stalder. Messrs. Solomon and Stalder each
satisfy the independence requirements under the NASDAQ listing
standards and
Rule 10A-3(b)(1)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act. We
anticipate that, following the completion of this offering,
Mr. Simons will resign from our audit committee and
Professor McDonald will replace Mr. Simons on the
committee. The chair of our audit committee is Mr. Stalder,
whom our board of directors has determined is an audit
committee financial expert within the meaning of the
Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, regulations. Each
member of our audit committee can read and understand
fundamental financial statements in accordance with audit
committee requirements. In arriving at this determination, the
77
board has examined each audit committee members scope of
experience and the nature of their employment in the corporate
finance sector. The functions of this committee include:
|
|
|
|
|
reviewing and pre-approving the engagement of our independent
registered public accounting firm to perform audit services and
any permissible non-audit services;
|
|
|
|
evaluating the performance of our independent registered public
accounting firm and deciding whether to retain their services;
|
|
|
|
reviewing our annual and quarterly financial statements and
reports and discussing the statements and reports with our
independent registered public accounting firm and management,
including a review of disclosures under Management
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations;
|
|
|
|
providing oversight with respect to related party transactions;
|
|
|
|
reviewing, with our independent registered public accounting
firm and management, significant issues that may arise regarding
accounting principles and financial statement presentation, as
well as matters concerning the scope, adequacy and effectiveness
of our financial controls;
|
|
|
|
reviewing reports from management and auditors regarding our
procedures to monitor and ensure compliance with our legal and
regulatory responsibilities, our code of business conduct and
ethics and our compliance with legal and regulatory
requirements; and
|
|
|
|
establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment
of complaints received by us regarding financial controls,
accounting or auditing matters.
|
Compensation
Committee
Our compensation committee consists of Professor McDonald and
Messrs. Sands and Stalder, each of whom our board of
directors has determined to be independent under the NASDAQ
listing standards, to be a non-employee director as
defined in
Rule 16b-3
promulgated under the Exchange Act and to be an outside
director as that term is defined in Section 162(m) of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or
Section 162(m). The chair of our compensation committee is
Professor McDonald. The functions of this committee include:
|
|
|
|
|
determining the compensation and other terms of employment of
our chief executive officer and our other executive officers and
reviewing and approving corporate performance goals and
objectives relevant to such compensation;
|
|
|
|
reviewing and approving the compensation of our directors;
|
|
|
|
evaluating and recommending to our board of directors the equity
incentive plans, compensation plans and similar programs
advisable for us, as well as modification or termination of
existing plans and programs;
|
|
|
|
establishing policies with respect to equity compensation
arrangements; and
|
|
|
|
reviewing with management our disclosures under the caption
Compensation Discussion and Analysis and
recommending to the full board its inclusion in our periodic
reports to be filed with the SEC.
|
Nominating
and Corporate Governance Committee
Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of
Former Senator Bradley and Messrs. Sands and Simons, each
of whom our board of directors has determined is independent
under the
78
NASDAQ listing standards. The chair of our nominating and
corporate governance committee is Former Senator Bradley. The
functions of this committee include:
|
|
|
|
|
reviewing periodically director performance on our board of
directors and its committees and performance of management, and
recommending to our board of directors and management areas of
improvement;
|
|
|
|
interviewing, evaluating, nominating and recommending
individuals for membership on our board of directors;
|
|
|
|
evaluating nominations by stockholders of candidates for
election to our board of directors and establishing policies and
procedures for such nominations;
|
|
|
|
reviewing with our chief executive officer plans for succession
to the offices of chief executive officer or any other executive
officer, as it sees fit; and
|
|
|
|
reviewing and recommending to our board of directors changes
with respect to corporate governance practices and policies.
|
Code of
Business Conduct and Ethics
Our board of directors has adopted a Code of Business Conduct
and Ethics. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applies to
all of our employees, officers (including our principal
executive officer, principal financial officer, principal
accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar
functions), agents and representatives, including directors and
consultants. Upon the effectiveness of the registration
statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the full text
of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics will be posted on our
website at www.quinstreet.com. We intend to disclose future
amendments to certain provisions of our Code of Business Conduct
and Ethics, or waivers of such provisions, applicable to any
principal executive officer, principal financial officer,
principal accounting officer or controller, or persons
performing similar functions or our directors on our website
identified above. The inclusion of our website address in this
prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the
information on our website into this prospectus.
Compensation
Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of the members of the compensation committee is currently
or has been at any time one of our officers or employees. None
of our executive officers currently serves, or has served during
the last completed fiscal year, as a member of the board of
directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one
or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of
directors or compensation committee.
Summary
of Non-Employee Director Compensation
In January 2010, our compensation committee adopted a
compensation policy that, effective upon the closing of this
offering, will be applicable to all of our non-employee
directors. This compensation policy provides that each such
non-employee director will receive the following compensation
for board services:
|
|
|
|
|
$25,000 per year for service as a board member;
|
|
|
|
|
|
$15,000 per year for service as a chairperson of the audit
committee, compensation committee or nominating and corporate
governance committee;
|
|
|
|
|
|
$2,000 for each in-person board meeting and $1,000 for each
telephonic board meeting;
|
|
|
|
|
|
$1,500 for each in-person committee meeting; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
$1,000 for each telephonic committee meeting.
|
In addition, the non-employee director compensation plan
provides that non-employee directors will be granted an option
to purchase 20,000 shares of our common stock under the
Non-Employee Directors Stock Award Plan in connection with
their initial election or appointment to our board of directors.
These initial
79
grants will vest monthly over a period of four years. The plan
also provides that non-employee directors will receive an annual
grant of an option to purchase 20,000 shares of our common
stock. These grants will vest monthly over a period of one year.
We have reimbursed and will continue to reimburse our
non-employee directors for their travel, lodging and other
reasonable expenses incurred in attending meetings of our board
of directors and committees of the board of directors.
Additionally, certain of our non-employee directors were granted
an option to purchase 50,000 shares of our common stock
under our stock option plans in connection with their initial
election to serve on our board of directors. We have also
awarded certain existing non-employee directors an option to
purchase 25,000 shares of our common stock annually.
The following table sets forth information regarding
compensation earned by or paid to certain of our non-employee
directors during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009.
Messrs. Sands, Simons and Solomon were not compensated for
their services as directors in the fiscal year ended
June 30, 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fees Earned or
|
|
Option
|
|
|
|
|
Paid in
|
|
Awards
|
|
Total
|
Name
|
|
Cash
|
|
($)(1)
|
|
($)
|
|
William Bradley
|
|
$
|
58,000
|
|
|
$
|
129,528
|
|
|
$
|
187,528
|
|
John G. McDonald
|
|
$
|
58,000
|
|
|
$
|
129,528
|
|
|
$
|
187,528
|
|
Dana Stalder
|
|
$
|
58,000
|
|
|
$
|
129,528
|
|
|
$
|
187,528
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Amount reflects the total compensation expense for the fiscal
year ended June 30, 2009 calculated in accordance with
stock-based compensation expense guidance. The valuation
assumptions used in determining such amounts are described in
Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements included
in this prospectus. |
80
EXECUTIVE
COMPENSATION
Compensation
Discussion and Analysis
This section discusses the policies and decisions with respect
to the compensation of our executive officers who are named in
the Fiscal Year 2009 Summary Compensation Table and
the most important factors relevant to an analysis of these
policies and decisions. These named executive
officers for fiscal year 2009 are:
|
|
|
|
|
Douglas Valenti, Chief Executive Officer, or CEO;
|
|
|
|
Bronwyn Syiek, President and Chief Operating Officer;
|
|
|
|
Kenneth Hahn, Chief Financial Officer, or CFO;
|
|
|
|
Tom Cheli, Executive Vice President; and
|
|
|
|
Scott Mackley, Executive Vice President.
|
Overview
of Program Objectives
We recognize that our success is in large part dependent on our
ability to attract and retain talented employees. We endeavor to
create and maintain compensation programs based on performance,
teamwork and rapid progress and to align the interests of our
executives and stockholders. The principles and objectives of
our compensation and benefits programs for our employees
generally, and for our executive officers specifically, are to:
|
|
|
|
|
attract, motivate and retain highly-talented individuals who are
incented to achieve our strategic goals;
|
|
|
|
closely align compensation with our business and financial
objectives and the long-term interests of our stockholders;
|
|
|
|
motivate and reward individuals whose skills and performance
promote our continued success; and
|
|
|
|
offer total compensation that is competitive and fair.
|
The compensation of our executives consists of the following
principal components:
|
|
|
|
|
base salary;
|
|
|
|
performance-based cash bonuses;
|
|
|
|
equity incentive awards;
|
|
|
|
employee benefits and perquisites; and
|
|
|
|
change in control benefits.
|
Each component has a role in meeting the above objectives. While
we offer competitive base salaries and performance-based cash
bonuses, we believe that equity incentive awards are a critical
compensation component for Internet and other emerging
companies. We believe that stock options and other stock-based
compensation provide long-term incentives that align the
interests of employees and executives alike with the long-term
interests of stockholders.
We strive to achieve an appropriate mix between cash
compensation and equity incentive awards to meet our objectives.
We do not apply any formal or informal policies or guidelines
for allocating compensation between current and long-term
compensation, between cash and equity compensation or among
different forms of equity compensation. As a result, the
allocation between cash and equity varies between executive
officers and does not control compensation decisions. The mix of
compensation components is designed to reward short-term results
and motivate long-term performance through a combination of cash
and awards. We believe the most important indicator of whether
our compensation objectives are being met is our ability to
motivate
81
our executive officers to deliver superior performance and
retain them to continue their careers with us on a
cost-effective basis.
The compensation levels of the executive officers reflect to a
significant degree the varying roles and responsibilities of
such executives, as well as the length of time those executives
have been with us.
Our compensation committee determines the appropriate level for
overall executive officer compensation and the separate
components based on (i) a review of publicly available
compensation data at a limited number of publicly-traded
companies in the Internet marketing and media sector,
(ii) compensation survey data for Internet companies with
comparable revenues, (iii) our understanding of the market
based on the experience of our executives and members of our
compensation committee and (iv) internal equity, length of
service, skill level and other factors we may deem appropriate.
Our compensation-setting process and each of the principal
components of our executive compensation program is discussed in
more detail below.
Compensation-Setting
Process
Historically, the compensation of our executive officers was
largely determined on an individual basis, as the result of
arms-length negotiations between the company and an
individual upon joining us and has been based on a variety of
factors including, in addition to the factors described above,
our financial condition and available resources, our need for
that particular position to be filled, our CEOs and the
compensation committees evaluation of the competitive
market based on the experience of the members of our
compensation committee with other companies, the length of
service of an individual and the compensation levels of our
other executive officers, each as of the time of the applicable
compensation decision. In subsequent years, our CEO, and, with
respect to our CEO, our compensation committee, reviewed the
performance of each executive officer, on an annual basis, and
based on this review and the factors described above, set the
executive compensation package for him or her for the coming
year. This review has generally occurred near the end of each of
our fiscal years.
Role
of Compensation Committee and CEO
The compensation committee of our board of directors is
responsible for the executive compensation programs for our
executive officers and reports to the full board of directors on
its discussions, decisions and other actions. Our CEO makes
recommendations to the compensation committee, attends committee
meetings (except for sessions discussing his compensation) and
has been and will continue to be heavily involved in the
determination of compensation for our executive officers.
Typically, our CEO makes recommendations to the compensation
committee regarding short- and long-term compensation for our
executives based on company results, an individual
executives contribution toward these results, performance
toward goal achievement, a review of market data as described
below and input from our Employee Benefits and Compliance
department. Our CEO does not make a recommendation as to his
short- and long-term compensation.
The compensation committee then reviews the CEOs
recommendations and other data and approves each executive
officers total compensation, as well as each individual
compensation component. The compensation committees
decisions regarding executive compensation are based on the
compensation committees assessment of the performance of
our company and each individual executive, a review of market
data as described below and other factors, such as prevailing
industry trends.
82
Competitive
Positioning
We believe it is important when making compensation-related
decisions to be informed as to current practices of similarly
situated companies. Our CEO, with assistance from our CFO, has
historically selected a group of companies that provide Internet
media and marketing services that are broadly similar to our
company, or peer group, as a reference point for market practice
with respect to executive base salary and bonuses in formulating
his recommendation and to assist the compensation committee in
its consideration of executive compensation. The companies
included in this reference group for fiscal year 2009 were
TechTarget, Bankrate, Internet Brands, TheStreet.com, ValueClick
and Marchex.
In addition, in fiscal year 2009 the CEO and the compensation
committee reviewed summary cash compensation data from
Salary.com for positions comparable to those of the executive
officers at Internet companies with revenues between
$200,000,000 and $500,000,000 in the San Francisco Bay Area
because such companies are in our industry, in our geographic
location and have comparable revenues.
While the compensation committee does not believe that
compensation peer group benchmarking is appropriate as a
stand-alone tool for setting compensation due to the unique
aspects of our business, the compensation committee finds that
evaluating this information is an important part of its
decision-making process and exercises its discretion in
determining the nature and extent of its use.
Compensation
Advisors
In November 2009, we engaged Compensia, a national consulting
firm providing executive compensation advisory services, as a
compensation consultant to help evaluate our compensation
philosophy and provide guidance in administering our executive
compensation program in the future. We expect that Compensia
will assist our compensation committee in developing a revised
peer group to reference for compensation purposes, though it has
not yet done so. Our compensation committee plans to direct
Compensia to provide market data on a peer group of companies in
the Internet marketing and media sector and other sectors, as
appropriate, on an annual basis, and management and the
compensation committee intends to review this information and
other information obtained by the members of our compensation
committee in light of the compensation we offer to help ensure
that our compensation program is competitive and fair. The
compensation committee will conduct an annual review process of
all compensation components to ensure consistency with
compensation philosophy and as part of its responsibilities in
administering our executive compensation program.
The compensation committee is authorized to retain the services
of third-party executive compensation specialists from time to
time, as the committee sees fit, in connection with the
establishment of cash and equity compensation and related
policies.
Compensation
Components
Base
Salaries
In general, base salaries for our executive officers are
initially established through arms-length negotiation at
the time of hire, taking into account such executives
qualifications, experience and prior salary and prevailing
market compensation for similar roles in comparable companies.
The initial base salaries of our executive officers have then
been reviewed annually by our compensation committee, with
significant input from our CEO, to determine whether any
adjustment is warranted. Base salaries are also reviewed in the
case of promotions or other significant changes in
responsibility.
In considering a base salary adjustment, the compensation
committee considers the companys overall performance, the
scope of an executives sustained performance, individual
contribution, responsibilities and prior experience. The
compensation committee may also take into account the executive
officers current salary, equity ownership and the amounts
paid to an executive officers peers inside our company. In
the past, we have also drawn upon the experience of members of
our compensation committee with other companies and a review of
the competitive market.
83
In May 2008, the compensation committee reviewed the base
salaries of our executives, including our named executive
officers, for fiscal year 2009. Consistent with its prior
practice, the committee reviewed salary data for a reference
group of publicly-traded vertical Internet marketing and media
companies. The reference group consisted of TechTarget,
Bankrate, Internet Brands, TheStreet.com, ValueClick, CNET and
Marchex. In addition, the compensation committee reviewed
summary cash compensation data from Salary.com for positions
comparable to those of the executive officers at Internet
companies with revenues between $200,000,000 and $500,000,000 in
the San Francisco Bay Area. The committee determined, based
upon our CEOs recommendation, that although the analysis
supported an average increase of eight percent in base salaries
that base salaries for our named executive officers be increased
by five percent (with the exception of Mr. Hahn whose base
salary increased by 4.8%) in an effort to shift more cash
compensation to bonus, and that base salaries for our other
executive officers be increased by five percent, on average.
In May 2009, the compensation committee reviewed the base
salaries of our executive officers, including our named
executive officers, for fiscal year 2010. Consistent with its
prior practice, the committee reviewed salary data for a
reference group of publicly-traded vertical Internet marketing
and media companies. The reference group consisted of
TechTarget, eHealth, Bankrate, Omniture, WebMD, ValueClick and
comScore. In addition, the compensation committee reviewed
summary cash compensation data from Salary.com for positions
comparable to those of the executive officers at Internet
companies with revenues between $200,000,000 and $500,000,000 in
the San Francisco Bay Area. The committee determined, based
upon our CEOs recommendation, that although the analysis
supported an average increase of eight percent in base salaries
that base salaries for our named executive officers be increased
by five percent in a continued effort to shift a larger
percentage of cash compensation to bonus, and that base salaries
for our other executive officers be increased by five percent,
on average.
The actual base salaries paid to our named executive officers in
fiscal year 2009 are set forth in the Fiscal Year 2009
Summary Compensation Table.
Performance-Based
Cash Bonuses
Annual performance-based cash bonuses are intended to motivate
our executives, including our named executive officers, to
achieve short-term goals while making rapid progress towards our
longer-term objectives. These bonuses are designed to reward
both company and individual performance. In July 2008, the
compensation committee approved our 2009 Bonus Plan, including
target bonus opportunities, performance criteria and target
goals. The compensation committee determined the actual bonus
awards for fiscal year 2009 performance in July 2009.
Each executive officers target bonus opportunity under the
2009 Bonus Plan was expressed as a percentage of his or her base
salary, with individual target award opportunities ranging from
29% to 67% of base salary. The revenue targets for payout under
the 2009 Bonus Plan were 21% higher than fiscal year 2008 and
were set at an amount the compensation committee reasonably
believed to be attainable. An actual bonus award could be less
than or greater than the target bonus opportunity, depending on
an individual executive officers actual performance, as
determined through performance reviews and approved by the
compensation committee.
To determine actual bonus awards under the 2009 Bonus Plan, the
compensation committee first reviewed overall company financial
results for fiscal year 2009 and our CEOs recommendations
for bonuses based on both company and individual performance. In
the case of the CEOs bonus award, the compensation
committee evaluated CEO performance and determined his bonus.
Payout of the bonuses was dependent on achievement against our
plan for revenue growth and Adjusted EBITDA, which we define as
net income less interest income plus interest expense, provision
for taxes, depreciation expense, amortization expense,
stock-based compensation expense and foreign-exchange (loss)
gain, and, where applicable, the individual executives
achievement against that plan for revenue growth and Adjusted
EBITDA and against strategic objectives. Those strategic
objectives were (i) revenue growth, (ii) Adjusted
EBIDTA margin, (iii) the assessed sustainability of the
revenue growth, and (iv) developing future growth potential
and diversification of our revenue streams. Our named executive
officers were paid the following amounts pursuant to the 2009
Bonus
84
Plan: Mr. Valenti, $248,340; Ms. Syiek, $181,840; Mr. Cheli,
$131,040; Mr. Mackley, $187,200; and Mr. Hahn, $113,000.
In addition to the 2009 Bonus Plan, in July 2008 the
compensation committee also approved the 2009 Incremental Bonus
Plan for our executive officers, including our named executive
officers. According to the 2009 Incremental Bonus Plan, the
target is a dollar amount based on 20% Adjusted EBITDA based on
our revenue projections. The 2009 Incremental Bonus Plan paid
out to the senior management team 15% of any Adjusted EBITDA in
excess of our target, which represented 20% Adjusted EBITDA
margin for the year based on projections reviewed by our board
of directors in July 2008. The 2009 Incremental Bonus Plan
allocated the following amounts to executive officers based on
their role and tenure at the company: Mr. Valenti: 2.25%; Ms.
Syiek: 2.25%; Mr. Cheli: 1.75%; Mr. Mackley: 1.75%; and Mr.
Hahn: 1.00%. As we exceeded our Adjusted EBITDA margin target,
the compensation committee approved the payout of incremental
bonuses for fiscal year 2009 consistent with these criteria. The
total bonus payout under the 2009 Incremental Bonus Plan was
$919,350. Our named executive officers were paid the following
amounts pursuant to the 2009 Incremental Bonus Plan:
Mr. Valenti, $137,903; Ms. Syiek, $137,903;
Mr. Cheli, $107,258; Mr. Mackley, $107,258; and
Mr. Hahn, $61,290.
The actual cash bonuses paid to our named executive officers in
fiscal year 2009 are set forth in the Fiscal Year 2009
Summary Compensation Table.
In July 2009, the compensation committee approved the 2010 Bonus
Plan. Under the plan, each executive officers target bonus
for 2010 is expressed as a percentage of his or her base salary,
with individual target award opportunities ranging from 32% to
72% of base salary. Payout of regular bonuses for 2010 will be
dependent on achievement against our plan for revenue growth and
Adjusted EBITDA and, where applicable, the individual
executives achievement against that plan for revenue
growth and Adjusted EBITDA and against strategic objectives.
Those strategic objectives are (i) revenue growth,
(ii) Adjusted EBIDTA margin, (iii) the assessed
sustainability of the revenue growth, and (iv) developing
future growth potential and diversification of our revenue
streams.
In July 2009, the compensation committee also approved the 2010
Incremental Bonus Plan with modifications from prior years. The
2010 Incremental Bonus Plan will pay out to the senior
management team 15% of any Adjusted EBITDA in excess of our
target, which represents 20% Adjusted EBITDA margin performance
for fiscal year 2010 on 20% revenue growth over fiscal year
2009 net revenue. The incremental bonus plan allocates
differing amounts to executives based on their role and tenure
at the company and range between 1% of any Adjusted EBITDA over
the 20% margin target and 2.15% of such excess. In the event we
achieve the targeted Adjusted EBITDA in actual dollar amount but
such amount is less than 20% of net revenue, the compensation
committee retains the discretion to award a bonus to our CEO,
and our CEO retains the discretion to award bonuses to other
officers, based on the amount by which Adjusted EBITDA exceeded
the target in absolute dollars.
In January 2010, the compensation committee approved our Annual
Incentive Plan, which will first become effective for fiscal
year 2011. Under the Annual Incentive Plan, the compensation
committee may award bonuses to our employees, including our
executive offices, according to bonus targets and criteria set
by the compensation committee in accordance with the Annual
Incentive Plan. No bonus targets or criteria for bonuses for
fiscal year 2011 have been set. The Annual Incentive Plan is
designed to provide incentive compensation that is not subject
to the deductibility limitation of Section 162(m) of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
Long-Term
Equity Incentive Awards
The objective of our long-term, equity-based incentive awards is
to align the interests of our executives, including our named
executive officers, with the interests of our stockholders.
Because vesting is based on continued employment, our
equity-based incentive awards also encourage the retention of
our executive officers through the vesting period of the awards.
To reward and retain our executive officers in a manner that
best aligns employees interests with stockholders
interests, we use stock options as the primary incentive
vehicles for long-term compensation. We believe that stock
options are an effective tool for meeting our
85
compensation goal of increasing long-term stockholder value
because the value of stock options is closely tied to our future
performance. Because our executive officers are able to profit
from stock options only if our stock price increases relative to
the stock options exercise price, we believe stock options
provide meaningful incentives to them to achieve increases in
the value of our stock over time. Following the completion of
this offering, we expect our compensation committee to continue
to oversee our long-term equity incentive program.
We grant stock options both at the time of initial hire and then
through annual additional or refresher grants for
key employees and employees approaching full vesting of prior
grants. To date, there has been no set program for the award of
refresher grants, and our board of directors retains discretion
to make stock option awards to employees at any time, including
in connection with the promotion of an employee, to reward an
employee, for retention purposes or for other circumstances
recommended by management. Refresher grants have generally been
made shortly after the end of the fiscal year.
In determining the size of the long-term equity incentive awards
to be granted to our executive officers, management and our
board of directors take into account a number of factors, such
as an executive officers relative job scope, the value of
existing long-term equity incentive awards, individual
performance history, prior contributions to us and the size of
prior awards. Based upon these factors, our board of directors
determines the size of the long-term equity incentive awards at
levels it considers appropriate to create a meaningful
opportunity for reward predicated on the creation of long-term
stockholder value.
The exercise price of each stock option grant is the fair market
value of our common stock on the grant date. For fiscal year
2009, the determination of the appropriate fair market value was
made by the board of directors. Our board of directors approves
option grants at its regular quarterly meetings and determines
the fair market value of our common stock at each of these
meetings. In the absence of a public trading market, the board
considered numerous objective and subjective factors to
determine its best estimate of the fair market value of our
common stock as of the date of each option grant, including but,
not limited to, the following: (i) our performance our
growth rate and financial condition at the approximate time of
the option grant; (ii) the stock price performance of a
peer group; (iii) future financial projections;
(iv) third party valuations of our common stock; and
(v) the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the
shares of common stock underlying these stock options, such as
an initial public offering or sale of our company, given
prevailing market conditions. We do not have any security
ownership requirements for our executive officers. We believe
these vesting schedules appropriately encourage long-term
employment with our company while allowing our executives to
realize compensation in line with the value they have created
for our stockholders.
As a privately-held company, there has been no market for our
common stock. Accordingly, in fiscal year 2009, we had no
program, plan or practice pertaining to the timing of stock
option grants to executive officers coinciding with the release
of material non-public information. The compensation committee
intends to adopt a formal policy regarding the timing of grants
in connection with this offering.
Consistent with the above criteria, in July 2008, our board
approved the grants of equity incentive awards to our executive
officers for our fiscal year 2009. With the exception of the
award to our CEO, these awards were recommended to the
compensation committee by our CEO. In the case of our CEO, the
equity incentive award was determined by the compensation
committee. In all cases, our CEO and compensation committee
considered each executive officers relative job scope, the
value of existing long-term equity incentive awards, individual
performance history, prior contributions to us and the size of
prior grants in determining the size of the award. The awards
were approved by the board of directors in July 2008.
For fiscal year 2010, the same procedure was followed. With the
exception of the award to our CEO, executive officers
equity incentive awards were recommended to the compensation
committee by our CEO. In the case of our CEO, the equity
incentive award was determined by the compensation committee. In
all cases, our CEO and compensation committee considered the
executives relative job scope, the value of existing
long-term equity incentive awards, individual performance
history, prior contributions to us and the size of prior grants
in determining the size of the award. The awards were approved
by the compensation committee and the board of directors at
their respective July 2009 meetings.
86
The actual equity awards granted to our named executive officers
in fiscal year 2009 are set forth in the Fiscal Year 2009
Summary Compensation Table.
Change in
Control Benefits
Our equity incentive plan typically provides for full
acceleration of vesting of outstanding stock options in the
event of a change in control of our company, if the options are
not assumed or substituted for by a successor. In the event
stock options are assumed or substituted for, then 25% of the
unvested shares subject to each option vest if the executive
officer is terminated under circumstances described under
Potential Payments Upon Termination Following
Change in Control following the change in control.
Perquisites
and Other Personal Benefits
We do not view perquisites as a significant element of our
executive compensation program currently, but do believe that
they can be useful in attracting, motivating and retaining the
executive talent for which we compete, and we may consider
providing additional perquisites in the future. All future
practices regarding perquisites will be approved and subject to
periodic review by our compensation committee.
We provide the following benefits to our executive officers,
generally on the same basis provided to all of our salaried
employees:
|
|
|
|
|
health, dental insurance and vision coverage;
|
|
|
|
life insurance;
|
|
|
|
an employee stock purchase plan;
|
|
|
|
a medical and dependent care flexible spending account;
|
|
|
|
short- and long-term disability, accidental death and
dismemberment insurance; and
|
|
|
|
a Section 401(k) plan.
|
We believe these benefits are consistent with those of companies
with which we compete for executive talent.
Tax
Considerations
We anticipate that our compensation committee will consider the
potential future effects of Section 162(m) of the Internal
Revenue Code on the compensation paid to our executive officers.
Section 162(m) disallows a tax deduction for any publicly
held corporation for individual compensation exceeding
$1.0 million in any taxable year for our CEO and each of
the other named executive officers (other than our chief
financial officer), unless compensation is performance based. As
our common stock is not currently publicly-traded, our
compensation committee has not previously taken the
deductibility limit imposed by Section 162(m) into
consideration in setting compensation. However, we expect that
our compensation committee will adopt a policy that, where
reasonably practicable, would qualify the variable compensation
paid to our executive officers for an exemption from the
deductibility limitations of Section 162(m). For example,
our Annual Incentive Plan, which will first take effect for
fiscal year 2011, is designed to provide incentive compensation
that is not subject to the limits of Section 162(m). In
approving the amount and form of compensation for our executive
officers in the future, our compensation committee will consider
all elements of the cost to our company of providing such
compensation, including the potential impact of
Section 162(m). However, our compensation committee may, in
its judgment, authorize compensation payments that do not comply
with the exemptions in Section 162(m) when it believes that
such payments are appropriate to attract and retain executive
talent.
87
Fiscal
Year 2009 Summary Compensation Table
The following table summarizes information regarding the
compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our chief
executive officer, our chief financial officer and our other
three most highly compensated executive officers during the
fiscal year ended June 30, 2009. We refer to these
individuals as our named executive officers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option
|
|
Incentive Plan
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
Name and Principal
|
|
Fiscal
|
|
|
|
Awards
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Total
|
Position
|
|
Year
|
|
Salary ($)
|
|
($)(1)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)(2)
|
|
($)
|
|
Douglas Valenti
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
$
|
451,500
|
|
|
$
|
299,356
|
|
|
$
|
386,243
|
|
|
$
|
243
|
|
|
$
|
1,137,342
|
|
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bronwyn Syiek
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
$
|
394,000
|
|
|
$
|
268,883
|
|
|
$
|
319,743
|
|
|
$
|
239
|
|
|
$
|
982,865
|
|
President and Chief Operating Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tom Cheli
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
$
|
315,000
|
|
|
$
|
150,059
|
|
|
$
|
238,298
|
|
|
$
|
196
|
|
|
$
|
703,553
|
|
Executive Vice President
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Scott Mackley
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
$
|
315,000
|
|
|
$
|
150,059
|
|
|
$
|
294,458
|
|
|
$
|
196
|
|
|
$
|
759,713
|
|
Executive Vice President
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kenneth Hahn
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
$
|
330,000
|
|
|
$
|
62,478
|
|
|
$
|
174,290
|
|
|
$
|
204
|
|
|
$
|
566,972
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Amounts shown in this column do not reflect dollar amounts
actually received by our named executive officers. Instead,
these amounts reflect the dollar amount recognized for financial
statement reporting purposes for the referenced fiscal year, in
accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R).
Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are
included in Note 10 to our consolidated financial
statements included in this prospectus. As required by SEC
rules, the amounts shown exclude the impact of estimated
forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. Our
named executive officers will only realize compensation to the
extent the trading price of our common stock is greater than the
exercise price of such stock options. |
|
(2) |
|
All other compensation represents amounts we pay towards
employee life insurance. |
Grant of
Plan-Based Awards
The following table provides information regarding all grants of
plan-based awards that were made to or earned by our named
executive officers during fiscal year 2009. Disclosure on a
separate line item is provided for each grant of an award made
to a named executive officer. The information in this table
supplements the dollar value of stock options and other awards
set forth in the Fiscal Year 2009 Summary Compensation
Table by providing additional details about the awards.
The option grants to purchase our common stock set forth in the
following table were made under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan.
The exercise price of options granted under the 2008 Equity
Incentive Plan is equal to the fair market value of one share of
our common stock on the date of grant. Under the 2008 Equity
Incentive Plan, the exercise price may be paid in cash or, after
the completion of this offering, in our common stock valued at
fair market value on the exercise date or through a cashless
exercise procedure involving a
same-day
sale of the purchased shares.
88
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Future
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payouts
|
|
Option
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Under Non-
|
|
Awards:
|
|
Exercise or
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
Number of
|
|
Base Price of
|
|
Fair Value of
|
|
|
|
|
Incentive
|
|
Securities
|
|
Option
|
|
Stock and
|
|
|
|
|
Plan Awards
|
|
Underlying
|
|
Awards
|
|
Option
|
Name
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
Target ($)
|
|
Options (#)
|
|
($/Sh)
|
|
Awards ($)(2)
|
|
Douglas Valenti
|
|
July 25, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
85,000
|
|
|
$
|
11.31
|
(1)
|
|
$
|
375,258
|
|
|
|
May 30, 2008
|
|
$
|
304,500
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
May 30, 2008
|
|
$
|
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bronwyn Syiek
|
|
July 25, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
125,000
|
|
|
$
|
10.28
|
|
|
$
|
578,163
|
|
|
|
May 30, 2008
|
|
$
|
238,000
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
May 30, 2008
|
|
$
|
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tom Cheli
|
|
July 25, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75,000
|
|
|
$
|
10.28
|
|
|
$
|
346,898
|
|
|
|
May 30, 2008
|
|
$
|
187,200
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
May 30, 2008
|
|
$
|
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Scott Mackley
|
|
July 25, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75,000
|
|
|
$
|
10.28
|
|
|
$
|
346,898
|
|
|
|
May 30, 2008
|
|
$
|
187,200
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
May 30, 2008
|
|
$
|
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kenneth Hahn
|
|
July 25, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
$
|
10.28
|
|
|
$
|
231,563
|
|
|
|
May 30, 2008
|
|
$
|
113,000
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
May 30, 2008
|
|
$
|
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Option granted to Mr. Valenti had an exercise price per
share equal to 110% of the fair market value of one share of our
common stock on the date of grant. |
|
(2) |
|
Amounts represent the total fair value of stock options granted
in fiscal year 2009, calculated in accordance with stock-based
compensation expense guidance. See Note 10 to our
consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus
for a discussion of assumptions made in determining the grant
date fair value and compensation expense of our stock options. |
|
(3) |
|
Represents the executives target bonus under our 2009
Bonus Plan as of the date of grant. The plan provides for
individual bonus targets ranging from 34% of base salary to 67%
of base salary. Payout of the bonuses was dependent on
achievement against our plan for revenue growth and Adjusted
EBITDA and, where applicable, the individual executives
business units achievement against that units plan
for revenue growth and Adjusted EBITDA, as further described in
Compensation Discussion and Analysis. Actual
payments for fiscal year 2009 are set forth in the Fiscal
Year 2009 Summary Compensation Table above. |
|
|
|
(4) |
|
Represents the executives target bonus under our 2009
Incremental Bonus Plan as of the date of grant. The 2009
Incremental Bonus Plan paid out to the senior management team
15% of any Adjusted EBITDA in excess of our target of 20%
Adjusted EBITDA margin for the year. The incremental bonus plan
allocated differing amounts to executives based on their role
and tenure at the company and ranged between 1% of any Adjusted
EBITDA over the 20% margin target and 2.25% of such excess. |
89
Outstanding
Equity Awards at June 30, 2009
The following table presents information regarding outstanding
equity awards held by our named executive officers as of
June 30, 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option Awards
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
Option
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
Options
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Option Expiration
|
Name
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
(#)
|
|
Unexercisable (#)(1)
|
|
Price ($)
|
|
Date(2)
|
|
Douglas Valenti
|
|
July 25, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
85,000
|
|
|
$
|
11.31
|
|
|
July 24, 2013
|
|
|
January 31, 2007
|
|
|
99,687
|
|
|
|
65,313
|
|
|
$
|
10.34
|
|
|
January 30, 2012
|
Bronwyn Syiek
|
|
July 25, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
125,000
|
|
|
$
|
10.28
|
|
|
July 24, 2015
|
|
|
May 31, 2007
|
|
|
52,083
|
|
|
|
47,917
|
|
|
$
|
10.28
|
|
|
May 30, 2014
|
|
|
May 17, 2006
|
|
|
77,083
|
|
|
|
22,917
|
|
|
$
|
9.01
|
|
|
May 16, 2016
|
|
|
September 23, 2005
|
|
|
93,750
|
|
|
|
6,250
|
|
|
$
|
7.74
|
|
|
September 22, 2015
|
|
|
May 20, 2005
|
|
|
185,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
6.38
|
|
|
May 19, 2015
|
|
|
July 28, 2004
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
4.60
|
|
|
July 27, 2014
|
|
|
November 19, 2003
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
4.60
|
|
|
November 18, 2013
|
|
|
September 11, 2001
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.59
|
|
|
September 10, 2011
|
|
|
June 28, 2000
|
|
|
45,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.59
|
|
|
June 27, 2010
|
Tom Cheli
|
|
July 25, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75,000
|
|
|
$
|
10.28
|
|
|
July 24, 2015
|
|
|
May 31, 2007
|
|
|
26,041
|
|
|
|
23,959
|
|
|
$
|
10.28
|
|
|
May 30, 2014
|
|
|
May 17, 2006
|
|
|
38,540
|
|
|
|
11,460
|
|
|
$
|
9.01
|
|
|
May 16, 2016
|
|
|
September 23, 2005
|
|
|
93,750
|
|
|
|
6,250
|
|
|
$
|
7.74
|
|
|
September 22, 2015
|
|
|
May 20, 2005
|
|
|
80,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
6.38
|
|
|
May 19, 2015
|
|
|
July 28, 2004
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
4.60
|
|
|
July 27, 2014
|
|
|
September 26, 2002
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.50
|
|
|
September 25, 2012
|
|
|
September 19, 2000
|
|
|
1,905
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.59
|
|
|
September 18, 2010
|
Scott Mackley
|
|
July 25, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75,000
|
|
|
$
|
10.28
|
|
|
July 24, 2015
|
|
|
May 31, 2007
|
|
|
26,041
|
|
|
|
23,959
|
|
|
$
|
10.28
|
|
|
May 30, 2014
|
|
|
May 17, 2006
|
|
|
38,540
|
|
|
|
11,460
|
|
|
$
|
9.01
|
|
|
May 16, 2016
|
|
|
September 23, 2005
|
|
|
93,750
|
|
|
|
6,250
|
|
|
$
|
7.74
|
|
|
September 22, 2015
|
|
|
May 20, 2005
|
|
|
80,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
6.38
|
|
|
May 19, 2015
|
|
|
July 28, 2004
|
|
|
120,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
4.60
|
|
|
July 27, 2014
|
|
|
July 22, 2003
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2.00
|
|
|
July 21, 2013
|
|
|
April 4, 2002
|
|
|
42,292
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.59
|
|
|
April 3, 2012
|
|
|
March 15, 2001
|
|
|
6,667
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.59
|
|
|
March 14, 2011
|
|
|
June 28, 2000
|
|
|
8,334
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.59
|
|
|
June 27, 2010
|
Kenneth Hahn
|
|
July 25, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
$
|
10.28
|
|
|
July 24, 2015
|
|
|
May 17, 2006
|
|
|
289,062
|
|
|
|
85,938
|
|
|
$
|
9.01
|
|
|
May 16, 2016
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Each stock option to our executive officers vests over a
four-year period as follows: 25% of the shares underlying the
option vest on the first anniversary of the date of the vesting
commencement date, which is the date of grant, and the remainder
of the shares underlying the option vest in equal monthly
installments over the remaining 36 months thereafter. Each
option also provides that 25% of the unvested shares subject to
such option will vest if the executive is terminated without
cause following a change in control. |
|
(2) |
|
In fiscal year 2007, our board of directors changed the default
term of option grants to seven years. |
90
Stock
Option Exercises During Fiscal Year 2009
The following table shows information regarding option exercises
by our named executive officers during fiscal year 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option Awards
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
Realized on
|
|
|
Acquired on
|
|
Exercise
|
Name
|
|
Exercise (#)
|
|
($)(1)
|
|
Tom Cheli
|
|
|
3,095
|
|
|
$
|
29,991
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The aggregate dollar value realized upon exercise of an option
represents the difference between the aggregate fair market
value of our common stock underlying the option on the date of
exercise, which was determined by our board of directors to be
approximately $10.28 per share, and the aggregate exercise price
of the option. |
Pension
Benefits
We do not maintain any defined benefit pension plans.
Nonqualified
Deferred Compensation
We do not maintain any nonqualified deferred compensation plans.
Potential
Payments Upon Termination Following Change in Control
The following table sets forth quantitative estimates of the
option acceleration benefits (25% of the unvested portion) that
would have been received by the named executive officers
pursuant to their option agreements if, within six months
following a change in control, their employment had been
terminated by us without cause or resigns for good reason (which
includes actions by us to materially reduce the officers
duties, salary or benefits, or relocate the officers
business office to more than 50 miles away). These
estimates assume the change in control transaction and
termination both occurred on June 30, 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value of
|
|
|
Accelerated
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
Awards ($)
|
Name
|
|
(1)
|
|
Douglas Valenti
|
|
$
|
|
|
Bronwyn Syiek
|
|
$
|
1,984
|
|
Tom Cheli
|
|
$
|
1,984
|
|
Scott Mackley
|
|
$
|
1,984
|
|
Kenneth Hahn
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The aggregate dollar value realized in connection the
acceleration of the equity awards represents the difference
between the aggregate fair market value of our common stock
underlying the accelerated options as of June 30, 2009,
which was determined by our board of directors to be
approximately $9.01 per share, and the aggregate exercise price
of the accelerated options. |
Offer
Letter Agreements
We have also entered into offer letter agreements with each of
our named executive officers, other than our CEO, in connection
with their commencement of employment with us. These offer
letter agreements typically include the executive officers
initial base salary and stock option grant along with vesting
provisions with respect to that initial stock option grant. The
offer letters do not provide for severance. The offer letters
require arbitration of certain disputes between the executive
and us. With the exception of the arbitration provisions, we
have no outstanding obligations under these agreements.
91
Proprietary
Information and Inventions Agreements
Each of our named executive officers has entered into a standard
form agreement with respect to proprietary information and
inventions. Among other things, this agreement obligates each
named executive officer to refrain from disclosing any of our
proprietary information received during the course of employment
and, with some exceptions, to assign to us any inventions
conceived or developed during the course of employment.
Employee
Benefit Plans
2008
Equity Incentive Plan
Our board of directors adopted and our stockholders approved the
2008 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, or 2008 Plan, in January
2008, as a restatement and replacement of our prior 1999 Equity
Incentive Plan originally adopted on July 1, 1999. The 2008
Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options,
nonstatutory stock options and restricted stock purchase awards.
As of December 31, 2009, 3,382,316 shares of common
stock had been issued upon the exercise of options granted under
the 2008 Plan, options to purchase 11,491,017 shares of
common stock were outstanding at a weighted average exercise
price of $9.3494 per share and 601,467 shares remained
available for future grant under the 2008 Plan. Upon the
execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this
offering, no further option or other stock award grants will be
made under the 2008 Plan.
Administration. Our board of directors
administers the 2008 Plan. Our board of directors, however, may
delegate this authority to a committee of two or more board
members. The board of directors or a committee of the board of
directors has the authority to construe, interpret, amend and
modify the 2008 Plan, as well as to determine the terms of an
option and a restricted stock purchase award. Our board of
directors may amend or modify the 2008 Plan at any time.
However, no amendment or modification shall adversely affect the
rights and obligations with respect to outstanding stock awards
unless the holder consents to that amendment or modification.
Eligibility. The 2008 Plan permits us to grant
stock options and restricted stock purchase awards to our
employees, directors and consultants. A stock option may be an
incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of
the Code or a nonstatutory stock option.
Stock Option Provisions Generally. In general,
the duration of a stock option granted under the 2008 Plan
cannot exceed 10 years. The exercise price of an incentive
stock option cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value
of the common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of
a nonstatutory stock option cannot be less than 85% of the fair
market value of the common stock on the date of grant. An
incentive stock option may be transferred only on death, but a
nonstatutory stock option may be transferred as permitted in an
individual stock option agreement. Stock option agreements may
provide that the stock options may be early exercised subject to
our right of repurchase of unvested shares. In addition, our
board of directors may reprice any outstanding option or, with
the permission of the optionholder, may cancel any outstanding
option and grant a substitute option.
Incentive stock options may be granted only to our employees.
The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of
grant, of shares of our common stock with respect to which
incentive stock options are exercisable for the first time by an
optionholder during any calendar year under all of our stock
plans may not exceed $100,000. An incentive stock option granted
to a person who at the time of grant owns or is deemed to own
more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes
of our outstanding stock or any of our affiliates must have a
term of no more than five years and an exercise price that is at
least 110% of fair market value at the time of grant.
Restricted Stock Purchase Awards
Generally. Restricted stock purchase awards may
be granted in consideration for cash, check or past or future
services actually rendered to us or our affiliates. Common stock
acquired under such awards may, but need not, be subject to
forfeiture in accordance with a vesting schedule. The purchase
price for restricted stock purchase awards may not be less than
110% of the fair market value in the case of awards granted to
any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to
own stock
92
possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of
all classes of our outstanding stock or any of our affiliates.
Effect on Stock Awards of Certain Corporate
Transactions. If we dissolve or liquidate, then
outstanding stock options and restricted stock purchase awards
under the 2008 Plan will terminate immediately prior to such
dissolution or liquidation. In the event of an asset sale or
merger, the surviving or acquiring corporation may assume
outstanding stock awards, or may substitute substantially
equivalent awards that preserve the spread existing at the time
of the transaction for outstanding stock options. If the
surviving or acquiring corporation elects not to assume or
substitute for outstanding stock awards, then the stock awards
will terminate upon the consummation of the transaction. The
plan administrator may provide for additional vesting of
outstanding awards, either at the time of grant or at any time
while the award remains outstanding.
Other Provisions. If there is a transaction or
event which changes our stock that does not involve our receipt
of consideration, such as a merger, consolidation,
reorganization, stock dividend or stock split, our board of
directors will appropriately adjust the class and the maximum
number of shares subject to the 2008 Plan and to outstanding
stock awards to prevent the dilution or endangerment of benefits
thereunder.
2010
Equity Incentive Plan
Our board of directors adopted the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan,
or 2010 Incentive Plan, in November 2009 and we expect our
stockholders will approve the 2010 Incentive Plan prior to the
closing of this offering. The 2010 Incentive Plan will become
effective immediately upon the execution and delivery of the
underwriting agreement for this offering. The 2010 Incentive
Plan will terminate on November 16, 2019, unless sooner
terminated by our board of directors.
Stock Awards. The 2010 Incentive Plan provides
for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock
options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards,
stock appreciation rights, performance-based stock awards, and
other forms of equity compensation, or collectively, stock
awards, all of which may be granted to employees, including
officers, non-employee directors and consultants. In addition,
the 2010 Incentive Plan provides for the grant of performance
cash awards. Incentive stock options may be granted only to
employees. All other awards may be granted to employees,
including officers, non-employee directors and consultants.
Share Reserve. Following this offering, the
aggregate number of shares of our common stock that may be
issued initially pursuant to stock awards under the 2010
Incentive Plan is the number of shares reserved for future
issuance under the 2008 Plan at the time of the execution and
delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering, plus
any shares subject to outstanding stock awards granted under the
2008 Plan that expire or terminate for any reason prior to their
exercise or settlement. The number of shares of our common stock
reserved for issuance will automatically increase on
July 1st of each year, from July 1, 2010 through
July 1, 2019, by five percent of the total number of shares
of our common stock outstanding on the last day of the preceding
fiscal year, unless our board of directors determines that the
share increase shall be a lesser number. The maximum number of
shares that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of incentive
stock options under the 2010 Incentive Plan is 30,000,000.
If a stock award granted under the 2010 Incentive Plan expires
or otherwise terminates without being exercised in full, or is
settled in cash, the shares of our common stock not acquired
pursuant to the stock award again become available for
subsequent issuance under the 2010 Incentive Plan. In addition,
the following types of shares under the 2010 Incentive Plan may
become available for the grant of new stock awards under the
2010 Incentive Plan (a) shares that are forfeited to or
repurchased by us prior to becoming fully vested,
(b) shares withheld to satisfy income or employment
withholding taxes, (c) shares used to pay the exercise
price of an option in a net exercise arrangement and
(d) shares tendered to us to pay the exercise price of an
option. Shares issued under the 2010 Incentive Plan may be
previously unissued shares or reacquired shares bought on the
open market. As of the date hereof, none of our common stock
have been issued under the 2010 Incentive Plan.
93
Administration. Our board of directors has
delegated its authority to administer the 2010 Incentive Plan to
our compensation committee. Subject to the terms of the 2010
Incentive Plan, our board of directors or an authorized
committee, referred to as the plan administrator, determines
recipients, dates of grant, the numbers and types of stock
awards to be granted and the terms and conditions of the stock
awards, including the period of their exercisability and vesting
and the fair market value applicable to a stock award. Subject
to the limitations set forth below, the plan administrator will
also determine the exercise price of options granted, the
consideration to be paid for restricted stock awards and the
strike price of stock appreciation rights.
The compensation committee has the authority to reprice any
outstanding stock award under the 2010 Incentive Plan. The
compensation committee may also cancel and re-grant any
outstanding stock award with the consent of any affected
participant.
Stock Options. Incentive and nonstatutory
stock options are granted pursuant to incentive and nonstatutory
stock option agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The
plan administrator determines the exercise price for a stock
option, within the terms and conditions of the 2010 Incentive
Plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option
generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of
our common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the
2010 Incentive Plan vest at the rate specified by the plan
administrator.
The plan administrator determines the term of stock options
granted under the 2010 Incentive Plan, up to a maximum of
10 years, except in the case of certain incentive stock
options, as described below. Unless the terms of an
optionees stock option agreement provide otherwise, if an
optionees relationship with us, or any of our affiliates,
ceases for any reason other than disability or death, the
optionee may exercise any vested options for a period of three
months following the cessation of service. If an optionees
service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases
due to disability or death, or an optionee dies within a certain
period following cessation of service, the optionee or a
beneficiary may generally exercise any vested options for a
period of 12 months in the event of disability and
18 months in the event of death. The option term may be
extended in the event that exercise of the option following
termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities
laws. In no event, however, may an option be exercised beyond
the expiration of its term.
Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued
upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the
plan administrator and may include (a) cash, check, bank
draft or money order, (b) a broker-assisted cashless
exercise, (c) the tender of shares of common stock
previously owned by the optionee, (d) a net exercise of the
option and (e) other legal consideration approved by the
plan administrator.
Unless the plan administrator provides otherwise, options
generally are not transferable except by will, the laws of
descent and distribution, or pursuant to a domestic relations
order. An optionee may designate a beneficiary, however, who may
exercise the option following the optionees death.
Tax Limitations on Incentive Stock
Options. Incentive stock options may be granted
only to our employees. The aggregate fair market value,
determined at the time of grant, of our common stock with
respect to incentive stock options that are exercisable for the
first time by an optionee during any calendar year under all of
our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. No incentive stock
option may be granted to any person who, at the time of the
grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10%
of our total combined voting power or that of any of our
affiliates unless (a) the option exercise price is at least
110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option
on the date of grant, and (b) the term of the incentive
stock option does not exceed five years from the date of grant.
Currently, only Mr. Valenti has an option with these terms.
Restricted Stock Awards. Restricted stock
awards are granted pursuant to restricted stock award agreements
adopted by the plan administrator. Restricted stock awards may
be granted in consideration for (a) cash, check, bank draft
or money order, (b) past or future services rendered to us
or our affiliates, or (c) any other form of legal
consideration. Common stock acquired under a restricted stock
award may, but need not, be subject to a share repurchase option
in our favor in accordance with a vesting schedule to be
determined by the plan administrator. Rights to acquire shares
under a restricted stock award may be transferred only upon such
terms and conditions as set by the plan administrator.
94
Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Restricted stock
unit awards are granted pursuant to restricted stock unit award
agreements adopted by the plan administrator. Restricted stock
unit awards may be granted in consideration for any form of
legal consideration. A restricted stock unit award may be
settled by cash, delivery of stock, a combination of cash and
stock as deemed appropriate by the plan administrator, or in any
other form of consideration set forth in the restricted stock
unit award agreement. Additionally, dividend equivalents may be
credited in respect of shares covered by a restricted stock unit
award. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award
agreement, restricted stock units that have not vested will be
forfeited upon the participants cessation of continuous
service for any reason.
Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock appreciation
rights are granted pursuant to stock appreciation rights
agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan
administrator determines the strike price for a stock
appreciation right which generally cannot be less than 100% of
the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant.
Upon the exercise of a stock appreciation right, we will pay the
participant an amount equal to the product of (a) the
excess of the per share fair market value of our common stock on
the date of exercise over the strike price, multiplied by
(b) the number of common stock with respect to which the
stock appreciation right is exercised. A stock appreciation
right granted under the 2010 Incentive Plan vests at the rate
specified in the stock appreciation right agreement as
determined by the plan administrator.
The plan administrator determines the term of stock appreciation
rights granted under the 2010 Incentive Plan, up to a maximum of
10 years. If a participants service relationship
ceases with us, or any of our affiliates, then the participant,
or the participants beneficiary, may exercise any vested
stock appreciation right for three months (or such longer or
shorter period specified in the stock appreciation right
agreement) after the date such service relationship ends or the
expiration of the term set forth in the award agreement. In no
event, however, may a stock appreciation right be exercised
beyond the expiration of its term.
Performance Awards. The 2010 Incentive Plan
permits the grant of performance-based stock and cash awards
that may qualify as performance-based compensation that is not
subject to the $1,000,000 limitation on the income tax
deductibility of compensation paid per covered executive officer
imposed by Section 162(m). To assure that the compensation
attributable to performance-based stock awards will so qualify,
our compensation committee can structure such awards so that
stock will be issued or paid pursuant to such award only upon
the achievement of certain pre-established performance goals
during a designated performance period.
Other Stock Awards. The plan administrator may
grant other awards based in whole or in part by reference to our
common stock. The plan administrator will set the number of
shares under the award and all other terms and conditions of
such awards.
Grants to Non-Employee Directors. Under the
2010 Incentive Plan, our compensation committee may grant
nonstatutory stock options to non-employee members of our board
of directors over their period of service on our board of
directors.
Changes to Capital Structure. In the event
that there is a specified type of change in our capital
structure, such as a stock split, appropriate adjustments will
be made to (a) the number of shares reserved under the 2010
Incentive Plan, (b) the maximum number of shares by which
the share reserve may increase automatically each year,
(c) the class and maximum number of shares that may be
issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options and
(d) the number of shares and exercise price or strike
price, if applicable, of all outstanding stock awards.
Corporate Transactions. In the event of
certain significant corporate transactions, then our board of
directors has the discretion to take any of the following
actions with respect to stock awards:
|
|
|
|
|
arrange for the assumption, continuation, or substitution of a
stock award by a surviving or acquiring entity or parent company;
|
|
|
|
arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition right held by us
to the surviving or acquiring entity;
|
|
|
|
accelerate the vesting of a stock award and provide for its
termination prior to the effective time of the corporate
transaction;
|
95
|
|
|
|
|
arrange for the lapse of any reacquisition or repurchase rights
held by us;
|
|
|
|
cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the stock award in
exchange for such cash consideration, if any, as our board may
deem appropriate; or
|
|
|
|
provide for the surrender of a stock award in exchange for a
payment equal to the excess of (a) the value of the
property that the optionee would have received upon exercise of
the stock award over (b) the exercise price otherwise
payable in connection with the stock award.
|
Our board of directors is not obligated to treat all stock
awards, even those that are of the same type, in the same manner.
Changes in Control. Our board of directors has
the discretion to provide that a stock award under the 2010
Incentive Plan will immediately vest as to all or any portion of
the shares subject to the stock award (a) immediately upon
the occurrence of certain specified change in control
transactions, whether or not such stock award is assumed,
continued or substituted by a surviving or acquiring entity in
the transaction or (b) in the event a participants
service with us or a successor entity is terminated actually or
constructively within a designated period following the
occurrence of certain specified change in control transactions.
Stock awards held by participants under the 2010 Incentive Plan
will not vest automatically on such an accelerated basis unless
specifically provided by the participants applicable award
agreement.
2010
Non-Employee Directors Stock Award Plan
Our board of directors adopted the Non-Employee Directors
Stock Award Plan, or Directors Plan, in November 2009 and
we expect our stockholders will approve our Directors Plan
prior to the completion of this offering. The Directors
Plan will become effective immediately upon the execution and
delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering. The
Directors Plan will terminate at the discretion of our
board of directors. The Directors Plan provides for the
automatic grant of nonstatutory stock options to purchase shares
of our common stock to our non-employee directors. The
Directors Plan also provides for the discretionary grant
of restricted stock units.
Share Reserve. An aggregate of
300,000 shares of our common stock are reserved for
issuance under the Directors Plan. This amount will be
increased annually on July 1, from 2010 until 2019, by the
sum of 200,000 shares and the aggregate number of shares of our
common stock subject to awards granted under the Directors
Plan during the immediately preceding fiscal year. However, our
board of directors will have the authority to designate a lesser
number of shares by which the share reserve will be increased.
Shares of our common stock subject to stock awards that have
expired or otherwise terminated under the Directors Plan
without having been exercised in full shall again become
available for grant under the Directors Plan. Shares of
our common stock issued under the Directors Plan may be
previously unissued shares or reacquired shares bought on the
market or otherwise. If the exercise of any stock option granted
under the Directors Plan is satisfied by tendering shares
of our common stock held by the participant, then the number of
shares tendered shall again become available for the grant of
awards under the Directors Plan. In addition, any shares
reacquired to satisfy income or employment withholding taxes
shall again become available for the grant of awards under the
Directors Plan.
Administration. Our board of directors has
delegated its authority to administer the Directors Plan
to our compensation committee.
Stock Options. Stock options will be granted
pursuant to stock option agreements. The exercise price of the
options granted under the Directors Plan will be equal to
100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of
grant. Initial grants vest in equal monthly installments over
three years after the date of grant and annual grants vest in
equal monthly installments over 12 months after the date of
grant.
In general, the term of stock options granted under the
Directors Plan may not exceed seven years. Unless the
terms of an option holders stock option agreement provides
otherwise, if an optionholders service relationship with
us, or any affiliate of ours, ceases due to death or disability,
then the optionholder or his or her beneficiary may exercise any
vested options for a period of 12 months in the event of
disability and
96
18 months in the event of death. If an optionholders
service with us, or any affiliate, ceases for any other reason,
the optionholder may exercise the vested options for up to six
months following cessation of service.
Acceptable consideration for the purchase of our common stock
issued under the Directors Plan may include cash, a
net exercise, common stock previously owned by the
optionholder or a program developed under Regulation T as
promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board.
Generally, an optionholder may not transfer a stock option other
than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. However,
an optionholder may transfer an option under certain
circumstances with our written consent if a
Form S-8
registration statement is available for the exercise of the
option and the subsequent resale of the shares. In addition, an
optionholder may designate a beneficiary who may exercise the
option following the optionholders death.
Non-discretionary
Grants
|
|
|
|
|
Initial Grant. Any person who becomes a
non-employee director after the completion of this offering will
automatically receive an initial grant of an option to purchase
20,000 shares of our common stock upon his or her election
or appointment, subject to adjustment by our board of directors
from time to time. These options will vest in equal monthly
installments over four years. These initial grants may also
be issued in the form of restricted stock awards if so
determined by our board of directors.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Annual Grant. In addition, any person who is a
non-employee director on the date of each annual meeting of our
stockholders automatically will be granted, on the annual
meeting date, beginning with our 2010 annual meeting, an option
to purchase 20,000 shares of our common stock, or the
annual grant, subject to adjustment by our board of directors
from time to time. However, the size of an annual grant made to
a non-employee director who is elected after the completion of
this offering and who has served for less than 12 months at
the time of the annual meeting will be reduced pro rata for each
full month prior to the date of grant during which such person
did not serve as a non-employee director. These options will
vest in equal monthly installments over 12 months. These
annual grants may also be issued in the form of restricted stock
unit awards if so determined by our board of directors.
|
Discretionary
Grants
In addition to the non-discretionary grants noted above, our
board of directors may grant stock awards to one or more
non-employee directors in such numbers and subject to such other
provisions as it shall determine. These awards may be in the
form of stock options or restricted stock awards and shall vest
pursuant to vesting schedules to be determined by our board of
directors in its sole discretion.
Changes to Capital Structure. In the event
there is a specified type of change in our capital structure not
involving the receipt of consideration by us, such as a stock
split or stock dividend, the number of shares reserved under the
Directors Plan, the maximum number of shares by which the
share reserve may increase automatically each year, the number
of shares subject to the initial and annual grants and the
number of shares and exercise price of all outstanding stock
options will be appropriately adjusted.
Change in Control Transactions. In the event
of certain change in control transactions, the vesting of
options held by non-employee directors whose service is
terminated generally will be accelerated in full.
Plan Amendments. Our board of directors will
have the authority to amend or terminate the Directors
Plan. However, no amendment or termination of the
directors plan will adversely affect any rights under
awards already granted to a participant unless agreed to by the
affected participant. We will obtain stockholder approval of any
amendment to the Directors Plan that is required by
applicable law.
401(k)
Plan
We maintain a defined contribution employee retirement plan, or
401(k) plan, for our employees. Our executive officers are also
eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan on the same basis as
our other employees. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify as a
tax-qualified plan under Section 401(k) of the Code. The
plan provides that each participant may contribute up to the
statutory limit, which is $16,500 for calendar year 2009.
Participants that are 50 years or older can also make
catch-up
contributions, which in calendar year
97
2009 may be up to an additional $5,500 above the statutory
limit. The plan permits us to make discretionary contributions
and matching contributions, subject to established limits and a
vesting schedule. In fiscal year 2009, we did not make any
discretionary or matching contributions on behalf of our named
executive officers.
Limitation
of Liability and Indemnification
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which
will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, contains
provisions that limit the liability of our directors for
monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware
General Corporation Law. Consequently, our directors will not be
personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages
for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except
liability for:
|
|
|
|
|
any breach of the directors duty of loyalty to us or our
stockholders;
|
|
|
|
any act or omission not in good faith or that involves
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
|
|
|
|
unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or
redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware
General Corporation Law; or
|
|
|
|
any transaction from which the director derived an improper
personal benefit.
|
Our amended and restated bylaws to be in effect upon completion
of this offering require us to indemnify our directors and
executive officers to the maximum extent not prohibited by the
Delaware General Corporation Law or any other applicable law and
allow us to indemnify other officers, employees and other agents
as set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law or any
other applicable law.
We have entered, and intend to continue to enter, into separate
indemnification agreements with our directors and executive
officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in our
amended and restated bylaws. These agreements, among other
things, require us to indemnify our directors and executive
officers for certain expenses, including attorneys fees,
judgments, penalties fines and settlement amounts actually and
reasonably incurred by a director or executive officer in any
action or proceeding arising out of their services as one of our
directors or executive officers, or any of our subsidiaries or
any other company or enterprise to which the person provides
services at our request, including liability arising out of
negligence or active or passive wrongdoing by the officer or
director. We believe that these charter provisions and
indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain
qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain
directors and officers liability insurance.
The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in
our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and
amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from
bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach
of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of
derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even
though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other
stockholders. Further, a stockholders investment may be
adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of
settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as
required by these indemnification provisions.
At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding
involving any of our directors or executive officers as to which
indemnification is required or permitted, and we are not aware
of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a
claim for indemnification.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors, executive officers
or persons controlling us, we have been informed that in the
opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy
as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore
unenforceable.
98
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The following is a summary of transactions, during our last
three fiscal years, to which we have been a party in which the
amount involved exceeded $120,000 and in which any of our
executive officers, directors or beneficial holders of more than
5% of our capital stock had or will have a direct or indirect
material interest, other than compensation arrangements which
are described under the section of this prospectus entitled
Management Compensation Discussion and
Analysis.
Repurchases
of Securities
The following table summarizes shares of our common stock we
repurchased from certain of our executive officers since
July 1, 2006. We have not repurchased shares of common
stock from any of our directors or holders of more than 5% of
our capital stock since July 1, 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
Executive Officers
|
|
Shares Repurchased
|
|
Bronwyn Syiek
|
|
|
198,480
|
|
Tom Cheli
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
Scott Mackley
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
Price per share
|
|
$
|
10.28
|
|
Date of repurchase
|
|
|
10/18/07
|
|
We believe the terms obtained or consideration that we paid or
received, as applicable, in connection with the transactions
were comparable to terms available or the amounts that would be
paid or received, as applicable, in arms-length
transactions.
Second
Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement
We have entered into an investor rights agreement with the
purchasers of our outstanding convertible preferred stock,
including entities with which certain of our directors are
affiliated. As of December 31, 2009, the holders of
21,176,533 shares of our common stock, including the common
stock issuable upon the conversion of our preferred stock, are
entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their
shares following this offering under the Securities Act. For a
description of these registration rights, see Description
of Capital Stock Registration Rights.
In addition, the election of the members of our board of
directors is governed by certain provisions contained in our
investor rights agreement. The holders of a majority of our
Series A preferred stock, voting as a separate series, have
designated Gregory Sands and James Simons for election to our
board of directors. The holders of a majority of our
Series B preferred stock, voting as a separate series, have
designated Glenn Solomon for election to our board of directors.
The holders of a majority of our common stock and preferred
stock, voting together as a class on as-converted basis, have
designated Douglas Valenti, William Bradley, John McDonald and
Dana Stalder. Upon the closing of this offering, the board
election voting provisions contained in the investor rights
agreement will terminate and none of our stockholders will have
any special rights regarding the election or designation of
members of our board of directors.
Offer
Letters and Proprietary Information and Inventions
Agreements
We have entered into at-will offer letters and proprietary
information and inventions agreements with our executive
officers. For more information regarding these agreements, see
Executive Compensation Offer Letter
Agreements and Executive Compensation
Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreements.
Other
Transactions
Katrina Boydon serves as our Vice President of Content and
Compliance and is the sister of Bronwyn Syiek, our President and
Chief Operating Officer. Ms. Boydons fiscal year 2010
base salary is $192,938 per year, and she has a fiscal year 2010
target bonus of $67,170. In fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009,
Ms. Boydon received a base salary of $149,000 (later
increased to $158,000), $169,000 (later increased to $175,000)
and
99
$183,750 per year, respectively, and a bonus payout of $46,000,
$45,000 and $51,381, respectively. In fiscal years 2007, 2008,
2009 and 2010, Ms. Boydon was granted options to purchase
an aggregate of 64,000, 20,000, 30,000 and 45,000 shares of
our common stock, respectively.
Rian Valenti serves as a client sales and development associate
and is the son of Douglas Valenti, our Chief Executive Officer
and Chairman. Mr. Rian Valentis fiscal year 2010 base
salary is $54,000 per year, and he has a fiscal year 2010
commission opportunity of $45,000. Mr. Rian Valenti joined
us in fiscal year 2009 with a base salary of $52,000. In fiscal
year 2009, Mr. Rian Valenti received an aggregate of $2,000
in commissions. In fiscal year 2009, Mr. Rian Valenti was
granted an option to purchase an aggregate of 1,500 shares
of our common stock.
We had a preferred publisher agreement with Remilon LLC, an
online publishing entity, one of whose primary owners is Ben
Wilson, the
brother-in-law
of Tom Cheli, our Executive Vice President. We have been advised
that Mr. Wilson owns one third of the equity interests of
Remilon. Under the preferred publisher agreement, we paid
commissions for qualified leads generated from links on
Remilons website. We paid commissions to Remilon for
fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended
September 30, 2009 of $3,109,000, $3,070,000, $4,204,000
and $1,366,000, respectively. Based solely on our understanding
of Mr. Wilsons ownership interest in Remilon, and without
regard to the amount of profit or loss and any contractual
arrangements among the owners of Remilon, Mr. Wilsons
interest in the commissions paid to Remilon for fiscal years
2007, 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended
September 30, 2009 was approximately $1,036,333,
$1,023,333, $1,401,333 and $455,333, respectively. We believe
these commissions were comparable to those that would be payable
in arms-length dealings with an unrelated third party. This
contract expired in October 2009.
We have granted stock options to our executive officers and
certain of our directors. For a description of these options,
see Executive Compensation Outstanding Equity
Awards at June 30, 2009. Each stock option issued to
our executive officers provides that 25% of the unvested shares
subject to such option will vest if the executive is terminated
without cause following a change in control.
We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our
directors and executive officers. These indemnification
agreements require us to indemnify each of our directors and
executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware
law. See Management Limitation of Liability
and Indemnification.
Policies
and Procedures for Transactions with Related Persons
Our board of directors has adopted a written related person
transaction policy, which sets forth the policies and procedures
for the review and approval or ratification of related person
transactions. This policy covers any transaction, arrangement or
relationship, or any series of similar transactions,
arrangements or relationships, in which we were or are to be a
participant, the amount involved exceeds $60,000 and a related
person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.
While the policy covers related party transactions in which the
amount involved exceeds $60,000, only related party transactions
in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 will be required
to be disclosed in applicable filings as required by the
Securities Act, Exchange Act and related rules. Our board of
directors intends to set the $60,000 threshold for approval of
related party transactions in the policy at an amount lower than
that which is required to be disclosed under the Securities Act,
Exchange Act and related rules because we believe it is
appropriate for our audit committee to review transactions or
potential transactions in which the amount involved exceeds
$60,000, as opposed to $120,000. Pursuant to this policy, our
audit committee will (i) review the relevant facts and
circumstances of each related party transaction, including if
the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be
obtained in arms-length dealings with an unrelated
third-party and the extent of the related partys interest
in the transaction and (ii) take into account the conflicts
of interest and corporate opportunity provisions of our code of
business conduct and ethics. Management will present to our
audit committee each proposed related party transaction,
including all relevant facts and circumstances relating thereto,
and will update the audit committee as to any material changes
to any related party transaction.
100
All related party transactions may only be consummated if our
audit committee has approved or ratified such transaction in
accordance with the guidelines set forth in the policy. Certain
types of transactions are not subject to the policy, including:
(i) compensation arrangements approved by our Compensation
Committee; (ii) transactions in the ordinary course of
business where the related partys interest arises only
(a) from his or her position as an employee (other than a
position as an executive officer, partner, principal or similar
control position) of another entity that is party to the
transaction or (b) from an equity interest of less than 5%
in another entity that is party to the transaction; and
(iii) transactions in the ordinary course of business where
the interest of the related party arises solely from the
ownership of a class of equity securities in our company where
all holders of such class of equity securities will receive the
same benefit on a pro rata basis. No director may participate in
the approval of a related party transaction for which he or she
is a related party.
101
PRINCIPAL
AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth information regarding the
beneficial ownership of our common stock as of December 31,
2009, and as adjusted to reflect the sale
of shares
of common stock in this offering, and the sale of up to
additional shares
of common stock by us and the selling stockholders upon exercise
of the underwriters over-allotment option, for:
|
|
|
|
|
each of our named executive officers;
|
|
|
|
each of our directors;
|
|
|
|
|
|
all of our current officers and directors as a group;
|
|
|
|
|
|
each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to
beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
each of the selling stockholders.
|
The percentage ownership information shown in the table is based
upon 34,912,597 shares of common stock outstanding as of
December 31, 2009 and assuming the conversion of all
outstanding shares of our preferred stock as of
December 31, 2009. The table shows the percentage
ownership following both (i) issuance
of shares
of common stock in this offering and no exercise of the
over-allotment option and (ii) the issuance of up
to shares
of common stock by us and the sale of up to 1,037,648 shares of
common stock by the selling stockholders to the underwriters to
cover over-allotments, if any.
We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the
rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. These rules
generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to
persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment
power with respect to those securities. In addition, the rules
include common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock
options that are either immediately exercisable or exercisable
on or before March 1, 2010, which is 60 days after
December 31, 2009. These shares are deemed to be
outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding those
options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of
that person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the
purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other
person. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities
identified in this table have sole voting and investment power
with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them,
subject to applicable community property laws.
102
Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner
listed in the table below is
c/o QuinStreet,
Inc., 1051 East Hillsdale Blvd., Foster City, California 94404.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Beneficially
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Owned After the Offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Over-allotment
|
|
|
|
Shares Beneficially
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Over-allotment Option Not
|
|
|
Option Exercised
|
|
|
|
Owned Before the Offering
|
|
|
Being
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
in Full
|
|
Name of Beneficial Owner
|
|
Number
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Offered
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
5% Stockholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Douglas Valenti(1)
|
|
|
6,393,475
|
|
|
|
18.2
|
%
|
|
|
300,000
|
|
|
|
6,393,475
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,093,475
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entities affiliated with Split Rock Partners(2)
|
|
|
5,682,951
|
|
|
|
16.3
|
%
|
|
|
250,000
|
|
|
|
5,682,951
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,432,951
|
|
|
|
|
|
10400 Viking Drive. Suite 550
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minneapolis, MN 55344
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entities affiliated with Sutter Hill Ventures(3)
|
|
|
3,655,681
|
|
|
|
10.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,655,681
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,655,681
|
|
|
|
|
|
755 Page Mill Road,
Suite A-200
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Palo Alto, CA
94304-1005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entities affiliated with GGV Capital(4)
|
|
|
2,666,975
|
|
|
|
7.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,666,975
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,666,975
|
|
|
|
|
|
2494 Sand Hill Road, Suite 100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Menlo Park, CA 94025
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
W Capital Partners II, L.P.(5).
|
|
|
2,376,228
|
|
|
|
6.8
|
%
|
|
|
120,000
|
|
|
|
2,376,228
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,256,228
|
|
|
|
|
|
One East 52nd Street, 5th Floor
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New York, NY 10022
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entities affiliated with Catterton Partners(6)
|
|
|
2,033,899
|
|
|
|
5.8
|
%
|
|
|
250,000
|
|
|
|
2,033,899
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,783,999
|
|
|
|
|
|
599 West Putnam Avenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Greenwich, CT 06830
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entities affiliated with Partech International(7)
|
|
|
1,913,620
|
|
|
|
5.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,913,620
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,913,620
|
|
|
|
|
|
50 California Street, #3200
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
San Francisco, CA 94111
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Directors and Named Executive Officers:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Douglas Valenti(1)
|
|
|
6,393,475
|
|
|
|
18.2
|
%
|
|
|
300,000
|
|
|
|
6,393,475
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,093,475
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bronwyn Syiek(8)
|
|
|
858,502
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
858,502
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
858,502
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kenneth Hahn(9)
|
|
|
321,353
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
321,353
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
321,353
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tom Cheli(10)
|
|
|
479,269
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
479,269
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
479,269
|
|
|
|
|
|
Scott Mackley(11)
|
|
|
610,935
|
|
|
|
1.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
610,935
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
610,935
|
|
|
|
|
|
William Bradley(12)
|
|
|
204,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
204,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
204,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
John McDonald(13)
|
|
|
214,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
214,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
214,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gregory Sands(14)
|
|
|
3,779,990
|
|
|
|
10.8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,779,990
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,779,990
|
|
|
|
|
|
James Simons(15)
|
|
|
5,707,951
|
|
|
|
16.3
|
%
|
|
|
250,000
|
|
|
|
5,707,951
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,457,951
|
|
|
|
|
|
Glenn Solomon(16)
|
|
|
2,691,975
|
|
|
|
7.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,691,975
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,691,975
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dana Stalder(17)
|
|
|
228,900
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
228,900
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
228,900
|
|
|
|
|
|
All officers and directors as a group
(16 persons)(18)
|
|
|
22,279,444
|
|
|
|
57.7
|
%
|
|
|
550,000
|
|
|
|
22,279,444
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,729,444
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling Stockholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Douglas Valenti(1)
|
|
|
6,393,475
|
|
|
|
18.2
|
%
|
|
|
300,000
|
|
|
|
6,393,475
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,093,475
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entities affiliated with Split Rock Partners(2)
|
|
|
5,682,951
|
|
|
|
16.3
|
%
|
|
|
250,000
|
|
|
|
5,682,951
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,432,951
|
|
|
|
|
|
10400 Viking Drive, Suite 550
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minneapolis, MN 55344
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
W Capital Partners II, L.P.(5).
|
|
|
2,376,228
|
|
|
|
6.8
|
%
|
|
|
120,000
|
|
|
|
2,376,228
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,256,228
|
|
|
|
|
|
One East 52nd Street, 5th Floor
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New York, NY 10022
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entities affiliated with Catterton Partners(6)
|
|
|
2,033,899
|
|
|
|
5.8
|
%
|
|
|
250,000
|
|
|
|
2,033,899
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,783,999
|
|
|
|
|
|
599 West Putnam Avenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Greenwich, CT 06830
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entities affiliated with Venture Strategy Partners (19)
|
|
|
1,513,580
|
|
|
|
4.3
|
%
|
|
|
117,648
|
|
|
|
1,513,580
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,395,932
|
|
|
|
|
|
201 Post Street, Suite 1100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
San Francisco, CA 94108
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent (1%) of
the outstanding common stock. |
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes 3,985,738 shares held by The Valenti Living Trust
of which Mr. Valenti and his wife, Terri Valenti, are
co-trustees, 2,240,000 shares held by DJ & TL
Valenti Investments, LP, of which The Valenti |
103
|
|
|
|
|
Living Trust is the general partner, and 6,905 shares held
by Mr. Valenti and his immediate family members. Each of
Mr. Valenti and Terri Valenti have voting and investment power
with respect to the shares held by The Valenti Living Trust and
share beneficial ownership in such shares. Each of Mr. Valenti
and Terri Valenti also have voting and investment power with
respect to the shares held by DJ and TL Valenti Investments, LP,
through their control as co-trustees of the general partner, The
Valenti Living Trust. Also includes stock options exercisable
for 160,832 shares of our common stock within 60 days
of December 31, 2009. Mr. Valenti, as trustee of The
Valenti Living Trust, has granted the underwriters an option to
purchase up to 300,000 shares of common stock to cover
over-allotments, if any. |
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Consists of 5,561,627 shares held by SPVC V, LLC and
121,324 shares held by SPVC Affiliates Fund I, LLC.
Split Rock Partners, LLC, together with Vestbridge Partners,
LLC, is the manager of SPVC V, LLC and SPVC Affiliates
Fund I, LLC, however, voting and investment power are
delegated solely to Split Rock Partners, LLC. Michael Gorman,
James Simons, David Stassen and Allan Will, as managing
directors of Split Rock Partners, LLC, share voting and
investment power with respect to the shares held by SPVC V,
LLC and SPVC Affiliates Fund I, LLC and disclaim beneficial
ownership of such shares except to the extent of any pecuniary
interest therein. SPVC V, LLC and SPVC Affiliates Fund I, LLC
have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to
244,663 and 5,337 shares of common stock, respectively, to cover
over-allotments, if any. |
|
|
|
(3) |
|
Consists of 3,509,543 shares held by Sutter Hill Ventures,
LP, 104,764 shares held by Sutter Hill Entrepreneurs Fund
(QP), LP and 41,374 shares held by Sutter Hill
Entrepreneurs Fund (AI), LP. Gregory Sands, David L. Anderson,
G. Leonard Baker, Jr., Jeffrey W. Bird, Tench Coxe,
James C. Gaither, Andrew T. Sheehan, Michael L. Speiser, David
E. Sweet, James N. White and William H. Younger, Jr. share
voting and investment power over these shares and disclaim
beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of any
pecuniary interest therein. |
|
|
|
(4) |
|
Consists of 1,493,068 shares held by Granite Global
Ventures III L.P., 1,114,187 shares held by Granite
Global Ventures II L.P., 36,401 shares held by
GGV III Entrepreneurs Fund L.P. and 23,319 shares held
by GGV II Entrepreneurs Fund L.P. Granite Global
Ventures III L.L.C. is the General Partner of Granite
Global Ventures III L.P. and GGV III Entrepreneurs
Fund L.P. Mr. Solomon, Mr. Ng, Mr. Nada,
Mr. Bonham, Mr. Foo, Ms. Lee, Mr. Zhan and
Ms. Jin share voting and investment authority over the
shares held by Granite Global Ventures III L.P. and GGV III
Entrepreneurs Fund L.P., and disclaim beneficial ownership
of such shares except to the extent of any pecuniary interest
therein. Granite Global Ventures II L.L.C. is the General
Partner of Granite Global Ventures II L.P. and GGV II
Entrepreneurs Fund L.P. Mr. Solomon, Mr. Ng, Mr.
Nada, Mr. Bonham, Mr. Foo and Ms. Lee share
voting and investement power over the shares held by Granite
Global Ventures II L.P. and GGV Entrepreneurs
Fund L.P., and disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares
except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. |
|
|
|
(5) |
|
The sole general partner of W Capital Partners II, L.P. is WCP
GP II, L.P. and the sole general partner of WCP GP II, L.P. is
WCP GP II, LLC. The managing members of WCP GP II, LLC exercise
voting and investment power over securities held by W Capital
Partners II, L.P. The managing members of WCP GP II, LLC are
Stephen Wertheimer, David Wachter and Robert Migliorino, each of
whom disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities held by W
Capital Partners II, L.P., except to the extent of any pecuniary
interest therein. W Capital Partners II, L.P. has
granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to
120,000 shares of common stock to cover
over-allotments,
if any. |
|
|
|
(6) |
|
Consists of 904,937 shares held by Catterton Partners IV,
L.P., 762,885 shares held by Catterton Partners IV
Offshore, L.P., 317,263 shares held by Catterton Partners
IV-A, L.P., 26,695 shares held by Catterton
Partners IV Special Purpose, L.P. and 22,119 shares
held by Catterton Partners IV-B, L.P. Catterton Managing Partner
IV, L.L.C. is the general partner of Catterton Partners IV,
L.P., Catterton Partners IV-A, L.P. and Catterton Partners IV-B,
L.P. and the managing general partner of Catterton Partners IV
Special Purpose, L.P. and Catterton Partners IV Offshore, L.P.
CP4 Principals, L.L.C. is the Managing Member of Catterton
Managing Partner IV, L.L.C. CP4 Principals is managed by a
managing board. The members of the managing board are J. Michael
Chu and Scott A. Dahnke. These individuals disclaim beneficial
ownership of such shares except to the extent of any pecuniary
interest therein. Catterton Partners IV, L.P., Catterton
Partners IV Offshore, L.P., Catterton
Partners IV-A,
L.P., Catterton Partners IV Special Purpose, L.P. and
Catterton
Partners IV-B,
L.P. have granted the underwriters an |
104
|
|
|
|
|
option to purchase up to 111,232, 93,771, 38,997, 3,281 and
2,719 shares of common stock, respectively, to cover
over-allotments,
if any. |
|
|
|
(7) |
|
Consists of 642,226 shares held by Partech International
Growth II LLC, 513,783 shares held by Partech
International Growth III LLC, 385,866 shares held by
Partech U.S. Partners IV LLC, 128,446 shares held by
Partech International Growth I LLC, 205,513 shares
held by AXA Growth Capital II L.P., 25,689 shares held
by Double Black Diamond II LLC and 12,097 shares held
by PAR SF II LLC. Vincent Worms has sole voting and
investment authority over all such shares. Mr. Worms
disclaims beneficial ownership of all such shares except to the
extent of any pecuniary interest therein. |
|
|
|
(8) |
|
Includes 4,760 shares held in a trust for the benefit of
Ms. Syieks stepdaughter for which Ms. Syiek is
the custodian. Also includes stock options exercisable for
817,976 shares of our common stock within 60 days of
December 31, 2009. |
|
|
|
(9) |
|
Represents stock options exercisable for shares of our common
stock within 60 days of December 31, 2009. |
|
|
|
(10) |
|
Includes stock options exercisable for 472,279 shares of
our common stock within 60 days of December 31, 2009. |
|
|
|
(11) |
|
Includes stock options exercisable for 568,228 shares of
our common stock within 60 days of December 31, 2009. |
|
|
|
(12) |
|
Includes stock options exercisable for 200,000 shares of
our common stock within 60 days of December 31, 2009. |
|
|
|
(13) |
|
Includes 14,000 shares held in a family trust of which
Mr. McDonald is a trustee. Also, includes stock options
exercisable for 200,000 shares of our common stock within
60 days of December 31, 2009. |
|
|
|
(14) |
|
Includes 77,612 shares held in family trusts for which
Mr. Sands and his spouse are trustees, 6,785 shares
held in a charitable remainder unitrust for which Mr. Sands
is the trustee and 14,912 shares held in irrevocable trusts for
the benefit of Mr. Sands minor children. Also
includes 3,509,543 shares held by Sutter Hill Ventures, LP,
104,764 shares held by Sutter Hill Entrepreneurs Fund (QP),
LP and 41,374 shares held by Sutter Hill Entrepreneurs Fund
(AI), LP. Mr. Sands is a Managing Director of Sutter Hill
Ventures. Mr. Sands disclaims beneficial ownership of the
shares held by Sutter Hill Ventures except to the extent of his
proportionate pecuniary interest therein. Also includes stock
options exercisable for 25,000 shares of our common stock
within 60 days of December 31, 2009. |
|
|
|
(15) |
|
Includes 5,561,627 shares held by SPVC V, LLC and
121,324 shares held by SPVC Affiliates Fund I, LLC.
Mr. Simons is a Managing Director of Split Rock Partners
LLC, the manager of SPVC V, LLC and SPVC Affiliates
Fund I, LLC. Mr. Simons, together with
Mr. Gorman, Mr. Stassen and Mr. Will share voting
and investment power with respect to the shares held by
SPVC V, LLC and SPVC Affiliates Fund I, LLC. These
funds have granted the underwriters an option to purchase an
aggregate of 250,000 shares of common stock to cover our
allotments, if any, as referenced in footnote 2 above.
Mr. Simons disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares
except to the extent of his proportionate pecuniary interest
therein. Also includes stock options exercisable for
25,000 shares of our common stock within 60 days of
December 31, 2009. |
|
|
|
(16) |
|
Includes 1,493,068 shares held by Granite Global
Ventures III L.P., 1,114,187 shares held by Granite
Global Ventures II L.P., 36,401 shares held by
GGV III Entrepreneurs Fund L.P. and 23,319 shares held
by GGV II Entrepreneurs Fund L.P. Mr. Solomon is a
Managing Director of Granite Global Ventures III L.L.C., the
General Partner of Granite Global Ventures III L.P. and GGV
III Entrepreneurs Fund L.P. He is also a Managing Director of
Granite Global Ventures II, L.L.C., the General Partner of
Granite Global Ventures II L.P. and GGV II Entrepreneurs Fund
L.P. Mr. Solomon, Mr. Ng, Mr. Nada,
Mr. Bonham, Mr. Foo, Ms. Lee, Mr. Zhuo and
Ms. Jin share voting and investment authority over the
shares held by Granite Global Ventures III L.P. and GGV III
Entrepreneurs Fund L.P. Mr. Solomon, Mr. Ng,
Mr. Nada, Mr. Bonham, Mr. Foo and Ms. Lee
share voting and investment authority over the shares held by
Granite Global Ventures II L.P. and GGV II Entrepreneurs Fund
L.P. Mr. Solomon disclaims beneficial ownership of these
shares except to the extent of his proportionate pecuniary
interest therein. Does not include a maximum of 34,257 shares
held by entities affiliated with Partech International.
Mr. Solomon was |
105
|
|
|
|
|
associated with Partech International prior to joining GGV
Capital. These shares represent Mr. Solomons maximum
pecuniary interest in the shares held by entities affiliated
with Partech International. Mr. Solomon has no voting or
investment authority over these shares. Also includes stock
options exercisable for 25,000 shares of our common stock
within 60 days of December 31, 2009. |
|
|
|
(17) |
|
Includes 3,900 shares held in a family trust for which
Mr. Stalder is the trustee. Also includes stock options
exercisable for 200,000 shares of our common stock within
60 days of December 31, 2009. |
|
|
|
(18) |
|
Includes stock options exercisable for an aggregate for shares
of our common stock within 60 days of December 31,
2009 that are held by our directors and officers as a group. |
|
|
|
(19) |
|
Includes 117,648 shares held by Venture Strategy Partners,
1,320,000 shares held by Venture Strategy Partners II
L.P. and 75,932 shares held by Venture Strategy Affiliate
Fund L.P. Venture Strategy Partners has granted the
underwriters an option to purchase up to 117,648 shares of
common stock to cover
over-allotments,
if any. |
106
DESCRIPTION
OF CAPITAL STOCK
General
Upon the completion of this offering, our amended and restated
certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue up to
100,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value
per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock,
$0.001 par value per share. The following information
reflects the filing of our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation and the conversion of all outstanding shares of
our preferred stock into shares of common stock immediately
prior to the completion of this offering.
As of December 31, 2009, there were outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
34,912,597 shares of common stock held by approximately 304
stockholders of record; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,491,017 shares of common stock issuable upon the
exercise of outstanding stock options pursuant to our 2008
Equity Incentive Plan and having a weighted average exercise
price of $9.3494 per share.
|
All of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock and
convertible preferred stock are duly authorized, validly issued,
fully paid and non-assessable. Our shares of common stock are
not redeemable and, following the closing of this offering, will
not have preemptive rights.
The following description of our capital stock and provisions of
our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and
amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified by
reference to the amended and restated certificate of
incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws that will be
in effect upon the completion of this offering. Copies of these
documents will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to our
registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part.
The descriptions of the common stock and preferred stock reflect
changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the
closing of this offering.
Common
Stock
Dividend Rights. Subject to preferences that
may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock,
holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends,
if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of
directors out of legally available funds.
Voting Rights. Each holder of our common stock
is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted
to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of
directors. Our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights
in the election of directors. Accordingly, holders of a majority
of the voting shares are able to elect all of the directors.
Liquidation. In the event of our liquidation,
dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock will be
entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available
for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our
debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any
liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then
outstanding shares of preferred stock.
Rights and Preferences. Holders of our common
stock have no preemptive, conversion, subscription or other
rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions
applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences and
privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to and
may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of
shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may
designate in the future.
Preferred
Stock
Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors
will have the authority, without further action by our
stockholders, to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred
stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences,
privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences
and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights,
voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences,
sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any
series or the designation of such series, any or all of which
may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of
our preferred stock could adversely affect
107
the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood
that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments
upon liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock
could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a
change of control of our company or other corporate action. Upon
the completion of this offering, no shares of preferred stock
will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any
shares of preferred stock.
Registration
Rights
Demand Registration Rights. After
180 days following the completion of this offering (subject
to extension under certain circumstances), the holders of
approximately 21,176,533 shares of our common stock will be
entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time, the
holders of a majority of such shares can, on not more than one
occasion in any
12-month
period, request that we register all or a portion of their
shares. If we are eligible to register such demand registration
on
Form S-3,
the request for registration must cover that at least that
number of shares with an anticipated gross aggregate offering
price of at least $1,000,000. If we are able to register the
sale of shares pursuant to these demand rights on
Form S-1
but not
Form S-3,
the request for registration must either cover at least 20% of
the unregistered common shares issued upon conversion of or
otherwise in exchange for former preferred shares or cover at
least that number of shares with an anticipated gross aggregate
offering price of at least $5,000,000. If we determine that it
would be seriously detrimental to our stockholders to effect
such a demand registration and it is essential to defer such
registration, we have the right to defer such registration, not
more than once in any one-year period, for a period of up to
120 days.
Piggyback Registration Rights. After the
completion of this offering, in the event that we propose to
register any of our securities under the Securities Act, either
for our own account or for the account of other security
holders, the holders of approximately 21,176,533 shares of
our common stock will be entitled to certain
piggyback registration rights allowing the holder to
include their shares in such registration, subject to certain
marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we
propose to file a registration statement under the Securities
Act, other than with respect to a registration related to
employee benefit plans or corporate reorganizations, the holders
of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and
have the right, subject to limitations that the underwriters may
impose on the number of shares included in the registration, to
include their shares in the registration.
Other Terms. We will pay the registration
expenses of the holders of the shares registered pursuant to the
demand and piggyback registrations described above. In an
underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the
right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of
shares such holders may include.
The demand and piggyback registration rights described above
will expire, with respect to any particular stockholder, the
earlier of three years after our initial public offering or when
that stockholder can sell all of its shares under Rule 144
of the Securities Act during any three-month period and such
stockholder owns less than two percent of our outstanding stock.
None of the demand or piggyback registration rights described
above are applicable to this offering.
Anti-Takeover
Provisions
Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws to be in Effect Upon
the Completion of this Offering. Our amended and
restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the
completion of this offering will provide for our board of
directors to be divided into three classes with staggered
three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at
each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes
continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year
terms. Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting
rights, stockholders holding a majority of the shares of common
stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and
amended and restated bylaws to be effective upon the completion
of this offering will also provide that all stockholder actions
must be effected at a duly called meeting of stockholders and
not by a consent in writing, and that only our board of
directors,
108
chairman of the board, chief executive officer or the board of
directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the
total number of authorized directors may call a special meeting
of stockholders.
The foregoing provisions will make it more difficult for our
existing stockholders to replace our board of directors, as well
as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our
board of directors. Since our board of directors has the power
to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could
also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another
party to effect a change in management. In addition, the
authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible
for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting
or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of
any attempt to change our control.
These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of
continued stability in the composition of our board of directors
and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions
that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of us.
These provisions are also designed to reduce our vulnerability
to an unsolicited acquisition proposal and to discourage certain
tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such
provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from
making tender offers for our shares and may have the effect of
deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in our control
or management. As a consequence, these provisions also may
inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock that could
result from actual or rumored takeover attempts.
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation
Law. Upon the completion of this offering, we
will be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from
engaging in any business combination with any interested
stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such
stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following
exceptions:
|
|
|
|
|
before such date, the board of directors of the corporation
approved either the business combination or the transaction that
resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
|
|
|
|
upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the
stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested
stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the
corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began,
excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock
outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the
interested stockholder) those shares owned (i) by persons
who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock
plans in which employee participants do not have the right to
determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan
will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or
|
|
|
|
on or after such date, the business combination is approved by
the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special
meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the
affirmative vote of at least
662/3%
of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the
interested stockholder.
|
In general, Section 203 defines business combination to
include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the
interested stockholder;
|
|
|
|
any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more
of the assets of the corporation involving the interested
stockholder;
|
|
|
|
subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in
the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the
corporation to the interested stockholder;
|
|
|
|
any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of
increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or
series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested
stockholder; or
|
|
|
|
the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any
loss, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits
by or through the corporation.
|
In general, Section 203 defines an interested
stockholder as an entity or person who, together with the
persons affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or
within three years prior to the time of determination of
interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the
outstanding voting stock of the corporation.
109
Contractual
Obligations
Under our credit facility, most change of control transactions
will require repayment of all indebtedness under the credit
facility.
Limitations
of Liability and Indemnification
See Executive Compensation Limitation of
Liability and Indemnification.
NASDAQ
Global Market Listing
We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on
The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol QNST.
Transfer
Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is
expected to be BNY Mellon Shareowner Services after the
completion of this offering.
110
SHARES ELIGIBLE
FOR FUTURE SALE
Immediately prior to this offering, there has been no public
market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts
of shares of our common stock in the public market could
adversely affect prevailing market prices. Furthermore, since
only a limited number of shares will be available for sale
shortly after this offering because of contractual and legal
restrictions on resale described below, sales of substantial
amounts of common stock in the public market after the
restrictions lapse could adversely affect the prevailing market
price for our common stock, as well as our ability to raise
equity capital in the future.
Based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of
December 31, 2009, upon the completion of this
offering, shares
of our common stock will be outstanding, assuming no exercise of
the underwriters over-allotment option and no exercise of
options.
All shares
of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable
unless held by one of our affiliates, as that term is defined in
Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
The remaining 34,912,597 shares of our common stock
outstanding after this offering are restricted securities as
such term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act
or are subject to
lock-up
agreements as described below. Following the expiration of the
lock-up
period, restricted securities may be sold in the public market
only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from
registration under Rule 144 or 701 promulgated under the
Securities Act, described in greater detail below. The
34,912,597 shares will generally become available for sale
in the public market as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
substantially all of such shares will be subject to lock-up
agreements and will not be eligible for immediate sale upon the
completion of this offering;
|
|
|
|
|
|
all such restricted shares will be eligible for sale under
Rule 144 or Rule 701 upon expiration of
lock-up
agreements at least 180 days after the date of this
offering, provided that certain shares held by affiliates will
be subject to the volume limitations described below.
|
Rule 144
In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted
shares of our common stock for at least six months would be
entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such
person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the
time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a
sale and (ii) we are subject to and compliant with the
Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least
90 days before the sale. In addition, under Rule 144,
any person who is not an affiliate of ours, has not been an
affiliate of ours during the preceding three months and has held
their shares for at least one year, including the holding period
of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be
entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares immediately upon
the closing of this offering without regard to whether current
public information about us is available. Persons who have
beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at
least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or
any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, would be
subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would
be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number
of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding,
which will equal
approximately shares
immediately after this offering, assuming no exercise of the
underwriters over-allotment option, based on the number of
shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31,
2009; or
|
|
|
|
|
|
the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on The
NASDAQ Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding
the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale;
|
provided, in each case, that we are subject to the
Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least
90 days before the sale. Such sales both by affiliates and
by non-affiliates must also comply with the manner of sale,
current public information and notice provisions of
Rule 144.
111
Rule 701
Rule 701 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date
of this prospectus, permits resales of shares in reliance upon
Rule 144 but without compliance with certain restrictions
of Rule 144, including the holding period requirement. Most
of our employees, executive officers, directors or consultants
who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or
contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of
Rule 701, but all holders of Rule 701 shares are
required to wait until 90 days after the date of this
prospectus before selling their shares. However, substantially
all Rule 701 shares are subject to
lock-up
agreements as described below and under Underwriting
and will become eligible for sale at the expiration of those
agreements.
Lock-Up
Agreements
We, along with our officers and directors and most of our other
stockholders and optionholders, have agreed that, subject to
certain exceptions we and they will not offer, sell, contract to
sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly,
any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or
exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock,
enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or
enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers,
in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of
ownership of our common stock, whether any of these transactions
are to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other
securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the
intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to
enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement,
without, in each case, the prior written consent of each of
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce,
Fenner & Smith Incorporated and J.P. Morgan
Securities Inc., for a period of 180 days after the date of
this prospectus. However, in the event that either
(1) during the last 17 days of the
lock-up
period, we release earnings results or announce material news or
a material event relating to us or (2) prior to the
expiration of the
lock-up
period, we announce that we will release earnings results during
the 16-day
period beginning on the last day of the
lock-up
period, then, in either case, the expiration of the
lock-up
will be extended until the expiration of the
18-day
period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings
results or the announcement of the material news or event, as
applicable, unless each of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC,
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. waives, in writing, such an
extension.
Registration
Rights
After 180 days following the completion of this offering
(subject to extension in certain circumstances), the holders of
21,176,533 shares of common stock will be entitled to
rights with respect to the registration of their shares under
the Securities Act, subject to the
lock-up
arrangement described above. Registration of these shares under
the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely
tradable without restriction under the Securities Act (except
for shares held by affiliates) immediately upon the
effectiveness of this registration. Any sales of securities by
these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the
trading price of our common stock. See Description of
Capital Stock Registration Rights. None of the
registration rights described above are applicable to this
offering.
Equity
Incentive Plans
We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement under
the Securities Act covering the shares of our common stock
reserved for issuance under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, our
2010 Equity Incentive Plan and our 2010 Non-Employee
Directors Stock Award Plan. The registration statement is
expected to be filed and become effective as soon as practicable
after the completion of this offering. Accordingly, shares
registered under the registration statement will be available
for sale in the open market following its effective date,
subject to the
180-day
lock-up
arrangement described above, if applicable.
112
MATERIAL
U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
FOR NON-U.S.
HOLDERS
The following is a general discussion of the material
U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and
disposition of our common stock to a
non-U.S. holder
that acquires our common stock pursuant to this offering. For
the purpose of this discussion, a
non-U.S. holder
is any beneficial owner of our common stock that, for
U.S. federal income tax purposes, is not a partnership or
U.S. person. For purposes of this discussion, the term
U.S. person means:
|
|
|
|
|
an individual who is a citizen or resident of the U.S.;
|
|
|
|
a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created
or organized under the laws of the U.S. or any political
subdivision thereof;
|
|
|
|
an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income
tax regardless of its source; or
|
|
|
|
a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary
supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more
U.S. persons who have the authority to control all
substantial decisions of the trust or (y) which has in
effect a valid election to be treated a U.S. person.
|
If a partnership (or an entity or arrangement treated as a
partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our
common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally
depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of
the partnership. Accordingly, we urge partnerships that hold our
common stock and partners in such partnerships to consult their
tax advisors.
This discussion assumes that a
non-U.S. holder
will hold our common stock issued pursuant to this offering as a
capital asset (generally, property held for investment). This
discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal
income taxation that may be relevant in light of a
non-U.S. holders
special tax status or special tax situations. Certain former
citizens or residents of the U.S., life insurance companies,
tax-exempt organizations, dealers in securities or currency,
banks or other financial institutions and investors that hold
common stock as part of a hedge, straddle, conversion
transaction, synthetic security or other integrated investment
are among those categories of potential investors that are
subject to special rules not covered in this discussion. This
discussion does not address any tax consequences arising under
the laws of any state, local or
non-U.S. taxing
jurisdiction. Furthermore, the following discussion is based on
current provisions of the Code and Treasury Regulations and
administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as in
effect on the date hereof, and all of which are subject to
change, possibly with retroactive effect. Accordingly, we urge
each
non-U.S. holder
to consult a tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal, state,
local and
non-U.S. income
and other tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing
of shares of our common stock.
Dividends
We have not paid any dividends on our common stock and we do not
plan to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. However, if
we do pay dividends on our common stock, those payments will
constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent
paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as
determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the
extent those dividends exceed our current and accumulated
earnings and profits, the dividends will constitute a return of
capital and will first reduce a holders adjusted tax basis
in the common stock, but not below zero, and then will be
treated as gain from the sale of the common stock.
Dividends paid (out of earnings and profits) to a
non-U.S. holder
of common stock generally will be subject to
U.S. withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross
amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by
an applicable tax treaty. To receive a reduced rate of
withholding under a tax treaty, a
non-U.S. holder
must provide us with an IRS
Form W-8BEN
or other appropriate version of
Form W-8
certifying qualification for the reduced rate.
113
Dividends received by a
non-U.S. holder
that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or
business conducted by the
non-U.S. holder
(and, if required by an applicable tax treaty, that are
attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment) generally
are not subject to withholding tax, provided certain
certifications are met. Such effectively connected dividends,
net of certain deductions and credits, are taxed at the
graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to
U.S. persons. To claim an exemption from withholding
because the dividends are effectively connected within a
U.S. trade or business of the
non-U.S. holder,
the
non-U.S. holder
must provide a properly executed IRS
Form W-8ECI,
or such successor form as the IRS designates prior to the
payment of dividends. In addition to the graduated tax described
above, dividends that are effectively connected with a
U.S. trade or business of a corporate
non-U.S. holder
may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or
such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable tax treaty.
A
non-U.S. holder
of common stock may obtain a refund or credit of any excess
amounts withheld if an appropriate claim for refund is timely
filed with the IRS.
Gain on
Disposition of Common Stock
Subject to the discussion below under Backup Withholding
and Information Reporting, a
non-U.S. holder
generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or
withholding tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other
disposition of our common stock unless:
|
|
|
|
|
the gain is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or
business of the
non-U.S. holder,
and, if an applicable tax treaty so requires, is attributable to
a U.S. permanent establishment maintained by such
non-U.S. holder;
|
|
|
|
the
non-U.S. holder
is an individual who is present in the U.S. for a period or
periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar
year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other
conditions are met; or
|
|
|
|
our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest
by reason of our status as a U.S. real property
holding corporation for U.S. federal income tax
purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period
preceding the disposition or the holders holding period
for our common stock. We believe that we are not currently, and
that we will not become, a U.S. real property holding
corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
|
Unless an applicable tax treaty provides otherwise, gain
described in the first bullet point above will be subject to
U.S. federal income tax on a net basis at the graduated
U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to
U.S. persons and, in the case of
non-U.S. corporate
holders, a branch profits tax may also apply. Gain
described in the second bullet point above (which may be offset
by certain U.S. source capital losses) will be subject to a
flat 30% U.S. federal income tax or such lower rate as may
be specified by an applicable tax treaty.
If we were to become a U.S. real property holding
corporation at any time during the applicable period described
in the third bullet point above, any gain recognized on a
disposition of our common stock by a
non-U.S. holder
would be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the
graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to
U.S. persons if either (i) the
non-U.S. holder
owned (directly, indirectly or constructively) more than 5% of
our common stock during such applicable period or (ii) our
common stock were not regularly traded on an established
securities market (within the meaning of
Section 897(c)(3) of the Code) at any time during the
calendar year of the disposition. We believe that our stock will
be treated as so traded.
Backup
Withholding and Information Reporting
Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of
dividends paid, the name and address of the recipient, and the
amount, if any, of tax withheld. A similar report is sent to the
non-U.S. holder.
Pursuant to
114
tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make its reports
available to tax authorities in the recipients country of
residence.
Payments of dividends made to a
non-U.S. holder
may be subject to backup withholding (currently at a rate of
28%), and the proceeds from the disposition of our common stock
may be subject to backup withholding and information reporting,
unless the
non-U.S. holder
establishes an exemption, for example, by properly certifying
its
non-U.S. status
on a
Form W-8BEN
or another appropriate version of
Form W-8.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if
either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to
know, that the beneficial owner is a U.S. person.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the
U.S. income tax liability of persons subject to backup
withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If
withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be
obtained, provided that the required information is timely
furnished to the IRS.
115
UNDERWRITERS
Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an
underwriting agreement
dated ,
2010, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters named below,
for whom Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Merrill Lynch,
Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. are acting as representatives,
the following respective numbers of shares of common stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
|
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
|
|
|
|
|
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
|
|
|
|
|
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are
obligated to purchase all the shares of common stock in the
offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered
by the over-allotment option described below. The underwriting
agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the
purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be
increased or the offering may be terminated.
We have granted to the underwriters a
30-day
option to purchase up
to
additional shares and the selling stockholders have granted the
underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up
to
additional shares at the initial public offering price less the
underwriting discounts and commissions. If the selling
stockholders fail for any reason to sell that number of shares
to be sold by such selling stockholders upon exercise of their
over-allotment option, we have agreed to issue additional shares
of our common stock to cover any such unsold shares. The option
may be exercised only to cover any over-allotments of common
stock. Upon any partial exercise of this option, the
underwriters will first purchase shares from the selling
stockholders, pro-rata to each such stockholders aggregate
commitment, and the underwriters will only purchase shares from
us pursuant to this option once all shares offered by the
selling stockholders are sold. If any shares are purchased
pursuant to this option, the underwriters will purchase such
shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the
table above.
The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock
initially at the public offering price on the cover page of this
prospectus and to selling group members at that price less a
selling concession of $ per share.
The underwriters and selling group members may allow a discount
of $ per share on sales to other
broker/dealers. After the initial public offering, the
representatives may change the public offering price and
concession and discount to broker/dealers.
The following table summarizes the compensation and estimated
expenses we will pay:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Without
|
|
With
|
|
Without
|
|
With
|
|
|
Over-Allotment
|
|
Over-Allotment
|
|
Over-Allotment
|
|
Over-Allotment
|
|
Underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Expenses payable by us
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Underwriting discounts and commissions payable by the selling
stockholders
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Expenses payable by the selling stockholders
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Qatalyst Partners LP is acting as our financial advisor in
connection with the offering. Qatalysts services consist
of (i) analyzing our business, condition and financial
position, (ii) preparing and implementing a plan for
identifying and selecting appropriate participants in the
underwriting syndicate, (iii) evaluating proposals that
were received from potential underwriters, (iv) negotiating
on our behalf the key terms of any contractual arrangements with
members of the underwriting syndicate, and (v) determining
various offering logistics.
116
Qatalyst is not acting as an underwriter and will not sell or
offer to sell any securities and will not identify, solicit or
engage directly with potential investors. In addition, Qatalyst
will not underwrite or purchase any of the offered securities or
otherwise participate in any such undertaking.
The underwriters have agreed to reimburse us for a portion of
our out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the offering in
the amount of
$ ,
representing the fees we have agreed to pay Qatalyst for acting
as our financial advisor.
The underwriters have informed us that they do not expect sales
to accounts over which the underwriters have discretionary
authority to exceed 5% of the shares of common stock being
offered.
We, along with our officers and directors and most of our other
stockholders and optionholders, have agreed that, subject to
certain exceptions we and they will not offer, sell, contract to
sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly,
any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or
exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock,
enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or
enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers,
in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of
ownership of our common stock, whether any of these transactions
are to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other
securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the
intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to
enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement,
without, in each case, the prior written consent of each of the
representatives for a period of 180 days after the date of
this prospectus. However, in the event that either
(1) during the last 17 days of the
lock-up
period, we release earnings results or announce material news or
a material event relating to us or (2) prior to the
expiration of the
lock-up
period, we announce that we will release earnings results during
the 16-day
period beginning on the last day of the
lock-up
period, then in either case the expiration of the
lock-up
will be extended until the expiration of the
18-day
period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings
results or the announcement of the material news or event, as
applicable, unless each of the representatives waives, in
writing, such an extension.
We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the
underwriters against liabilities under the Securities Act, or
contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to
make in that respect.
We have applied to list the shares of common stock on The NASDAQ
Global Market under the symbol QNST.
Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates may
have from time to time performed and may in the future perform
various financial advisory, commercial banking and investment
banking services for us in the ordinary course of business, for
which they received or will receive customary fees. In addition,
affiliates of the representatives are lenders under our bank
credit facility.
Prior to the offering, there has been no market for our common
stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by
negotiation between us and the underwriters and will not
necessarily reflect the market price of the common stock
following the offering. The principal factors that will be
considered in determining the initial public offering price will
include:
|
|
|
|
|
the information presented in this prospectus and otherwise
available to the underwriters;
|
|
|
|
the history of and the prospects for the industry in which we
compete;
|
|
|
|
the ability of our management;
|
|
|
|
the prospects for our future earnings;
|
|
|
|
the present state of our development and our current financial
condition;
|
|
|
|
the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly-traded
common stock of generally comparable companies; and
|
|
|
|
the general condition of the securities markets at the time of
the offering.
|
We offer no assurances that the initial public offering price
will correspond to the price at which our common stock will
trade in the public market subsequent to the offering or that an
active trading market for the common stock will develop and
continue after the offering.
117
In connection with the offering, the underwriters may engage in
stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate
covering transactions, penalty bids and passive market making in
accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.
|
|
|
|
|
Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying
security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a
specified maximum.
|
|
|
|
Over-allotment involves sales by the underwriters of shares in
excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to
purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short
position may be either a covered short position or a naked short
position. In a covered short position, the number of shares
over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number
of shares that they may purchase in the over-allotment option.
In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is
greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option.
The underwriters may close out any covered short position by
either exercising their over-allotment option
and/or
purchasing shares in the open market.
|
|
|
|
Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common
stock in the open market after the distribution has been
completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In
determining the source of shares to close out the short
position, the underwriters will consider, among other things,
the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as
compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through
the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares
than could be covered by the over-allotment option, a naked
short position, the position can only be closed out by buying
shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely
to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could
be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open
market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who
purchase in the offering.
|
|
|
|
Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling
concession from a syndicate member when the common stock
originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a
stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate
short positions.
|
|
|
|
In passive market making, market makers in the common stock who
are underwriters or prospective underwriters may, subject to
limitations, make bids for or purchases of our common stock
until the time, if any, at which a stabilizing bid is made.
|
These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions
and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining
the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding
a decline in the market price of the common stock. As a result
the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that
might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may
be effected on The NASDAQ Global Market or otherwise and, if
commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the
websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters, or
selling group members, if any, participating in this offering,
and one or more of the underwriters participating in this
offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The
representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to
underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online
brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be
allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that
will make Internet distributions on the same basis as other
allocations.
Selling
Restrictions
Notice
to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area / United
Kingdom
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area
which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each referred to
as a Relevant Member State, from and including the date on which
the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member
State (the Relevant Implementation Date), an offer to the public
of any shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated
by this prospectus may not be made in that Relevant Member
State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant
Member State of any shares
118
may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the
Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that
Relevant Member State with effect from and including the
Relevant Implementation Date:
(a) to legal entities which are authorised or regulated to
operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorised or
regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in
securities;
(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of
(1) an average of at least 250 employees during the
last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than
43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more
than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or
consolidated accounts;
(c) by the underwriters to fewer than 100 natural or legal
persons (other than qualified investors as defined
in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior
consent of the underwriter representatives for any such
offer; or
(d) in any other circumstances falling within
Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no
such offer of shares shall result in a requirement for the
publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to
Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.
Any person making or intending to make any offer within the
European Economic Area of the shares which are the subject of
the offering contemplated in this prospectus should only do so
in circumstances in which no obligation arises for us, the
selling stockholders or any of the book-running managers to
produce a prospectus for such offer. Neither we, the selling
stockholders nor the book-running managers have authorised, nor
do we or they authorize, the making of any offer of shares
through any financial intermediary, other than offers made by
the underwriters which constitute the final offering of shares
contemplated in this prospectus.
For the purposes of this provision, and the buyers
representation below, the expression an offer to the
public in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member
State means the communication in any form and by any means of
sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares
to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase
any shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member
State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in
that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus
Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any
relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
Buyers
Representation
Each person in a Relevant Member State who receives any
communication in respect of, or who acquires any shares which
are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus
under, the offers contemplated in this prospectus will be deemed
to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with each
underwriter and us that:
(a) it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the
law in that Relevant Member State implementing
Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive; and
(b) in the case of any shares acquired by it as a financial
intermediary, as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the
Prospectus Directive, (i) the shares acquired by it in the
offering have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been
acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any
Relevant Member State other than qualified investors
as defined in the Prospectus Directive, or in circumstances in
which the prior consent of the underwriter representatives has
been given to the offer or resale; or (ii) where shares
have been acquired by it on behalf of persons in any Relevant
Member State other than qualified investors, the offer of those
shares to it is not treated under the Prospectus Directive as
having been made to such persons.
Notice
to Prospective Investors in Switzerland
This document, as well as any other material relating to the
shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by
this prospectus, do not constitute an issue prospectus pursuant
to Article 652a
and/or 1156
of the Swiss Code of Obligations. The shares will not be listed
on the SIX Swiss Exchange and, therefore, the documents relating
to the shares, including, but not limited to, this document, do
not claim to comply with the
119
disclosure standards of the listing rules of SIX Swiss Exchange
and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing
rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange.
The shares are being offered in Switzerland by way of a private
placement, i.e., to a small number of selected investors only,
without any public offer and only to investors who do not
purchase shares with the intention to distribute them to the
public. The investors will be individually approached by us from
time to time. This document, as well as any other material
relating to the shares, is personal and confidential and does
not constitute an offer to any other person. This document may
only be used by those investors to whom it has been handed out
in connection with the offering described herein and may neither
directly nor indirectly be distributed or made available to
other persons without our express consent. It may not be used in
connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be
copied
and/or
distributed to the public in (or from) Switzerland.
Notice
to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial
Centre
This document relates to an exempt offer in accordance with the
Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services
Authority. This document is intended for distribution only to
persons of a type specified in those rules. It must not be
delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The Dubai
Financial Services Authority has no responsibility for reviewing
or verifying any documents in connection with exempt offers. The
Dubai Financial Services Authority has not approved this
document nor taken steps to verify the information set out in
it, and has no responsibility for it. The shares which are the
subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may be
illiquid
and/or
subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers
of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on
the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this
document, you should consult an authorised financial adviser.
120
LEGAL
MATTERS
Certain legal matters with respect to the legality of the
issuance of the shares of common stock offered by us by this
prospectus will be passed upon for us by Cooley Godward Kronish
LLP, San Francisco, California. GC&H Investments LLC,
an investment fund affiliated with Cooley Godward Kronish LLP,
owns shares of our convertible preferred stock, which will
convert into an aggregate of 36,671 shares of our common
stock upon the completion of this offering. The underwriters are
being represented by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, Menlo
Park, California, in connection with the offering.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2008
and 2009, and for each of the three years in the period ended
June 30, 2009, included in this prospectus have been so
included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers
LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on
the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
WHERE YOU
CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on
Form S-1
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to
this offering of our common stock. This prospectus, which
constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not
contain all of the information set forth in the registration
statement, some items of which are contained in exhibits to the
registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations
of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our
common stock offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the
registration statement, including the exhibits and the
consolidated financial statements and notes filed as a part of
the registration statement. Statements contained in this
prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other
document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each
instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other
document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each
of these statements is qualified in all respects by this
reference.
The exhibits to the registration statement should be referenced
for the complete contents of these contracts and documents. You
may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public
Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E.,
Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed
rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public
reference rooms by calling the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330.
The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains
reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers,
like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of
that website is www.sec.gov.
Upon the closing of this offering, we will be subject to the
information reporting requirements of the Securities Act and we
will file reports, proxy statements and other information with
the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information
will be available for inspection and copying at the public
reference room and website of the SEC referred to above. We also
maintain a website at www.quinstreet.com, at which you may
access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably
practicable after they are electronically filed with, or
furnished to, the SEC. The information contained in, or that can
be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus.
121
QUINSTREET,
INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
F-1
|
|
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
|
|
|
F-3
|
|
|
|
|
F-4
|
|
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
|
|
|
F-6
|
|
122
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
of QuinStreet, Inc.
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and
the related consolidated statements of operations, of
convertible preferred stock, stockholders equity and
comprehensive income, and of cash flows present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of QuinStreet, Inc.
and its subsidiaries at June 30, 2008 and 2009, and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended June 30, 2009 in conformity
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the accompanying
financial statement schedule presents fairly, in all material
respects, the information set forth therein when read in
conjunction with the related financial statements. These
financial statements and financial statements schedule are the
responsibility of the Companys management; our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with
the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board
(United States). Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether
the financial statements and financial statement schedule are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management, and
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
As discussed in Note 2 of the consolidated financial
statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts
for uncertainty in income taxes in 2007.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers
LLP
San Jose, California
November 19, 2009, except for Note 14
to the financial statements,
as to which the date is
January 14, 2010
F-1
QUINSTREET,
INC.
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity at
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
24,953
|
|
|
$
|
25,182
|
|
|
$
|
28,095
|
|
|
|
|
|
Marketable securities
|
|
|
2,302
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
25,281
|
|
|
|
33,283
|
|
|
|
39,015
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets
|
|
|
2,738
|
|
|
|
5,543
|
|
|
|
5,542
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
1,713
|
|
|
|
1,228
|
|
|
|
1,471
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
56,987
|
|
|
|
65,236
|
|
|
|
74,123
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
5,725
|
|
|
|
4,741
|
|
|
|
4,666
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
80,468
|
|
|
|
106,744
|
|
|
|
119,455
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other intangible assets, net
|
|
|
34,826
|
|
|
|
33,990
|
|
|
|
36,571
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets, noncurrent
|
|
|
247
|
|
|
|
1,525
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other assets, noncurrent
|
|
|
1,493
|
|
|
|
642
|
|
|
|
595
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
179,746
|
|
|
$
|
212,878
|
|
|
$
|
235,410
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and
Stockholders Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
10,042
|
|
|
$
|
13,408
|
|
|
$
|
14,252
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
|
19,571
|
|
|
|
21,794
|
|
|
|
26,024
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
863
|
|
|
|
718
|
|
|
|
723
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt
|
|
|
9,489
|
|
|
|
12,890
|
|
|
|
13,182
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
39,965
|
|
|
|
48,810
|
|
|
|
54,181
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred revenue, noncurrent
|
|
|
1,394
|
|
|
|
820
|
|
|
|
721
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt, noncurrent
|
|
|
42,165
|
|
|
|
44,350
|
|
|
|
52,995
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other liabilities, noncurrent
|
|
|
2,508
|
|
|
|
2,309
|
|
|
|
2,387
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
86,032
|
|
|
|
96,289
|
|
|
|
110,284
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (See Note 12)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible preferred stock: $0.001 par value;
35,500,000 shares authorized; 21,176,533 shares issued
and outstanding at June 30, 2008 and 2009 and
September 30, 2009; liquidation value of $69,564 and
$70,333 at June 30, 2009 and September 30, 2009,
respectively; no shares issued and outstanding pro forma
|
|
|
43,403
|
|
|
|
43,403
|
|
|
|
43,403
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock: $0.001 par value; 50,500,000 shares
authorized; 15,243,284, 15,413,000 and 15,624,890 shares
issued and outstanding at June 30, 2008 and 2009 and at
September 30, 2009, respectively; 36,801,423 shares
issued and outstanding pro forma
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
13,683
|
|
|
|
20,634
|
|
|
|
23,252
|
|
|
|
66,634
|
|
Treasury stock, at cost (1,934,377, 2,097,652, 2,169,547 shares
at June 30, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2009,
respectively)
|
|
|
(5,727
|
)
|
|
|
(7,064
|
)
|
|
|
(7,641
|
)
|
|
|
(7,641
|
)
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
42,306
|
|
|
|
59,580
|
|
|
|
66,093
|
|
|
|
66,093
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
50,311
|
|
|
|
73,186
|
|
|
|
81,723
|
|
|
$
|
125,126
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and
stockholders equity
|
|
$
|
179,746
|
|
|
$
|
212,878
|
|
|
$
|
235,410
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-2
QUINSTREET,
INC.
(In
thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
167,370
|
|
|
$
|
192,030
|
|
|
$
|
260,527
|
|
|
$
|
63,678
|
|
|
$
|
78,552
|
|
Cost of revenue(1)
|
|
|
108,945
|
|
|
|
130,869
|
|
|
|
181,593
|
|
|
|
45,281
|
|
|
|
55,047
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
58,425
|
|
|
|
61,161
|
|
|
|
78,934
|
|
|
|
18,397
|
|
|
|
23,505
|
|
Operating expenses:(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product development
|
|
|
14,094
|
|
|
|
14,051
|
|
|
|
14,887
|
|
|
|
3,757
|
|
|
|
4,470
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
8,487
|
|
|
|
12,409
|
|
|
|
16,154
|
|
|
|
4,259
|
|
|
|
3,625
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
11,440
|
|
|
|
13,371
|
|
|
|
13,172
|
|
|
|
3,736
|
|
|
|
3,441
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
24,404
|
|
|
|
21,330
|
|
|
|
34,721
|
|
|
|
6,645
|
|
|
|
11,969
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
1,905
|
|
|
|
1,482
|
|
|
|
245
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(732
|
)
|
|
|
(1,214
|
)
|
|
|
(3,544
|
)
|
|
|
(763
|
)
|
|
|
(748
|
)
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
(139
|
)
|
|
|
145
|
|
|
|
(239
|
)
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
25,438
|
|
|
|
21,743
|
|
|
|
31,183
|
|
|
|
6,023
|
|
|
|
11,350
|
|
Provision for taxes
|
|
|
(9,828
|
)
|
|
|
(8,876
|
)
|
|
|
(13,909
|
)
|
|
|
(2,719
|
)
|
|
|
(4,837
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
15,610
|
|
|
$
|
12,867
|
|
|
$
|
17,274
|
|
|
$
|
3,304
|
|
|
$
|
6,513
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to common stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
4,644
|
|
|
$
|
3,666
|
|
|
$
|
5,399
|
|
|
$
|
958
|
|
|
$
|
2,207
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
5,166
|
|
|
$
|
4,026
|
|
|
$
|
5,798
|
|
|
$
|
1,035
|
|
|
$
|
2,395
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per share attributable to common stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.36
|
|
|
$
|
0.28
|
|
|
$
|
0.41
|
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
|
$
|
0.26
|
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares used in computing net income per share
attributable to common stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
12,789
|
|
|
|
13,104
|
|
|
|
13,294
|
|
|
|
13,279
|
|
|
|
13,405
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
15,263
|
|
|
|
15,325
|
|
|
|
14,971
|
|
|
|
15,131
|
|
|
|
15,381
|
|
Pro forma net income per share attributable to common
stockholders (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.48
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma weighted average shares used in computing net income
per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,471
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,582
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,148
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,558
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) Cost of revenue and operating expenses for the
years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009, and for the three
months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009 (unaudited),
include stock-based compensation expense as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
$
|
416
|
|
|
$
|
1,112
|
|
|
$
|
1,916
|
|
|
$
|
470
|
|
|
$
|
728
|
|
Product development
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
443
|
|
|
|
669
|
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
253
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
226
|
|
|
|
581
|
|
|
|
1,761
|
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
|
507
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
1,354
|
|
|
|
1,086
|
|
|
|
1,827
|
|
|
|
351
|
|
|
|
741
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-3
QUINSTREET,
INC.
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred
|
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Treasury Stock
|
|
|
Paid-in
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
Stockholders
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
Income
|
|
Balance at June 30, 2006
|
|
|
21,176,533
|
|
|
$
|
43,286
|
|
|
|
|
13,969,057
|
|
|
$
|
14
|
|
|
|
(1,375,647
|
)
|
|
$
|
(121
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,855
|
|
|
$
|
(49
|
)
|
|
$
|
15,651
|
|
|
$
|
18,350
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of common shares upon exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
381,030
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
714
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
714
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options issued in connection with business combination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,071
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,071
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess tax benefits from exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
415
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accretion of convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(117
|
)
|
|
|
(117
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,610
|
|
|
|
15,610
|
|
|
$
|
15,610
|
|
Unrealized gain on investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Currency translation adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
15,754
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at June 30, 2007
|
|
|
21,176,533
|
|
|
$
|
43,403
|
|
|
|
|
14,350,087
|
|
|
$
|
14
|
|
|
|
(1,375,647
|
)
|
|
$
|
(121
|
)
|
|
$
|
6,180
|
|
|
$
|
95
|
|
|
$
|
31,144
|
|
|
$
|
37,312
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of common shares upon exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
893,197
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,574
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,575
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,222
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,222
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess tax benefits from exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,707
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,707
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repurchase of common shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(558,730
|
)
|
|
|
(5,606
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,606
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative effect of adoption of FIN 48
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,705
|
)
|
|
|
(1,705
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,867
|
|
|
|
12,867
|
|
|
$
|
12,867
|
|
Unrealized gain on investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
Currency translation adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(71
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(71
|
)
|
|
|
(71
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
12,806
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at June 30, 2008
|
|
|
21,176,533
|
|
|
$
|
43,403
|
|
|
|
|
15,243,284
|
|
|
$
|
15
|
|
|
|
(1,934,377
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5,727
|
)
|
|
$
|
13,683
|
|
|
$
|
34
|
|
|
$
|
42,306
|
|
|
$
|
50,311
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of common shares upon exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
169,716
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
304
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
304
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,173
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,173
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess tax benefits from exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
474
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
474
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repurchase of common shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(163,275
|
)
|
|
|
(1,337
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,337
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,274
|
|
|
|
17,274
|
|
|
$
|
17,274
|
|
Unrealized gain on investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
Currency translation adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
17,261
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at June 30, 2009
|
|
|
21,176,533
|
|
|
$
|
43,403
|
|
|
|
|
15,413,000
|
|
|
$
|
15
|
|
|
|
(2,097,652
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,064
|
)
|
|
$
|
20,634
|
|
|
$
|
21
|
|
|
$
|
59,580
|
|
|
$
|
73,186
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of common shares upon exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
211,890
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
295
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
296
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,229
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,229
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess tax benefits from exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repurchase of common shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(71,895
|
)
|
|
|
(577
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(577
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,513
|
|
|
|
6,513
|
|
|
$
|
6,513
|
|
Currency translation adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
6,495
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2009 (unaudited)
|
|
|
21,176,533
|
|
|
$
|
43,403
|
|
|
|
|
15,624,890
|
|
|
$
|
16
|
|
|
|
(2,169,547
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,641
|
)
|
|
$
|
23,252
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
66,093
|
|
|
$
|
81,723
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-4
QUINSTREET,
INC.
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Years Ended June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
15,610
|
|
|
$
|
12,867
|
|
|
$
|
17,274
|
|
|
$
|
3,304
|
|
|
$
|
6,513
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
9,637
|
|
|
|
11,727
|
|
|
|
15,978
|
|
|
|
4,114
|
|
|
|
3,952
|
|
Net realized (gain) loss on disposal of property and equipment
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(81
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
Provision for doubtful accounts receivable
|
|
|
426
|
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
(36
|
)
|
Provision for sales returns
|
|
|
356
|
|
|
|
1,040
|
|
|
|
1,463
|
|
|
|
953
|
|
|
|
252
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
2,071
|
|
|
|
3,222
|
|
|
|
6,173
|
|
|
|
1,398
|
|
|
|
2,229
|
|
Excess tax benefits from exercise of stock options
|
|
|
(415
|
)
|
|
|
(1,707
|
)
|
|
|
(474
|
)
|
|
|
(559
|
)
|
|
|
(94
|
)
|
Accretion of acquisition-related notes payable
|
|
|
421
|
|
|
|
404
|
|
|
|
563
|
|
|
|
154
|
|
|
|
107
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects of
acquisitions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
(472
|
)
|
|
|
(921
|
)
|
|
|
(9,042
|
)
|
|
|
(8,577
|
)
|
|
|
(5,849
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
(656
|
)
|
|
|
(228
|
)
|
|
|
485
|
|
|
|
(925
|
)
|
|
|
(236
|
)
|
Other assets, noncurrent
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
(555
|
)
|
|
|
(710
|
)
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
Deferred tax assets
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
(3,772
|
)
|
|
|
(4,081
|
)
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
3,440
|
|
|
|
(4,977
|
)
|
|
|
3,359
|
|
|
|
1,905
|
|
|
|
843
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
|
(831
|
)
|
|
|
8,020
|
|
|
|
2,491
|
|
|
|
(1,864
|
)
|
|
|
4,229
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
(2,893
|
)
|
|
|
(954
|
)
|
|
|
(720
|
)
|
|
|
(135
|
)
|
|
|
(116
|
)
|
Deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(1,497
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other liabilities, noncurrent
|
|
|
(107
|
)
|
|
|
514
|
|
|
|
(199
|
)
|
|
|
(75
|
)
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
|
25,197
|
|
|
|
24,751
|
|
|
|
32,570
|
|
|
|
(261
|
)
|
|
|
11,808
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
(33
|
)
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
711
|
|
|
|
715
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Proceeds from sales of property and equipment
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
(2,030
|
)
|
|
|
(2,177
|
)
|
|
|
(1,347
|
)
|
|
|
(504
|
)
|
|
|
(443
|
)
|
Business acquisitions, net of notes payable and cash acquired
|
|
|
(11,856
|
)
|
|
|
(63,244
|
)
|
|
|
(27,932
|
)
|
|
|
(12,430
|
)
|
|
|
(11,763
|
)
|
Internal software development costs
|
|
|
(1,493
|
)
|
|
|
(1,378
|
)
|
|
|
(1,060
|
)
|
|
|
(346
|
)
|
|
|
(316
|
)
|
Purchases of marketable securities
|
|
|
(40,860
|
)
|
|
|
(11,642
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from sales and maturities of marketable securities
|
|
|
29,905
|
|
|
|
29,172
|
|
|
|
2,302
|
|
|
|
1,383
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(26,365
|
)
|
|
|
(49,248
|
)
|
|
|
(27,326
|
)
|
|
|
(11,182
|
)
|
|
|
(12,475
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from bank debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,000
|
|
|
|
8,607
|
|
|
|
8,500
|
|
|
|
6,500
|
|
Principal payments on bank debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,500
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(750
|
)
|
Principal payments on acquisition-related notes payable
|
|
|
(3,932
|
)
|
|
|
(4,920
|
)
|
|
|
(9,560
|
)
|
|
|
(1,362
|
)
|
|
|
(1,963
|
)
|
Excess tax benefits from exercise of stock options
|
|
|
415
|
|
|
|
1,707
|
|
|
|
474
|
|
|
|
559
|
|
|
|
94
|
|
Repurchases of common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,606
|
)
|
|
|
(1,337
|
)
|
|
|
(982
|
)
|
|
|
(577
|
)
|
Proceeds from exercise of common stock options
|
|
|
714
|
|
|
|
2,575
|
|
|
|
304
|
|
|
|
173
|
|
|
|
296
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
|
|
|
(2,803
|
)
|
|
|
22,756
|
|
|
|
(5,012
|
)
|
|
|
6,888
|
|
|
|
3,600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
(71
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(3,828
|
)
|
|
|
(1,812
|
)
|
|
|
229
|
|
|
|
(4,554
|
)
|
|
|
2,913
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
|
|
|
30,593
|
|
|
|
26,765
|
|
|
|
24,953
|
|
|
|
24,953
|
|
|
|
25,182
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
|
|
$
|
26,765
|
|
|
$
|
24,953
|
|
|
$
|
25,182
|
|
|
$
|
20,399
|
|
|
$
|
28,095
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for interest
|
|
|
348
|
|
|
|
1,193
|
|
|
|
2,269
|
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
|
770
|
|
Cash paid for taxes
|
|
|
10,376
|
|
|
|
8,473
|
|
|
|
20,354
|
|
|
|
2,873
|
|
|
|
814
|
|
Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing
activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accretion of convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options issued in connection with business acquisitions
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes payable issued in connection with business acquisitions
|
|
|
4,047
|
|
|
|
16,910
|
|
|
|
8,151
|
|
|
|
4,705
|
|
|
|
6,347
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-5
QUINSTREET,
INC.
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
QuinStreet, Inc. (the Company) is an online media
and marketing company incorporated in California on
April 16, 1999. The Company provides vertically oriented
customer acquisition programs for its clients. The Company also
provides hosted solutions for direct selling companies. The
corporate headquarters are located in Foster City, California,
with offices in Arkansas, Colorado, Massachusetts, Nevada, New
Jersey, North Carolina, Oklahoma, Oregon, India and the United
Kingdom.
|
|
2.
|
Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies
|
Basis
of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
the Company and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany
balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Unaudited
Interim Financial Information
The accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of
September 30, 2009, the consolidated statements of
operations and of cash flows for the three months ended
September 30, 2008 and 2009 and of convertible preferred
stock, stockholders equity and comprehensive income for
the three months ended September 30, 2009 are unaudited.
The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on
the same basis as the annual financial statements and, in the
opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include
only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly
the Companys financial condition and results of operations
and cash flows for the three months ended September 30,
2008 and 2009. The financial data and other information
disclosed in these notes to the consolidated financial
statements related to the three months ended September 30,
2008 and 2009 are unaudited. The results of operations for the
three months ended September 30, 2009 are not necessarily
indicative of the results to be expected for fiscal year 2010 or
for any other interim period or for any other future year.
Pro
Forma Statement of Stockholders Equity
(unaudited)
Upon the consummation of a qualifying initial public offering,
all of the outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock
automatically convert into common stock. The September 30,
2009 unaudited pro forma balance sheet data has been prepared
assuming the conversion of the convertible preferred stock
outstanding into 21,176,533 shares of common stock.
Use of
Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America requires management to make estimates and assumptions
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and reported amounts of revenue and
expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could
differ from those estimates.
Revenue
Recognition
The Company derives its revenue from two sources: Direct
Marketing Services (DMS) and Direct Selling Services
(DSS). DMS revenue, which constituted 95%, 98% and
99% of fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009 respectively, is derived
primarily from fees which are earned through the delivery of
qualified leads or clicks. The Company recognizes revenue when
persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has
occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable and collectability is
reasonably assured. Delivery is deemed to have
F-6
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
occurred at the time a qualified lead or click is delivered to
the customer provided that no significant obligations remain.
From time to time, the Company may agree to credit certain leads
or clicks if they fail to meet the contractual or other
guidelines of a particular client. The Company has established a
sales reserve based on historical experience. To date, such
credits have been immaterial and within managements
expectations.
For a portion of its revenue, the Company has agreements with
providers of online media or traffic (Publishers)
used in the generation of leads or clicks. The Company receives
a fee from its clients and pays a fee to Publishers either on a
cost per lead, cost per click or cost per thousand impressions
basis. The Company is the primary obligor in the transaction. As
a result, the fees paid by the Companys clients are
recognized as revenue and the fees paid to its Publishers are
included in cost of revenue.
DSS revenue, which constituted 5%, 2% and 1% of fiscal years
2007, 2008 and 2009 revenue, respectively, is comprised of
(i) set-up
and professional services fees and (ii) usage and hosting
fees. Set-up
and professional service fees that do not provide stand-alone
value to a client are recognized over the contractual term of
the agreement or the expected client relationship period,
whichever is longer, effective when the application reaches the
go-live date. The Company defines the
go-live date as the date when the application enters
into a production environment or all essential functionalities
have been delivered. Usage and hosting fees are recognized on a
monthly basis as earned.
Deferred revenue consists of billings or payments received in
advance of reaching all the above revenue recognition criteria.
Concentrations
of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to
significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of
cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. Cash and cash
equivalents are deposited with financial institutions that
management believes are creditworthy. The deposits exceed
federally insured amounts. To date, the Company has not
experienced any losses of its deposits of cash and cash
equivalents.
The Companys accounts receivable are derived from clients
located principally in the United States, and to a lesser
extent, Europe and Canada. The Company performs ongoing credit
evaluation of its clients, does not require collateral, and
maintains allowances for potential credit losses on client
accounts when deemed necessary. To date, such losses have been
within managements expectations.
Clients over 10% of total revenue, all of which were from our
DMS segment, were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
Client A
|
|
|
22
|
%
|
|
|
23
|
%
|
|
|
19
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
13
|
%
|
Client B
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
|
|
12
|
%
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
|
|
8
|
%
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
Client C
|
|
|
13
|
%
|
|
|
11
|
%
|
|
|
8
|
%
|
|
|
9
|
%
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
Fair
Value of Financial Instruments
The Companys financial instruments consist principally of
cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts
payable, acquisition-related notes payable, term loan and
revolving credit facility. The fair value of the Companys
cash equivalents is determined based on quoted prices in active
markets for identical assets. The recorded values of the
Companys accounts receivable and accounts payable
approximate their
F-7
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
current fair values due to the relatively short-term nature of
these accounts. The fair value of acquisition-related notes
payable approximates their recorded amounts at June 30,
2009 as the interest rates on similar financing arrangements
available to the Company at June 30, 2009 approximates the
interest rates implied when these acquisition-related notes
payable were originally issued and recorded. The Company
believes that the fair values of the term loan and revolving
credit facility, as of June 30, 2009, approximate their
recorded amounts as the interest rates on these instruments are
variable and are primarily based on market rate interest.
Cash
and Cash Equivalents
All highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or
less at the date of purchase are classified as cash equivalents.
Cash equivalents consist primarily of money market funds and
time deposits with original maturities of three months or less.
Cash equivalents amounted to $9,395 and $17,091 at June 30,
2008 and 2009, respectively, and $8,813 at September 30,
2009 (unaudited).
Marketable
Securities
Highly liquid investments with maturities greater than three
months at the date of purchase are classified as marketable
securities. The Companys marketable securities have been
classified and accounted for as
available-for-sale.
Management determines the appropriate classification of its
investments at the time of purchase and reevaluates the
available-for-sale
designation as of each balance sheet date. These investments are
carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses, net of
tax, and are reported as a component of stockholders
equity. The cost of securities sold is based upon the specific
identification method. The Company did not have any marketable
securities at June 30, 2009 and at September 30, 2009
(unaudited). At June 30, 2008, marketable securities
consisted of corporate bonds from three issuers with a fair
value of $2,302.
Restricted
Cash
At June 30, 2008 and 2009, the Company had $731 and $20,
respectively, of cash restricted from withdrawal and held by a
bank in certificate of deposits as collateral for a credit
facility.
Property
and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated
depreciation and amortization, and are depreciated on a
straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the
assets.
|
|
|
Computer equipment
|
|
3 years
|
Software
|
|
3 years
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
3 to 5 years
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful lives of
the improvements
|
Internal
Software Development Costs
The Company incurs costs to develop software for internal use.
The Company expenses all costs that relate to the planning and
post-implementation phases of development as product development
expense. Costs incurred in the development phase are capitalized
and amortized over the products estimated useful life if
the product is expected to have a useful life beyond six months.
Costs associated with repair or maintenance of existing sites or
the developments of website content are included in cost of
revenue in the accompanying statements of operations. The
Companys policy is to amortize capitalized internal
software development costs on a product-by-product basis using
the straight-line method over the estimated economic life of the
application, which is generally two years. The company
capitalized $1,493, $1,378 and $1,060 in fiscal years
F-8
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. Amortization of internal
software development costs is reflected in cost of revenue.
Goodwill
Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level on
an annual basis and whenever events or changes in circumstances
indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable.
Application of the goodwill impairment test requires judgment,
including the identification of reporting units, assigning
assets and liabilities to reporting units, assigning goodwill to
reporting units, and determining the fair value of each
reporting unit. Significant judgments required to estimate the
fair value of reporting units include estimating future cash
flows, and determining appropriate discount rates, growth rates
and other assumptions. Changes in these estimates and
assumptions could materially affect the determination of fair
value for each reporting unit which could trigger impairment.
The Company determined that DMS and DSS constitute two separate
reporting units. The Company completed its annual goodwill
impairment reviews at June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and
concluded that goodwill was not impaired.
Long-Lived
Assets
The Company evaluates long-lived assets, such as property and
equipment and purchased intangible assets with finite lives, for
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate
that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. The
Company assesses the fair value of the assets based on the
undiscounted future cash flow the assets are expected to
generate and recognizes an impairment loss when estimated
undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use
of the asset plus net proceeds expected from disposition of the
asset, if any, are less than the carrying value of the asset.
When the Company identifies an impairment, it reduces the
carrying amount of the asset to its estimated fair value based
on a discounted cash flow approach or, when available and
appropriate, to comparable market values. There were no
impairments recorded in fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009 related
to the Companys long-lived assets.
Advertising
Costs
The Company expenses advertising costs as they are incurred.
Advertising expenses for fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009 were
$54, $67 and $185, respectively.
Income
Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes using an asset and
liability approach to record deferred taxes. The Companys
deferred income tax assets represent temporary differences
between the financial statement carrying amount and the tax
basis of existing assets and liabilities that will result in
deductible amounts in future years, including net operating loss
carry forwards. Based on estimates, the carrying value of the
Companys net deferred tax assets assumes that it is more
likely than not that the Company will be able to generate
sufficient future taxable income in certain tax jurisdictions.
The Companys judgments regarding future profitability may
change due to future market conditions, changes in U.S. or
international tax laws and other factors.
On July 1, 2007, the Company adopted the authoritative
accounting guidance prescribing a threshold and measurement
attribute for the financial recognition and measurement of a tax
position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The
guidance also provides for de-recognition of tax benefits,
classification on the balance sheet, interest and penalties,
accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. The
guidance utilizes a two-step approach for evaluating uncertain
tax positions. Step one, Recognition, requires a company
F-9
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that
a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon
audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation
processes, if any. If a tax position is not considered
more likely than not to be sustained then no
benefits of the position are to be recognized. Step two,
Measurement, is based on the largest amount of benefit, which is
more likely than not to be realized on ultimate settlement.
Foreign
Currency Translation
The functional currency for the majority of the Companys
foreign subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. For those
subsidiaries, assets and liabilities denominated in foreign
currency are remeasured into U.S. dollars at current
exchange rates for monetary assets and liabilities and
historical exchange rates for nonmonetary assets and
liabilities. Net revenue, cost of revenue and expenses are
generally remeasured at average exchange rates in effect during
each period. Gains and losses from foreign currency
remeasurement are included in net earnings. Certain foreign
subsidiaries designate the local currency as their functional
currency. For those subsidiaries, the assets and liabilities are
translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect at
the balance sheet date. Income and expense items are translated
at average exchange rates for the period. The foreign currency
translation adjustments are included in accumulated other
comprehensive income (loss) as a separate component of
stockholders equity.
Foreign currency transaction gains or losses are recorded in
other income (expense), net. Foreign currency transaction losses
were $97 for fiscal year 2007. Foreign currency transaction
gains were $101 for fiscal year 2008. Foreign currency
transaction losses were $254 for fiscal year 2009.
Comprehensive
Income
Comprehensive income consists of two components, net income and
other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income
(loss) refers to revenue, expenses, gains, and losses that under
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles are recorded
as an element of stockholders equity but are excluded from
net income. The Companys other comprehensive income (loss)
consists of foreign currency translation adjustments from those
subsidiaries not using the U.S. dollar as their functional
currency and unrealized gains and losses on marketable
securities categorized as
available-for-sale.
The Company has disclosed comprehensive income as a component of
stockholders equity.
Loss
Contingencies
The Company is subject to the possibility of various loss
contingencies arising in the ordinary course of business.
Management considers the likelihood of loss or impairment of an
asset or the incurrence of a liability, as well as its ability
to reasonably estimate the amount of loss, in determining loss
contingencies. An estimated loss contingency is accrued when it
is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has
been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably
estimated. The Company regularly evaluates current information
available to its management to determine whether such accruals
should be adjusted and whether new accruals are required.
From time to time, the Company is involved in disputes,
litigation and other legal actions. The Company records a charge
equal to at least the minimum estimated liability for a loss
contingency only when both of the following conditions are met:
(i) information available prior to issuance of the
financial statements indicates that it is probable that an asset
had been impaired or a liability had been incurred at the date
of the financial statements, and (ii) the range of loss can
be reasonably estimated. The actual liability in any such
matters may be materially different from the Companys
estimates, which could result in the need to adjust the
liability and record additional expenses.
F-10
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
Stock-Based
Compensation
The Company records stock-based compensation expense for
employee stock options granted or modified on or after
July 1, 2006 based on estimated fair values for these stock
options. The Company continues to account for stock options
granted to employees prior to July 1, 2006 based on the
intrinsic value of those stock options.
Fair values of share-based payment awards are determined on the
date of grant using an option-pricing model. The Company has
selected the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the
fair value of its stock options awards to employees. In applying
the Black-Scholes option pricing model, the Companys
determination of fair value of the share-based payment award on
the date of grant is affected by the Companys estimated
fair value of common shares, as well as assumptions regarding a
number of highly complex and subjective variables. These
variables include, but are not limited to, the Companys
expected stock price volatility over the term of the stock
options and the employees actual and projected stock
option exercise and pre-vesting employment termination behaviors.
For awards with graded vesting, the Company recognizes
stock-based compensation expense over the requisite service
period using the straight-line method, based on awards
ultimately expected to vest. The Company estimates future
forfeitures at the date of grant and revises the estimates, if
necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ
from those estimates.
See Note 10 for further information.
Segment
Reporting
Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise
about which separate financial information is available that is
evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or
decision making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and
in assessing performance. The Companys chief operating
decision maker is its chief executive officer. The
Companys chief executive officer reviews financial
information presented on a consolidated basis, accompanied by
information about operating segments, including net sales and
operating income before depreciation, amortization and
stock-based compensation expense.
The Company determined its operating segments to be DMS, which
derives substantially all of its revenue from fees earned
through the delivery of qualified leads and paid clicks, and
DSS, which derives substantially all of its revenue from the
sale of direct selling services through a hosted solution. The
Companys reportable operating segments consist of DMS and
DSS. The accounting policies of the two reportable operating
segments are the same as those described in Note 1, Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies.
The Company evaluates the performance of its operating segments
based on net sales and operating income before depreciation,
amortization and stock-based compensation expense.
F-11
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
The Company does not allocate most of its assets, as well as its
depreciation and amortization expense, stock-based compensation
expense, interest income, interest expense and income tax
expense by segment. Accordingly, the Company does not report
such information.
Summarized information by segment was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
Net revenue by segment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DMS
|
|
$
|
159,744
|
|
|
$
|
188,429
|
|
|
$
|
257,420
|
|
|
$
|
62,994
|
|
|
|
78,157
|
|
DSS
|
|
|
7,626
|
|
|
|
3,601
|
|
|
|
3,107
|
|
|
|
684
|
|
|
|
395
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net revenue
|
|
$
|
167,370
|
|
|
$
|
192,030
|
|
|
$
|
260,527
|
|
|
$
|
63,678
|
|
|
$
|
78,552
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment operating income before depreciation, amortization and
stock-based compensation expense:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DMS
|
|
|
31,611
|
|
|
|
34,740
|
|
|
|
55,251
|
|
|
|
11,922
|
|
|
|
18,002
|
|
DSS
|
|
|
4,501
|
|
|
|
1,539
|
|
|
|
1,621
|
|
|
|
235
|
|
|
|
148
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total segment operating income before depreciation, amortization
and stock-based compensation expense
|
|
|
36,112
|
|
|
|
36,279
|
|
|
|
56,872
|
|
|
|
12,157
|
|
|
|
18,150
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(9,637
|
)
|
|
|
(11,727
|
)
|
|
|
(15,978
|
)
|
|
|
(4,114
|
)
|
|
|
(3,952
|
)
|
Stock-based compensation expense
|
|
|
(2,071
|
)
|
|
|
(3,222
|
)
|
|
|
(6,173
|
)
|
|
|
(1,398
|
)
|
|
|
(2,229
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
$
|
24,404
|
|
|
$
|
21,330
|
|
|
$
|
34,721
|
|
|
$
|
6,645
|
|
|
$
|
11,969
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following tables set forth net revenue and long-lived assets
by geographic area:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
Three Months Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Net revenue:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North America
|
|
$
|
167,141
|
|
|
$
|
191,654
|
|
|
$
|
260,206
|
|
|
$
|
63,630
|
|
|
$
|
78,475
|
|
Europe
|
|
|
229
|
|
|
|
376
|
|
|
|
321
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net revenue
|
|
$
|
167,370
|
|
|
$
|
192,030
|
|
|
$
|
260,527
|
|
|
$
|
63,678
|
|
|
$
|
78,552
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-12
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North America
|
|
$
|
177,854
|
|
|
$
|
211,337
|
|
|
$
|
233,902
|
|
Europe
|
|
|
1,224
|
|
|
|
927
|
|
|
|
806
|
|
Asia/Pacific
|
|
|
668
|
|
|
|
614
|
|
|
|
702
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
179,746
|
|
|
$
|
212,878
|
|
|
$
|
235,410
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-lived assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North America
|
|
$
|
5,451
|
|
|
$
|
4,485
|
|
|
$
|
4,412
|
|
Europe
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asia/Pacific
|
|
|
252
|
|
|
|
221
|
|
|
|
254
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-lived assets
|
|
$
|
5,725
|
|
|
$
|
4,741
|
|
|
$
|
4,666
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) issued a new accounting standard that changes
the accounting for business combinations, including the
measurement of acquirer shares issued in consideration for a
business combination, the recognition of contingent
consideration, the accounting for pre-acquisition gain and loss
contingencies, the recognition of capitalized in-process
research and development, the accounting for acquisition-related
restructuring cost accruals, the treatment of
acquisition-related transaction costs and the recognition of
changes in the acquirers income tax valuation allowance.
The new standard applies prospectively to business combinations
for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of
the first annual reporting period beginning on or after
December 15, 2008. The adoption of the new standard did not
have a material impact on the Companys consolidated
financial statements, but is likely to have a material impact on
how the Company accounts for any future business combinations
into which the Company may enter.
In May 2009, the FASB issued a new accounting standard that
establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosure
of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before
financial statements are issued. In particular, the new standard
sets forth (i) the period after the balance sheet date
during which management of a reporting entity should evaluate
events or transactions that may occur for potential recognition
or disclosure in the financial statements; (ii) the
circumstances under which an entity should recognize events or
transactions occurring after the balance sheet date in its
financial statements; and (3) the disclosures that an
entity should make about events or transactions that occurred
after the balance sheet date. The Company applied the
requirement of this standard effective June 30, 2009 and
included additional disclosures in the notes to the
Companys consolidated financial statements.
In June 2009, the FASB issued a new accounting standard that
provides for a codification of accounting standards to be the
authoritative source of generally accepted accounting principles
in the United States. Rules and interpretive releases of the SEC
under federal securities laws are also sources of authoritative
GAAP for SEC registrants. The Company adopted the provisions of
the authoritative accounting guidance for the interim reporting
period ended September 30, 2009. The adoption did not have
a material effect on the Companys consolidated results of
operations or financial condition.
In October 2009, the FASB issued a new accounting standard that
changes the accounting for arrangements with multiple
deliverables. Specifically, the new standard requires an entity
to allocate
F-13
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
arrangement consideration at the inception of an arrangement to
all of its deliverables based on their relative selling prices.
In addition, the new standard eliminates the use of the residual
method of allocation and requires the relative-selling-price
method in all circumstances in which an entity recognizes
revenue for an arrangement with multiple deliverables. In
October 2009, the FASB also issued a new accounting standard
that changes revenue recognition for tangible products
containing software and hardware elements. Specifically, if
certain requirements are met, revenue arrangements that contain
tangible products with software elements that are essential to
the functionality of the products are scoped out of the existing
software revenue recognition accounting guidance and will be
accounted for under the multiple-element arrangements revenue
recognition guidance discussed above. Both standards will be
effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal year
2011. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not
anticipate the adoption of these standards to have a material
impact on its consolidated financial statements.
|
|
3.
|
Revision
of prior period financial statements
|
Stock-Based
Compensation
The Company licenses software from a third-party to automate the
administration of its employee equity programs and calculate its
stock-based compensation expense. During the first quarter of
fiscal year 2010, the Company noted that the version of the
software it used incorrectly calculated stock-based compensation
expense by continuing to apply a weighted average forfeiture
rate to the vested portion of stock option awards until the
grants final vest date, rather than reflecting actual
forfeitures as awards vested. The net effect of the error was an
understatement of stock-based compensation expense of
approximately $133, $492 and $538 in fiscal years 2007, 2008 and
2009, respectively.
Cash Flow
Presentation
The Company determined in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010
that in its statement of cash flows for fiscal year 2008, it had
improperly reflected an increase in liabilities resulting from
the recording of a deferred tax liability in connection with an
acquisition in operating activities instead of investing
activities.
The Company assessed the materiality of these errors on prior
period financial statements in accordance with the SECs
Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 99 (SAB 99),
and concluded that the errors were not material to any prior
annual or interim periods but the cumulative error would be
material to the three months ended September 30, 2010, if
the entire correction was recorded in the current period.
Accordingly, the Company has revised certain prior amounts and
balances in its financial statements in fiscal years 2007, 2008
and 2009 to allow for the correct recording of these amounts in
accordance with the SECs Staff Accounting Bulletin
No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year
Misstatements When Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year
Financial Statement.
F-14
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
The following tables summarize the effect of the correction of
the immaterial errors on the Companys financial statements
for fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
|
As Reported
|
|
As Revised
|
|
As Reported
|
|
As Revised
|
|
As Reported
|
|
As Revised
|
|
Consolidated statements of operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
$
|
117,905
|
|
|
$
|
108,945
|
|
|
$
|
130,610
|
|
|
$
|
130,869
|
|
|
$
|
181,370
|
|
|
$
|
181,593
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
49,465
|
|
|
|
58,425
|
|
|
|
61,420
|
|
|
|
61,161
|
|
|
|
79,157
|
|
|
|
78,934
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
24,537
|
|
|
|
24,404
|
|
|
|
21,822
|
|
|
|
21,330
|
|
|
|
35,259
|
|
|
|
34,721
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
15,733
|
|
|
|
15,610
|
|
|
|
13,228
|
|
|
|
12,867
|
|
|
|
17,914
|
|
|
|
17,274
|
|
Net income per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.37
|
|
|
$
|
0.36
|
|
|
$
|
0.29
|
|
|
$
|
0.28
|
|
|
$
|
0.42
|
|
|
$
|
0.41
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
|
$
|
0.27
|
|
|
$
|
0.26
|
|
|
$
|
0.40
|
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated balance sheets at year end:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
$
|
31,267
|
|
|
$
|
31,144
|
|
|
$
|
44,495
|
|
|
$
|
42,306
|
|
|
$
|
62,409
|
|
|
$
|
59,580
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated statements of cash flows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
$
|
25,197
|
|
|
$
|
25,197
|
|
|
$
|
28,599
|
|
|
$
|
24,751
|
|
|
$
|
32,570
|
|
|
$
|
32,570
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(26,365
|
)
|
|
|
(26,365
|
)
|
|
|
(53,096
|
)
|
|
|
(49,248
|
)
|
|
|
(27,326
|
)
|
|
|
(27,326
|
)
|
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
|
|
|
(2,803
|
)
|
|
|
(2,803
|
)
|
|
|
22,756
|
|
|
|
22,756
|
|
|
|
(5,012
|
)
|
|
|
(5,012
|
)
|
|
|
4.
|
Net
income attributable to common stockholders and pro forma net
income per share
|
Basic and diluted net income per share attributable to common
stockholders are presented in conformity with the two-class
method required for participating securities. Holders of
Series A, Series B and Series C convertible
preferred stock are each entitled to receive 8% per annum
non-cumulative dividends, payable prior and in preference to any
dividends on any other shares of the Companys capital
stock. In the event a dividend is paid on common stock,
Series A, Series B and Series C convertible
preferred stockholders are entitled to a proportionate share of
any such dividend as if they were holders of common shares (on
an as-if converted basis).
Under the two-class method, basic net income per share
attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the
net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted
average number of common shares outstanding during the period.
Net income attributable to common stockholders is determined by
allocating undistributed earnings, calculated as net income less
current period Series A, Series B and Series C
convertible preferred stock non-cumulative dividends, between
common stock and Series A, Series B and Series C
convertible preferred stockholders. Diluted net income per share
attributable to common stockholders is computed by using the
weighted average number of common shares outstanding, including
potential dilutive shares of common stock assuming the dilutive
effect of outstanding stock options using the treasury stock
method.
F-15
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
Pro forma basic and diluted net income per share were computed
to give effect to the conversion of the Series A,
Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock
using the as-if converted method into common stock as though the
conversion had occurred as of July 1, 2008 or the original
date of issuance or later.
The following table presents the calculation of basic and
diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders
and pro forma basic and diluted net income per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
Three Months Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Numerator:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
15,610
|
|
|
$
|
12,867
|
|
|
$
|
17,274
|
|
|
$
|
3,304
|
|
|
$
|
6,513
|
|
8% non-cumulative dividends on convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
(3,276
|
)
|
|
|
(3,276
|
)
|
|
|
(3,276
|
)
|
|
|
(819
|
)
|
|
|
(819
|
)
|
Undistributed earnings allocated to convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
(7,690
|
)
|
|
|
(5,925
|
)
|
|
|
(8,599
|
)
|
|
|
(1,527
|
)
|
|
|
(3,487
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to common stockholders basic
|
|
$
|
4,644
|
|
|
$
|
3,666
|
|
|
$
|
5,399
|
|
|
$
|
958
|
|
|
$
|
2,207
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income applicable to common stockholders basic
|
|
$
|
4,644
|
|
|
$
|
3,666
|
|
|
$
|
5,399
|
|
|
$
|
958
|
|
|
$
|
2,207
|
|
Undistributed earnings re-allocated to common stock
|
|
|
522
|
|
|
|
360
|
|
|
|
399
|
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to common stockholders
diluted
|
|
$
|
5,166
|
|
|
$
|
4,026
|
|
|
$
|
5,798
|
|
|
$
|
1,035
|
|
|
$
|
2,395
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denominator:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares used in computing basic net
income per share
|
|
|
12,789
|
|
|
|
13,104
|
|
|
|
13,294
|
|
|
|
13,279
|
|
|
|
13,405
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares used in computing basic net
income per share
|
|
|
12,789
|
|
|
|
13,104
|
|
|
|
13,294
|
|
|
|
13,279
|
|
|
|
13,405
|
|
Add weighted average effect of dilutive securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options
|
|
|
2,474
|
|
|
|
2,221
|
|
|
|
1,677
|
|
|
|
1,852
|
|
|
|
1,976
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares used in computing diluted net
income per share
|
|
|
15,263
|
|
|
|
15,325
|
|
|
|
14,971
|
|
|
|
15,131
|
|
|
|
15,381
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.36
|
|
|
$
|
0.28
|
|
|
$
|
0.41
|
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
|
$
|
0.26
|
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares used in computing pro forma net income per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic weighted average common shares from above
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,294
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,405
|
|
Add assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,177
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,177
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares used in computing pro forma basic net income per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,471
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,582
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted weighted average common shares from above
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,971
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,381
|
|
Add conversion of Series A, Series B, and
Series C convertible preferred stock excluded under the two
class method
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,177
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,177
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share used in computing pro forma diluted net income per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,148
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,558
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.48
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-16
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
|
|
5.
|
Balance
Sheet Components
|
Marketable
Securities
The Companys investments in marketable securities
designated as
available-for-sale
consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Gains
|
|
|
Losses
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Corporate debt securities
|
|
$
|
2,296
|
|
|
$
|
6
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,302
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total marketable securities
|
|
$
|
2,296
|
|
|
$
|
6
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,302
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company recognized proceeds of $29,172 and $2,302 from the
sale and maturities of its investments in marketable securities
for fiscal years 2008 and 2009, respectively. The Company did
not realize any gains or losses from sales of its investments in
marketable securities for fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009.
Fair
Value Measurements
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to
sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the
exit price) in an orderly transaction between market
participants at the measurement date. A hierarchy for inputs
used in measuring fair value has been defined to minimize the
use of unobservable inputs by requiring the use of observable
market data when available. Observable inputs are inputs that
market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability
based on active market data. Unobservable inputs are inputs that
reflect the Companys assumptions about the assumptions
market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability
based on the best information available in the circumstances.
The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into three broad
levels:
Level 1 Inputs are unadjusted quoted
prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 Inputs are quoted prices for
similar assets and liabilities in active markets or inputs that
are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or
indirectly through market corroboration, for substantially the
full term of the financial instrument.
Level 3 Inputs are unobservable inputs
based on the Companys assumptions.
All cash equivalents at June 30, 2009 and
September 30, 2009 (unaudited) are considered Level 1.
Accounts
Receivable, Net
Accounts receivable, net balances consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
$
|
27,443
|
|
|
$
|
36,792
|
|
|
$
|
42,736
|
|
Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
(622
|
)
|
|
|
(506
|
)
|
|
|
(466
|
)
|
Less: Allowance for sales reserve
|
|
|
(1,540
|
)
|
|
|
(3,003
|
)
|
|
|
(3,255
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
25,281
|
|
|
$
|
33,283
|
|
|
$
|
39,015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-17
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
Property
and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment, net balances are comprised of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Computer equipment
|
|
$
|
9,670
|
|
|
$
|
10,295
|
|
|
$
|
10,414
|
|
Software
|
|
|
4,512
|
|
|
|
4,955
|
|
|
|
5,015
|
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
|
1,802
|
|
|
|
1,992
|
|
|
|
1,865
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
579
|
|
|
|
694
|
|
|
|
700
|
|
Internal software development costs
|
|
|
12,396
|
|
|
|
13,456
|
|
|
|
13,773
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,959
|
|
|
|
31,392
|
|
|
|
31,767
|
|
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(23,234
|
)
|
|
|
(26,651
|
)
|
|
|
(27,101
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
5,725
|
|
|
$
|
4,741
|
|
|
$
|
4,666
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense was $3,135, $2,400 and $2,742 for fiscal
years 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively; and $549 and $503 for
the three months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009
(unaudited), respectively. Amortization expense related to
internal software development costs was $1,965, $1,816 and
$1,500 for fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and
$482 and $294 for the three months ended September 30, 2008
and 2009 (unaudited), respectively.
Intangible
Assets, Net
Intangible assets excluding goodwill, net balances consisted of
the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2008
|
|
|
June 30, 2009
|
|
|
September 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer/publisher relationships
|
|
$
|
18,789
|
|
|
$
|
(2,046
|
)
|
|
$
|
16,743
|
|
|
$
|
22,982
|
|
|
$
|
(6,299
|
)
|
|
$
|
16,683
|
|
|
$
|
24,311
|
|
|
$
|
(7,462
|
)
|
|
$
|
16,849
|
|
Content
|
|
|
15,467
|
|
|
|
(6,530
|
)
|
|
|
8,937
|
|
|
|
18,145
|
|
|
|
(10,546
|
)
|
|
|
7,599
|
|
|
|
21,250
|
|
|
|
(11,648
|
)
|
|
|
9,602
|
|
Website/trade/domain names
|
|
|
6,216
|
|
|
|
(2,446
|
)
|
|
|
3,770
|
|
|
|
9,187
|
|
|
|
(2,988
|
)
|
|
|
6,199
|
|
|
|
10,407
|
|
|
|
(3,366
|
)
|
|
|
7,041
|
|
Acquired technology and other
|
|
|
9,286
|
|
|
|
(3,910
|
)
|
|
|
5,376
|
|
|
|
10,034
|
|
|
|
(6,525
|
)
|
|
|
3,509
|
|
|
|
10,116
|
|
|
|
(7,037
|
)
|
|
|
3,079
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
49,758
|
|
|
$
|
(14,932
|
)
|
|
$
|
34,826
|
|
|
$
|
60,348
|
|
|
$
|
(26,358
|
)
|
|
$
|
33,990
|
|
|
$
|
66,084
|
|
|
$
|
(29,513
|
)
|
|
$
|
36,571
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets was $4,537, $7,511 and $11,736
for fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively; and $3,083
and $3,155 for the three months ended September 30, 2008
and 2009 (unaudited), respectively.
F-18
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
Amortization expense for the Companys acquisition-related
intangible assets as of June 30, 2009 for each of the next
five years is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ending June 30,
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
12,137
|
|
2011
|
|
|
9,402
|
|
2012
|
|
|
6,553
|
|
2013
|
|
|
4,057
|
|
2014
|
|
|
921
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
920
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
33,990
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for fiscal years
2007, 2008 and 2009 and for the three months ended
September 30, 2009 were as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DMS
|
|
|
DSS
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Balance at June 30, 2007
|
|
$
|
23,320
|
|
|
$
|
1,231
|
|
|
$
|
24,551
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
55,917
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55,917
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at June 30, 2008
|
|
|
79,237
|
|
|
|
1,231
|
|
|
|
80,468
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
26,276
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26,276
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at June 30, 2009
|
|
|
105,513
|
|
|
|
1,231
|
|
|
|
106,744
|
|
Additions (unaudited)
|
|
|
12,711
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,711
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2009 (unaudited)
|
|
$
|
118,224
|
|
|
$
|
1,231
|
|
|
$
|
119,455
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009, and for three months ended
September 30, 2009 (unaudited), the additions to goodwill
relate to the Companys acquisitions as described in
Note 6, and primarily reflect the value of the synergies
expected to be generated from combining the Companys
technology and know-how with the acquired entities access
to online visitors.
Accrued
expenses and other current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
Accrued media costs
|
|
$
|
7,943
|
|
|
$
|
12,920
|
|
|
$
|
15,545
|
|
Accrued compensation and related expenses
|
|
|
5,286
|
|
|
|
6,457
|
|
|
|
3,431
|
|
Accrued taxes payable
|
|
|
3,090
|
|
|
|
430
|
|
|
|
4,708
|
|
Accrued professional service and other business expenses
|
|
|
3,252
|
|
|
|
1,987
|
|
|
|
2,340
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities
|
|
$
|
19,571
|
|
|
$
|
21,794
|
|
|
$
|
26,024
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-19
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
Acquisition
of Payler Corp D/B/A HSH Associates Financial Publishers
(HSH) (unaudited)
On September 14, 2009, the Company acquired 100% of the
outstanding shares of HSH, a New Jersey-based online marketing
business, in exchange for $6,000 in cash paid upon closing of
the acquisition and the issuance of $4,000 in
non-interest-bearing promissory notes payable in five
installments over the next five years. The results of HSHs
acquired operations have been included in the consolidated
financial statements since the acquisition date. The Company
acquired HSH for its capacity to generate online visitors in the
financial services market. The total purchase price recorded was
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
6,000
|
|
Fair value of debt (net of $241 of imputed interest)
|
|
|
3,759
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
9,759
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase business
combination. The Company allocated the purchase price to
tangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed and identifiable
intangible assets acquired based on their estimated fair values.
The excess of the purchase price over the aggregate fair values
was recorded as goodwill. The goodwill is not deductible for tax
purposes. The following table summarizes the allocation of the
purchase price and the estimated useful lives of the
identifiable intangible assets acquired as of the date of the
acquisition:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Useful Life
|
|
Tangible assets acquired
|
|
$
|
50
|
|
|
|
Liabilities assumed
|
|
|
(1,684
|
)
|
|
|
Advertiser relationships
|
|
|
1,200
|
|
|
3 years
|
Trade name
|
|
|
800
|
|
|
6 years
|
Content
|
|
|
1,300
|
|
|
6 years
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
8,093
|
|
|
Indefinite
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
9,759
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition
of U.S. Citizens for Fair Credit Card Terms, Inc.
(CardRatings)
On August 5, 2008, the Company acquired 100% of the
outstanding shares of CardRatings, an Arkansas-based online
marketing company, in exchange for $10,000 in cash paid upon
closing of the acquisition and the issuance of $5,000 in
non-interest-bearing promissory notes payable in five
installments over the next five years, secured by the assets
acquired. The Company paid $372 in working capital adjustment
following the closing of the acquisition. The results of
CardRatings acquired operations have been included in the
consolidated financial statements since the acquisition date.
The Company acquired CardRatings for its
F-20
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
capacity to generate online visitors in the financial services
market. The total purchase price recorded was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
10,372
|
|
Fair value of debt (net of $722 of imputed interest)
|
|
|
4,278
|
|
Acquisition-related costs
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
14,670
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase business
combination. The Company allocated the purchase price to
tangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed and identifiable
intangible assets acquired based on their estimated fair values.
The excess of the purchase price over the aggregate fair values
was recorded as goodwill. The goodwill is entirely deductible
for tax purposes. The following table summarizes the allocation
of the purchase price and the estimated useful lives of the
identifiable intangible assets acquired as of the date of the
acquisition:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Useful Life
|
|
Tangible assets acquired
|
|
$
|
834
|
|
|
|
Liabilities assumed
|
|
|
(206
|
)
|
|
|
Advertiser relationships
|
|
|
2,325
|
|
|
7 years
|
Trade name
|
|
|
776
|
|
|
5 years
|
Noncompete agreements
|
|
|
124
|
|
|
3 years
|
Content
|
|
|
140
|
|
|
2 years
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
10,677
|
|
|
Indefinite
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
14,670
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition
of Cyberspace Communications Corporation
(SureHits)
On April 9, 2008, the Company acquired 100% of the
outstanding shares of SureHits, an Oklahoma-based online
marketing company, in exchange for $26,519 in cash paid upon
closing of the acquisition and $1,913 payable in two equal
installments over the next year related to employee
change-in-control
provisions. Additionally, the sellers have the potential to earn
up to an additional $18,000 over the subsequent 45 months,
such earn-out amounts being contingent upon the achievement of
specified financial targets. The results of SureHits
operations have been included in the consolidated financial
statements since the acquisition date. The Company acquired
SureHits to broaden its media access and client base in the
financial services market. The total purchase price recorded was
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
26,519
|
|
Fair value of debt (net of $72 of imputed interest)
|
|
|
1,841
|
|
Acquisition-related costs
|
|
|
212
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
28,572
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-21
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase business
combination. The Company allocated the purchase price to
tangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed and identifiable
intangible assets acquired based on their estimated fair values.
The excess of the purchase price over the aggregate fair values
was recorded as goodwill. The goodwill is entirely deductible
for tax purposes. The following table summarizes the allocation
of the purchase price and the estimated useful lives of the
identifiable intangible assets acquired as of the date of the
acquisition:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Useful Life
|
|
Tangible assets acquired
|
|
$
|
4,006
|
|
|
|
Liabilities assumed
|
|
|
(2,998
|
)
|
|
|
Advertiser relationships
|
|
|
7,692
|
|
|
3-5 years
|
Acquired technology
|
|
|
2,482
|
|
|
3 years
|
Publisher relationships
|
|
|
391
|
|
|
2 years
|
Trade name
|
|
|
199
|
|
|
5 years
|
Noncompete agreements
|
|
|
176
|
|
|
3 years
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
16,624
|
|
|
Indefinite
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
28,572
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In fiscal year 2009, the Company paid $4,500 in earnout payments
upon the achievement of the specified financial targets. The
earnout payments were recorded as goodwill.
Acquisition
of ReliableRemodeler.com, Inc.
(ReliableRemodeler)
On February 7, 2008, the Company acquired 100% of the
outstanding shares of ReliableRemodeler, an Oregon-based online
company specializing in home renovation and contractor
referrals, in exchange for $17,500 in cash paid upon closing of
the acquisition, $2,000 of which was placed in escrow, and the
issuance of $8,000 in non-interest-bearing, unsecured promissory
notes payable in three installments over the next four years.
The results of ReliableRemodelers acquired operations have
been included in the consolidated financial statements since the
acquisition date. The Company acquired ReliableRemodeler to
broaden its media access and client base in the home services
market. The total purchase price recorded was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
17,500
|
|
Fair value of debt (net of $1,277 of imputed interest)
|
|
|
6,723
|
|
Acquisition-related costs
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
24,277
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-22
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase business
combination. The Company allocated the purchase price to
tangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed and identifiable
intangible assets acquired based on their estimated fair values.
The excess of the purchase price over the aggregate fair values
was recorded as goodwill. The goodwill is not deductible for tax
purposes. The following table summarizes the allocation of the
purchase price and the estimated useful lives of the
identifiable intangible assets acquired as of the date of the
acquisition:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Useful Life
|
|
Tangible assets acquired
|
|
$
|
859
|
|
|
|
Liabilities assumed
|
|
|
(987
|
)
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(3,849
|
)
|
|
|
Customer relationships
|
|
|
7,476
|
|
|
5 years
|
Acquired technology
|
|
|
1,124
|
|
|
5 years
|
Trade name and domain name
|
|
|
814
|
|
|
5 years
|
Content
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
4 years
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
18,657
|
|
|
Indefinite
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
24,277
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition
of Vendorseek L.L.C. (Vendorseek)
On May 15, 2008, the Company acquired the assets of
Vendorseek, a New Jersey-based provider of online matching
services for businesses that connect Internet visitors with
vendors, in exchange for $10,665 in cash paid upon closing of
the acquisition and the issuance of $3,750 in interest-bearing,
unsecured promissory notes payable in three installments over
the next three years at an annual interest rate of 1.64%. The
results of Vendorseeks operations have been included in
the consolidated financial statements since the acquisition
date. The Company acquired Vendorseek to broaden its media
access and client base in the
business-to-business
market. The total purchase price recorded was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
10,665
|
|
Fair value of debt (net of $346 of imputed interest)
|
|
|
3,404
|
|
Acquisition-related costs
|
|
|
128
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
14,197
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-23
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase business
combination. The Company allocated the purchase price to
tangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed and identifiable
intangible assets acquired based on their estimated fair values.
The excess of the purchase price over the aggregate fair values
was recorded as goodwill. The goodwill is entirely deductible
for tax purposes. The following table summarizes the allocation
of the purchase price and the estimated useful lives of the
identifiable intangible assets acquired as of the date of the
acquisition:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Useful Life
|
|
Tangible assets acquired
|
|
$
|
413
|
|
|
|
Liabilities assumed
|
|
|
(221
|
)
|
|
|
Customer relationships
|
|
|
156
|
|
|
2 years
|
Publisher relationships
|
|
|
899
|
|
|
5 years
|
Acquired technology
|
|
|
639
|
|
|
3 years
|
Trade name and domain name
|
|
|
252
|
|
|
5 years
|
Noncompete agreements
|
|
|
88
|
|
|
3 years
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
11,971
|
|
|
Indefinite
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
14,197
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
Acquisitions
During the three months ended September 30, 2009
(unaudited), in addition to the acquisition of HSH, the Company
acquired operations from 12 other online publishing businesses
in exchange for $4,468 in cash paid upon closing of the
acquisitions and $2,680 payable in the form of
non-interest-bearing, unsecured promissory notes payable over a
period of time ranging from one to five years. The aggregate
purchase price recorded was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
4,468
|
|
Fair value of debt (net of $92 of imputed interest)
|
|
|
2,588
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
7,056
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-24
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
The acquisitions were accounted for as purchase business
combinations. In each of the acquisitions, the Company allocated
the purchase price to identifiable intangible assets acquired
based on their estimated fair values and liabilities assumed, if
any. The excess of the purchase price over the aggregate fair
values of the identifiable intangible assets was recorded as
goodwill. Goodwill deductible for tax purposes is $3,734. The
following table summarizes the allocation of the purchase prices
of these other acquisitions during the three months ended
September 30, 2009 (unaudited) and the estimated useful
life of the identifiable intangible assets acquired as of the
respective dates of these acquisitions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Useful Life
|
|
Assets assumed
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
|
Content
|
|
|
1,059
|
|
|
1-6 years
|
Customer/publisher relationships
|
|
|
129
|
|
|
1-7 years
|
Domain names
|
|
|
420
|
|
|
5 years
|
Noncompete agreements
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
2-3 years
|
Acquired technology
|
|
|
746
|
|
|
3 years
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
4,618
|
|
|
Indefinite
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
7,056
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During fiscal year 2009, in addition to the acquisition of
CardRatings, the Company acquired operations from 33 other
online publishing businesses in exchange for $14,606 in cash
paid upon closing of the acquisitions and $4,268 payable
primarily in the form of non-interest-bearing, unsecured
promissory notes payable over a period of time ranging from one
to five years. The aggregate purchase price recorded was as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
14,606
|
|
Fair value of debt (net of $395 of imputed interest)
|
|
|
3,873
|
|
Acquisition-related costs
|
|
|
134
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
18,613
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The acquisitions were accounted for as purchase business
combinations. In each of the acquisitions, the Company allocated
the purchase price to identifiable intangible assets acquired
based on their estimated fair values and liabilities assumed, if
any. No tangible assets were acquired. The excess of the
purchase price over the aggregate fair values of the
identifiable intangible assets was recorded as goodwill. The
goodwill is entirely deductible for tax purposes. The following
table summarizes the allocation of the purchase prices of
F-25
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
these other fiscal year 2009 acquisitions and the estimated
useful life of the identifiable intangible assets acquired as of
the respective dates of these acquisitions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Useful Life
|
|
Liabilities assumed
|
|
$
|
(22
|
)
|
|
|
Content
|
|
|
2,538
|
|
|
1-6 years
|
Customer/publisher relationships
|
|
|
1,952
|
|
|
1-7 years
|
Domain names
|
|
|
2,418
|
|
|
5 years
|
Noncompete agreements
|
|
|
236
|
|
|
5 years
|
Acquired technology
|
|
|
392
|
|
|
3 years
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
11,099
|
|
|
Indefinite
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
18,613
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the fiscal year 2008, in addition to the acquisitions of
SureHits, ReliableRemodeler and Vendorseek, the Company acquired
operations from 20 other online publishing entities in exchange
for $9,471 in cash paid upon closing of the acquisitions and
$5,354 payable primarily in the form of non-interest-bearing
promissory notes payable over a period of time ranging from one
to three years, the majority of which are secured by the assets
acquired. The aggregate purchase price recorded was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
9,471
|
|
Fair value of debt (net of $412 of imputed interest)
|
|
|
4,942
|
|
Acquisition-related costs
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
14,497
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The acquisitions were accounted for as purchase business
combinations. In each of the acquisitions, the Company allocated
the purchase price to identifiable intangible assets acquired
based on their estimated fair values and liabilities assumed, if
any. No tangible assets were acquired nor were any liabilities
assumed. The excess of the purchase price over the aggregate
fair values of the identifiable intangible assets was recorded
as goodwill. The goodwill is entirely deductible for tax
purposes. The following table summarizes the allocation of the
purchase prices of these other fiscal year 2008 acquisitions and
the estimated useful lives of the identifiable intangible assets
acquired as of the respective dates of these acquisitions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Useful Life
|
|
Content
|
|
$
|
3,281
|
|
|
2-5 years
|
Customer/advertiser/publisher relationships
|
|
|
918
|
|
|
2-5 years
|
Domain names
|
|
|
1,364
|
|
|
5 years
|
Noncompete agreements
|
|
|
269
|
|
|
2-3.5 years
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
8,665
|
|
|
Indefinite
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
14,497
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro
Forma Financial Information (unaudited)
The unaudited pro forma financial information in the table below
summarizes the combined results of operations for the Company
and other companies that were acquired since the beginning of
fiscal year 2009
F-26
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
(which were collectively significant for purposes of unaudited
pro forma financial information disclosure) as though the
companies were combined as of the beginning of fiscal year 2008.
The pro forma financial information for all periods presented
also includes the business combination accounting effects
resulting from these acquisitions including amortization charges
from acquired intangible assets and the related tax effects as
though the aforementioned companies were combined as of the
beginning of fiscal year 2008. The pro forma financial
information as presented below is for informational purposes
only and is not indicative of the results of operations that
would have been achieved if the acquisitions had taken place at
the beginning of fiscal year 2008.
The unaudited pro forma financial information was as follows for
fiscal years 2008 and 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
198,478
|
|
|
$
|
263,397
|
|
|
$
|
63,877
|
|
|
$
|
78,718
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
10,232
|
|
|
|
15,111
|
|
|
|
2,919
|
|
|
|
6,220
|
|
Basic earnings per share
|
|
$
|
0.20
|
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
Diluted earnings per share
|
|
$
|
0.19
|
|
|
$
|
0.33
|
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
$
|
0.15
|
|
Promissory
Notes
During fiscal years 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended
September 30, 2009 (unaudited), the Company issued total
promissory notes for the acquisition of businesses of $16,910,
$8,151 and $6,347, respectively, net of imputed interest amounts
of $2,107, $1,117 and $333, respectively. Other than for one
acquisition in fiscal year 2008 in which $3,750 in promissory
notes were issued at an annual interest rate of 1.64%, all of
the promissory notes are non-interest-bearing. Interest was
imputed such that the notes carry an interest rate commensurate
with that available to the Company in the market for similar
debt instruments. Accretion of notes payable of $421, $404 and
$563 was recorded during the fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009,
respectively. Certain of the promissory notes are secured by the
assets acquired in respect to which the notes were issued.
Term
Loan and Revolving Credit Facility
In August 2006, the Company signed a loan and security agreement
that made available a $30,000 revolving credit facility from a
financial institution. In January 2008, the Company signed an
amendment to this loan and security agreement, expanding the
revolving credit availability to $60,000.
In September 2008, the Company replaced its existing revolving
credit facility of $60,000 with credit facilities totaling
$100,000. The new facilities consist of a $30,000 five-year term
loan, with principal amortization of 10%, 10%, 20%, 25% and 35%
annually, and a $70,000 revolving credit facility. Borrowings
under the credit facilities are collateralized by the
Companys assets and interest is payable quarterly at
specified margins above either LIBOR or the Prime Rate. The
interest rate varies dependent upon the ratio of funded debt to
adjusted EBITDA and ranges from LIBOR + 1.875% to 2.625% or
Prime + 0.75% to 1.25% for the revolving credit facility and
from LIBOR + 2.25% to 3.0% or Prime + 0.75% to 1.25% for the
term loan. The revolver also requires a quarterly facility fee
of $66. As of June 30, 2009, $28,500 was outstanding under
the term loan and $6,257 was outstanding under the revolving
credit facility. The credit facilities expire in September 2013.
The loan and revolving credit facility agreement restricts the
Companys ability to raise
F-27
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
additional debt financing and pay dividends. In addition, the
Company is required to maintain financial ratios computed as
follows:
1. Quick ratio: ratio of (i) the sum of unrestricted
cash and cash equivalents and trade receivables less than
90 days from invoice date to (ii) current liabilities
and face amount of any letters of credit less the current
portion of deferred revenue.
2. Fixed charge coverage: ratio of (i) trailing
12 months of adjusted EBITDA to (ii) the sum of
capital expenditures, net cash interest expense, cash taxes,
cash dividends and trailing twelve months payments of
indebtedness. Payment of unsecured indebtedness is excluded to
the degree that sufficient unused revolving credit facility
exists such that the relevant debt payment could have been made
from the credit facility.
3. Funded debt to adjusted EBITDA: ratio of (i) the
sum of all obligations owed to lending institutions, the face
amount of any letters of credit, indebtedness owed in connection
with acquisition-related notes and indebtedness owed in
connection with capital lease obligations to (ii) trailing
12-month adjusted EBITDA.
The Company was in compliance with the financial ratios as of
June 30, 2009 and September 30, 2009 (unaudited).
Debt
Maturities
The maturities of debt at June 30, 2009 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Term Loan and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revolving
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
Credit
|
|
Year Ending June 30,
|
|
Payable
|
|
|
Facility
|
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
10,214
|
|
|
$
|
3,000
|
|
2011
|
|
|
8,215
|
|
|
|
4,500
|
|
2012
|
|
|
3,790
|
|
|
|
6,750
|
|
2013
|
|
|
1,330
|
|
|
|
9,000
|
|
2014
|
|
|
1,520
|
|
|
|
11,507
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,069
|
|
|
|
34,757
|
|
Less: imputed interest and unamortized discounts
|
|
|
(1,850
|
)
|
|
|
(736
|
)
|
Less: current portion
|
|
|
(10,085
|
)
|
|
|
(2,805
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noncurrent portion of debt
|
|
$
|
13,134
|
|
|
$
|
31,216
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Letters
of Credit
The Company has a $500 letter of credit agreement with a
financial institution that is used as collateral for fidelity
bonds placed with an insurance company. The letter of credit
automatically renews annually in September without amendment
unless cancelled by the financial institution within
30 days of the annual expiration date.
The Company also has a $223 letter of credit agreement with a
financial institution that is used as collateral for the
Companys corporate headquarters operating lease. The
letter of credit automatically renews annually in December
without amendment unless cancelled by the financial institution
within 30 days of the annual expiration date.
F-28
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
|
|
8.
|
Convertible
Preferred Stock
|
Convertible preferred shares at June 30, 2008 and 2009 and
at September 30, 2009 (unaudited) consisted of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Liquidation
|
|
|
Net of
|
|
Series
|
|
Authorized
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Issuance Costs
|
|
|
A
|
|
|
11,000,000
|
|
|
|
10,735,512
|
|
|
$
|
16,577
|
|
|
$
|
9,047
|
|
B
|
|
|
10,200,000
|
|
|
|
9,941,021
|
|
|
|
51,256
|
|
|
|
28,563
|
|
C
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
2,500
|
|
|
|
570
|
|
Undesignated
|
|
|
13,800,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35,500,000
|
|
|
|
21,176,533
|
|
|
$
|
70,333
|
|
|
$
|
38,180
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The holders of convertible preferred stock have various rights
and preferences as follows:
Voting
Each share of Series A and B convertible preferred stock
has voting rights equal to the number of shares of common stock
into which it is convertible and votes together as one class
with the common stock. The Series C convertible preferred
stock is non-voting.
Dividends
Holders of Series A, B and C convertible preferred stock
are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends at the per annum
rate of 8% of original issue price or $0.136, $0.236 and $0.40
per share, respectively, when and if declared by the Board of
Directors. The holders of Series A, B and C convertible
preferred stock are also entitled to participate in dividends on
shares of common stock, when and if declared by the Board of
Directors, based on the number of shares of common stock held on
an as-if converted basis. No dividends on convertible preferred
stock or common stock have been declared by the Board from
inception through September 30, 2009.
Liquidation
In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of
the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of
the convertible preferred stock then outstanding shall be
entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company available
for distribution to its stockholders, before any payment shall
be made in respect to the common stock, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
For Series A and B convertible preferred stock, an amount
equal to the sum of (i) the original issue price of the
respective shares of preferred stock plus (ii) an amount
equal to 8% per annum of the original issue price of the
respective shares of preferred stock less (iii) any such
dividends, if declared and paid, to and through the date of full
payment.
|
|
|
|
|
|
For Series C convertible preferred stock, an amount equal
to the sum of (i) the original issue price of the shares of
preferred stock plus (ii) any declared and unpaid dividends.
|
Such liquidation payments shall be tendered to the holders of
the respective preferred shares with respect to such
liquidation, dissolution or winding up, and these respective
holders shall not be entitled to any further payment.
In the event of any merger, acquisition or consolidation of the
Company that results in the exchange of outstanding shares of
the Company for securities or other consideration (a
Merger Transaction), before any
F-29
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
payment of any amount shall be made in respect of the
Series A convertible preferred stock and the common stock,
the holders of Series B and Series C convertible
preferred stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid
out of the assets of the Company available for distribution to
its stockholders as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
For Series B convertible preferred stock, an amount equal
to 1.75 times the original issue price of the shares of
preferred stock, or $5.16 per share, plus any declared and
unpaid dividends.
|
|
|
|
|
|
For Series C convertible preferred stock, an amount equal
to the original issue price of $5.00 per share plus any declared
and unpaid dividends.
|
The holders of Series A convertible preferred stock then
outstanding shall then be entitled to be paid out of the assets
of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders,
before any payment shall be made in respect of the common stock,
an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Series A
original issue price of $1.70 per share plus (ii) an amount
equal to 8% of the Series A original issue price per annum
(iii) less any unpaid dividends, if declared and paid, to
and through the date of full payment. Such liquidation payments
shall be tendered to the holders of the respective preferred
stock, effective upon the closing of such Merger Transaction,
and these respective holders shall not be entitled to any
further payment.
If, upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, or Merger Transaction
the assets to be distributed to the holders of any series of
preferred stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to
such stockholders of the full preferential amounts aforesaid,
then all of the assets of the Company shall be distributed
ratably to the holders of such series on the basis of the full
liquidation preference payable with respect to such series as if
such liquidation preference was paid in full.
These liquidation features cause the convertible preferred stock
to be classified as mezzanine capital rather than as a component
of stockholders equity.
Conversion
Each share of Series A, B and C convertible preferred stock
is convertible, at the option of the holder, into the number of
fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock that results
from dividing the conversion price per share in effect for the
preferred stock at the time of conversion into the per share
conversion value of such shares subject to adjustment for
dilution. Conversion is automatic if at any time the Company
completes a qualified initial public offering consisting of
gross proceeds to the Company in excess of $25 million and
a public offering price equal to or exceeding $5.90 per share or
if the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of
Series A, B and C preferred stock give consent in writing
to the conversion into common stock.
At December 31, 2009, the effective conversion ratio was
one-to-one for Series A, B and C convertible preferred
stock.
Redemption
The redemption rights for the Series A, Series B and
Series C convertible preferred stock have expired. As a
result, the Company recorded no accretion for fiscal years 2008
or 2009 or the three months ended September 30, 2009.
F-30
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
The Companys Articles of Incorporation, as amended,
authorize the Company to issue 50,500,000 common shares.
The Company had reserved common stock for the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Stock option plans
|
|
|
10,891,100
|
|
Conversion of Series A convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
10,735,512
|
|
Conversion of Series B convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
9,941,021
|
|
Conversion of Series C convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32,067,633
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-Based
Compensation
For fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009, the Company recorded
stock-based compensation expense of $2,071, $3,222 and $6,173,
respectively, resulting in the recognition of related excess tax
benefits $415, $1,707 and $474, respectively. For the three
months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009, the Company
recorded stock-based compensation expense of $1,398 and $2,229,
respectively (unaudited), resulting in the recognition of $559
and $94 in related excess tax benefits, respectively.
The Company includes as part of cash flows from financing
activities the gross benefit of tax deductions related to
stock-based compensation in excess of the grant date fair value
of the related stock-based awards for the options exercised
during fiscal years 2008 and 2009. These amounts are shown as a
reduction of cash flows from operating activities and
correspondingly an increase to cash flows from financing
activities.
Equity
Stock Incentive Plan
On January 2008, the Company adopted the 2008 Equity Incentive
Plan (the 2008 Plan). The 2008 Plan amended and
restated the Companys 1999 Equity Incentive Plan (the
1999 Plan). All outstanding stock awards granted
before the adoption of the amendment and restatement of the 1999
Plan continue to be governed by the terms of the 1999 Plan. All
stock awards granted after January 2008 are governed by the 2008
Plan.
The Companys 2008 Plan permits the grant of stock options
or restricted stock awards to its employees, non-employee
directors, and consultants. Under the 2008 Plan, the Company may
issue incentive stock options (ISOs) only to its
employees. Non-qualified stock options (NQSOs) and
restricted stock awards may be issued to employees, non-employee
directors, and consultants. ISOs and NQSOs are generally granted
to employees with an exercise price equal to the market price of
the Companys common stock at the date of grant, as
determined by the Companys Board of Directors.
The absence of an active market for the Companys common
stock required the Companys Board of Directors, with input
from management, to estimate the fair value of the common stock
for purposes of granting options and for determining stock-based
compensation expense for the periods presented. In response to
these requirements, the Companys Board of Directors
estimated the fair value of the common stock at each meeting at
which options were granted based on factors such as the price of
the most recent convertible preferred stock sales to investors,
the preferences held by the convertible preferred stock in favor
of common stock, the valuations of comparable companies, the
hiring of key personnel, the status of the Companys
development and sales efforts, revenue growth and additional
objectives, and subjective factors relating to the
Companys business. The Company has historically granted
options with an exercise price not less than the
F-31
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
fair value of the underlying common stock as determined at the
time of grant by the Companys Board of Directors.
While, consistent with the previous practice, the Company had
performed a contemporaneous valuation at the time of the
August 7, 2009 grant, it decided to reassess that valuation
for financial reporting purposes in light of the new facts and
circumstances of which it became aware prior to the issuance of
the September 30, 2009 quarterly results of operations,
namely, the acceleration of the Companys IPO plans and
additional data on expected valuation ranges for the IPO. Based
on the reassessment, management concluded that the fair value of
common stock for financial reporting purposes on August 7,
2009 (the date of grant for options to purchase
1,875,050 shares with exercise prices of $9.01 per
share and an option to purchase 87,705 shares with an
exercise price of $9.91 per share) was $13.93.
To date, the Company has not granted any restricted stock
awards. Stock options generally have a contractual term of seven
years and generally vest over four years of continuous service,
with 25 percent of the stock options vesting on the first
anniversary of the date of grant and the remaining
75 percent vesting in equal monthly installments over the
36-month
period thereafter. NQSOs granted to non-employee directors
generally vest immediately on the date of grant. The vesting
periods, based on continuous service, for NQSOs granted to
consultants have varied.
The Companys 1999 Plan, which has expired, permitted the
grant of stock options or restricted stock awards to its
employees, non-employee directors, and consultants. Under the
1999 Plan, the Company issued ISOs only to its employees. NQSOs
were issued to employees, non-employee directors, and
consultants. ISOs were generally granted to employees with an
exercise price equal to the market price of the Companys
common stock at the date of grant, as determined by the
Companys Board of Directors. The Company had the ability,
if it chose, to grant NQSOs with an exercise price equal to
85 percent of the market price of the Companys common
stock at the date of grant but did not do so. Stock options
granted prior to May 31, 2007 generally have a contractual
term of ten years and stock options granted after May 31,
2007 generally expire seven years after the date of grant. Stock
options granted to employees generally vest over four years of
continuous service, with 25 percent of the stock options
vesting on the one-year anniversary of the date of grant and the
remaining 75 percent vesting in equal monthly installments
over the
36-month
period thereafter. NQSOs granted to non-employee directors
vested immediately on the date of grant. The vesting period,
based on continuous service, for NQSOs granted to consultants
have varied.
The Company expects to satisfy the exercise of vested stock
options by issuing new shares that are available for issuance
under both the 1999 and 2008 Plans. As of June 30, 2009,
the Company has reserved a maximum of 16,654,100 shares of
common stock for issuance under the 2008 and 1999 Plans, of
which shares available for issuance totaled 1,739,677.
F-32
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
Valuation
Assumptions
For the years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and three
months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009, the fair value of
each stock option award to employees was estimated on the date
of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, with the
following weighted average assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended June 30,
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
Expected term (in years)
|
|
4.6 - 6.1
|
|
4.6
|
|
4.6
|
|
4.6
|
|
4.6
|
Weighted-average stock price volatility
|
|
48%
|
|
52%
|
|
62%
|
|
61%
|
|
73%
|
Expected dividend yield
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
4.6% - 4.9%
|
|
2.8% - 4.5%
|
|
1.8% - 3.1%
|
|
3.1%
|
|
2.5%
|
As the Company has limited historical option exercise data, the
expected term of the stock options granted to employees under
the Plan was calculated based on the simplified method as
permitted by Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB)
No. 107, Share-Based Payment. Under the simplified method,
the expected term is equal to the average of an options
weighted-average vesting period and its contractual term.
Pursuant to SAB 110, the Company is permitted to continue
using the simplified method until sufficient information
regarding exercise behavior, such as historical exercise data or
exercise information from external sources, becomes available.
The Company estimates the expected volatility of its common
stock on the date of grant based on the average volatilities of
similar publicly-traded entities. The Company has no history or
expectation of paying cash dividends on its common stock. The
risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield
for a term consistent with the expected life of the options in
effect at the time of grant.
F-33
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
Stock
Option Award Activity
A summary of stock option activity under the Plans for fiscal
years 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended
September 30, 2009 follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Contractual
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Life (in Years)
|
|
|
Outstanding at June 30, 2007
|
|
|
8,279,468
|
|
|
$
|
6.48
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
1,315,400
|
|
|
|
10.28
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
(893,197
|
)
|
|
|
2.88
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options forfeited
|
|
|
(784,959
|
)
|
|
|
9.16
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options expired
|
|
|
(122,301
|
)
|
|
|
7.93
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at June 30, 2008
|
|
|
7,794,411
|
|
|
$
|
7.24
|
|
|
|
6.25
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
2,575,100
|
|
|
|
10.03
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
(169,716
|
)
|
|
|
1.79
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options forfeited
|
|
|
(656,610
|
)
|
|
|
9.98
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options expired
|
|
|
(391,762
|
)
|
|
|
8.50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at June 30, 2009
|
|
|
9,151,423
|
|
|
$
|
7.87
|
|
|
|
5.43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested and
expected-to-vest
at June 30, 2009(1)
|
|
|
8,282,043
|
|
|
$
|
7.65
|
|
|
|
5.38
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested and exercisable at June 30, 2009
|
|
|
5,428,414
|
|
|
$
|
6.41
|
|
|
|
5.12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at June 30, 2009
|
|
|
9,151,423
|
|
|
$
|
7.87
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
1,962,755
|
|
|
|
9.05
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
(211,890
|
)
|
|
|
1.46
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options forfeited
|
|
|
(193,409
|
)
|
|
|
10.05
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options expired
|
|
|
(54,583
|
)
|
|
|
8.93
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at September 30, 2009
|
|
|
10,654,296
|
|
|
$
|
8.17
|
|
|
|
5.62
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The
expected-to-vest
options are the result of applying the pre-vesting forfeiture
assumption to total outstanding options. |
The weighted average grant date fair value of stock options
granted was $4.76, $4.76, $5.28, $5.37 and $5.30 during fiscal
years 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended
September 30, 2008 and 2009 (unaudited), respectively. The
total intrinsic value of all options exercised during fiscal
years 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended
September 30, 2008 and 2009 (unaudited) was $2,840, $6,606,
$1,365, $481 and $1,600, respectively. Cash received from stock
option exercises for fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the
three months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009 (unaudited)
were $714, $2,575, $304, $173 and $296, respectively. The actual
tax benefit realized from stock options exercised during fiscal
years 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended
September 30, 2008 and 2009 (unaudited) was $366, $1,734,
$544, $255 and $571, respectively.
As of June 30, 2009 and September 30, 2009
(unaudited), there was $18,993 and $34,758 of total unrecognized
compensation cost related to unvested stock options which is
expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of
2.43 years and 2.76 years, respectively.
F-34
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
Stock
Repurchases
In fiscal year 2008, the Company repurchased 558,730 shares
of its outstanding common stock at a total cost of $5,606 and an
average cost of $10.03 per share. In fiscal year 2009, the
Company repurchased, in aggregate, 163,275 shares of its
outstanding common stock at a total cost of $1,337 and an
average cost of $8.19 per share. In the three months ended
September 30, 2009 (unaudited), the Company repurchased
71,895 shares of its outstanding common stock at a total
cost of $577, and an average cost of $8.03 per share. Share
repurchases were accounted for as a reduction in additional
paid-in capital.
401(k)
Savings Plan
The Company sponsors a 401(k) defined contribution plan covering
all U.S. employees. Contributions made by the Company are
determined annually by the Board of Directors. There were no
employer contributions under this plan for the fiscal years
June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009 or the three months ended
September 30, 2009.
The components of our income before income taxes were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
US
|
|
$
|
23,914
|
|
|
$
|
20,299
|
|
|
$
|
30,806
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
1,524
|
|
|
|
1,444
|
|
|
|
377
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
25,438
|
|
|
$
|
21,743
|
|
|
$
|
31,183
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$
|
9,043
|
|
|
$
|
9,856
|
|
|
$
|
14,018
|
|
State
|
|
|
1,914
|
|
|
|
2,437
|
|
|
|
3,808
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
475
|
|
|
|
355
|
|
|
|
164
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
11,432
|
|
|
$
|
12,648
|
|
|
$
|
17,990
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$
|
(1,484
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,074
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,109
|
)
|
State
|
|
|
(120
|
)
|
|
|
(698
|
)
|
|
|
94
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(66
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,604
|
)
|
|
|
(3,772
|
)
|
|
|
(4,081
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
9,828
|
|
|
$
|
8,876
|
|
|
$
|
13,909
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-35
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
A reconciliation between the statutory federal income tax and
the Companys effective tax rates as a percentage of income
before income taxes is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Federal tax rate
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
States taxes, net of federal benefit
|
|
|
4.6
|
%
|
|
|
5.1
|
%
|
|
|
8.2
|
%
|
Other
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)%
|
|
|
0.7
|
%
|
|
|
1.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective income tax rate
|
|
|
38.6
|
%
|
|
|
40.8
|
%
|
|
|
44.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The components of the current and long-term deferred tax assets,
net consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net operating loss
|
|
$
|
163
|
|
|
$
|
143
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
550
|
|
|
|
178
|
|
Reserves and accruals
|
|
|
1,362
|
|
|
|
3,155
|
|
Stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
685
|
|
Other
|
|
|
663
|
|
|
|
1,382
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
2,738
|
|
|
$
|
5,543
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noncurrent:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
$
|
(1,433
|
)
|
|
$
|
(460
|
)
|
Net operating loss
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
156
|
|
Fixed assets
|
|
|
229
|
|
|
|
(74
|
)
|
Stock options
|
|
|
1,436
|
|
|
|
2,055
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total noncurrent deferred tax assets
|
|
|
390
|
|
|
|
1,681
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(143
|
)
|
|
|
(156
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noncurrent deferred tax assets, net
|
|
$
|
247
|
|
|
$
|
1,525
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax assets, net
|
|
$
|
2,985
|
|
|
$
|
7,068
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Management periodically evaluates the realizability of the
deferred tax assets and recognizes the tax benefit only as
reassessment demonstrates that they are realizable. At such
time, if it is determined that it is more likely than not that
the deferred tax assets are realizable, the valuation allowance
will be adjusted. As of June 30, 2009, management believes
the U.S. deferred tax assets were realizable. Therefore, no
valuation allowance in the U.S. was deemed necessary. The
valuation allowance increased by $13 in fiscal year 2009 related
to higher foreign deferred tax assets.
The Companys Japanese subsidiary had net operating loss
carryforwards of $370 that will begin to expire in 2011.
Deferred tax assets related to those net operating loss
carryforwards were fully reserved as of June 30, 2009.
United States federal income taxes have not been provided for
the $377 of undistributed earnings of the Companys foreign
subsidiaries as of June 30, 2009. The Companys
present intention is to not permanently
F-36
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
reinvest the undistributed earnings of its Canadian subsidiary
offshore. The Company would be subject to additional United
States taxes if these earnings were repatriated. Determination
of the amount of unrecognized deferred income tax liability
related to these earnings is not material to the financial
statements.
Effective July 1, 2007, the Company adopted the accounting
guidance on uncertainties in income taxes. The cumulative effect
of adoption to the opening balance of retained earnings account
was $1,705. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts
of unrecognized tax benefits since the adoption of accounting
guidance on uncertainty in income taxes is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of July 1
|
|
$
|
2,383
|
|
|
$
|
2,248
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross increases current period tax positions
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
|
868
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross decreases current period tax positions
|
|
|
(328
|
)
|
|
|
(293
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Reductions as a result of lapsed statute of limitations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(206
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of June 30
|
|
$
|
2,248
|
|
|
$
|
2,617
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys policy is to include interest and penalties
related to unrecognized tax benefits within the Companys
provision for income taxes. Upon adoption, the Company had
accrued $75 for interest and penalties related to unrecognized
tax benefits. As of June 30, 2009, the Company has accrued
$442 for interest and penalties related to the unrecognized tax
benefits. The balance of unrecognized tax benefits and the
related interest and penalties is recorded as a noncurrent
liability on the Companys consolidated balance sheet.
As of June 30, 2009, unrecognized tax benefits of $2,617,
if recognized, would affect the Companys effective tax
rate. The Company does not anticipate that the amount of
existing unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase
or decrease within the next 12 months.
With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to
U.S. federal, state and local, or
non-U.S., income
tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2004. The
Internal Revenue Service (IRS) commenced an
examination of the Companys U.S. income tax return
for its fiscal year ended June 30, 2007 that is expected to
be completed during the second quarter of fiscal year 2010. In
addition, ReliableRemodeler, a wholly-owned subsidiary that was
acquired by the Company, is under audit by the IRS for tax year
2006. The audit is currently in progress with no estimated
completion date. The Company has also been contacted for a state
income tax audit for fiscal years 2007 and 2008. The audit is
expected to commence during the fourth quarter of fiscal year
2010. The Company believes it is entitled to partial or full
indemnification for losses attributable to such audit under the
ReliableRemodeler acquisition agreement. The Company files
income tax returns in the United States, various U.S. states and
certain foreign jurisdictions. As of June 30, 2009, the tax
years 2005 through 2009 remain open in the U.S., the tax years
2004 through 2009 remain open in the various state
jurisdictions, and the tax years 2003 through 2009 remain open
in the various foreign jurisdictions.
|
|
12.
|
Commitments
and Contingencies
|
Leases
The Company leases office space and equipment under
non-cancelable operating leases with various expiration dates
through September 2012. Rent expense for the fiscal years 2007,
2008 and 2009 was $1,691, $2,151 and $2,550, respectively, and
$614 and $663 for the three months ended September 30, 2008
and 2009 respectively. The terms of the facility leases
generally provide for rental payments on a graduated scale. The
F-37
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over
the lease period and has accrued for rent expense incurred but
not paid.
Future annual minimum lease payments under all noncancelable
operating leases as of June 30, 2009, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
Year Ending June 30,
|
|
Leases
|
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
1,104
|
|
2011
|
|
|
242
|
|
2012
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,368
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The lease for the Companys corporate headquarters expires
in October 2010. The Company is presently considering renewing
this lease or seeking a lease for an alternate property.
Guarantor
Arrangements
The Company has agreements whereby it indemnifies its officers
and directors for certain events or occurrences while the
officer or director is, or was serving, at the Companys
request in such capacity. The term of the indemnification period
is for the officer or directors lifetime. The maximum
potential amount of future payments the Company could be
required to make under these indemnification agreements is
unlimited; however, the Company has a director and officer
insurance policy that limits its exposure and enables the
Company to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. As a
result of its insurance policy coverage, the Company believes
the estimated fair value of these indemnification agreements is
minimal. Accordingly, the Company had no liabilities recorded
for these agreements as of June 30, 2008 and 2009.
In the ordinary course of its business, the Company enters into
standard indemnification provisions in its agreements with its
customers. Pursuant to these provisions, the Company indemnifies
its customers for losses suffered or incurred in connection with
third-party claims that a Company product infringed upon any
United States patent, copyright or other intellectual property
rights. Where applicable, the Company generally limits such
infringement indemnities to those claims directed solely to its
products and not in combination with other software or products.
With respect to its DSS products, the Company also generally
reserves the right to resolve such claims by designing a
non-infringing alternative or by obtaining a license on
reasonable terms, and failing that, to terminate its
relationship with the customer. Subject to these limitations,
the term of such indemnity provisions is generally coterminous
with the corresponding agreements.
The potential amount of future payments to defend lawsuits or
settle indemnified claims under these indemnification provisions
is unlimited; however, the Company believes the estimated fair
value of these indemnity provisions is minimal, and accordingly,
the Company had no liabilities recorded for these agreements as
of June 30, 2008 and 2009.
During fiscal year 2009, the Company settled an indemnity
obligation with respect to one ongoing litigation matter. See
discussion below for further details.
Litigation
In August 2005, the Company was notified by one of its clients
that epicRealm Licensing, LLC (epicRealm LLC), a
non-operating patent holding company, had filed a lawsuit
against such client in the United States District Court for the
Eastern District of Texas alleging that certain web-based
services provided by the Company and others to such client
infringed patents held by epicRealm LLC.
F-38
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
In August 2006, the Company filed suit against epicRealm
Licensing LP (epicRealm LP) in the
United States District Court for the District of Delaware
seeking to invalidate certain patents owned by epicRealm LP. In
April 2007, epicRealm LP filed counterclaims against the Company
alleging patent infringement. Parallel Networks, LLC was later
substituted for epicRealm LP as the patent holder and
party-in-interest.
In April 2009, the Company entered into a settlement and license
agreement (Agreement) with Parallel Networks
pertaining to the patents in question (Licensed
Patents). Under the terms of the Agreement, Parallel
Networks granted the Company a perpetual, royalty-free,
non-sublicensable and generally non-transferable, worldwide
right and license under the Licensed Patents: (i) to use
any product technology or service covered by or which embodies
any one or more claims of the Licensed Patents (as defined in
the Agreement); and (ii) to practice any method covered by
any one or more claims of the Licensed Patents in connection
with the activities in clause (i). Additionally, Parallel
Networks covenants not to sue the Company.
The Company paid Parallel Networks a one-time, non-refundable
fee of $850. The Company recognized an intangible asset of $226
related to the estimated fair value of the license and expensed
the remaining $624 as a settlement expense.
|
|
13.
|
Related
Party Transactions
|
Katrina Boydon serves as the Companys Vice President of
Content and Compliance and is the sister of Bronwyn Syiek, the
Companys President and Chief Operating Officer.
Ms. Boydons fiscal year 2010 base salary is $193 per
year, and she has a fiscal year 2010 target bonus of $67. In
fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009, Ms. Boydon received a
base salary of $149 (later increased to $158), $169 (later
increased to $175) and $184 per year, respectively, and a bonus
payout of $46, $45 and $51, respectively. In fiscal years 2007,
2008, 2009 and 2010, Ms. Boydon was granted options to
purchase an aggregate of 64,000, 20,000, 30,000 and
45,000 shares of the Companys common stock,
respectively.
Rian Valenti serves as a client sales and development associate
and is the son of Doug Valenti, the Companys Chief
Executive Officer and Chairman. Mr. Rian Valentis
fiscal year 2010 base salary is $54 per year, and he has a
fiscal year 2010 commission opportunity of $45. Mr. Rian
Valenti joined us in fiscal year 2009 with a base salary of $52.
In fiscal year 2009, Mr. Rian Valenti received an aggregate
of $2 in commissions. In fiscal year 2009, Mr. Rian Valenti
was granted an option to purchase an aggregate of
1,500 shares of the Companys common stock.
The Company has a preferred publisher agreement with Remilon, an
online publishing entity, one of whose primary owners is the
brother-in-law
of one of the Companys Executive Vice Presidents. Under
the preferred publisher agreement, the Company pays commissions
for qualified leads generated from links on Remilons
website. The Company paid commissions to Remilon for the fiscal
years June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the three months
ended September 30, 2008 and 2009 of $3,109, $3,070,
$4,204, $997 and $1,366, respectively. Amounts payable to
Remilon at June 30, 2008 and 2009 and September 30,
2009 were $489, $721 and $811, respectively. This contract
expired in October 2009.
The Company has evaluated subsequent events through
January 14, 2010.
Option
Grants
On October 6, 2009, the Company issued options to purchase
220,660 shares of common stock with an exercise price of
$11.08 per share. While, consistent with the previous practice,
the Company had performed a contemporaneous valuation at the
time of the grant, in November 2009, it decided to reassess that
valuation
F-39
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
for financial reporting purposes in light of the Companys
acceleration of its plans for a proposed IPO and additional data
on expected valuation ranges for the IPO. Based on the
reassessment, management concluded that the fair market value of
the Companys common stock at October 6, 2009 for
financial reporting purposes was $16.88. The Company will
recognize stock compensation expense for the October 2009 option
grants accordingly.
On November 17, 2009, the Company issued options to
purchase an additional 1,080,500 shares of common stock
with an exercise price of $19.00 per share, based on a
contemporaneous management valuation and the expected valuation
ranges for this offering at such time.
Acquisitions
after September 30, 2009
In October 2009, the Company acquired the website business of
Insure.com, an Illinois-based online marketing company, in
exchange for $15 million in cash paid upon closing of the
acquisition and a $1 million non-interest-bearing,
unsecured promissory note. The note is payable in one annual
installment. In November 2009, the Company acquired the website
assets of the Internet.com division of WebMediaBrands, Inc. for
$16.0 million in cash and a $2.0 million non-interest-bearing,
unsecured promissory note.
2010
Equity Incentive Plan
In November 2009, the Companys board of directors adopted
the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the 2010 Incentive
Plan), and the Company expects that its stockholders will
approve the 2010 Incentive Plan prior to the closing of this
offering. The 2010 Incentive Plan will become effective
immediately upon the signing of the underwriting agreement for
this offering. The 2010 Incentive Plan provides for the grant of
incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, restricted
stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, stock appreciation
rights, performance-based stock awards and other forms of equity
compensation. In addition, the 2010 Incentive Plan provides for
the grant of performance cash awards. Incentive stock options
may be granted only to employees. All other awards may be
granted to employees, including officers, nonemployee directors
and consultants.
2010
Non-Employee Directors Stock Award Plan
In November 2009, the Companys board of directors adopted
the 2010 Non-Employee Directors Stock Award Plan (the
Directors Plan) and the Company expects that
its stockholders will approve the Directors Plan prior to
the completion of this offering. The Directors Plan will
become effective immediately upon the signing of the
underwriting agreement for this offering. The Directors
Plan provides for the automatic grant of nonstatutory stock
options to purchase shares of our common stock to our
non-employee directors. The Directors Plan also provides
for the discretionary grant of restricted stock units.
Debt
On November 18, 2009, the Company entered into an amendment
of its existing credit facility pursuant to which the
Companys lenders agreed to increase the maximum amount
available under the Companys revolving credit facility
from $70.0 million to $100.0 million.
In January 2010, the Company replaced its existing credit
facility with a credit facility with a total borrowing capacity
of $175.0 million. The new facility consists of a
$35.0 million four-year term loan, with principal
amortization of 10%, 15%, 35% and 40% annually, and a
$140.0 million four-year revolving credit facility.
Borrowings under the credit facility are collateralized by the
Companys assets and interest is payable quarterly at
specified margins above either LIBOR or the Prime Rate. The
interest rate varies dependent upon the ratio of funded debt to
adjusted EBITDA and ranges from LIBOR + 2.125% to 2.875% or
Prime + 1.00%
F-40
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
to 1.50% for the revolving credit facility and from LIBOR +
2.50% to 3.25% or Prime + 1.00% to 1.50% for the term loan. The
revolver also requires a quarterly facility fee of $131,000. The
credit facility expires in January 2014. The loan and revolving
credit facility agreement restricts the Companys ability
to raise additional debt financing and pay dividends. In
addition, the Company is required to maintain financial ratios
computed as follows:
1. Quick ratio: ratio of (i) the sum of unrestricted
cash and cash equivalents and trade receivables less than
90 days from invoice date to (ii) current liabilities
and face amount of any letters of credit less the current
portion of deferred revenue.
2. Fixed charge coverage: ratio of (i) trailing
12 months of Adjusted EBITDA to (ii) the sum of
capital expenditures, net cash interest expense, cash taxes,
cash dividends and trailing twelve months payments of
indebtedness. Payment of unsecured indebtedness is excluded to
the degree that sufficient unused revolving credit facility
exists such that the relevant debt payment could have been made
from the credit facility.
3. Funded debt to Adjusted EBITDA: ratio of (i) the
sum of all obligations owed to lending institutions, the face
amount of any letters of credit, indebtedness owed in connection
with acquisition related notes and indebtedness owed in
connection with capital lease obligations to (ii) trailing
12-month
Adjusted EBITDA.
Reincorporation
in Delaware
In December 2009, the Company reincorporated in Delaware and, in
connection therewith, increased its authorized number of shares
of common and preferred stock 50,500,000 and 35,500,000,
respectively, and established the par value of each share of
common and preferred stock to be $0.001. In connection with the
reincorporation, the previously outstanding
5,367,756 shares of Series A convertible preferred
stock were converted on a two-for-one basis into
10,735,512 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock
of the reincorporated company. Conversion and liquidation rights
of Series A convertible preferred stock were adjusted
consistent with the conversion. In connection with the
reincorporation, common stock and additional paid-in capital
amounts in these financial statements have been adjusted to
reflect the par value of common stock shares. All share
information included in these financial statements, including
Notes 8 and 9, has been adjusted to reflect this reincorporation
and the increase of the number of Series A convertible
preferred stock.
F-41
Shares
QuinStreet,
Inc.
Common
Stock
PROSPECTUS
|
|
|
Credit
Suisse |
BofA Merrill Lynch |
J.P. Morgan |
PART II
INFORMATION
NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
|
|
ITEM 13.
|
Other
Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
|
The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other
than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable in
connection with the sale and distribution of the shares being
registered, including the shares to be sold by the selling
stockholders if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment
option. All amounts are estimated except the SEC registration
fee, the FINRA filing fee and the NASDAQ filing fee. The fees
payable to Qatalyst Partners LP are based on an assumed public
offering price of $ per share,
which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of
the prospectus which is a part of this registration statement,
and exclude additional fees that may be payable upon exercise of
the underwriters over-allotment options. Except as
otherwise noted, all the expenses below will be paid by
QuinStreet.
|
|
|
|
|
Item
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
SEC Registration fee
|
|
$
|
13,950
|
|
FINRA filing fee
|
|
|
25,500
|
|
NASDAQ listing fee
|
|
|
125,000
|
|
Advisory fees payable to Qatalyst Partners LP(1)
|
|
|
|
|
Legal fees and expenses
|
|
|
900,000
|
|
Accounting fees and expenses
|
|
|
|
|
Printing and engraving expenses
|
|
|
200,000
|
|
Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
Blue Sky fees and expenses
|
|
|
20,000
|
|
Miscellaneous fees and expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Assuming an initial public offering price per share of
$ ,
an additional amount
of
will be payable to Qatalyst Partners LP if the underwriters
exercise in full their option to purchase an aggregate
of shares
to cover over-allotments. The underwriters have agreed to
reimburse us for the expenses payable to Qatalyst. |
|
|
ITEM 14.
|
Indemnification
of Directors and Officers.
|
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law
authorizes a court to award, or a corporations board of
directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers in terms
sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain
circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement for
expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation
to be in effect upon the completion of this offering eliminates
the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the
fullest extent permitted under the Delaware General Corporation
Law. Our amended and restated bylaws to be in effect upon
completion of this offering require us to indemnify our
directors and executive officers to the maximum extent not
prohibited by the Delaware General Corporation Law or any other
applicable law and allow us to indemnify other officers,
employees and other agents as set forth in the Delaware General
Corporation Law or any other applicable law.
We have entered into indemnification agreements with our
directors and executive officers, whereby we have agreed to
indemnify our directors and executive officers to the fullest
extent permitted by law, including indemnification against
expenses and liabilities incurred in legal proceedings to which
the director or officer was, or is threatened to be made, a
party by reason of the fact that such director or officer is or
was a director, officer, employee or agent of QuinStreet,
provided that such director or officer acted in good faith and
in a manner that the director or officer reasonably believed to
be in, or not opposed to, the best interest of QuinStreet. At
present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving
a director or officer of
II-1
QuinStreet regarding which indemnification is sought, nor are we
aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for
indemnification.
We maintain insurance policies that indemnify our directors and
officers against various liabilities arising under the
Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
that might be incurred by any director or officer in his or her
capacity as such.
The underwriters are obligated, under certain circumstances,
pursuant to the underwriting agreement to be filed as
Exhibit 1.1 hereto, to indemnify us, our officers and
directors against liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended.
|
|
ITEM 15.
|
Recent
Sales of Unregistered Securities.
|
Since July 1, 2006, we have not sold any unregistered
securities other than the grant of stock options to purchase an
aggregate of 9,522,299 shares of common stock to employees,
consultants and directors pursuant to our 2008 Equity Incentive
Plan, having exercise prices ranging from $9.01 to $19.00 per
share. During such period, options to purchase 1,944,459 shares
have been exercised for cash consideration in the aggregate
amount of $4,860,498.
The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in
this Item 15 were deemed to be exempt from registration
under the Securities Act under either (1) Rule 701 promulgated
under the Securities Act as offers and sale of securities
pursuant to certain compensatory benefit plans and contracts
relating to compensation in compliance with Rule 701 or (2)
Section 4(2) or 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions
by an issuer not involving any public offering. The recipients
of securities in the transactions exempt under Section 4(2)
of the Securities Act represented their intention to acquire the
securities for investment only and not with view to or for sale
in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate
legends were affixed to the stock certificates and instruments
issued in such transactions.
|
|
ITEM 16.
|
Exhibits
and Financial Statement Schedules.
|
(a) Exhibits.
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit No.
|
|
Description of Exhibit
|
|
|
1
|
.1*
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement.
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of QuinStreet,
Inc., as currently in effect.
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
QuinStreet, Inc., to be in effect upon completion of the
offering.
|
|
3
|
.3
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of QuinStreet, Inc., as currently in
effect.
|
|
3
|
.4
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of QuinStreet, Inc., to be
in effect upon completion of the offering.
|
|
4
|
.1
|
|
Form of QuinStreet, Inc.s Common Stock Certificate.
|
|
4
|
.2
|
|
Second Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, by and
between QuinStreet, Inc., Douglas Valenti and the investors
listed on Schedule 1 thereto, dated May 28, 2003.
|
|
5
|
.1*
|
|
Form of Opinion of Cooley Godward Kronish LLP.
|
|
10
|
.1+
|
|
QuinStreet, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan.
|
|
10
|
.2+
|
|
Forms of Option Agreement and Option Grant Notice under 2008
Equity Incentive Plan (for non-executive officer employees).
|
|
10
|
.3+
|
|
Forms of Option Agreement and Option Grant Notice under 2008
Equity Incentive Plan (for executive officers).
|
|
10
|
.4+
|
|
Forms of Option Agreement and Option Grant Notice under 2008
Equity Incentive Plan (for non-employee directors).
|
|
10
|
.5+
|
|
QuinStreet, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.
|
|
10
|
.6+
|
|
Forms of Option Agreement and Option Grant Notice under 2010
Equity Incentive Plan (for non-executive officer employees).
|
lI-2
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit No.
|
|
Description of Exhibit
|
|
|
10
|
.7+
|
|
Forms of Option Agreement and Option Grant Notice under 2010
Equity Incentive Plan (for executive officers).
|
|
10
|
.8+
|
|
QuinStreet, Inc. 2010 Non-Employee Directors Stock Award
Plan.
|
|
10
|
.9+
|
|
Form of Option Agreement and Option Grant Notice for Initial
Grants under the 2010 Non-Employee Directors Stock Award
Plan.
|
|
10
|
.10+
|
|
Form of Option Agreement and Option Grant Notice for Annual
Grants under the 2010 Non-Employee Directors Stock Award
Plan.
|
|
10
|
.11+
|
|
Form of 2010 Incremental Bonus Plan.
|
|
10
|
.12+
|
|
Annual Incentive Plan.
|
|
10
|
.13
|
|
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement,
by and among QuinStreet, Inc., the lenders thereto and Comerica
Bank as Administrative Agent, dated as of January 13, 2010.
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Security Agreement, by and among QuinStreet, Inc., certain
subsidiaries of QuinStreet, Inc. and Comerica Bank as
Administrative Agent, dated as of September 29, 2008.
|
|
10
|
.15#
|
|
QuinStreet Merchant Agreement, dated as of July 3, 2001, by
and between QuinStreet, Inc. and DeVry, Inc.
|
|
10
|
.16#
|
|
Letter Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2003, by and
between QuinStreet, Inc. and DeVry, Inc.
|
|
10
|
.17#
|
|
Letter Agreement by and between QuinStreet, Inc. and DeVry, Inc.
|
|
10
|
.18#
|
|
Letter Agreement, dated as of October 5, 2007, by and
between QuinStreet, Inc. and DeVry, Inc.
|
|
10
|
.19+
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement made by and between
QuinStreet, Inc. and each of its directors and executive
officers.
|
|
10
|
.20
|
|
Office Lease Agreement, dated as of June 2, 2003, by and
between QuinStreet, Inc. and CA-Parkside Towers Limited
Partnership, as amended.
|
|
21
|
.1
|
|
List of subsidiaries.
|
|
23
|
.1*
|
|
Consent of Cooley Godward Kronish LLP (included in
Exhibit 5.1).
|
|
23
|
.2
|
|
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered
public accounting firm.
|
|
24
|
.1
|
|
Power of Attorney.
|
|
|
|
* |
|
To be filed by amendment. |
|
+ |
|
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan. |
|
|
|
# |
|
We have requested confidential treatment for portions of this
exhibit. |
(b) Financial Statement Schedules.
The following schedule is filed as part of this registration
statement.
Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying
Accounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Schedule II:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valuation and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Qualifying Accounts
|
|
Charged to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at the
|
|
Expenses/
|
|
Write-offs
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
Beginning
|
|
Against the
|
|
Net of
|
|
the End of
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts and sales credits
|
|
of the Year
|
|
Revenue
|
|
Receivables
|
|
the Year
|
|
Fiscal year 2007
|
|
$
|
474
|
|
|
$
|
781
|
|
|
$
|
(161
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,094
|
|
Fiscal year 2008
|
|
$
|
1,094
|
|
|
$
|
1,217
|
|
|
$
|
(150
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,161
|
|
Fiscal year 2009
|
|
$
|
2,161
|
|
|
$
|
1,463
|
|
|
$
|
(115
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,509
|
|
lI-3
Note: Additions to the allowance for doubtful accounts are
charged to expense. Additions to the allowance for sales credits
are charged against revenues.
All other schedules are omitted because the information called
for is not required or is shown either in the financial
statements or the notes thereto.
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting
Agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in
such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt
delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and
controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing
provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that
in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event
that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other
than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid
by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is
asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant
will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been
settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in
the Securities Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of
prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in
reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to
Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act
shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of
the time it was declared effective.
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a
form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration
statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.
lI-4
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, we
have duly caused this Amendment No. 2 to the Registration
Statement on
Form S-1
to be signed on our behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Foster City, State of California, on
the 14th
day of January, 2010.
QUINSTREET, INC.
Douglas Valenti
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, this Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement has
been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on
the dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Douglas
Valenti
Douglas
Valenti
|
|
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman (Principal Executive
Officer)
|
|
January 14, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Kenneth
Hahn
Kenneth
Hahn
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
|
|
January 14, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
William
Bradley
|
|
Director
|
|
January 14, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
John
G. McDonald
|
|
Director
|
|
January 14, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Gregory
Sands
|
|
Director
|
|
January 14, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
James
Simons
|
|
Director
|
|
January 14, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Glenn
Solomon
|
|
Director
|
|
January 14, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Dana
Stalder
|
|
Director
|
|
January 14, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*By:
|
|
/s/ Kenneth
Hahn
Kenneth
Hahn
Attorney-in-fact
|
|
|
|
|
lI-5
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit No.
|
|
Description of Exhibit
|
|
|
1
|
.1*
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement.
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of QuinStreet,
Inc., as currently in effect.
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
QuinStreet, Inc., to be in effect upon completion of the
offering.
|
|
3
|
.3
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of QuinStreet, Inc., as currently in
effect.
|
|
3
|
.4
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of QuinStreet, Inc., to be
in effect upon completion of the offering.
|
|
4
|
.1
|
|
Form of QuinStreet, Inc.s Common Stock Certificate.
|
|
4
|
.2
|
|
Second Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, by and
between QuinStreet, Inc., Douglas Valenti and the investors
listed on Schedule 1 thereto, dated May 28, 2003.
|
|
5
|
.1*
|
|
Form of Opinion of Cooley Godward Kronish LLP.
|
|
10
|
.1+
|
|
QuinStreet, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan.
|
|
10
|
.2+
|
|
Forms of Option Agreement and Option Grant Notice under 2008
Equity Incentive Plan (for non-executive officer employees).
|
|
10
|
.3+
|
|
Forms of Option Agreement and Option Grant Notice under 2008
Equity Incentive Plan (for executive officers).
|
|
10
|
.4+
|
|
Forms of Option Agreement and Option Grant Notice under 2008
Equity Incentive Plan (for non-employee directors).
|
|
10
|
.5+
|
|
QuinStreet, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.
|
|
10
|
.6+
|
|
Forms of Option Agreement and Option Grant Notice under 2010
Equity Incentive Plan (for non-executive officer employees).
|
|
10
|
.7+
|
|
Forms of Option Agreement and Option Grant Notice under 2010
Equity Incentive Plan (for executive officers).
|
|
10
|
.8+
|
|
QuinStreet, Inc. 2010 Non-Employee Directors Stock Award
Plan.
|
|
10
|
.9+
|
|
Form of Option Agreement and Option Grant Notice for Initial
Grants under the 2010 Non-Employee Directors Stock Award
Plan.
|
|
10
|
.10+
|
|
Form of Option Agreement and Option Grant Notice for Annual
Grants under the 2010 Non-Employee Directors Stock Award
Plan.
|
|
10
|
.11+
|
|
Form of 2010 Incremental Bonus Plan.
|
|
10
|
.12+
|
|
Annual Incentive Plan.
|
|
10
|
.13
|
|
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement,
by and among QuinStreet, Inc., the lenders thereto and Comerica
Bank as Administrative Agent, dated as of January 13, 2010.
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Security Agreement, by and among QuinStreet, Inc., certain
subsidiaries of QuinStreet, Inc. and Comerica Bank as
Administrative Agent, dated as of September 29, 2008.
|
|
10
|
.15#
|
|
QuinStreet Merchant Agreement, dated as of July 3, 2001, by
and between QuinStreet, Inc. and DeVry, Inc.
|
|
10
|
.16#
|
|
Letter Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2003, by and
between QuinStreet, Inc. and DeVry, Inc.
|
|
10
|
.17#
|
|
Letter Agreement by and between QuinStreet, Inc. and DeVry, Inc.
|
|
10
|
.18#
|
|
Letter Agreement, dated as of October 5, 2007, by and
between QuinStreet, Inc. and DeVry, Inc.
|
|
10
|
.19+
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement made by and between
QuinStreet, Inc. and each of its directors and executive
officers.
|
|
10
|
.20
|
|
Office Lease Agreement, dated as of June 2, 2003, by and
between QuinStreet, Inc. and CA-Parkside Towers Limited
Partnership, as amended.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit No.
|
|
Description of Exhibit
|
|
|
21
|
.1
|
|
List of subsidiaries.
|
|
23
|
.1*
|
|
Consent of Cooley Godward Kronish LLP (included in
Exhibit 5.1).
|
|
23
|
.2
|
|
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered
public accounting firm.
|
|
24
|
.1
|
|
Power of Attorney.
|
|
|
|
* |
|
To be filed by amendment. |
|
+ |
|
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan. |
|
|
|
# |
|
We have requested confidential treatment for portions of this
exhibit. |
exv3w1
Exhibit 3.1
AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
QUINSTREET (DELAWARE), INC.
Douglas Valenti hereby certifies that:
ONE: The date of filing the original Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation with the
Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was October 23, 2009, under the name QuinStreet
(Delaware), Inc.
TWO: He is the duly elected and acting Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of QuinStreet
(Delaware), Inc., a Delaware corporation.
THREE: The Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation is hereby amended and restated to
read as follows:
I.
The name of this corporation is QuinStreet (Delaware), Inc. (the Corporation).
II.
The address of the registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware is 160
Greentree Drive, Suite 101, City of Dover, County of Kent, and the name of the registered agent of
the corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is National Registered Agents, Inc.
III.
The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a
corporation may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (DGCL).
IV.
A. This Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated,
respectively, Common Stock and Preferred Stock, both of which shall be $0.001 par value per
share. The total number of shares which the Corporation is authorized to issue is eighty-six
million (86,000,000) shares, fifty million five hundred thousand (50,500,000) shares of which shall
be Common Stock (the Common Stock) and thirty-five million five hundred thousand (35,500,000)
shares of which shall be Preferred Stock (the Preferred Stock).
B. The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of
Directors is hereby authorized, within the limitations and restrictions stated in this Certificate
of Incorporation, to fix or alter the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions
1.
granted to
or imposed upon of any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or any of them; and to increase or
decrease the number of shares of any series prior or subsequent to the issue of shares of that
series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding. In case the number of
shares of any series shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the
status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of
shares of such series.
C. Eleven million (11,000,000) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby
designated Series A Preferred Stock (the Series A Preferred). Ten million two hundred thousand
(10,200,000) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated Series B Preferred
Stock (the Series B Preferred, and, together with the Series A Preferred, the Voting
Preferred). Five hundred thousand (500,000) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are
hereby designated Series C Preferred Stock (the Series C Preferred and, together with the
Voting Preferred, the Series Preferred).
D. The rights, preferences, privileges, restrictions and other matters relating to the Series
Preferred are as follows:
V.
A. Definitions. For purposes of this Certificate the following definitions
shall apply and shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the defined
terms:
1. Additional Shares of Common Stock shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued by the
Corporation after the filing of this Certificate, other than:
(a) shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series Preferred;
(b) shares of Common Stock (i) issued to employees, directors or officers of, or advisors or
consultants to, the Corporation pursuant to stock-based compensation plans approved by the Board,
or issuable upon exercise of stock options granted to employees, directors or officers, advisors or
consultants of the Corporation, pursuant to stock-based compensation plans approved by the Board or
(ii) issuable upon exercise of warrants granted to lessors or lenders of the Corporation in
connection with equipment leases or bank financing transactions approved by the Board.
(c) shares of Common Stock issued in any registered public offering;
(d) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable by way of stock split or stock dividend;
(e) shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of options, warrants or convertible
securities outstanding as of the Series B Preferred Original Issue Date;
2.
(f) shares of Common Stock issued and/or options, warrants or other Common Stock purchase
rights, and the Common Stock issued pursuant to such options, warrants or other rights for
consideration other than cash pursuant to a merger, consolidation, acquisition or similar business
combination approved by the Board of Directors, including the affirmative vote of at least one of
the Preferred Directors;
(g) shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to any equipment leasing arrangement or debt
financing from a bank or similar financial institution approved by the Board of Directors,
including the affirmative vote of at least one of the Preferred Directors;
(h) shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to technology services agreements or similar
agreements approved by the Board of Directors, including the affirmative vote of at least one of
the Preferred Directors; and
(i) shares of Common Stock issued to a corporate partner in a corporate partnering transaction
approved by the Board of Directors, including the affirmative vote of at least one of the Preferred
Directors, the primary purpose of which is not a financing of the Corporation.
2. Affiliate shall mean any Person which directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by,
or is under common control with, the indicated Person. For the purposes of this definition,
control has the meaning specified as of the date hereof for that word in Rule 405 promulgated by
the United States Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
3. Board shall mean the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
4. Combined Directors shall mean directors of the Corporation elected by the holders of the
Voting Preferred and the Common Stock, voting together on an as-if converted basis, pursuant to
Section B(2)(a) below.
5. Common Stock Dividend shall mean a stock dividend declared and paid on the Common Stock
that is payable in shares of Common Stock.
6. Conversion Price, when used in reference to the Series Preferred, shall have the meaning
set forth in Section F(1) below.
7. Conversion Rights shall have the meaning set forth in Section F below.
8. Conversion Stock shall mean the Common Stock into which the Series Preferred is
convertible and the Common Stock issued upon such conversion.
9. Convertible Securities shall mean evidences of indebtedness, shares of stock or other
securities which are at any time, directly or indirectly, convertible into or exchangeable for
Additional Shares of Common Stock.
3.
10. Dividend Rate shall mean (i) eight percent (8%) of the Series A Preferred Original Issue
Price per annum on each outstanding share of Series A Preferred, appropriately adjusted for any
stock split, combination or other recapitalization affecting the Series A Preferred and dividends
on such stock payable in shares of Series A Preferred or Common Stock that occur after the Series A
Preferred Original Issue Date; (ii) eight percent (8%) of the Series B Preferred Original Issue
Price per annum on each outstanding share of Series B Preferred, appropriately adjusted for any
stock split, combination or other recapitalization affecting the Series B Preferred and dividends
on such stock payable in shares of Series B Preferred or Common Stock that occur after the Series B
Preferred Original Issue Date; and (iii) eight percent (8%) of the Series C Preferred Original
Issue Price per annum on each outstanding share of Series C Preferred, appropriately adjusted for
any stock split, combination or other recapitalization affecting the Series C Preferred and
dividends on such stock payable in shares of Series C Preferred or Common Stock that occur after
the Series C Preferred Original Issue Date.
11. Effective Price shall mean the price per share for Additional Shares of Common Stock
determined by dividing the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or sold, or
deemed to have been issued or sold by the Corporation under Sections F(7) and F(8), into the
aggregate consideration received, or deemed to have been received by the Corporation for such issue
or sale under such Sections F(7) and F(8), for such Additional Shares of Common Stock.
12. Equity Securities shall mean any stock or similar security, including, without
limitation, securities containing equity features and securities containing profit participation
features, or any security convertible or exchangeable, with or without consideration, into any
stock or similar security, or any security carrying any warrant or right to subscribe to or
purchase any stock or similar security, or any such warrant or right.
13. Person shall include all natural persons, corporations, business trusts, associations,
limited liability companies, partnerships, joint ventures and other entities, governments, agencies
and political subdivisions.
14. Qualified Public Offering shall mean the first underwritten public offering pursuant to
an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the
offering and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Corporation on a firm commitment basis in
which the aggregate gross proceeds received by the Corporation at the public offering price equals
(or exceeds) $25 million before deduction of underwriters commissions and expenses and the public
offering price equals or exceeds $5.90 per share of Common Stock (appropriately adjusted for
subdivisions and combinations of shares of Common Stock and dividends on Common Stock payable in
shares of Common Stock).
15. Series A Preferred Original Issue Price shall mean $0.85 per share of Series A Preferred
(subject to appropriate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and other combinations in the
same manner as set forth in Section F(6)).
4.
16. Series B Preferred Original Issue Price shall mean $2.95 per share of Series B Preferred
(subject to appropriate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and other combinations in the
same manner as set forth in Section F(6)).
17. Series C Preferred Original Issue Price shall mean $5.00 per share of Series C Preferred
(subject to appropriate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and other combinations in the
same manner as set forth in Section F(6)).
18. Series A Preferred Original Issue Date shall mean the date on which the first share of
Series A Preferred is issued by the Corporation.
19. Series B Preferred Original Issue Date shall mean the date on which the first share of
Series B Preferred is issued by the Corporation.
20. Series C Preferred Original Issue Date shall mean the date on which the first share of
Series C Preferred is issued by the Corporation.
B. Voting Rights.
1. General. Except as may be otherwise provided by law, the Series C Preferred shall be
non-voting stock. At all meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation and in the case of any
actions of stockholders in lieu of a meeting, each holder of Voting Preferred, and each holder of
Series C Preferred, in the event that the Series C Preferred is entitled to vote, shall have that
number of votes on all matters submitted to the stockholders that is equal to the number of whole
shares of Common Stock into which such holders shares of Voting Preferred or Series C Preferred,
as the case may be, are then convertible, as provided in Section F, at the record date for the
determination of the stockholders entitled to vote on such matters or, if no such record date is
established, at the date such vote is taken or any written consent of such stockholders is
effected. Except as may be otherwise provided in this Certificate, by agreement or by law, the
holders of the Common Stock and the holders of the Voting Preferred, and the Series C Preferred, in
the event that the Series C Preferred is entitled to vote, shall vote together as a single class on
all actions to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation.
2. Election of Directors. The number of directors which shall constitute the Board of
Directors of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors in the manner provided in the
Bylaws.
(a) Allocation of Board Seats. The holders of (i) the Series B Preferred, voting together as
a single class, shall be entitled to elect to the Board one (1) director of the Corporation (the
Series B Director); (ii) the Series A Preferred, voting together as a single class, shall be
entitled to elect to the Board two (2) directors of the Corporation (the Series A Directors, and,
together with the Series B Director, the Preferred Directors); (iii) the Common Stock and the
Voting Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis, shall elect the
remaining directors of the Corporation (the Combined Directors).
5.
(b) Quorums. At any meeting held for the purpose of electing directors, (i) the presence in
person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the aggregate number of shares of Series B
Preferred then outstanding shall constitute a quorum of the Series B Preferred for the election of
the Series B Director, (ii) the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the
aggregate number of shares of Series A Preferred then outstanding shall constitute a quorum of the
Series A Preferred for the election of the Series A Directors; and (iii) the presence in person or
by proxy of the holders of a majority of the aggregate number of shares of the Common Stock and the
Voting Preferred (on an as-if-converted basis) then outstanding shall constitute a quorum of the
Common Stock and the Voting Preferred for the election of the Combined Directors.
(c) Vacancies. A vacancy in any directorship (i) elected by the holders of the Series B
Preferred shall be filled only by vote of the holders of the Series B Preferred as provided above;
(ii) elected by the holders of the Series A Preferred shall be filled only by vote of the holders
of the Series A Preferred as provided above; and (iii) elected jointly by the holders of the Common
Stock and the Voting Preferred shall be filled only by vote of the holders of the Common Stock and
the holders of the Voting Preferred as provided above.
(d) Cumulative Voting. No person entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate
votes to which such person is entitled, unless, at the time of such election, the Corporation is
subject to Section 2115 of the California General Corporation Law (CGCL). During such time or
times that the Corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, every stockholder entitled to
vote at an election for directors may cumulate such stockholders votes and give one candidate a
number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to
which such stockholders shares are otherwise entitled, or distribute the stockholders votes on
the same principle among as many candidates as such stockholder desires. No stockholder, however,
shall be entitled to so cumulate such stockholders votes unless (i) the names of such candidate or
candidates have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and (ii) the stockholder has given
notice at the meeting, prior to the voting, of such stockholders intention to cumulate such
stockholders votes. If any stockholder has given proper notice to cumulate votes, all
stockholders may cumulate their votes for any candidates who have been properly placed in
nomination. Under cumulative voting, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes, up to
the number of directors to be elected, are elected.
(e) Removal of Directors. During such time or times that the Corporation is subject to
Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, one or more directors may be removed from office at any time without
cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares
entitled to vote for that director as provided above; provided, however, that unless the entire
Board is removed, no individual director may be removed when the votes cast against such directors
removal, or not consenting in writing to such removal, would be sufficient to elect that director
if voted cumulatively at an election which the same total number of votes were cast (or, if such
action is taken by written consent, all shares entitled to vote were voted) and the entire number
of directors authorized at the time of such directors most recent election were then being
elected.
6.
3. Separate Vote of the Voting Preferred. For so long as at least fifty percent (50%) of the
aggregate number of shares of Voting Preferred originally issued by the Corporation remain
outstanding, the Corporation shall not, without the affirmative vote of a majority of the
then-outstanding shares of Voting Preferred (voting together as a separate class):
(a) sell, lease, license (on an exclusive basis) or otherwise dispose of all or substantially
all of the assets of the Corporation or of any subsidiary of the Corporation, nor shall the
Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation consolidate with or merge into any other
corporation or entity, or permit any other corporation or entity to consolidate or merge into the
Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation, or enter into a plan of exchange with any other
corporation or entity, or otherwise acquire any other corporation or entity if the stockholders of
the Corporation prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding shares of the
surviving corporation or entity;
(b) take any action that constitutes or results in the repurchase of any share(s) of Common
Stock (other than isolated redemptions, repurchases or other acquisitions for cash of shares at
their original purchase price under the provisions of the Corporations stock option, restricted
stock or other equity compensation plans or employment agreements as approved by the Board of
Directors);
(c) permit any subsidiary of the Corporation to sell any of its securities to a third party;
(d) take any action constituting or resulting in a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of
the Corporation;
(e) authorize a payment of a cash dividend or other distribution on any class of capital stock
on a parity with or junior to the Series Preferred; or
(f) grant any registration rights to any Person.
4. Separate Vote of the Series A Preferred. For so long as at least fifty percent (50%) of
the aggregate number of shares of Series A Preferred originally issued by the Corporation remain
outstanding, the Corporation shall not, without the affirmative vote of a majority (except at to
Section B(4)(a) below) of the then-outstanding shares of Series A Preferred:
(a) take any action that constitutes or results in amendment or waiver of any provision of the
Corporations Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws if such amendment or waiver in any way
affects, alters or changes any existing rights, preferences, privileges or provisions relating to
the Series A Preferred or the holders thereof without approval of at least sixty-six and two-thirds
percent (66-2/3%) of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred;
(b) increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Series A Preferred; or
7.
(c) authorize or issue any new class of additional shares of capital stock of the Corporation
having priority over the Series A Preferred or ranking in parity with the Series A Preferred
(including any additional shares of Series A Preferred) as to the payment or distribution of assets
upon the liquidation or dissolution, voluntary or involuntary, of the Corporation.
5. Separate Vote of the Series B Preferred. For so long as at least fifty percent (50%) of
the aggregate number of shares of Series B Preferred originally issued by the Corporation remain
outstanding, the Corporation shall not, without the affirmative vote of a majority of the
then-outstanding shares of Series B Preferred:
(a) take any action that constitutes or results in amendment or waiver of any provision of the
Corporations Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws if such amendment or waiver in any way
affects, alters or changes any existing rights, preferences, privileges or provisions relating to
the Series B Preferred or the holders thereof;
(b) increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Series B Preferred; or
(c) authorize or issue any new class of additional shares of capital stock of the Corporation
having priority over the Series B Preferred or ranking in parity with the Series B Preferred
(including any additional shares of Series B Preferred) as to the payment or distribution of assets
upon the liquidation or dissolution, voluntary or involuntary, of the Corporation.
C. Dividends.
1. Dividend Preference. The holders of each share of Series Preferred then outstanding shall
be entitled to receive non-cumulative dividends, out of any funds and assets of the Corporation
legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend
(other than a Common Stock Dividend) payable on Common Stock of the Corporation at the annual
Dividend Rate for the Series Preferred. Such non-cumulative dividends shall be payable only if, as
and when declared by the Board.
2. Other Dividends. Except as set forth in Section C(1) above, no dividend or other
distribution shall accrue or be paid with respect to any shares of capital stock of the Corporation
for any period, whether before or after the effective date of this Certificate of Incorporation,
unless and until (i) declared by the Board and (ii) approved in accordance with Section B(3)(e),
and (iii) the dividend pursuant to Section C(1) has been paid. In the event any dividend or
distribution is declared or made with respect to outstanding shares of Common Stock, a comparable
dividend or distribution shall be simultaneously declared or made with respect to the outstanding
shares of Series Preferred (as if fully converted into Common Stock, including fractions of
shares). Dividends on shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be payable only out of
funds legally available therefor.
8.
3. Non-Cash Dividends. Whenever a dividend provided for in this Section C shall be payable in
property other than cash (except stock dividends), the value of such
dividend shall be deemed to be
the fair market value of such property as determined in good faith by the Board.
4. Payments on Conversion. If the Corporation shall have accrued but unpaid dividends with
respect to any Series Preferred upon its conversion as provided in Section F, then all such accrued
but unpaid dividends on such converted shares shall be paid in full in cash at the date of
conversion.
5. Distributions Upon Termination of Employment or Service. California General Corporation Law
Sections 502 and 503 shall not apply with respect to distributions on shares junior to the Series
Preferred as they relate to repurchases of shares of Common Stock upon termination of employment or
service as a consultant or director.
D. Liquidation Rights.
1. Preference of Series Preferred: Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up. In the event of
any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary,
the holders of the Series C Preferred then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the
assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, whether such assets are
capital or earnings, before any payment or declaration and setting apart for payment of any amount
shall be made in respect of the Common Stock, an amount equal to the sum of the Series C Preferred
Original Issue Price plus declared and unpaid dividends. In the event of any liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the
Series B Preferred then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the
Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, whether such assets are capital or
earnings, before any payment or declaration and setting apart for payment of any amount shall be
made in respect of the Common Stock, an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Series B Preferred
Original Issue Price plus (ii) an amount equal to 8% of the Series B Preferred Original Issue Price
per annum following the Series B Preferred Original Issue Date (iii) less any unpaid dividends, if
declared and paid, to and through the date full payment. The holders of the Series A Preferred
then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for
distribution to its stockholders, whether such assets are capital or earnings, before any payment
or declaration and setting apart for payment of any amount shall be made in respect of the Common
Stock, an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Series A Preferred Original Issue Price plus (ii) an
amount equal to 8% of the Series A Preferred Original Issue Price per annum following the Series B
Preferred Original Issue Date (iii) less any unpaid dividends, if declared and paid, to and through
the date full payment. Such liquidation payments shall be tendered to the holders of the Series A
Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred with respect to such liquidation, dissolution
or winding up, and the holders of the Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred
shall not be entitled to any further payment, except as provided in Section D(4).
2. Preference of Series Preferred: Reorganization or Sale of Assets. In the event of any
merger, acquisition or consolidation of the Corporation into or with any other
9.
entity or entities which results in the exchange of outstanding shares of the Corporation for
securities or other consideration issued or paid or caused to be issued or paid by any such entity
or Affiliate thereof pursuant to which the stockholders of the Corporation immediately prior to
the
transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding shares of the surviving corporation
immediately after the transaction, or any sale, lease, license (on an exclusive basis) or transfer
by the Corporation of all or substantially all its assets (a Merger Transaction), (a) before any
payment or declaration and setting apart for payment of any amount shall be made in respect of the
Series A Preferred and the Common Stock, the holders of Series B Preferred then outstanding and the
holders of Series C Preferred then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of
the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, whether such assets are capital or
earnings, an amount equal to 1.75 times the Series B Preferred Original Issue Price, plus any
declared and unpaid dividends on the Series B Preferred and an amount equal to the Series C
Original Issue Price plus any declared and unpaid dividends on the Series C Preferred,
respectively, and (b) the holders of Series A Preferred then outstanding shall be entitled to be
paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, whether
such assets are capital or earnings, before any payment or declaration and setting apart for
payment of any amount shall be made in respect of the Common Stock, an amount equal to the sum of
(i) the Series A Preferred Original Issue Price plus (ii) an amount equal to 8% of the Series A
Preferred Original Issue Price per annum (iii) less any unpaid dividends, if declared and paid, to
and through the date full payment. Such liquidation payments shall be tendered to the holders of
the Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred effective upon the closing of
such Merger Transaction, and the holders of the Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series C
Preferred shall not be entitled to any further payment.
3. Insufficient Assets. If, upon any liquidation, dissolution, winding up of the Corporation,
whether voluntary or involuntary, or Merger Transaction the assets to be distributed to the holders
of any class of the Series Preferred shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such
stockholders of the full preferential amounts aforesaid, then all of the assets of the Corporation
shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the Series Preferred on the basis of the full
liquidation preference payable with respect to such Series Preferred if such liquidation preference
was paid in full.
4. Remaining Assets. If the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to the
Corporations stockholders exceed the aggregate amount payable to the holders of the Series
Preferred pursuant to Sections D(1) and D(2) hereof, then after the payments required by Sections
D(1) and D(2) shall have been made or irrevocably set apart, such assets shall be distributed
equally, on a per share basis, among the holders of the Common Stock, and the holders of the Series
Preferred shall be entitled to no further distributions.
5. Reorganization; Sale of Assets. A Merger Transaction shall be deemed to be a liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Corporation within the meaning of the provisions of this Section D
unless this provision is waived by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the shares of the
Series Preferred voting together as a single class.
6. Notice. Any notice required by the provisions of this Section D shall be in writing and
shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be
10.
notified, (ii) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal
business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (iii) five (5) days after
having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or
(iv) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery,
with written verification of receipt. All notices shall be addressed to each holder of record at
the address of such holder appearing on the books of the Corporation and shall be given not less
than twenty (20) days prior to the payment date stated therein.
7. Determination of Consideration. To the extent any distribution pursuant to
Sections D(1), D(2) or D(4) consists of property other than cash, the value thereof shall, for
purposes of Sections D(1), D(2) or D(4), be the fair value at the time of such distributions as
determined in good faith by the Board. Any securities shall be valued as follows:
(a) Securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on
free marketability covered by (ii) below.
(i) If traded on a securities exchange or through the Nasdaq National Market, the
value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such quotation
system over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing;
(ii) If actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the
average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever is applicable) over the thirty (30) day period
ending three (3) days prior to the closing; and
(iii) If there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value
thereof, as determined by the Board of Directors.
(b) The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other
restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a
stockholders status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be to make an appropriate discount
from the market value determined as above in (a)(i), (ii) or (iii) to reflect the approximate fair
market value thereof, as determined by the Board of Directors.
8. Conversion Prior to Liquidating Distributions. Any holder of the Series
Preferred may, at its option, convert all or a portion of its shares into Common Stock upon a
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation and thereby receive distributions with
the holders of the Common Stock in lieu of receiving distributions with the holders of the Series
Preferred.
E. Redemption Rights.
1. Required Redemption and Redemption Price. The Corporation shall be obligated to
redeem the Series Preferred as follows:
(a) The holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the
then-outstanding shares of Voting Preferred, voting together as a separate class, may
11.
require the
Corporation, to the extent it may lawfully do so, to redeem the Voting Preferred in three (3)
annual installments beginning on the fifth (5th) anniversary of the date on which the
first share of Series B Preferred was issued by QuinStreet, Inc., a California corporation, and
ending on the date two (2) years from such first redemption date (each a Voting Preferred
Redemption Date). The Corporation shall effect such redemptions on the applicable Voting
Preferred Redemption Date by paying in cash in exchange for the shares of Series A Preferred to be
redeemed a sum equal to the Series A Preferred Original Issue Price per share of Series A Preferred
(as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with
respect to such shares) plus declared and unpaid dividends with respect to such shares. The total
amount to be paid for the Series A Preferred is hereinafter referred to as the Series A Preferred
Redemption Price. The Corporation shall effect such redemptions on the applicable Voting
Preferred Redemption Date by paying in cash in exchange for the shares of Series B Preferred to be
redeemed a sum equal to the Series B Preferred Original Issue Price per share of Series B Preferred
(as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with
respect to such shares) plus declared and unpaid dividends with respect to such shares. The total
amount to be paid for the Series B Preferred is hereinafter referred to as the Series B Preferred
Redemption Price. The number of shares of Voting Preferred that the Corporation shall be required
to redeem on any one Voting Preferred Redemption Date shall be equal to the amount determined by
dividing (A) the aggregate number of shares of Voting Preferred outstanding immediately prior to
the Voting Preferred Redemption Date by (B) the number of remaining Voting Preferred Redemption
Dates (including the Voting Preferred Redemption Date to which such calculation applies). Shares
subject to redemption pursuant to this Section E(a) shall be redeemed from each holder of Voting
Preferred on a pro rata basis.
(b) The holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the
then-outstanding shares of Series C Preferred, voting as a separate class, may require the
Corporation, to the extent it may lawfully do so, to redeem the Series C Preferred in three (3)
annual installments beginning on the fifth (5th) anniversary of the date on which the
first share of Series C Preferred was issued by QuinStreet, Inc., a California corporation, and
ending on the date two (2) years from such first redemption date (each a Series C Redemption
Date, and, together with the Voting Preferred Redemption Date, each a Redemption Date).
The Corporation shall effect such redemptions on the applicable Series C Redemption Date by paying
in cash in exchange for the shares of Series C Preferred to be redeemed a sum equal to the Series C
Preferred Original Issue Price per share of Series C Preferred (as adjusted for any stock
dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares) plus
declared and unpaid dividends with respect to such shares. The total amount to be paid for the
Series C Preferred is hereinafter referred to as the Series C Preferred Redemption Price. The
number of shares of Series C Preferred that the Corporation shall be required to redeem on any one
Series C Redemption Date shall be equal to the amount determined by dividing (A) the aggregate
number of shares of Series C Preferred outstanding immediately prior to the Series C Redemption
Date by (B) the number of remaining Series C Redemption Dates (including the Series C Redemption
Date to which such calculation applies). Shares subject to redemption pursuant to this Section
E(b) shall be redeemed from each holder of Series C Preferred on a pro rata basis.
12.
(c) If the Corporation does not have sufficient funds legally available to redeem
all shares to be redeemed at the applicable Redemption Date (including, if applicable, those to be
redeemed at the option of the Corporation), then it shall redeem such shares pro rata (based on the
portion of the applicable aggregate Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred or Series
C Preferred Redemption Price payable to them) to the maximum extent possible and shall redeem the remaining
shares to be redeemed as soon as sufficient funds are legally available, at which time the Board of
Directors shall promptly fix a date for such redemption and so notify the holders of such shares in
writing.
2. Redemption Notice. Holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent
(66-2/3%) of the then-outstanding shares of Voting Preferred or holders of at least sixty-six and
two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the then-outstanding shares of Series C Preferred, as the case may
be, shall not less than forty five (45) days or more than ninety (90) days prior to the Voting
Preferred Redemption Date or the Series C Redemption Date, respectively, mail written notice,
postage prepaid, to the Corporation and thereupon the Corporation shall serve notice to all holders
of such Series Preferred, at such holders post office address last shown on the records of the
Corporation (the Redemption Notice). The Redemption Notice shall state:
(a) the total number of shares of each series of Voting Preferred or of Series C
Preferred which the Corporation is required to offer to redeem;
(b) the number of shares of each series of Voting Preferred or of Series C Preferred
held by the holder which the Corporation intends to offer to redeem;
(c) the Redemption Date and applicable Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred
Redemption Price or applicable Series C Preferred Redemption Price; and
(d) the time, place and manner in which the holder may elect to surrender to the
Corporation the certificate or certificates representing the shares of Series Preferred to be
redeemed.
3. Deposit of Redemption Funds. On or prior to each Redemption Date, as applicable,
the Corporation shall deposit the Redemption Price of all shares to be redeemed with a bank or
trust company having aggregate capital and surplus in excess of one hundred million dollars
($100,000,000), as a trust fund, with irrevocable instructions and authority to the bank or trust
company to pay, on and after such Redemption Date, the Redemption Price of the shares to their
respective holders upon the surrender of their share certificates. Any moneys deposited by the
Corporation pursuant to this Section E(3) for the redemption of shares thereafter converted into
shares of Common Stock pursuant to Section F hereof no later than the fifth (5th) day
preceding the Redemption Date shall be returned to the Corporation forthwith upon such conversion.
The balance of any funds deposited by the Corporation pursuant to this Section E(3) remaining
unclaimed at the expiration of one (1) year following such Redemption Date shall be returned to the
Corporation promptly upon its written request.
4. Surrender of Stock Certificates. On or after each applicable Redemption Date,
each holder of shares of Series Preferred to be redeemed on such Redemption
13.
Date shall surrender
such holders certificates representing such shares to the Corporation in the manner and at the
place designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the applicable Series A Preferred, Series
B Preferred or Series C Preferred Redemption Price of such shares shall be payable to the order of
the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof and each
surrendered certificate shall be canceled. In the event less than all
the shares represented by such certificates are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed
shares. From and after such Redemption Date, unless there shall have been a default in payment of
the applicable Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred or Series C Preferred Redemption Price or the
Corporation is unable to pay the applicable Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred or Series C
Preferred Redemption Price due to not having sufficient legally available funds, all rights of the
holders of such shares as holders of Series Preferred (except the right to receive the applicable
Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred or Series C Preferred Redemption Price without interest upon
surrender of their certificates), shall cease and terminate with respect to such shares as are to
be redeemed on such Redemption Date; provided that in the event that shares of Series Preferred are
not redeemed due to a default in payment by the Corporation or because the Corporation does not
have sufficient legally available funds, such shares of Series Preferred shall remain outstanding
and shall be entitled to all of the rights and preferences provided herein.
5. Termination of Rights. The Conversion Rights (as defined in Section F) for
shares of Series Preferred shall terminate as to the shares designated for redemption at the close
of business on the fifth (5th) day preceding the applicable Redemption Date, unless
default is made in payment of the applicable Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred or Series C
Preferred Redemption Price.
6. Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations. If the Corporation at any time or
from time to time after the initial applicable Redemption Date for the Voting Preferred or the
Series C Preferred effects a subdivision of the outstanding shares of such Series Preferred, the
applicable Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred or Series C Preferred Redemption Price for each
series of Series Preferred then in effect immediately before the subdivision shall be
proportionately decreased, and conversely, if the Corporation at any time or from time to time
after the initial applicable Redemption Date for the applicable Series Preferred combines the
outstanding shares of such Series Preferred into a smaller number of shares, the applicable Series
A Preferred, Series B Preferred or Series C Preferred Redemption Price for each series of Series
Preferred then in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased.
Any adjustment under this subdivision E(6) shall become effective at the close of business on the
date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.
7. Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions. If the Corporation at any
time or from time to time makes or issues or fixes a record date for the determination of holders
of shares of the Series Preferred entitled to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in
additional shares of such Series Preferred, then and in each such event the applicable Series A
Preferred, Series B Preferred or Series C Preferred
14.
Redemption Price for each series of Series
Preferred then in effect shall be decreased as of the time of such issuances or, in the event such
record date is fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the
applicable Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred or Series C Preferred Redemption Price for each
series of Series Preferred then in effect by a fraction (1) the numerator of which is the total
number of shares of Series Preferred issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such
issuance or the close of business on such record date, and (2) the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of the Series Preferred issued and outstanding immediately prior to the
time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of
Series Preferred issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution; provided, however, that if
such record date is fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully
made on the date fixed therefor, the applicable Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred or Series C
Preferred Redemption Price for each series of Series Preferred shall be recomputed accordingly as
of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the applicable Series A Preferred,
Series B Preferred or Series C Preferred Redemption Price for each series of Series Preferred shall
be adjusted pursuant to this subsection E(7) as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or
distributions.
8. Other Redemptions. Other than (i) the scheduled redemptions provided for in
Section E(1), and (ii) repurchases of stock from former employees as approved by the Board and not
requiring such approval pursuant to Section B(3)(b), the Corporation shall not, without the prior
approval of a majority of the holders of the Series Preferred as required and provided for by Section B(3)(b), purchase or set aside any
sums for the purchase of shares of Common Stock.
F. Conversion. The holders of the Series Preferred shall have the
following conversion rights (the Conversion Rights):
1. Optional Conversion of the Series Preferred. The Series Preferred shall be
convertible, without the payment of any additional consideration by the holder thereof and at the
option of the holder thereof, at any time after the first issuance of shares of Series Preferred by
the Corporation, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Common Stock, into
such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing
Eighty-Five Cents ($0.85) by the Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred, Two Dollars and
Ninety-Five Cents ($2.95) by the Conversion Price for the Series B Preferred and Five Dollars
($5.00) by the Conversion Price for the Series C Preferred, determined as hereinafter provided, in
effect at the time of conversion and then multiplying such quotient by each share of Series A
Preferred, Series B Preferred or Series C Preferred to be converted. The Conversion Price at which
shares of Common Stock shall be deliverable upon conversion without the payment of any additional
consideration by the holder thereof (the Conversion Prices) shall at the time of the filing of
this Certificate initially be Eighty-Five Cents ($0.85) in the case of the Series A Preferred, Two
Dollars and Ninety-Five Cents ($2.95) in the case of the Series B Preferred and Five Dollars
($5.00) for the Series C Preferred. Such initial Conversion Prices shall be subject to adjustment,
in order to adjust the number of shares of Common Stock into which the Series Preferred is
convertible, as hereinafter provided.
2. Automatic Conversion of the Series Preferred. If at any time (a) the Corporation
shall complete a Qualified Public Offering or (b) the holders of at least a majority in interest of
the outstanding Series Preferred shall consent in writing to the conversion of the Series Preferred
into shares of Common Stock, then effective upon (a) the closing of the sale of
15.
such shares by the
Corporation pursuant to such Qualified Public Offering or (b) such vote of a majority of the
holders of the Series Preferred, as the case may be, all outstanding shares of Series Preferred
shall automatically convert into shares of Common Stock.
3. Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon
conversion of the Series Preferred. In lieu of any fractional share to which any holder would
otherwise be entitled upon conversion of some or all of the Series Preferred owned by such holder,
the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the then effective Conversion
Price or round up to the nearest whole share.
4. Mechanics of Optional Conversion. Before any holder of Series Preferred shall be
entitled to convert the same into full shares of Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the
certificate or certificates therefor, endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments
of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by
such holders attorney duly authorized in writing, at the office of the Corporation or of any
transfer agent for the Common Stock, and shall give at least five (5) days prior written notice to
the Corporation at such office that such holder elects to convert the same and shall state therein
such holders name or the name of the nominees in which such holder wishes the certificate or
certificates for shares of Common Stock to be issued. The Corporation shall, as soon as
practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Series Preferred, or to
such holders nominee or nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common
Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid, together with cash in lieu of any
fraction of a share. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the
close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Series Preferred to be converted,
and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion
shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock on
such date. From and after such date, all rights of the holder with respect to the Series Preferred
so converted shall terminate, except only the right of such holder, upon the surrender of his, her
or its certificate or certificates therefor, to receive certificates for the number of shares of
Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof and cash for fractional shares.
5. Mechanics of Automatic Conversion. On or before the date fixed for conversion,
each holder of shares of Series Preferred shall surrender such holders certificate or certificates
for all such shares to the Corporation at its executive offices or such other place designated in a written notice from
the Corporation to holders of the Series Preferred, such notice being delivered within a reasonable
time after the events specified in Section F(2) above, and shall thereafter receive certificates
for the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities to which such holder is entitled.
Failure to provide such notice shall not affect the validity of automatic conversion hereunder. On
the date fixed for conversion, all rights with respect to the Series Preferred will terminate,
except only (i) any rights to receive declared but unpaid dividends with a record date preceding
the date of conversion, and (ii) the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their
certificate or certificates therefor, to receive certificates for the number of shares of Common
Stock or other securities into which such Series Preferred has been converted and cash for
fractional shares. If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion
shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or
16.
instruments of transfer, in form
satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by her, his or its
attorney duly authorized in writing. All certificates evidencing shares of Series Preferred which
are required to be surrendered for conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof shall, from
and after the date such certificates are so required to be
surrendered, be deemed to have been retired and canceled and the shares of Series Preferred represented thereby converted into Common
Stock for all purposes, notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender
such certificates on or prior to such date. As soon as practicable after the date of such
automatic conversion and the surrender of the certificate or certificates for Series Preferred as
aforesaid, the Corporation shall cause to be issued and delivered to such holder, or to her, his or
its written order, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock or
other securities issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and cash as
provided in Section F(3) in respect of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable
upon such conversion. If the conversion is in connection with an underwritten offering of
securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the conversion shall be
conditioned upon the closing with the underwriters of the sale of securities pursuant to such
offering, in which event the person(s) entitled to receive Common Stock or other securities upon
conversion of such Series Preferred shall not be deemed to have converted such Series Preferred
until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities.
6. Certain Adjustments to Conversion Price for Stock Splits, Dividends, Mergers,
Reorganizations, Etc.
(a) Adjustment for Stock Splits, Stock Dividends and Combinations of Common Stock.
In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall, after the Series B Preferred Original
Issue Date be further subdivided (split), or combined (reverse split), by reclassification or
otherwise, or in the event of any dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Stock in
shares of Common Stock, the applicable Conversion Prices in effect immediately prior to such
subdivision, combination, dividend or other distribution shall, concurrently with the effectiveness
of such subdivision, combination, dividend or other distribution, be proportionately adjusted.
(b) Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, Etc. In the event of a
reclassification, reorganization or exchange (other than described in subsection F(6)(a) above) or
any consolidation or merger of the Corporation with another Corporation (other than a Merger
Transaction as defined in Section D(2), which shall be considered a liquidation pursuant to Section
D above), each share of Series Preferred shall thereafter be convertible into the number of shares
of stock or other securities or property to which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock
of the Corporation deliverable upon conversion of the Series Preferred would have been entitled
upon such reclassification, reorganization, exchange, consolidation, merger or conveyance had the
conversion occurred immediately prior to the event; and, in any such case, appropriate adjustment
(as determined by the Board) shall be made in the application of the provisions herein set forth
with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of the Series Preferred, to the
end that the provisions set forth herein (including provisions with respect to changes in and other
adjustments of the applicable Conversion Prices) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as
reasonably may be, in relation to any shares of stock or other property thereafter deliverable upon
the conversion of the Series Preferred.
17.
(c) Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions. In the event the
Corporation, at any time or from time to time after the filing of this Certificate, makes,
or fixes a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or
other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation other than shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event, provision
shall be made so that the holders of Series Preferred shall receive upon conversion thereof, in
addition to the number of shares of Common Stock receivable thereupon, the amount of securities of
the Corporation which they would have received had their Series Preferred been converted into
Common Stock on the date of such event and had they thereafter, during the period from the date of
such event to and including the conversion date, retained such securities receivable by them as
aforesaid during such period, subject to all other adjustments called for during such period under
this Section F(6)(c) with respect to the rights or the holders of the Series Preferred.
7. Adjustment to Conversion Prices for Issue or Sale of Additional Shares of Common
Stock. If, at any time or from time to time on or after the Series B Preferred Original Issue
Date, the Corporation shall issue or sell Additional Shares of Common Stock for an Effective Price
per share less than the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred then in
effect, then the then-applicable Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred
shall be reduced to an adjusted Conversion Price (computed to the nearest cent, a half cent being
treated as a full cent), as of the date of such issue or sale, by dividing (A) the sum of (X) the
result obtained by multiplying the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior
to such issue or sale by the applicable Conversion Price then in effect, and (Y) the consideration,
if any, received by the Corporation upon such issue and sale, by (B) the number of shares of Common
Stock outstanding immediately after such issue or sale. For purposes of adjusting any Conversion
Price under this Section F(7), Common Stock outstanding shall not include any outstanding
Convertible Securities or outstanding rights or options, except as required by the provisions of
Section F(8).
8. Further Provisions for Adjustment of Conversion Prices. For the purpose of
Section F(7) above, the following provisions shall be applicable:
(a) Issuance Provisions for Adjustment of Conversion Prices. If, at any time on or
after the Series B Preferred Original Issue Date, the Corporation shall issue or sell any
Convertible Securities, there shall be determined as of the date of issue the Effective Price per
share for which Additional Shares of Common Stock are issuable upon the conversion or exchange
thereof, such determination to be made by dividing (X) the total amount received or receivable by
the Corporation as consideration for the issue or sale of such Convertible Securities, plus the
minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration, if any, payable to the Corporation upon the
conversion or exchange thereof, by (Y) the maximum number of Additional Shares of Common Stock
issuable upon conversion or exchange of all of such Convertible Securities; and such issue or sale
shall be deemed to be an issue or sale for cash (as of the date of issue or sale of such
Convertible Securities) of such maximum number of Additional Shares of Common Stock at the price
per share so determined.
If such Convertible Securities shall by their terms provide for an increase or increases, with
the passage of time, in the amount of additional consideration, if any, payable to the
18.
Corporation,
or in the rate of exchange, upon the conversion or exchange thereof
any adjusted Conversion Price shall, forthwith upon any such increase becoming effective, be readjusted to reflect the same.
To the extent any rights of conversion or exchange evidenced by such Convertible Securities
shall expire without having been exercised, any adjusted Conversion Price shall forthwith be
readjusted to be the adjusted Conversion Price that would have been in effect had an adjustment
been made on the basis that the only Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or sold were those
actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, and that they were
issued or sold for the consideration actually received by the Corporation upon such conversion or
exchange, plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Corporation for the issue or
sale of such Convertible Securities as were actually converted or exchanged.
(b) Grant of Rights, Warrants or Options for Common Stock. If, at any time on or
after the Series B Preferred Original Issue Date, the Corporation shall grant any rights, warrants
or options to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Additional Shares of Common Stock, there
shall be determined as of the date of issue the Effective Price per share for which Additional
Shares of Common Stock are issuable upon the exercise of such rights warrants or options, such
determination to be made by dividing (X) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the
Corporation as consideration for the granting of such rights or options, plus the
minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration payable to the Corporation upon the
exercise of such rights or options, by (Y) the maximum number of Additional Shares of Common Stock
of the Corporation issuable upon the exercise of such rights or options; and the granting of such
rights, warrants or options shall be deemed to be an issue or sale for cash (as of the date of the
granting of such rights, warrants or options) of such maximum number of Additional Shares of Common
Stock at the price per share so determined.
If such rights, warrants or options shall by their terms provide for an increase or increases,
with the passage of time, in the amount of additional consideration payable to the Corporation upon
the exercise thereof, any adjusted Conversion Price shall, forthwith upon any such increase
becoming effective, be readjusted to reflect the same.
To the extent any such rights, warrants or options shall expire without having been exercised,
any adjusted Conversion Price shall forthwith be readjusted to be the adjusted Conversion Price
that would have been in effect had an adjustment been made on the basis that the only Additional
Shares of Common Stock so issued or sold were those actually issued or sold upon the exercise of
such rights, warrants or options and that they were issued or sold for the consideration actually
received by the Corporation upon such exercise, plus the consideration, if any, actually received
by the Corporation for the granting of all such rights, warrants or options, whether or not
exercised.
(c) Grant of Rights, Warrants or Options for Convertible Securities. If, at any
time on or after the Series B Preferred Original Issue Date, the Corporation shall grant any
rights, warrants or options to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Convertible Securities,
there shall be determined as of the date of issue the Effective Price per share for which
Additional Shares of Common Stock are issuable upon the exercise of such
19.
rights warrants or options
for such Convertible Securities, such determination to be made by dividing (X) the total amount, if
any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the granting of such rights, warrants or options, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration payable to the
Corporation upon the exercise of such rights, warrants or options, by (Y) the maximum number of
Additional Shares of Common Stock of the Corporation issuable upon the exercise of such rights,
warrants or options and the conversion or exchange of all of such Convertible Securities; and the
granting of such rights, warrants or options shall be deemed to be an issue or sale for cash (as of
the date of the granting of such rights, warrants or options) of such maximum number of Additional
Shares of Common Stock at the price per share so determined.
If such rights, warrants or options shall by their terms provide for an increase or increases,
with the passage of time, in the amount of additional consideration payable to the Corporation upon
the exercise thereof, any adjusted Conversion Price shall, forthwith upon any such increase
becoming effective, be readjusted to reflect the same.
If any such rights, warrants or options shall expire without having been exercised, any
adjusted Conversion Price shall forthwith be readjusted to be the adjusted Conversion Price which
would have been in effect had an adjustment been made on the basis that the only Convertible
Securities so issued or sold were those actually issued or sold upon the exercise of such rights,
warrants or options and that they were issued or sold for the consideration actually received by
the Corporation upon such exercise plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the
Corporation for the granting of all such rights, warrants or options, whether or not exercised.
(d) Determination of Consideration. Upon any issuance or sale for a consideration
other than cash, or a consideration part of which is other than cash, of any Additional Shares of
Common Stock or Convertible Securities or any rights, warrants or options to subscribe for,
purchase or otherwise acquire any Additional Shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities, the
amount of the consideration other than cash received by the Corporation shall be deemed to be the
fair value of such consideration as determined in good faith by the Board. In case any Additional
Shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities or any rights, warrants or options to subscribe
for, purchase or otherwise acquire any Additional Shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities
shall be issued or sold together with other stock or securities or other assets of the Corporation
for a consideration which covers two or more thereof, the consideration for the issue or sale of
such Additional Shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities or such rights, warrants or
options shall be deemed to be the portion of such consideration allocated thereto in good faith by
the Board.
(e) Duration of Adjusted Conversion Price. Following each computation or
readjustment of any adjusted Conversion Price as provided above in this Section F, any new adjusted
Conversion Price shall remain in effect until further computation or readjustment thereof is
required by this Section F.
(f) Other Action Affecting Common Stock. In case, after the filing of this
Certificate, the Corporation shall take any action affecting its shares of Common Stock,
20.
other than
an action described above in this Section F, which in the good faith opinion of the Board would
have a materially adverse effect upon the conversion rights of the Preferred Stock
granted herein, the applicable Conversion Prices shall be adjusted in such manner and at such time
as the Board may in good faith determine to be equitable in the circumstances.
(g) Certificate of Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the
Conversion Prices pursuant to this Section F, the Corporation at its expense shall promptly compute
such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of
Series Preferred, a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in
reasonable detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based.
9. Notices of Record Date. Upon (i) any taking by the Corporation of a record of the holders
of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to
receive any dividend or other distribution, or (ii) any acquisition or other capital reorganization
of the Corporation, any reclassification or recapitalization of the capital stock of the
Corporation, any merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into any other corporation, or
any transaction described in Section B(3)(a), or any voluntary or involuntary dissolution,
liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, the Corporation shall mail to each holder of Series
Preferred at least ten (10) days prior to the record date specified therein (or such shorter period
approved by a majority of the outstanding Series Preferred) a notice specifying (A) the date on
which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend or distribution and a
description of such dividend or distribution, (B) the date on which any such acquisition,
reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, asset transfer, dissolution,
liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective, and (C) the date, if any, that is to be
fixed as to when the holders of record of Common Stock (or other securities) shall be entitled to
exchange their shares of Common Stock (or other securities) for securities or other property
deliverable upon such acquisition, reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation,
merger, asset transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.
10. Common Stock Reserved. The Corporation shall reserve and keep available out of its
authorized but unissued Common Stock such number of shares of Common Stock as shall from time to
time be sufficient to effect (a) conversion of the Series Preferred and (b) issuance of Common
Stock pursuant to any outstanding option or other rights to acquire Common Stock.
11. Notices. Any notice required by the provisions of this Section F shall be in writing and
shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (ii)
when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the
recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by
registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (iv) one (1) day after
deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written
verification of receipt. All notices shall be addressed to each holder of record at the address of
such holder appearing on the books of the Corporation.
21
12. No Dilution or Impairment. Without the consent of the holders of the then outstanding
Series Preferred, as required under Sections B(3), B(4) and B(5), the Corporation shall not amend
its Certificate of Incorporation or participate in any reorganization,
transfer of assets,
consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or take any other voluntary action,
for the purpose of avoiding or seeking to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms
to be observed or performed hereunder by the Corporation, but shall at all times in good faith
assist in carrying out all such action as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate in order to
protect the conversion rights of the holders of the Series Preferred against dilution or other
impairment.
VI.
A. The liability of the directors of the Corporation for monetary damages shall be eliminated
to the fullest extent under applicable law. If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action
further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a
director of the corporation shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so
amended.
B. This corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of agents (as defined in Section
317 of the CGCL) for breach of duty to the corporation and its stockholders through bylaw
provisions or through agreements with the agents, or through stockholder resolutions, or otherwise,
in excess of the indemnification otherwise permitted by Section 317 of the CGCL, subject, at any
time or times the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, to the limits on such
excess indemnification set forth in Section 204 of the CGCL.
C. Any repeal or modification of this Certificate shall only be prospective and shall not
affect the rights under this Certificate in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any
action or omission to act giving rise to liability.
* * * *
FOUR: The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision
contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter
prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon the stockholders herein are granted subject to
this reservation.
FIVE: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly approved by the
Board of Directors of the corporation.
SIX: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was approved by the written
consent of the holders of the requisite number of shares of said corporation in accordance with
Section 228 of the DGCL. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly
adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL by the stockholders
of the Company.
22
In Witness Whereof, QuinStreet (Delaware), Inc. has caused this Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer this
30th day of December, 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
QuinStreet (Delaware), Inc.
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Douglas Valenti
|
|
|
|
Douglas Valenti |
|
|
|
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
23
exv3w3
Exhibit 3.3
BYLAWS
OF
QUINSTREET, INC.
(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE I OFFICES |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 1. Registered Office |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 2. Other Offices |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE II CORPORATE SEAL |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 3. Corporate Seal |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE III STOCKHOLDERS MEETINGS |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 4. Place of Meetings |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 5. Annual Meeting |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 6. Special Meetings |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 7. Notice of Meetings |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 8. Quorum |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 9. Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 10. Voting Rights |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 11. Joint Owners of Stock |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 12. List of Stockholders |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 13. Action Without Meeting |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 14. Organization |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IV DIRECTORS |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 15. Number and Term of Office |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 16. Powers |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 17. Term of Directors |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 18. Vacancies |
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 19. Resignation |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 20. Removal |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 21. Meetings |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 22. Quorum and Voting |
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 23. Action Without Meeting |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 24. Fees and Compensation |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 25. Committees |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 26. Organization |
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE V OFFICERS |
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 27. Officers Designated |
|
|
13 |
|
i.
|
|
|
|
|
Section 28. Tenure and Duties of Officers |
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 29. Delegation of Authority |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 30. Resignations |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 31. Removal |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VI EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF
SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 32. Execution of Corporate Instruments |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 33. Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation |
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VII SHARES OF STOCK |
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 34. Form and Execution of Certificates |
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 35. Lost Certificates |
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 36. Transfers |
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 37. Fixing Record Dates |
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 38. Registered Stockholders |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VIII OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 39. Execution of Other Securities |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IX DIVIDENDS |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 40. Declaration of Dividends |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 41. Dividend Reserve |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE X
FISCAL YEAR |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 42. Fiscal Year |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XI INDEMNIFICATION |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 43. Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers,
Employees and Other Agents |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XII NOTICES |
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 44. Notices |
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XIII AMENDMENTS |
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 45. Amendments |
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XIV RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL |
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 46. Right of First Refusal |
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XV LOANS TO OFFICERS |
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 47. Loans to Officers |
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XVI MISCELLANEOUS |
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 48. Annual Report |
|
|
27 |
|
ii.
BYLAWS
OF
QUINSTREET, INC.
(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
Section 1. Registered Office. The registered office of the corporation in the State of
Delaware shall be in the City of Dover, County of Kent.
Section 2. Other Offices. The corporation shall also have and maintain an office or principal
place of business at such place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, and may also have
offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board of
Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.
ARTICLE II
CORPORATE SEAL
Section 3. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal. The corporate
seal shall consist of a die bearing the name of the corporation and the inscription, Corporate
Seal-Delaware. Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or
affixed or reproduced or otherwise.
ARTICLE III
STOCKHOLDERS MEETINGS
Section 4. Place of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be held at
such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined from time to time
by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the
meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote
communication as provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law (DGCL).
Section 5. Annual Meeting.
(a) The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, for the purpose of election of
directors and for such other business as may lawfully come before it, shall be held on such date
and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Nominations of
persons for election to the Board of Directors of the corporation and the proposal
1.
of
business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders: (i) pursuant to the corporations notice of meeting of stockholders; (ii) by or at
the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the corporation who was a
stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in the following paragraph, who
is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in Section
5.
(b) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall
have been properly brought before the meeting. For nominations or other business to be properly
brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these
Bylaws, (i) the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of
the corporation, (ii) such other business must be a proper matter for stockholder action under the
DGCL, (iii) if the stockholder, or the beneficial owner on whose behalf any such proposal or
nomination is made, has provided the corporation with a Solicitation Notice (as defined in this
Section 5(b)), such stockholder or beneficial owner must, in the case of a proposal, have delivered
a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporations
voting shares required under applicable law to carry any such proposal, or, in the case of a
nomination or nominations, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a
percentage of the corporations voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or beneficial
owner to be sufficient to elect the nominee or nominees proposed to be nominated by such
stockholder, and must, in either case, have included in such materials the Solicitation Notice, and
(iv) if no Solicitation Notice relating thereto has been timely provided pursuant to this section,
the stockholder or beneficial owner proposing such business or nomination must not have solicited a
number of proxies sufficient to have required the delivery of such a Solicitation Notice under this
Section 5. To be timely, a stockholders notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the
principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the
ninetieth (90th) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth
(120th) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding years annual meeting;
provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than
thirty (30) days prior to or delayed by more than thirty (30) days after the anniversary of the
preceding years annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not
earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to
such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth
(90th) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the
day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall the
public announcement of an adjournment of an annual meeting commence a new time period for the
giving of a stockholders notice as described above. Such stockholders notice shall set forth:
(A) as to each person whom the stockholder proposed to nominate for election or reelection as a
director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations
of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case
pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the 1934 Act)
and Rule 14a-4(d) thereunder (including such persons written consent to being named in the proxy
statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); (B) as to any other business that
the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired
to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at
2.
the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial
owner, if any, on whose behalf
the proposal is made; and (C) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the
name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the corporations books, and of such
beneficial owner, (ii) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are owned
beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, and (iii) whether either
such stockholder or beneficial owner intends to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to
holders of, in the case of the proposal, at least the percentage of the corporations voting shares
required under applicable law to carry the proposal or, in the case of a nomination or nominations,
a sufficient number of holders of the corporations voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees
(an affirmative statement of such intent, a Solicitation Notice).
(c) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of Section 5(b) of these Bylaws to the
contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the
Corporation is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for
director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors made by the corporation at
least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding years annual meeting,
a stockholders notice required by this Section 5 shall also be considered timely, but only with
respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the
Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of
business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is
first made by the corporation.
(d) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this
Section 5 shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a
meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the
procedures set forth in this Section 5. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Chairman of the
meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to
be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the
procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in
compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall not be
presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded.
(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, in order to include
information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a
stockholders meeting, stockholders must provide notice as required by the regulations promulgated
under the 1934 Act. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders
to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under
the 1934 Act.
(f) For purposes of this Section 5, public announcement shall mean disclosure in a press
release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news
service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange
Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.
3.
Section 6. Special Meetings.
(a) Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called, for any purpose or
purposes, by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, (iii)
the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of
authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized
directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption)
or (iv) by the holders of shares entitled to cast not less than ten percent (10%) of the votes at
the meeting, and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as the Board of
Directors shall fix. At any time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of
the California General Corporation Law (CGCL), stockholders holding five percent (5%) or more of
the outstanding shares shall have the right to call a special meeting of stockholders as set forth
in Section 18(b) herein.
(b) If a special meeting is properly called by any person or persons other than the Board of
Directors, the request shall be in writing, specifying the general nature of the business proposed
to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by certified or registered mail, return
receipt requested, or by telegraphic or other facsimile transmission to the Chairman of the Board
of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, or the Secretary of the corporation. No business may be
transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in such notice. The Board of Directors
shall determine the time and place of such special meeting, which shall be held not less than
thirty-five (35) nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the receipt of the
request. Upon determination of the time and place of the meeting, the officer receiving the
request shall cause notice to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the
provisions of Section 7 of these Bylaws. Nothing contained in this paragraph (b) shall be
construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by
action of the Board of Directors may be held.
Section 7. Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by law, notice, given in writing
or by electronic transmission, of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than ten
(10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to
vote at such meeting, such notice to specify the place, if any, date and hour, in the case of
special meetings, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, and the means of remote communications,
if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at
any such meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage
prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholders address as it appears on the records of
the corporation. Notice of the time, place, if any, and purpose of any meeting of stockholders may
be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof or by electronic transmission
by such person, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his
attendance thereat in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, except when the
stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the
meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such
meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.
4.
Section 8. Quorum. At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by
statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws, the presence, in person, by
remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of a majority of
the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of
business. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to
time, either by the chairman of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares
represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting. The stockholders
present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to
transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave
less than a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by statute, or by the Certificate of
Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative
vote of a majority of shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or
represented by proxy duly authorized at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the subject
matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute, the
Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the
votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by
proxy duly authorized at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the election of directors.
Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided
by the statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority of the
outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication,
if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take
action with respect to that vote on that matter. Except where otherwise provided by statute or by
the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the majority (plurality,
in the case of the election of directors) of shares of such class or classes or series present in
person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the
act of such class or classes or series.
Section 9. Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of stockholders, whether
annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairman of the meeting or by
the vote of a majority of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or
represented by proxy. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need
not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the
meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact
any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for
more than thirty (30) days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned
meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to
vote at the meeting.
Section 10. Voting Rights. For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote
at any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose
names shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the record date, as provided in
Section 12 of these Bylaws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Every person
entitled to vote or execute consents shall have the right to do so either in person, by remote
communication, if applicable, or by an agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance
with Delaware law. An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder. No proxy
5.
shall be voted after three (3) years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a
longer period.
Section 11. Joint Owners of Stock. If shares or other securities having voting power stand of
record in the names of two (2) or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership,
joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two (2) or more
persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is
given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order
appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to
voting shall have the following effect: (a) if only one (1) votes, his act binds all; (b) if more
than one (1) votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; (c) if more than one (1) votes,
but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in
question proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as provided in
the DGCL, Section 217(b). If the instrument filed with the Secretary shows that any such tenancy
is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purpose of subsection (c) shall be a
majority or even-split in interest.
Section 12. List of Stockholders. The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least ten (10)
days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at
said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the
number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the
examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, on a reasonably accessible
electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided
with the notice of the meeting, or during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of
business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list
available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such
information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. The list shall be open to
examination of any stockholder during the time of the meeting as provided by law.
Section 13. Action Without Meeting.
(a) Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required by
statute to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, or any action which may
be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a meeting,
without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, or by electronic transmission
setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not
less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a
meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.
(b) Every written consent or electronic transmission shall bear the date of signature of each
stockholder who signs the consent, and no written consent or electronic transmission shall be
effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the
earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation in the manner herein required, written consents
or electronic transmissions signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take action are
delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its
principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody
6.
of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a
corporations registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt
requested.
(c) Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than
unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing or
by electronic transmission and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been
entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that
written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take action were delivered to the
corporation as provided in Section 228(c) of the DGCL. If the action which is consented to is such
as would have required the filing of a certificate under any section of the DGCL if such action had
been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, then the certificate filed under such section
shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such section concerning any vote of stockholders,
that written consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.
(d) A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken
and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated
for the purposes of this section, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic
transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine
(i) that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the
stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder and (ii)
the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such
telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or
electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was
signed. No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed
to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form
shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the state of
Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody
of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a
corporations registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return
receipt requested. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on delivery, consents given by
telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission may be otherwise delivered to the principal
place of business of the corporation or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of
the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded if, to the extent and in the
manner provided by resolution of the board of directors of the corporation. Any copy, facsimile or
other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the
original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided
that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire
original writing.
Section 14. Organization.
(a) At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a
Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or, if the President is absent, a
chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote,
7.
present in person or by proxy, shall act as chairman. The Secretary, or, in his absence, an
Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.
(b) The Board of Directors of the corporation shall be entitled to make such rules or
regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or
convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairman
of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and
procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate
or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an
agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the
meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to
stockholders of record of the corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and
such other persons as the chairman shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the
time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments
by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters
which are to be voted on by ballot. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for
each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting.
Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting,
meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary
procedure.
ARTICLE IV
DIRECTORS
Section 15. Number and Term of Office. The authorized number of directors of the corporation
shall be fixed by the Board of Directors from time to time. Directors need not be stockholders
unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation. If for any cause, the directors shall not
have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient.
Section 16. Powers. The powers of the corporation shall be exercised, its business conducted
and its property controlled by the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by
statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation.
Section 17. Term of Directors.
(a) Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional
directors under specified circumstances, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of
stockholders to serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders. Each director shall serve
until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his death, resignation or removal. No
decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of
any incumbent director.
(b) No person entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate votes to which such
person is entitled, unless, at the time of such election, the corporation is subject to
Section 2115(b) of the CGCL. During such time or times that the corporation is subject to
8.
Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, every stockholder entitled to vote at an election for directors may
cumulate such stockholders votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of
directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which such stockholders shares are
otherwise entitled, or distribute the stockholders votes on the same principle among as many
candidates as such stockholder thinks fit. No stockholder, however, shall be entitled to so
cumulate such stockholders votes unless (i) the names of such candidate or candidates have been
placed in nomination prior to the voting and (ii) the stockholder has given notice at the meeting,
prior to the voting, of such stockholders intention to cumulate such stockholders votes. If any
stockholder has given proper notice to cumulate votes, all stockholders may cumulate their votes
for any candidates who have been properly placed in nomination. Under cumulative voting, the
candidates receiving the highest number of votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, are
elected.
Section 18. Vacancies.
(a) Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the rights
of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting
from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created
directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, unless the Board of
Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be
filled by stockholders, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then
in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining
director, provided, however, that whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series
thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the Certificate of
Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series shall,
unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created
directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled by a majority of the directors elected by
such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected.
Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder
of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such
directors successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board of Directors
shall be deemed to exist under this Bylaw in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any
director.
(b) At any time or times that the corporation is subject to §2115(b) of the CGCL, if, after
the filling of any vacancy, the directors then in office who have been elected by stockholders
shall constitute less than a majority of the directors then in office, then
(i) any holder or holders of an aggregate of five percent (5%) or more of the total number of
shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for those directors may call a special
meeting of stockholders; or
(ii) the Superior Court of the proper county shall, upon application of such stockholder or
stockholders, summarily order a special meeting of the
9.
stockholders, to be held to elect the entire board, all in accordance with Section 305(c) of
the CGCL, the term of office of any director shall terminate upon that election of a successor.
Section 19. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice
in writing or by electronic transmission to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it
will be effective at a particular time, upon receipt by the Secretary or at the pleasure of the
Board of Directors. If no such specification is made, it shall be deemed effective at the pleasure
of the Board of Directors. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors,
effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so
resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when
such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each Director so chosen shall hold
office for the unexpired portion of the term of the Director whose place shall be vacated and until
his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.
Section 20. Removal.
(a) Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law (and assuming the corporation is not
subject to Section 2115 of the CGCL), the Board of Directors or any director may be removed from
office at any time (i) with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the
voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote
generally at an election of directors or (ii) without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders
of a majority of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the
corporation, entitled to vote generally at an election of directors.
(b) During such time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL,
the Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed from office at any time without
cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares
entitled to vote on such removal; provided, however, that unless the entire Board is removed, no
individual director may be removed when the votes cast against such directors removal, or not
consenting in writing to such removal, would be sufficient to elect that director if voted
cumulatively at an election which the same total number of votes were cast (or, if such action is
taken by written consent, all shares entitled to vote were voted) and the entire number of
directors authorized at the time of such directors most recent election were then being elected.
Section 21. Meetings
(a) Regular Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation,
regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within
or without the State of Delaware which has been designated by the Board of Directors and publicized
among all directors, either orally or in writing, including a voice-messaging system or other
system designated to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by
electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice shall be required for a regular
meeting of the Board of Directors.
10.
(b) Special Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation,
special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or without the
State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, the President or any two (2) of the
directors.
(c) Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment. Any member of the Board of Directors, or
of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other
communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each
other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such
meeting.
(d) Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the
Board of Directors shall be orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system
or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or
telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least
twenty-four (24) hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by US mail, it
shall be sent by first class mail, postage prepaid at least three (3) days before the date of the
meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing or by electronic transmission at any time
before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when
the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the
meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
(e) Waiver of Notice. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of
Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid
as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if,
either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice
shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such
waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.
Section 22. Quorum and Voting.
(a) Unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater number, a quorum of the Board
of Directors shall consist of a majority of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time
by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however,
at any meeting, whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may
adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of
Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.
(b) At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and
business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless
a different vote be required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.
11.
Section 23. Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of
Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the
Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of
the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by
electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed
with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or
committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the
minutes are maintained in electronic form.
Section 24. Fees and Compensation. Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their
services as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including, if so approved, by resolution of
the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each
regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board
of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving
the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving
compensation therefor.
Section 25. Committees.
(a) Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may appoint an Executive Committee to consist
of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee, to the extent
permitted by law and provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors shall have and may
exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business
and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all
papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference
to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly
required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or
repealing any bylaw of the corporation.
(b) Other Committees. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, appoint such other
committees as may be permitted by law. Such other committees appointed by the Board of Directors
shall consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors and shall have such powers and
perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees,
but in no event shall any such committee have the powers denied to the Executive Committee in these
Bylaws.
(c) Term. The Board of Directors, subject to any requirements of any outstanding series of
Preferred Stock and the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Bylaw may at any time increase
or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The
membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his death or voluntary resignation
from the committee or from the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time for any
reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any committee
vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the
committee. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any
committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and,
in addition, in the absence or
12.
disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any
meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may
unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of
any such absent or disqualified member.
(d) Meetings. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of the
Executive Committee or any other committee appointed pursuant to this Section 25 shall be held at such times and places as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and
when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such
regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at
any place which has been determined from time to time by such committee, and may be called by any
director who is a member of such committee, upon notice to the members of such committee of the
time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of notice to
members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of
Directors. Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in writing at any time
before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when
the director attends such special meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of
the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or
convened. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolutions authorizing the
creation of the committee, a majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee
shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those
present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.
Section 26. Organization. At every meeting of the directors, the Chairman of the Board of
Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or if the
President is absent, the most senior Vice President, (if a director) or, in the absence of any such
person, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over
the meeting. The Secretary, or in his absence, any Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the
President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.
ARTICLE V
OFFICERS
Section 27. Officers Designated. The officers of the corporation shall include, if and when
designated by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice
Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer and the Controller, all of
whom shall be elected at the annual organizational meeting of the Board of Directors. The Board of
Directors may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant
Controllers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem
necessary. The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers
as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the corporation at
any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law. The salaries and other compensation
of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of
Directors.
13.
Section 28. Tenure and Duties of Officers.
(a) General. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and
until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed. Any
officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed
at any time by the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled
by the Board of Directors.
(b) Duties of Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors,
when present, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The
Chairman of the Board of Directors shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and
shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall
designate from time to time. If there is no President, then the Chairman of the Board of Directors
shall also serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and
duties prescribed in paragraph (c) of this Section 28.
(c) Duties of President. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and
at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors has been
appointed and is present. Unless some other officer has been elected Chief Executive Officer of
the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall,
subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control
of the business and officers of the corporation. The President shall perform other duties commonly
incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the
Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.
(d) Duties of Vice Presidents. The Vice Presidents may assume and perform the duties of the
President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is
vacant. The Vice Presidents shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and shall
also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the
President shall designate from time to time.
(e) Duties of Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of
the Board of Directors and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the
corporation. The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings of
the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring
notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in these Bylaws and other duties
commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers
as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. The President may direct any
Assistant Secretary to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability
of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to the
office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of
Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.
(f) Duties of Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be
kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render
statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as
14.
required by the Board of Directors or the President. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to
the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the
corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to his
office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of
Directors or the President shall designate from time to time. The
President may direct the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Controller or any Assistant Controller to assume and
perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief
Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer and each Controller and Assistant
Controller shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such
other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate
from time to time.
Section 29. Delegation of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate
the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision
hereof.
Section 30. Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or
by electronic transmission notice to the Board of Directors or to the President or to the
Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom
such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation
shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the
acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation
shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract with the
resigning officer.
Section 31. Removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or
without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time, or by
the unanimous written consent of the directors in office at the time, or by any committee or
superior officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of
Directors.
ARTICLE VI
EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING
OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION
Section 32. Execution of Corporate Instruments. The Board of Directors may, in its
discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person
or persons, to execute on behalf of the corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to
sign on behalf of the corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts
on behalf of the corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and such
execution or signature shall be binding upon the corporation.
All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the
corporation or in special accounts of the corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as
the Board of Directors shall authorize so to do.
15.
Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer,
no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any
contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any
amount.
Section 33. Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation. All stock and other securities of
other corporations owned or held by the corporation for itself, or for other parties in any
capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person
authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such
authorization, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the
President, or any Vice President.
ARTICLE VII
SHARES OF STOCK
Section 34. Form and Execution of Certificates. The shares of the corporation shall be
represented by certificates, or shall be uncertificated. Certificates for the shares of stock, if
any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable
law. Every holder of stock in the corporation represented by certificate shall be entitled to have
a certificate signed by or in the name of the corporation by the Chairman of the Board of
Directors, or the President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or
the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the
corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any
officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed
upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such
certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer
agent, or registrar at the date of issue.
Section 35. Lost Certificates. A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of
any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost,
stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the
certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. The corporation may require, as a condition
precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or
destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owners legal representative, to agree to indemnify
the corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the corporation a surety bond in such
form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the
corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.
Section 36. Transfers.
(a) Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its
books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and, in the case of stock
represented by certificate, upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates
for a like number of shares.
16.
(b) The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number
of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of
shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any
manner not prohibited by the DGCL.
Section 37. Fixing Record Dates.
(a) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to
vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix, in
advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution
fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, subject
to applicable law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such
meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining
stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of
business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the
close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination
of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply
to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new
record date for the adjourned meeting.
(b) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to
corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which
record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted
by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon
which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. Any stockholder
of record seeking to have the stockholders authorize or take corporate action by written consent
shall, by written notice to the Secretary, request the Board of Directors to fix a record date.
The Board of Directors shall promptly, but in all events within ten (10) days after the date on
which such a request is received, adopt a resolution fixing the record date. If no record date has
been fixed by the Board of Directors within ten (10) days of the date on which such a request is
received, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in
writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable
law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or
proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the
State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having
custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made
to the corporations registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return
receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by
the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to
consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the
day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.
(c) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment
of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to
exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of
17.
stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in
advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution
fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days
prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for
any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors
adopts the resolution relating thereto.
Section 38. Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the
exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends,
and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or
interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have
express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.
ARTICLE VIII
OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION
Section 39. Execution of Other Securities. All bonds, debentures and other corporate
securities of the corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 34), may be signed
by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or any Vice President, or such other
person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal impressed thereon or
a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer;
provided, however, that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be
authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under
an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued,
the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or
other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons.
Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security,
authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer
of the corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear
imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have
signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature
shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before
the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered,
such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the corporation and
issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall
have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the corporation.
ARTICLE IX
DIVIDENDS
Section 40. Declaration of Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation,
subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law, if
18.
any, may be
declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting. Dividends
may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of
the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.
Section 41. Dividend Reserve. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of
any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors
from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a
reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any
property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think
conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any
such reserve in the manner in which it was created.
ARTICLE X
FISCAL YEAR
Section 42. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of
the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE XI
INDEMNIFICATION
Section 43. Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and
Other Agents.
(a) Directors and Executive Officers. The corporation shall indemnify its directors and
executive officers (for the purposes of this Article XI, executive officers shall have the
meaning defined in Rule 3b-7 promulgated under the 1934 Act) to the fullest extent not prohibited
by the DGCL or any other applicable law; provided, however, that the corporation may modify the
extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with its directors and executive officers;
and, provided, further, that the corporation shall not be required to indemnify any director or
executive officer in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person
unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was
authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation, (iii) such indemnification is provided by
the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the
Delaware General Corporation Law or any other applicable law or (iv) such indemnification is
required to be made under subsection (d).
(b) Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents. The corporation shall have power to indemnify
its other officers, employees and other agents as set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable
law. The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether
indemnification shall be given to any such person, except executive officers, to such officers or
other persons as the Board of Directors shall determine.
19.
(c) Expenses. The corporation shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding,
whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a
director or executive officer, of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the
corporation as a director or executive officer of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, promptly
following request therefor, all expenses incurred by any director or executive officer in
connection with such proceeding, provided, however, that, if the DGCL requires, an advancement of
expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as
a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee,
including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon
delivery to the corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all
amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which
there is no further right to appeal that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such
expenses under this Section 43 or otherwise.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Bylaw,
no advance shall be made by the corporation to an executive officer of the corporation (except by
reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the corporation, in which
event this paragraph shall not apply) in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative, if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a
majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to the proceeding, even if
not a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority of such directors,
even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or such directors so
direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that the facts known to the
decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly
that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not
opposed to the best interests of the corporation.
(d) Enforcement. Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to
indemnification and advances to directors and executive officers under this Bylaw shall be deemed
to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract
between the corporation and the director or executive officer. Any right to indemnification or
advances granted by this Bylaw to a director or executive officer shall be enforceable by or on
behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for
indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is
made within ninety (90) days of request therefor. The claimant in such enforcement action, if
successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting the
claim. In connection with any claim for indemnification, the corporation shall be entitled to
raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that
make it permissible under the DGCL or any other applicable law for the corporation to indemnify the
claimant for the amount claimed. In connection with any claim by an executive officer of the
corporation (except in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative, by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the
corporation) for advances, the corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense as to any such
action clear and convincing evidence that such person acted in bad faith or
20.
in a manner that such
person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, or with
respect to any criminal action or proceeding that such person acted without reasonable cause to
believe that his conduct was lawful. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board
of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to
the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances
because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable
law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent
legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of
conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought
by a director or executive officer to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of
expenses hereunder, the burden of proving that the director or executive officer is not entitled to
be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article XI or otherwise shall be on
the corporation.
(e) Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall not be
exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable
statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or
disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action
in another capacity while holding office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into
individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting
indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other
applicable law.
(f) Survival of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall continue as to
a person who has ceased to be a director, or executive officer and shall inure to the benefit of
the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.
(g) Insurance. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, or any other applicable law, the
corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any
person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this Bylaw.
(h) Amendments. Any repeal or modification of this Bylaw shall only be prospective and shall
not affect the rights under this Bylaw in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any
action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the corporation.
(i) Saving Clause. If this Bylaw or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by
any court of competent jurisdiction, then the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each
director and executive officer to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this
Bylaw that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law. If this Section 43
shall be invalid due to the application of the indemnification provisions of another jurisdiction,
then the corporation shall indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent under
applicable law.
21.
(j) Certain Definitions. For the purposes of this Bylaw, the following definitions shall
apply:
(1) The term proceeding shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation,
the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and
the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding,
whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.
(2) The term expenses shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation,
court costs, attorneys fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid
in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with
any proceeding.
(3) The term the corporation shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any
constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or
merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to
indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a
director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the
request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same
position under the provisions of this Bylaw with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation
as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had
continued.
(4) References to a director, executive officer, officer, employee, or agent of the
corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such person is serving at the
request of the corporation as, respectively, a director, executive officer, officer, employee,
trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.
(5) References to other enterprises shall include employee benefit plans; references to
fines shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit
plan; and references to serving at the request of the corporation shall include any service as a
director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves
services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan,
its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he
reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee
benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner not opposed to the best interests of the
corporation as referred to in this Bylaw.
ARTICLE XII
NOTICES
Section 44. Notices.
22.
(a) Notice to Stockholders. Written notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be
given as provided in Section 7 herein. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise
be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and
except as otherwise required by law, written notice to stockholders for purposes other than
stockholder meetings may be sent by United States mail or nationally recognized overnight courier,
or by facsimile, telegraph or telex or by electronic mail or other electronic means.
(b) Notice to Directors. Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the
method stated in subsection (a), or as provided for in Section 21 of these Bylaws. If such notice
is not delivered personally, it shall be sent to such address as such
director shall have filed in
writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known post office
address of such director.
(c) Affidavit of Mailing. An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and
competent employee of the corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of
stock affected or other agent, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the
stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or
were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima
facie evidence of the facts therein contained.
(d) Methods of Notice. It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be
employed in respect of all recipients of notice, but one permissible method may be employed in
respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect
of any other or others.
(e) Notice to Person with Whom Communication Is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be
given, under any provision of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the
corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such
person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or
agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which
shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall
have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action
taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of
the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice
was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is
unlawful.
(f) Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address. Except as otherwise prohibited under DGCL,
any notice given under the provisions of DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws shall
be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented
to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Such consent shall have been
deemed to have been given if such stockholder fails to object in writing to the corporation within
sixty (60) days of having been given notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single
notice. Any consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation.
23.
ARTICLE XIII
AMENDMENTS
Section 45. Amendments. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or
repeal Bylaws of the corporation. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal
the Bylaws of the corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of
any class or series of stock of the corporation required by law or by the Certificate of
Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at
least a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding
shares of the capital stock of
the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a
single class.
ARTICLE XIV
RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL
Section 46. Right of First Refusal. No stockholder shall sell, assign, pledge, or in any
manner transfer any of the shares of common stock of the corporation or any right or interest
therein, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or by gift or otherwise, except by a transfer
which meets the requirements hereinafter set forth in this bylaw:
(a) If the stockholder desires to sell or otherwise transfer any of his shares of common
stock, then the stockholder shall first give written notice thereof to the corporation. The notice
shall name the proposed transferee and state the number of shares to be transferred, the proposed
consideration, and all other terms and conditions of the proposed transfer.
(b) For thirty (30) days following receipt of such notice, the corporation shall have the
option to purchase all (but not less than all) of the shares specified in the notice at the price
and upon the terms set forth in such notice; provided, however, that, with the consent of the
stockholder, the corporation shall have the option to purchase a lesser portion of the shares
specified in said notice at the price and upon the terms set forth therein. In the event of a
gift, property settlement or other transfer in which the proposed transferee is not paying the full
price for the shares, and that is not otherwise exempted from the provisions of this Section 46,
the price shall be deemed to be the fair market value of the stock at such time as determined in
good faith by the Board of Directors. In the event the corporation elects to purchase all of the
shares or, with consent of the stockholder, a lesser portion of the shares, it shall give written
notice to the transferring stockholder of its election and settlement for said shares shall be made
as provided below in paragraph (d).
(c) The corporation may assign its rights hereunder.
(d) In the event the corporation and/or its assignee(s) elect to acquire any of the shares of
the transferring stockholder as specified in said transferring
stockholders notice,
24.
the Secretary of the corporation shall so notify the transferring stockholder and settlement
thereof shall be made in cash within thirty (30) days after the Secretary of the corporation
receives said transferring stockholders notice; provided that if the terms of payment set forth in
said transferring stockholders notice were other than cash against delivery, the corporation
and/or its assignee(s) shall pay for said shares on the same terms and conditions set forth in said
transferring stockholders notice.
(e) In the event the corporation and/or its assignees(s) do not elect to acquire all of the
shares specified in the transferring stockholders notice, said transferring stockholder may,
within the sixty-day period following the expiration or waiver of the option rights granted to the
corporation and/or its assignees(s) herein, transfer the shares
specified in said transferring stockholders notice which were not acquired by the corporation and/or its assignees(s) as
specified in said transferring stockholders notice. All shares so sold by said transferring
stockholder shall continue to be subject to the provisions of this bylaw in the same manner as
before said transfer.
(f) Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, the following transactions
shall be exempt from the provisions of this bylaw:
(1) A stockholders transfer of any or all shares held either during such stockholders
lifetime or on death by will or intestacy to such stockholders immediate family or to any
custodian or trustee for the account of such stockholder or such stockholders immediate family or
to any limited partnership of which the stockholder, members of such stockholders immediate family
or any trust for the account of such stockholder or such stockholders immediate family will be the
general of limited partner(s) of such partnership. Immediate family as used herein shall mean
spouse, lineal descendant, father, mother, brother, or sister of the stockholder making such
transfer.
(2) A stockholders bona fide pledge or mortgage of any shares with a commercial lending
institution, provided that any subsequent transfer of said shares by said institution shall be
conducted in the manner set forth in this bylaw.
(3) A stockholders transfer of any or all of such stockholders shares to a person who, at
the time of such transfer, is an officer or director of the corporation.
(4) A corporate stockholders transfer of any or all of its shares pursuant to and in
accordance with the terms of any merger, consolidation, reclassification of shares or capital
reorganization of the corporate stockholder, or pursuant to a sale of all or substantially all of
the stock or assets of a corporate stockholder.
(5) A corporate stockholders transfer of any or all of its shares to any or all of its
stockholders.
(6) A transfer by a stockholder which is a limited or general partnership to any or all of its
partners or former partners.
25.
In any such case, the transferee, assignee, or other recipient shall receive and hold such stock
subject to the provisions of this bylaw, and there shall be no further transfer of such stock
except in accord with this bylaw.
(g) The provisions of this bylaw may be waived with respect to any transfer either by the
corporation, upon duly authorized action of its Board of Directors, or by the stockholders, upon
the express written consent of the owners of a majority of the voting power of the corporation
(excluding the votes represented by those shares to be transferred by the transferring
stockholder). This bylaw may be amended or repealed either by a duly authorized action of the
Board of Directors or by the stockholders, upon the express written consent of the owners of a
majority of the voting power of the corporation.
(h) Any sale or transfer, or purported sale or transfer, of securities of the corporation
shall be null and void unless the terms, conditions, and provisions of this bylaw are strictly
observed and followed.
(i) The foregoing right of first refusal shall terminate on either of the following dates,
whichever shall first occur:
(1) On October 22, 2019; or
(2) Upon the date securities of the corporation are first offered to the public pursuant to a
registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the United States Securities and
Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(j) The certificates representing shares of stock of the corporation shall bear on their face
the following legend so long as the foregoing right of first refusal remains in effect:
THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE
SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN
FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S),
AS PROVIDED IN THE BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION.
(k) The foregoing right of first refusal shall not apply to any shares of common stock issued
upon conversion of any shares of any series of preferred stock.
ARTICLE XV
LOANS TO OFFICERS
Section 47. Loans to Officers. Except as otherwise prohibited under applicable law, the
corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or
other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who
26.
is a Director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board
of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the
corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be
unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without
limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be
deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common
law or under any statute.
ARTICLE XVI
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 48. Annual Report.
(a) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this Bylaw, the Board of Directors shall
cause an annual report to be sent to each stockholder of the corporation not later than one hundred
twenty (120) days after the close of the corporations fiscal year. Such report shall include a
balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal year and an income statement and statement of changes in
financial position for such fiscal year, accompanied by any report thereon of independent
accountants or, if there is no such report, the certificate of an authorized officer of the
corporation that such statements were prepared without audit from the books and records of the
corporation. When there are more than one hundred (100) stockholders of record of the
corporations shares, as determined by Section 605 of the CGCL, additional information as required
by Section 1501(b) of the CGCL shall also be contained in such report, provided that if the
corporation has a class of securities registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act, the 1934 Act
shall take precedence. Such report shall be sent to stockholders at least fifteen (15) days prior
to the next annual meeting of stockholders after the end of the fiscal year to which it relates.
(b) If and so long as there are fewer than one hundred (100) holders of record of the
corporations shares, the requirement of sending of an annual report to the stockholders of the
corporation is hereby expressly waived.
27.
exv4w1
Exhibit 4.1
QUINSTREET, INC.
INCORPORATED UNDER THE
LAWS OF THE STATE
OF DELAWARE
CUSIP 74874Q 10 0
SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
FULLY PAID AND NONASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, $.001 PAR VALUE, OF
QUINSTREET, INC.
transferable on the books of the corporation in person or by duly authorized attorney upon
surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate is not valid until countersigned
by the Transfer Agent and registered by the Registrar.
WITNESS the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized
officers. Dated:
Chairman of the Board
Secretary |
The Corporation shall furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests a statement of the
powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of
each class of stock of the Corporation or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or
restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Such requests shall be made to the Corporations
Secretary at the principal office of the Corporation.
The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be
construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:
TEN COM as tenants in common
TENENT as tenants by the entireties
JTTEN as joint tenants with right of
survivorship and not as tenants
in common
COM PROP as community property UNIF TRF MIN ACT Custodian (until age )
State Act
UNIF GIFT MIN ACT Custodian
(Cust)(Minor)
under Uniform Gifts to Minors
(Cust)
under Uniform Transfers
(Minor)
to Minors Act
(State) |
Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.
FOR VALUE RECEIVED hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto
PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)
shares
of the capital stock represented by within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and
appoint
attorney-in-fact
to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of the
substitution in the premises.
Dated
X
X
NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF
THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER.
Signature(s) Guaranteed:
By
THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION, (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS,
SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE
MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C.
RULE 17Ad-15. GUARANTEES BY A NOTARY PUBLIC ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. SIGNATURE GUARANTEES MUST NOT BE
DATED. |
exv10w11
Exhibit 10.11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FROM:
|
|
|
|
|
|
DATE:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TO: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RE: |
|
QuinStreet Incremental Bonus Plan FY 2010 |
|
|
The Compensation Committee of the Board has once again approved an incremental bonus plan for
senior staff for fiscal year 2010. The purpose of incremental bonuses is to provide incentive and
cash compensation for performance that is well beyond budget or expected growth targets AND that is
consistent with the strategic objectives and interests of the Company. The incremental bonus is in
addition to the potential discretionary bonus component of your annual compensation. This year the
incremental bonus pool will accrue after Company EBITDA exceeds $62,520,000 (Target EBITDA),
which represents 20% growth over FY09 Revenue and a 20% EBITDA margin.
Your specific incremental bonus rate is shown below. The general terms of the incremental plan are
also outlined below. Once you have reviewed, understand and agree to the plan and terms, please
sign on the line provided, and return to me.
Your Incremental Bonus as % of FY10
Company EBITDA > Target EBITDA
Incremental bonus plan terms
|
|
Company EBITDA is as reported in the Statement of Operations or Division Summary
sheet of the Companys unaudited financial statements sent to Investors for FY2010. |
|
|
|
The amount and payment of incremental bonuses are at the complete and sole
discretion of the CEO1, and may not be paid in part or in full, even if financial
targets are achieved. This is to protect the Company from unforeseen changes in business
circumstances and unintended consequences, and to make adjustments when actions maximize
personal bonuses but otherwise (even unintentionally) damage Company interests by, for
example: increasing costs elsewhere or in the future, or hurting or frustrating Company
strategy and/or long-term business potential or positioning. Important considerations, among
others, include: margins; growth; client concentration; development and deployment of
proprietary media; technologies and other capabilities deemed necessary for business
defensibility and sustainability; specific performance of individual, group and category. |
|
|
|
Incremental bonuses will be paid one time only, usually but not necessarily
approximately 30 days following publication of approved full-year results. You must be a
full-time employee in good standing at the time of the payment to receive an incremental bonus
payment. There are no exceptions and no other payments or obligations of any kind associated
with this Plan. |
|
|
|
The CEO1 must have your signed (acknowledged and agreed) Incremental
Bonus Plan memo (this form) on file for you to be included in the Plan and receive a bonus
payment. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acknowledged and agreed:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Name]
|
|
Date |
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
Compensation Committee, in the case of the
CEOs agreement. |
exv10w12
Exhibit 10.12
QuinStreet, Inc.
Annual Incentive Plan
1. Purpose
The
QuinStreet, Inc. Annual Incentive Plan (the Plan) is designed to provide incentive
compensation to individuals who make an important contribution to the success of QuinStreet, Inc.
(the Company). Specific Plan objectives are to (i) provide individuals with incentives and
rewards for achieving outstanding performance and (ii) enhance the ability of the Company to
attract and retain highly talented and competent individuals. During the reliance period
provided by Section 1.162-27(f) of the Treasury Regulations, the Plan is intended to provide
incentive compensation that is not subject to the deductibility limitation of Section 162(m) of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code) with respect to any employee of the Company
who is a covered employee (Covered Employee) as such term is defined in Section 162(m)(3) of
the Code.
2. Plan Year
The Companys fiscal year shall be the Plan Year, and the Plan shall first apply to the Plan
Year beginning July 1, 2010.
3. Administration
The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee (the Committee) of the Board of
Directors (the Board) of the Company. The Committee shall have the sole discretion and authority
to administer and interpret the Plan, and the decisions of the Committee shall in every case be
final and binding on all persons having an interest in the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
certain aspects of the Plan as it applies to participants who are not Covered Employees may be
administered by the Company, and in such event, the Company shall have the sole discretion and
authority to administer and interpret such aspects of the Plan, the decisions of the Company shall
in every case be final and binding on all such participants, and references in the Plan to the
Committee shall mean the Company, as applicable.
4. Eligibility
(a) Participation
In order to be eligible to participate in the Plan, an employee must meet the following
criteria: (i) in the case of Covered Employees, be selected by the Committee for participation in
the Plan; or (ii) in the case of employees who are not Covered Employees, be selected by the Chief
Executive Officer for participation in the Plan.
1.
(b) Award Payments
In order to be eligible to receive an award payment (Award) under the Plan with respect to
any given Plan Year, a participant must meet the following criteria: (i) be on the active payroll
of the Company at the time Awards are paid under the Plan; and (ii) comply with any rules of the
Plan as established by the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a participant shall be
eligible for a target incremental award (as described in Section 5(a)(2) of the Plan only if the
participant is specifically designated by the Committee as eligible for such target incremental
award.
5. Target Awards
(a) General
A participants actual Award under the Plan shall be determined on the basis of the Companys
achievement of the applicable performance goals and the participants target award opportunity,
which may consist of a target regular award (as described in Section 5(a)(1) and a target
incremental award (as described in Section 5(a)(2)).
1. Regular Awards
For each Plan Year, each participant shall be assigned a target regular award opportunity
expressed either as a percentage of such participants base salary earned during the Plan Year
(Base Salary) or as a set dollar amount. If the performance goals are achieved, a participant
shall be eligible to receive an award based on the target regular award.
2. Incremental Awards
For each Plan Year, the Committee shall establish a target incremental award opportunity for
certain participants selected by the Committee. Such target incremental award opportunity shall be
expressed as a percentage of an incremental bonus pool. Such incremental bonus pool shall be equal
to the amount, if any, exceeding one or more performance goals selected by the Committee.
(b) Individuals Hired After Establishment of Performance Goals.
With respect to any individual who is hired during the Plan Year after the Committee has
established the performance goals for the Plan Year and who meets the eligibility criteria under
Section 4(a) of the Plan, the Committee shall establish any target award opportunities for such
individual as soon as practicable after the individual is selected to participate in the Plan.
Such participant shall be eligible to receive a pro-rata Award based on the time employed as a
participant and the performance goals achieved for the Plan Year, provided that the participant
meets the eligibility criteria under Section 4(b) of the Plan.
2.
6. Performance Goals
(a) Establishment of Performance Goals
Individual Awards for each Plan Year shall be based upon one or more performance goals
established by the Committee (as described below) and their relative weights, if any, which may
vary by salary grade or position.
The Committee shall establish the following in writing:
(i) the specific performance goal(s) for the Plan Year and any relative weighting of such
goals for purposes of a participants target regular award opportunity under Section 5(a)(1); and
(ii) the specific performance goal(s) for the Plan Year that will be used to determine the
amount of any incremental bonus pool under Section 5(a)(2).
(b) Performance Criteria for Performance Goals
The Committee may establish performance goals for a Plan Year that may be based, either
individually or in combination, on the Company as a whole or on one or more business units,
divisions, affiliates, or business segments, and measured either absolutely or relative to a
designated group of comparable companies. The performance criteria on which the Committee may base specific performance goals are set forth in Exhibit A
attached hereto.
7. Evaluation of Performance Results and Payment of Awards
Following the end of a Plan Year, the Committee shall determine whether the performance goals
established by the Committee at the beginning of the Plan Year in accordance with Section 5 have
been met; provided, however, that the Committee, both during a Plan Year and following its end,
shall be authorized, in its sole discretion, to make adjustments to such performance goals to
reflect such changes in business circumstances as it may consider appropriate.. The Committee
shall determine the amount of any actual Award for each participant based on (i) the level at which
the Company actually meets, exceeds, or fails to meet its performance goals (and any relative
weighting of such goals), and (ii) the target regular award opportunity and the target incremental
award opportunity, if any, for each participant. The Committee shall have the discretion to reduce
the amount of any actual Award below the amount calculated under the terms of the Plan. Following,
and subject to, the Committees certification that the applicable performance goals for the Plan
Year have been met, the Committee shall approve the payment of Awards.
8. Alternative Method for Establishing and Determining Awards
As an alternative to establishing and determining Awards under Sections 6 and 7 above with
respect to target regular awards described in Section 5(a)(1), the Committee may establish one or
more performance goals for a Plan Year based on one or more of the
3.
performance
criteria set forth in Exhibit A, applying the same procedures as
described in Section 6(b) (the Threshold Goal).
The Threshold Goal may be based, either individually or in combination, on the Company as a whole
or individual units thereof and measured either absolutely or relative to a designated group of
comparable companies.
If the Threshold Goal is achieved, each participant shall be eligible to earn a maximum award
(the Maximum Award) equal to a percentage of such participants target regular award opportunity.
No Awards shall be earned or payable pursuant to this Section 8 unless the Threshold Goal is
achieved. If the Threshold Goal is achieved, each participants Maximum Award shall be subject to
possible reduction by the Committee based on additional performance goals and/or any other factors
determined by the Committee, and the actual Award payable to a participant under the Plan shall be
the Maximum Award, or a portion thereof, based on the application of the foregoing performance
goals and additional factors.
9. Miscellaneous
(a) Withholding of Compensation. The Company shall deduct and withhold from any amounts
payable to participants under the Plan any amounts required to be deducted and withheld by the
Company under the provisions of any applicable federal, state and local statute, law, regulation,
ordinance or order.
(b) Plan Funding. The Plan shall be unfunded. Nothing contained in the Plan will be deemed
to require the Company to deposit, invest or set aside amounts for the payment of any Awards under
the Plan.
(c) Amendment or Termination of the Plan. The Plan may be amended, modified, or terminated at
any time by the Board.
(d) No Guarantee of Continued Service. The Plan shall not confer any rights upon employees to
remain in service with the Company for any specific duration or interfere with or otherwise
restrict in any way the rights of the Company to terminate an employees service with the Company
for any reason, with or without cause or notice.
(e) No Assignment or Transfer. None of the rights, benefits, obligations or duties under the
Plan may be assigned or transferred by any employee. Any purported assignment or transfer by any
employee shall be void. Participation in the Plan does not give a participant any ownership,
security, or other rights in any assets of the Company or any of its affiliates.
(f) Validity. In the event any provision of the Plan is held invalid, void, or unenforceable,
the same will not affect, in any respect whatsoever, the validity of any other provision of the
Plan.
(g) Governing Law. The rights and obligations of any employee under the Plan shall be
governed by and interpreted, construed and enforced in accordance with the
4.
laws of the State of
California without regard to its or any other jurisdictions conflicts of laws principles.
5.
Exhibit A to QuinStreet, Inc. Annual Incentive Plan
Performance Criteria:
|
|
|
cash flow |
|
|
|
|
earnings (including net earnings, earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation
(EBIT) and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA)) |
|
|
|
|
earnings per share |
|
|
|
|
margin (including gross margin, net margin and operating margin) |
|
|
|
|
stockholders equity |
|
|
|
|
return on equity or average stockholders equity |
|
|
|
|
return on assets, net assets or invested capital (ROIC) |
|
|
|
|
total stockholder return (TSR) |
|
|
|
|
revenue |
|
|
|
|
pre-tax profit |
|
|
|
|
net operating profit |
|
|
|
|
income, net income or operating income |
|
|
|
|
cash flow per share |
|
|
|
|
operating cash flow |
|
|
|
|
sales or revenue targets |
|
|
|
|
return on operating revenue |
|
|
|
|
market share |
|
|
|
|
expenses and cost reduction goals |
|
|
|
|
improvement in or attainment of working capital levels |
|
|
|
|
share price performance |
|
|
|
|
implementation or completion of projects or processes |
|
|
|
|
customer satisfaction |
|
|
|
|
capital expenditures |
|
|
|
|
debt metrics |
|
|
|
|
performance against operating budget goals |
|
|
|
|
operating efficiency |
|
|
|
|
strategic and competitive positioning |
6.
|
|
|
sustainability of business and revenue |
|
|
|
|
positioning for longer-term growth |
|
|
|
|
other measures of performance selected by the Committee |
7.
exv10w13
Exhibit 10.13
QUINSTREET, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED
REVOLVING CREDIT AND TERM LOAN AGREEMENT
DATED AS OF JANUARY 14, 2010
COMERICA BANK
AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND LEAD ARRANGER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
1. DEFINITIONS |
|
|
1 |
|
1.1 Certain Defined Terms |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2. REVOLVING CREDIT |
|
|
26 |
|
2.1 Commitment |
|
|
26 |
|
2.2 Accrual of Interest and Maturity; Evidence of Indebtedness |
|
|
27 |
|
2.3 Requests for and Refundings and Conversions of Advances |
|
|
28 |
|
2.4 Disbursement of Advances |
|
|
30 |
|
2.5 Swing Line |
|
|
31 |
|
2.6 Interest Payments; Default Interest |
|
|
37 |
|
2.7 Optional Prepayments |
|
|
38 |
|
2.8 Base Rate Advance in Absence of Election or Upon Default |
|
|
38 |
|
2.9 Revolving Credit Facility Fee |
|
|
39 |
|
2.10 Mandatory Repayment of Revolving Credit Advances |
|
|
39 |
|
2.11 Optional Reduction or Termination of Revolving Credit Aggregate
Commitment |
|
|
40 |
|
2.12 Use of Proceeds of Advances |
|
|
41 |
|
2.13 Optional Increase in Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment |
|
|
41 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3. LETTERS OF CREDIT |
|
|
43 |
|
3.1 Letters of Credit |
|
|
43 |
|
3.2 Conditions to Issuance |
|
|
43 |
|
3.3 Notice |
|
|
45 |
|
3.4 Letter of Credit Fees; Increased Costs |
|
|
45 |
|
3.5 Other Fees |
|
|
46 |
|
3.6 Participation Interests in and Drawings and Demands for Payment Under
Letters of Credit |
|
|
46 |
|
3.7 Obligations Irrevocable |
|
|
49 |
|
3.8 Risk Under Letters of Credit |
|
|
50 |
|
3.9 Indemnification |
|
|
51 |
|
3.10 Right of Reimbursement |
|
|
52 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4. TERM LOAN |
|
|
52 |
|
4.1 Term Loan |
|
|
52 |
|
4.2 Accrual of Interest and Maturity; Evidence of Indebtedness |
|
|
52 |
|
4.3 Repayment of Principal |
|
|
53 |
|
4.4 Term Loan Rate Requests; Refundings and Conversions of Advances of Term
Loan |
|
|
53 |
|
4.5 Base Rate Advance in Absence of Election or Upon Default |
|
|
54 |
|
4.6 Interest Payments; Default Interest |
|
|
55 |
|
4.7 Optional Prepayment of Term Loan |
|
|
55 |
|
4.8 Mandatory Prepayment of Term Loan |
|
|
56 |
|
4.9 Use of Proceeds |
|
|
57 |
|
i
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
5. CONDITIONS |
|
|
57 |
|
5.1 Conditions of Initial Advances |
|
|
57 |
|
5.2 Continuing Conditions |
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
6. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES |
|
|
60 |
|
6.1 Corporate Authority |
|
|
60 |
|
6.2 Due Authorization |
|
|
60 |
|
6.3 Good Title; Leases; Assets; No Liens |
|
|
60 |
|
6.4 Taxes |
|
|
61 |
|
6.5 No Defaults |
|
|
61 |
|
6.6 Enforceability of Agreement and Loan Documents |
|
|
61 |
|
6.7 Compliance with Laws |
|
|
61 |
|
6.8 Non-contravention |
|
|
62 |
|
6.9 Litigation |
|
|
62 |
|
6.10 Consents, Approvals and Filings, Etc |
|
|
62 |
|
6.11 Agreements Affecting Financial Condition |
|
|
63 |
|
6.12 No Investment Company or Margin Stock |
|
|
63 |
|
6.13 ERISA |
|
|
63 |
|
6.14 Conditions Affecting Business or Properties |
|
|
63 |
|
6.15 Environmental and Safety Matters |
|
|
63 |
|
6.16 Subsidiaries |
|
|
64 |
|
6.17 Management Agreements |
|
|
64 |
|
6.18 [Intentionally Deleted |
|
|
64 |
|
6.19 Franchises, Patents, Copyrights, Tradenames, etc |
|
|
64 |
|
6.20 Capital Structure |
|
|
64 |
|
6.21 Accuracy of Information |
|
|
65 |
|
6.22 Solvency |
|
|
65 |
|
6.23 Employee Matters |
|
|
65 |
|
6.24 No Misrepresentation |
|
|
65 |
|
6.25 Corporate Documents and Corporate Existence |
|
|
66 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
7. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS |
|
|
66 |
|
7.1 Financial Statements |
|
|
66 |
|
7.2 Certificates; Other Information |
|
|
67 |
|
7.3 Payment of Obligations |
|
|
68 |
|
7.4 Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence; Compliance with Laws |
|
|
68 |
|
7.5 Maintenance of Property; Insurance |
|
|
69 |
|
7.6 Inspection of Property; Books and Records, Discussions |
|
|
69 |
|
7.7 Notices |
|
|
69 |
|
7.8 Hazardous Material Laws |
|
|
71 |
|
7.9 Financial Covenants |
|
|
71 |
|
7.10 Governmental and Other Approvals |
|
|
71 |
|
7.11 Compliance with ERISA; ERISA Notices |
|
|
72 |
|
7.12 Defense of Collateral |
|
|
72 |
|
7.13 Future Subsidiaries; Additional Collateral |
|
|
72 |
|
7.14 Accounts |
|
|
74 |
|
7.15 Use of Proceeds |
|
|
74 |
|
ii
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
7.17 Further Assurances and Information |
|
|
74 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
8. NEGATIVE COVENANTS |
|
|
74 |
|
8.1 Limitation on Debt |
|
|
74 |
|
8.2 Limitation on Liens |
|
|
76 |
|
8.3 Acquisitions |
|
|
77 |
|
8.4 Limitation on Mergers, Dissolution or Sale of Assets |
|
|
77 |
|
8.5 Restricted Payments |
|
|
79 |
|
8.6 [Intentionally Deleted |
|
|
80 |
|
8.7 Limitation on Investments, Loans and Advances |
|
|
80 |
|
8.8 Transactions with Affiliates |
|
|
82 |
|
8.9 Sale-Leaseback Transactions |
|
|
82 |
|
8.10 Limitations on Other Restrictions |
|
|
82 |
|
8.11 Prepayment of Debt |
|
|
83 |
|
8.12 Amendment of Subordinated Debt Documents |
|
|
83 |
|
8.13 Modification of Certain Agreements |
|
|
83 |
|
8.14 Management Fees |
|
|
83 |
|
8.15 Fiscal Year |
|
|
83 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
9. DEFAULTS |
|
|
84 |
|
9.1 Events of Default |
|
|
84 |
|
9.2 Exercise of Remedies |
|
|
87 |
|
9.3 Rights Cumulative |
|
|
87 |
|
9.4 Waiver by Borrower of Certain Laws |
|
|
87 |
|
9.5 Waiver of Defaults |
|
|
87 |
|
9.6 Set Off |
|
|
88 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10. PAYMENTS, RECOVERIES AND COLLECTIONS |
|
|
88 |
|
10.1 Payment Procedure |
|
|
88 |
|
10.2 Application of Proceeds of Collateral |
|
|
90 |
|
10.3 Pro-rata Recovery |
|
|
90 |
|
10.4 Treatment of a Defaulting Lender |
|
|
90 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
11. CHANGES IN LAW OR CIRCUMSTANCES; INCREASED COSTS |
|
|
91 |
|
11.1 Reimbursement of Prepayment Costs |
|
|
91 |
|
11.2 Eurodollar Lending Office |
|
|
92 |
|
11.3 Circumstances Affecting LIBOR Rate Availability |
|
|
92 |
|
11.4 Laws Affecting LIBOR Rate Availability |
|
|
93 |
|
11.5 Increased Cost of Advances Carried at the LIBOR Rate |
|
|
93 |
|
11.6 Capital Adequacy and Other Increased Costs |
|
|
94 |
|
11.7 Right of Lenders to Fund through Branches and Affiliates |
|
|
95 |
|
11.8 Margin Adjustment |
|
|
95 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
12. AGENT |
|
|
96 |
|
12.1 Appointment of Agent |
|
|
96 |
|
12.2 Deposit Account with Agent or any Lender |
|
|
97 |
|
12.3 Scope of Agents Duties |
|
|
97 |
|
iii
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
12.4 Successor Agent |
|
|
97 |
|
12.5 Credit Decisions |
|
|
98 |
|
12.6 Authority of Agent to Enforce This Agreement |
|
|
98 |
|
12.7 Indemnification of Agent |
|
|
98 |
|
12.8 Knowledge of Default |
|
|
99 |
|
12.9 Agents Authorization; Action by Lenders |
|
|
99 |
|
12.10 Enforcement Actions by the Agent |
|
|
100 |
|
12.11 Collateral Matters |
|
|
100 |
|
12.12 Agents in their Individual Capacities |
|
|
101 |
|
12.13 Agents Fees |
|
|
101 |
|
12.14 Documentation Agent or other Titles |
|
|
101 |
|
12.15 No Reliance on Agents Customer Identification Program |
|
|
101 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
13. MISCELLANEOUS |
|
|
102 |
|
13.1 Accounting Principles |
|
|
102 |
|
13.2 Consent to Jurisdiction |
|
|
102 |
|
13.3 Law of California |
|
|
102 |
|
13.4 Interest |
|
|
102 |
|
13.5 Closing Costs and Other Costs; Indemnification |
|
|
103 |
|
13.6 Notices |
|
|
104 |
|
13.7 Further Action |
|
|
105 |
|
13.8 Successors and Assigns; Participations; Assignments |
|
|
105 |
|
13.9 Counterparts |
|
|
108 |
|
13.10 Amendment and Waiver |
|
|
108 |
|
13.11 Confidentiality |
|
|
110 |
|
13.12 Substitution or Removal of Lenders |
|
|
110 |
|
13.13 Withholding Taxes |
|
|
113 |
|
13.14 Taxes and Fees |
|
|
113 |
|
13.15 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL |
|
|
114 |
|
13.16 USA Patriot Act Notice |
|
|
116 |
|
13.17 Complete Agreement; Conflicts |
|
|
116 |
|
13.18 Severability |
|
|
116 |
|
13.19 Table of Contents and Headings; Section References |
|
|
117 |
|
13.20 Construction of Certain Provisions |
|
|
117 |
|
13.21 Independence of Covenants |
|
|
117 |
|
13.22 Electronic Transmissions |
|
|
117 |
|
13.23 Advertisements |
|
|
118 |
|
13.24 Reliance on and Survival of Provisions |
|
|
118 |
|
13.25 Amendment and Restatement; Assignment and Assumptions |
|
|
118 |
|
13.26 Individual Employee Liability to Lenders |
|
|
118 |
|
iv
EXHIBITS
A FORM OF REQUEST FOR REVOLVING CREDIT ADVANCE
B FORM OF REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE
C FORM OF SWING LINE NOTE
D FORM OF REQUEST FOR SWING LINE ADVANCE
E FORM OF NOTICE OF LETTERS OF CREDIT
F FORM OF SECURITY AGREEMENT
G [RESERVED]
H FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT
I FORM OF GUARANTY
J FORM OF COVENANT COMPLIANCE REPORT
K FORM OF TERM LOAN NOTE
L FORM OF TERM LOAN RATE REQUEST
M FORM OF SWING LINE PARTICIPATION CERTIFICATE
N FORM OF NEW LENDER ADDENDUM
SCHEDULES
1
QUINSTREET, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED
REVOLVING CREDIT AND TERM LOAN AGREEMENT
This Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement (Agreement) is made as of
the 14th day of January, 2010 to be effective on the Effective Date, by and among the financial
institutions from time to time signatory hereto (individually a Lender, and any and all such
financial institutions collectively the Lenders), Comerica Bank, as Administrative Agent for the
Lenders (in such capacity, the Agent), Arranger, Syndication Agent and Documentation Agent, and
QuinStreet, Inc. (Borrower).
RECITALS
A. Borrower and Comerica Bank entered into that certain Revolving Credit and Term Loan
Agreement dated as of September 29, 2008 (as subsequently amended from time to time, the Prior
Credit Agreement).
B. Borrower now desires to amend and replace the Prior Credit Agreement with an amended and
restated credit agreement evidenced by this Agreement.
C. Borrower has requested that the Lenders extend to it credit and letters of credit on the
terms and conditions set forth herein.
D. The Lenders are prepared to extend such credit as aforesaid, but only on the terms and
conditions set forth in this Agreement.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants contained herein, Borrower, the Lenders, and
the Agent agree as follows:
1. DEFINITIONS.
1.1 Certain Defined Terms. For the purposes of this Agreement the following terms will have the following meanings:
Account(s) shall mean any account or account receivable as defined under the UCC, including
without limitation, with respect to any Person, any right of such Person to payment for goods sold
or leased or for services rendered.
Account Control Agreement(s) shall mean those certain account control agreements, or similar
agreements that are delivered pursuant to Section 7.14 of this Agreement or otherwise, as the same
may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.
Account Debtor shall mean the party who is obligated on or under any Account.
Adjusted Quick Ratio shall mean as of any date of determination, a ratio the numerator of
which is Cash plus trade accounts less than ninety (90) days from invoice date and the denominator
of which is Current Liabilities plus the face amount of any Letters of Credit less
the
1
current portion of Deferred Revenue, all as determined on a consolidated basis for Borrower and its
consolidated Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.
Advance(s) shall mean, as the context may indicate, a borrowing requested by the Borrower,
and made by the Revolving Credit Lenders under Section 2.1 hereof, the Term Loan Lenders under
Section 4.1 hereof, or the Swing Line Lender under Section 2.5 hereof, including without limitation
any readvance, refunding or conversion of such borrowing pursuant to Section 2.3, 2.5 or 4.4
hereof, and any advance deemed to have been made in respect of a Letter of Credit under Section
3.6(a) hereof, and shall include, as applicable, a Eurodollar-based Advance, a Base Rate Advance
and a Quoted Rate Advance.
Affected Lender shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.12 hereof.
Affiliate shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly
controlling (including but not limited to all directors and officers of such Person), controlled
by, or under direct or indirect common control with such Person. A Person shall be deemed to
control another Person for the purposes of this definition if such Person possesses, directly or
indirectly, the power (i) to vote 30% or more of the Equity Interests having ordinary voting power
for the election of directors or managers of such other Person or (ii) to direct or cause the
direction of the management and policies of such other Person, whether through the ownership of
voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
Agent shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble, and include any successor agents
appointed in accordance with Section 12.4 hereof.
Agents Correspondent shall mean for Eurodollar-based Advances, Agents Grand Cayman Branch
(or for the account of said branch office, at Agents main office in San Jose, California, United
States).
Applicable Fee Percentage shall mean, as of any date of determination thereof, the
applicable percentage used to calculate certain of the fees due and payable hereunder, determined
by reference to the appropriate columns in the Pricing Matrix attached to this Agreement as
Schedule 1.1.
Applicable Interest Rate shall mean, (i) with respect to each Revolving Credit Advance and
Term Loan Advance, the Eurodollar-based Rate or the Base Rate, and (ii) with respect to each Swing
Line Advance, the Base Rate or, the Quoted Rate, in each case as selected by the Borrower from time
to time and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
Applicable Margin shall mean, as of any date of determination thereof, the applicable
interest rate margin, determined by reference to the appropriate columns in the Pricing Matrix
attached to this Agreement as Schedule 1.1, such Applicable Margin to be adjusted solely as
specified in Section 11.8 hereof.
Applicable Measuring Period shall mean the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending
on the applicable date of determination.
2
Asset Sale shall mean the sale, transfer or other disposition by any Credit Party of any
asset (other than the sale or transfer of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the stock or
other ownership interests of any Subsidiary) to any Person (other than to Borrower or a Guarantor).
Assignment Agreement shall mean an Assignment Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit
H hereto.
Authorized Signer shall mean each person who has been authorized by the Borrower to execute
and deliver any requests for Advances hereunder pursuant to a written authorization delivered to
the Agent and whose signature card or incumbency certificate has been received by the Agent.
Bankruptcy Code shall mean Title 11 of the United States Code and the rules promulgated
thereunder.
Base Rate shall mean for any day, that rate of interest which is equal to the sum of the
Applicable Margin plus the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate for such day, (b) the Federal Funds
Effective Rate in effect on such day, plus one percent (1.0%), and (c) the Daily Adjusting LIBOR
Rate plus one percent (1.0%); provided, however, for purposes of determining the Base Rate during
any period that LIBOR Rate is unavailable as determined under Sections 11.3 or 11.4 hereof, the
Base Rate shall be determined using, for clause (c) hereof, the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate in
effect immediately prior to the LIBOR Rate becoming unavailable pursuant to Sections 11.3 or 11.4.
Base Rate Advance shall mean an Advance which bears interest at the Base Rate.
Borrower shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.
Business Day shall mean any day other than a Saturday or a Sunday on which commercial banks
are open for domestic and international business (including dealings in foreign exchange) in San
Jose, California and New York, New York, and in the case of a Business Day which relates to a
Eurodollar-based Advance, on which dealings are carried on in the London interbank eurodollar
market.
Capital Expenditures shall mean, for any period, with respect to any Person (without
duplication), the aggregate of all expenditures incurred by such Person and its Subsidiaries during
such period for the acquisition or leasing (pursuant to a Capitalized Lease) of fixed or capital
assets or additions to equipment, plant and property that should be capitalized under GAAP on a
consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Subsidiaries, but excluding expenditures made in
connection with the Reinvestment of Insurance Proceeds, Condemnation Proceeds or the Net Cash
Proceeds of Asset Sales.
Capitalized Lease shall mean, as applied to any Person, any lease of any property (whether
real, personal or mixed) with respect to which the discounted present value of the rental
obligations of such Person as lessee thereunder, in conformity with GAAP, is required to be
capitalized on the balance sheet of that Person.
Cash shall mean unrestricted cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities.
3
Cash Proceeds shall mean Cash, proceeds of Advances of the Revolving Credit and proceeds of
Seller Notes that are payable in full within 12 months from the date of the closing of the related
acquisitions.
Change of Control shall mean an event or series of events whereby any Person or group
(within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended)
becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934), directly or indirectly, of a sufficient number of shares of all classes of stock then
outstanding of Borrower ordinarily entitled to vote in the election of directors, empowering such
person or group to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of Borrower, who did not have
such power before such transaction.
Collateral shall mean all property or rights in which a security interest, mortgage, lien or
other encumbrance for the benefit of the Lenders is or has been granted or arises or has arisen,
under or in connection with this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, or otherwise to secure the
Indebtedness.
Collateral Access Agreement shall mean an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to
the Agent in its sole discretion, pursuant to which a mortgagee or lessor of real property on which
Collateral is stored or otherwise located, or a warehouseman, processor or other bailee of
inventory or other property owned by any Credit Party, that acknowledges the Liens under the
Collateral Documents and subordinates or waives any Liens held by such Person on such property and,
includes such other agreements with respect to the Collateral as Agent may require in its sole
discretion, as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.
Collateral Documents shall mean the Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreements, the
Mortgages, the Account Control Agreements, the Collateral Access Agreements, and all other security
documents (and any joinders thereto) executed by any Credit Party in favor of the Agent prior to,
on or after the Effective Date, in connection with any of the foregoing collateral documents, in
each case, as such collateral documents may be amended or otherwise modified from time to time.
Comerica Bank shall mean Comerica Bank and its successors or assigns.
Condemnation Proceeds shall mean the cash proceeds received by any Credit Party in respect
of any condemnation proceeding net of reasonable fees and expenses (including without limitation
attorneys fees and expenses) incurred in connection with the collection thereof.
Consolidated (or consolidated) or Consolidating (or consolidating) shall mean, when
used with reference to any financial term in this Agreement, the aggregate for two or more Persons
of the amounts signified by such term for all such Persons determined on a consolidated (or
consolidating) basis in accordance with GAAP, applied on a consistent basis. Unless
otherwise specified herein, Consolidated and Consolidating shall refer to Borrower and its
Subsidiaries, determined on a Consolidated or Consolidating basis.
Covenant Compliance Report shall mean the report to be furnished by Borrower to the Agent
pursuant to Section 7.2(a) hereof, substantially in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit J
4
and
certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, in which report Borrower shall set forth the
information specified therein and which shall include a statement of then applicable level for the
Applicable Margin and Applicable Fee Percentages as specified in Schedule 1.1 attached to this
Agreement.
Credit Parties shall mean the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and Credit Party shall mean
any one of them, as the context indicates or otherwise requires.
Current Liabilities shall mean, as of any applicable date, all amounts that should, in
accordance with GAAP, be included as current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet of
Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as at such date (but excluding any Indebtedness to Lenders under the
Revolving Credit).
Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate shall mean for any day a per annum interest rate which is equal
to the quotient of the following:
|
(a) |
|
the LIBOR Rate; |
|
|
|
|
divided by |
|
|
(b) |
|
a percentage (expressed as a decimal) equal to 1.00 minus the maximum rate on
such date at which Agent is required to maintain reserves on Euro-currency
Liabilities as defined in and pursuant to Regulation D of the Board of Governors of
the Federal Reserve System or, if such regulation or definition is modified, and as
long as Agent is required to maintain reserves against a category of liabilities which
includes eurodollar deposits or includes a category of assets which includes eurodollar
loans, the rate at which such reserves are required to be maintained on such category; |
such sum to be rounded upward, if necessary, in the discretion of the Agent, to the seventh decimal
place.
Debt shall mean as to any Person, without duplication (a) all Funded Debt of a Person, (b)
all Guarantee Obligations of such Person, (c) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale
or other title retention agreements relating to property or assets purchased by such Person, (d)
all indebtedness of such Person arising in connection with any Hedging Transaction entered into by
such Person, (e) all recourse Debt of any partnership of which such Person is the general partner,
and (f) any Off Balance Sheet Liabilities.
Default shall mean any event that with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both,
would constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement.
Defaulting Lender shall mean a Lender which, in the reasonable determination of the Agent
(a) has failed to fund its Percentage of any Advance or to purchase participations in a Swing Line
Advance or any Reimbursement Obligations as required under this Agreement, unless such Lender is
disputing its funding obligation in good faith, (b) has otherwise failed to pay to the Agent or any
other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it under the terms of this Agreement or any
other Loan Document, unless such Lender is disputing such obligation
5
to pay any such amount in good
faith, (c) has been, or whose holding company has been, determined to be insolvent or that has
become subject to a bankruptcy, receivership or other similar proceeding, or (d) has had a
substantial portion of its assets or management (or a substantial portion of the assets or
management of its holding company) taken over by any governmental authority or any governmental
authority has restricted its ability to act under this Agreement, including its ability to enter
into amendments, waivers or modifications of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents
(provided that the exercise of the customary rights of a shareholder by a governmental authority
which owns shares in such Lender (or its holding company) shall not be covered by this clause (d)),
provided, however, in all cases that a Defaulting Lender shall no longer be deemed a Defaulting
Lender when (i) the Defaulting Lender shall have cured the conditions which shall have caused it to
be a Defaulting Lender hereunder and (ii) the Agent has agreed that such Lender shall no longer be
deemed a Defaulting Lender hereunder.
Defaulting Lenders Unfunded Portion shall mean such Defaulting Lenders Revolving Credit
Percentage of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment minus the sum of (a) the aggregate
principal amount of all Revolving Credit Advances funded by the Defaulting Lender under the
Revolving Credit, plus (b) such Defaulting Lenders Revolving Credit Percentage of the aggregate
outstanding principal amount of all Swing Line Advances and Letter of Credit Obligations.
Deferred Revenue shall mean all non-refundable amounts received in advance of performance
under contracts and not yet recognized as revenue.
Disclosure Letter means the disclosure letter delivered to the Agent by the Borrower on the
Effective Date.
Distribution is defined in Section 8.5 hereof.
Dollars and the sign $ shall mean lawful money of the United States of America.
Domestic Subsidiary shall mean any Subsidiary of Borrower incorporated or organized under
the laws of the United States of America, or any state or other political subdivision thereof or
which is considered to be a disregarded entity for United States federal income tax purposes and
which is not a controlled foreign corporation as defined under Section 957 of the Internal
Revenue Code, in each case provided such Subsidiary is owned by Borrower or a Domestic Subsidiary
of Borrower, and Domestic Subsidiaries shall mean any or all of them.
EBITDA shall mean with respect to any fiscal period an amount equal to the sum of earnings
before depreciation, amortization, non-cash stock compensation, net interest and taxes,
but excluding one-time acquisition costs related to FASB 141r, measured on a trailing four
fiscal quarter basis.
Effective Date shall mean the date on which all of the conditions precedent set forth in
Sections 5.1 and 5.2 have been satisfied or waived in writing.
Electronic Transmission shall mean each document, instruction, authorization, file,
information and any other communication transmitted, posted or otherwise made or
6
communicated by
e-mail or E-Fax, or otherwise to or from an E-System or other equivalent service.
Eligible Assignee shall mean (a) a Lender; (b) an Affiliate of a Lender; (c) any Person
(other than a natural person) that is or will be engaged in the business of making, purchasing,
holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans or similar extensions of credit in the ordinary
course of its business, provided that such Person is administered or managed by a Lender, an
Affiliate of a Lender or an entity or Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender;
or (d) any other Person (other than a natural person) approved by the (i) Agent in its reasonable
discretion (and in the case of an assignment of a commitment under the Revolving Credit, the
Issuing Lender and Swing Line Lender), and (ii) unless a Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, the Borrower (each such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided
that (x) notwithstanding the foregoing, Eligible Assignee shall not include the Borrower, or any
of the Borrowers Affiliates or Subsidiaries; (y) notwithstanding clause (d)(ii) of this
definition, no assignment shall be made to an entity which is a competitor of any Credit Party
without the consent of the Borrower, which consent may be withheld in its sole discretion; and (z)
no assignment shall be made to an Impaired Lender without the consent of the Agent, and in the case
of an assignment of a commitment under the Revolving Credit, the Issuing Lender and the Swing Line
Lender.
Equity Interest shall mean (i) in the case of any corporation, all capital stock and any
securities exchangeable for or convertible into capital stock, (ii) in the case of an association
or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents of
corporate stock (however designated) in or to such association or entity, (iii) in the case of a
partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or
limited) and (iv) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive
a share of the profits and losses of, or distribution of assets of, the issuing Person, and
including, in all of the foregoing cases described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv), any
warrants, rights or other options to purchase or otherwise acquire any of the interests described
in any of the foregoing cases.
ERISA shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or any
successor act or code and the regulations in effect from time to time thereunder.
E-System shall mean any electronic system and any other Internet or extranet-based site,
whether such electronic system is owned, operated or hosted by the Agent, any of its Affiliates or
any other Person, providing for access to data protected by passcodes or other security system.
Eurodollar-based Advance shall mean any Advance which bears interest at the Eurodollar-based
Rate.
Eurodollar-based Rate shall mean a per annum interest rate which is equal to the sum of the
Applicable Margin, plus the quotient of:
(i) the LIBOR Rate, divided by
7
(ii) a percentage equal to 100% minus the maximum rate on such date at which Agent is required
to maintain reserves on Eurocurrency Liabilities as defined in and pursuant to Regulation D of
the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or, if such regulation or definition is
modified, and as long as Agent is required to maintain reserves against a category of liabilities
which includes eurocurrency deposits or includes a category of assets which includes eurocurrency
loans, the rate at which such reserves are required to be maintained on such category,
such sum to be rounded upward, if necessary, in the discretion of the Agent, to the seventh decimal
place.
Eurodollar-Interest Period shall mean, for any Eurodollar-based Advance, an Interest Period
of one, two or three months (or any shorter or longer periods agreed to in advance by the Borrower,
Agent and the Lenders) as selected by Borrower, for such Eurodollar-based Advance pursuant to
Section 2.3 or 4.4 hereof, as the case may be.
Eurodollar Lending Office shall mean, (a) with respect to the Agent, Agents office located
at its Grand Caymans Branch or such other branch of Agent, domestic or foreign, as it may hereafter
designate as its Eurodollar Lending Office by written notice to Borrower and the Lenders and (b) as
to each of the Lenders, its office, branch or affiliate located at its address set forth on the
signature pages hereof (or identified thereon as its Eurodollar Lending Office), or at such other
office, branch or affiliate of such Lender as it may hereafter designate as its Eurodollar Lending
Office by written notice to Borrower and Agent.
Event of Default shall mean each of the Events of Default specified in Section 9.1 hereof.
Excluded Equity Issuances shall mean (a) any issuance of Equity Interests under any stock
option or employee incentive plans and issuances of Equity Interests of the Borrower pursuant to
the exercise of options or warrants issued under any such plans, (b) any issuance of Equity
Interests to current shareholders and other private equity issuances, (c) any issuance by any
Subsidiary of Borrower of its Equity Interests to Borrower or any other Subsidiary of Borrower, (d)
any receipt by Borrower or any Subsidiary of Borrower of a capital contribution from Borrower or
any other Subsidiary of Borrower, (e) issuances of Equity Interests, the Net Cash Proceeds of which
are applied by Borrower or any Subsidiary to the consideration paid for a Permitted Acquisition,
and (f) issuances of Equity Interests in connection with any IPO or other public equity offering.
Existing Letters of Credit shall mean the letters of credit previously issued by Comerica
Bank for the account of certain of the Credit Parties which are listed in attached Schedule 1.4.
Federal Funds Effective Rate shall mean, for any day, a fluctuating interest rate per annum
equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of
the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if
such day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of
New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day which is a
8
Business Day, the average of
the quotations for such day on such transactions received by Agent from three Federal funds brokers
of recognized standing selected reasonably by Agent, all as conclusively determined by the Agent,
such sum to be rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest whole multiple of 1/100th of 1%.
Fee Letter shall mean the fee letter by and between Borrower and Comerica Bank dated as of
December 2, 2009, relating to the Indebtedness hereunder, as amended, restated, replaced or
otherwise modified from time to time.
Fees shall mean the Revolving Credit Facility Fee, the Letter of Credit Fees and the other
fees and charges (including any agency fees) payable by Borrower to the Lenders, the Issuing Lender
or Agent hereunder or under the Fee Letter.
Final Maturity Date shall mean the last to occur of (i) the Revolving Credit Maturity Date
or (ii) the Term Loan Maturity Date.
Fiscal Year shall mean the twelve-month period ending on each June 30.
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall mean as of any date of determination a ratio the numerator
of which is EBITDA for the preceding four fiscal quarters ending on the date of determination and
the denominator of which is the sum of each of the following fixed charges for the preceding four
fiscal quarters ending on such date of determination: unfinanced Capital Expenditures, plus Net
Cash Interest Expenses, plus cash taxes, plus cash dividends, plus trailing four fiscal quarters
payments of Debt which are actually made by Borrower (excluding unsecured payments with respect to
Seller Notes to the extent there is equivalent unused capacity under the Revolving Credit as of the
date paid), all as determined on a consolidated basis by Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries
in accordance with GAAP.
Foreign Subsidiary shall mean any Subsidiary, other than a Domestic Subsidiary, and Foreign
Subsidiaries shall mean any or all of them.
Funded Debt of any Person shall mean, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such
Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services as of such
date (other than operating leases and trade liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business
and payable in accordance with customary practices) or which is evidenced by a note, bond,
debenture or similar instrument, (b) the principal component of all obligations of such Person
under Capitalized Leases, (c) all reimbursement obligations (actual, contingent or otherwise) of
such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers acceptances or similar obligations issued or
created for the account of such Person, (d) all liabilities of the type
described in (a), (b) and (c) above that are secured by any Liens on any property owned by
such Person as of such date even though such Person has not assumed or otherwise become liable for
the payment thereof, the amount of which is determined in accordance with GAAP; provided however
that so long as such Person is not personally liable for any such liability, the amount of such
liability shall be deemed to be the lesser of the fair market value at such date of the property
subject to the Lien securing such liability and the amount of the liability secured, and (e) all
Guarantee Obligations in respect of any liability which constitutes Funded Debt; provided,
9
however
that Funded Debt shall not include any indebtedness under any Hedging Transaction prior to the
occurrence of a termination event with respect thereto.
Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio shall mean as of any date of determination, a ratio the
numerator of which is Funded Debt and the denominator of which is EBITDA, all as determined on a
consolidated basis for Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.
GAAP shall mean, as of any applicable date of determination, generally accepted accounting
principles in the United States of America, as applicable on such date, consistently applied, as in
effect on the Effective Date.
Governmental Obligations means noncallable direct general obligations of the United States
of America or obligations the payment of principal of and interest on which is unconditionally
guaranteed by the United States of America.
Guarantee Obligation shall mean as to any Person (the guaranteeing person) any obligation
of the guaranteeing Person in respect of any obligation of another Person (the primary obligor)
(including, without limitation, any bank under any letter of credit), the creation of which was
induced by a reimbursement agreement, guaranty agreement, keepwell agreement, purchase agreement,
counterindemnity or similar obligation issued by the guaranteeing person, in either case
guaranteeing or in effect guaranteeing any Funded Debt (the primary obligations) of the primary
obligor in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any
obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary
obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or
supply funds (1) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (2) to maintain
working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or
solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for
the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary
obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the
owner of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided, however, that the
term Guarantee Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection
in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing
person shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount
of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (b) the maximum
amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument
embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for
which such guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the
amount of
such Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing persons maximum reasonably anticipated
liability in respect thereof as determined by the applicable Person in good faith.
Guarantor(s) shall mean each Domestic Subsidiary of Borrower which has executed and
delivered to the Agent a Guaranty (or a joinder to a Guaranty), and a Security Agreement (or a
joinder to the Security Agreement).
10
Guaranty shall mean, collectively, the Guaranty executed and delivered by the applicable
Guarantors on September 29, 2008, and those guaranty agreements executed and delivered from time to
time after the Effective Date (whether by execution of joinder agreements or otherwise) pursuant to
Section 7.13 hereof or otherwise, in each case in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I, as
amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.
Hazardous Material shall mean any hazardous or toxic waste, substance or material defined or
regulated as such or regulated for reasons of health, safety or the environment in the Hazardous
Material Laws.
Hazardous Material Law(s) shall mean all laws, codes, ordinances, rules, regulations and
other governmental restrictions and requirements issued by any federal, state, local or other
governmental or quasi-governmental authority or body (or any agency, instrumentality or political
subdivision thereof) pertaining to any Hazardous Material and which is present or alleged to be
present on or about or used in any facilities owned, leased or operated by any Credit Party, or any
portion thereof including, without limitation, those relating to soil, surface, subsurface ground
water conditions and the condition of the indoor and outdoor ambient air; any so-called superfund
or superlien law; and any other United States federal, state or local statute, law, ordinance,
code, rule, regulation, order or decree regulating, relating to, or imposing liability or standards
of conduct concerning, any Hazardous Material, as now or at any time during the term of the
Agreement in effect.
Hedging Agreement shall mean any agreement relating to a Hedging Transaction entered into
between the Borrower (or Borrower jointly with any Guarantor) and any Lender or an Affiliate of a
Lender.
Hedging Transaction means each interest rate swap transaction, basis swap transaction,
currency hedge, forward rate transaction, equity transaction, equity index transaction, foreign
exchange transaction, cap transaction, floor transaction (including any option with respect to any
of these transactions and any combination of any of the foregoing).
Hereof, hereto, hereunder and similar terms shall refer to this Agreement and not to any
particular paragraph or provision of this Agreement.
Impaired Lender means a Defaulting Lender and any other Lender (a) which the Agent, the
Issuing Lender or Swing Line Lender believes, in good faith, has defaulted (and continues to be in
default) in fulfilling its obligations under any other syndicated credit facilities or as a
participant in any other credit facility and such Lender is not in good faith disputing that such a
failure has occurred, or (b) which, if carrying an investment grade rating of at least BBB- from
S&P or Baa3 from Moodys at the time it became a party to this Agreement, no longer carries a
rating of at least BBB- from S&P or Baa3 from Moodys, provided, however, in all cases that an
Impaired Lender shall no longer be deemed an Impaired Lender when (i) the Impaired Lender
shall have cured the conditions which shall have caused it to be an Impaired Lender hereunder and
(ii) the Agent has agreed that such Lender shall no longer be deemed an Impaired Lender hereunder.
11
Indebtedness shall mean all indebtedness and liabilities (including without limitation
principal, interest (including without limitation interest accruing at the then applicable rate
provided in this Agreement or any other applicable Loan Document after an applicable maturity date
and interest accruing at the then applicable rate provided in this Agreement or any other
applicable Loan Document after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any
insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Credit Parties whether or not a
claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding), fees, expenses and
other charges) arising under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, whether direct or
indirect, absolute or contingent, of any Credit Party to any of the Lenders or Affiliates thereof
or to the Agent, in any manner and at any time, whether arising under this Agreement, the Guaranty
or any of the other Loan Documents (including without limitation, payment obligations under Hedging
Transactions evidenced by Hedging Agreements), due or hereafter to become due, now owing or that
may hereafter be incurred by any Credit Party to any of the Lenders or Affiliates thereof or to the
Agent, and which shall be deemed to include protective advances made by Agent with respect to the
Collateral under or pursuant to the terms of any Loan Document and any liabilities of any Credit
Party to Agent or any Lender arising in connection with any Lender Products, in each case whether
or not reduced to judgment, with interest according to the rates and terms specified, and any and
all consolidations, amendments, renewals, replacements, substitutions or extensions of any of the
foregoing; provided, however that for purposes of calculating the Indebtedness outstanding under
this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, the direct and indirect and absolute and
contingent obligations of the Credit Parties (whether direct or contingent) shall be determined
without duplication.
Initial Reinvestment Period shall mean a 180-day period during which Reinvestment must be
commenced under Section 4.8(a) and (c) of this Agreement.
Insurance Proceeds shall mean the cash proceeds received by any Credit Party from any
insurer in respect of any damage or destruction of any property or asset net of reasonable fees and
expenses (including without limitation attorneys fees and expenses) incurred solely in connection
with the recovery thereof.
Intercompany Note shall mean any promissory note issued or to be issued by any Credit Party
to evidence an intercompany loan substantially in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
Agent.
Interest Period shall mean (a) with respect to a Eurodollar-based Advance, a
Eurodollar-Interest Period, commencing on the day a Eurodollar-based Advance is made, or on the
effective date of an election of the Eurodollar-based Rate made under Section 2.3 or 4.4 hereof,
and (b) with respect to a Swing Line Advance carried at the Quoted Rate, an interest period of 30
days (or any lesser number of days agreed to in advance by the Borrower, Agent and the Swing Line
Lender); provided, however that (i) any Interest Period which would otherwise end on a day which is
not a Business Day shall end on the next succeeding Business
Day, except that as to an Interest Period in respect of a Eurodollar-based Advance, if the
next succeeding Business Day falls in another calendar month, such Interest Period shall end on the
next preceding Business Day, (ii) when an Interest Period in respect of a Eurodollar-based Advance
begins on a day which has no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month during which such
Interest Period is to end, it shall end on the last Business Day of such calendar
12
month, and (iii)
no Interest Period in respect of any Advance shall extend beyond the Revolving Credit Maturity Date
or the Term Loan Maturity Date, as applicable.
Internal Revenue Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 of the United States of
America, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
Investment shall mean, when used with respect to any Person, (a) any loan, investment or
advance made by such Person to any other Person (including, without limitation, any Guarantee
Obligation) in respect of any Equity Interest, Debt, obligation or liability of such other Person
and (b) any other investment made by such Person (however acquired) in Equity Interests in any
other Person, including, without limitation, any investment made in exchange for the issuance of
Equity Interest of such Person and any investment made as a capital contribution to such other
Person.
IPO shall mean an initial public offering of Equity Interests of Borrower registered under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Issuing Lender shall mean Comerica Bank in its capacity as issuer of one or more Letters of
Credit hereunder, or its successor designated by Borrower and the Revolving Credit Lenders.
Issuing Office shall mean such office as Issuing Lender shall designate as its Issuing
Office.
Lender Products shall mean any one or more of the following types of services or facilities
extended to the Credit Parties by any Lender: (i) credit cards, (ii) credit card processing
services, (iii) debit cards, (iv) purchase cards, (v) Automated Clearing House (ACH) transactions,
(vi) cash management, including controlled disbursement services, and (vii) establishing and
maintaining deposit accounts.
Lenders shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble, and shall include the Revolving
Credit Lenders, the Term Loan Lenders, the Swing Line Lender and any assignee which becomes a
Lender pursuant to Section 13.8 hereof.
Letter of Credit Agreement shall mean, collectively, the letter of credit application and
related documentation executed and/or delivered by the Borrower in respect of each Letter of
Credit, in each case satisfactory to the Issuing Lender, as amended, restated or otherwise modified
from time to time.
Letter of Credit Documents shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.7(a)
hereof.
Letter of Credit Fees shall mean the fees payable in connection with Letters of Credit
pursuant to Section 3.4(a) and (b) hereof.
Letter of Credit Maximum Amount shall mean Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000).
13
Letter of Credit Obligations shall mean at any date of determination, the sum of (a) the
aggregate undrawn amount of all Letters of Credit then outstanding, and (b) the aggregate amount of
Reimbursement Obligations which remain unpaid as of such date.
Letter of Credit Payment shall mean any amount paid or required to be paid by the Issuing
Lender in its capacity hereunder as issuer of a Letter of Credit as a result of a draft or other
demand for payment under any Letter of Credit.
Letter(s) of Credit shall mean any standby letters of credit issued by Issuing Lender at the
request of or for the account of Borrower pursuant to Article 3 hereof and shall include, without
limitation, the Existing Letters of Credit.
LIBOR Rate shall mean,
(a) with respect the principal amount of any Eurodollar-based Advance outstanding hereunder,
the per annum rate of interest determined on the basis of the rate for deposits in United States
Dollars for a period equal to the relevant Eurodollar-Interest Period, commencing on the first day
of such Eurodollar-Interest Period, appearing on Page BBAM of the Bloomberg Financial Markets
Information Service as of 11:00 a.m. (Detroit, Michigan time) (or soon thereafter as practical),
two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Eurodollar-Interest Period. In the event that
such rate does not appear on Page BBAM of the Bloomberg Financial Markets Information Service (or
otherwise on such Service), the LIBOR Rate shall be determined by reference to such other
publicly available service for displaying LIBOR rates as may be agreed upon by Agent and Borrower,
or, in the absence of such agreement, the LIBOR Rate shall, instead, be the per annum rate equal
to the average (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest one-sixteenth of one percent (1/16%))
of the rate at which Agent is offered dollar deposits at or about 11:00 a.m. (Detroit, Michigan
time) (or soon thereafter as practical), two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such
Eurodollar-Interest Period in the interbank LIBOR market in an amount comparable to the principal
amount of the relevant Eurodollar-based Advance which is to bear interest at such Eurodollar-based
Rate and for a period equal to the relevant Eurodollar-Interest Period; and
(b) with respect to the principal amount of any Advance carried at the Daily Adjusting LIBOR
Rate outstanding hereunder, the per annum rate of interest determined on the basis of the rate for
deposits in United States Dollars for a period equal to one (1) month appearing on Page BBAM of the
Bloomberg Financial Markets Information Service as of 11:00 a.m. (Detroit, Michigan time) (or soon
thereafter as practical) on such day, or if such day is not a Business Day, on the immediately
preceding Business Day. In the event that such rate does not appear on Page BBAM of the Bloomberg
Financial Markets Information Service (or otherwise on such Service), the LIBOR Rate shall be
determined by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying eurodollar rates as
may be agreed upon by Agent and Borrower, or, in the absence of such agreement, the LIBOR Rate
shall, instead, be the per annum rate
equal to the average of the rate at which Agent is offered dollar deposits at or about 11:00
a.m. (Detroit, Michigan time) (or soon thereafter as practical) on such day in the interbank
eurodollar market in an amount comparable to the principal amount of the Indebtedness hereunder
which is to bear interest at such LIBOR Rate and for a period equal to one (1) month.
14
Lien shall mean any security interest in or lien on or against any property arising from any
pledge, assignment, hypothecation, mortgage, security interest, deposit arrangement, trust receipt,
conditional sale or title retaining contract, sale and leaseback transaction, Capitalized Lease,
consignment or bailment for security, or any other type of lien, charge, encumbrance, title
exception, preferential or priority arrangement affecting property (including with respect to
stock, any stockholder agreements, voting rights agreements, buy-back agreements and all similar
arrangements), whether based on common law or statute.
Loan Documents shall mean, collectively, this Agreement, the Notes (if issued), the Letter
of Credit Agreements, the Letters of Credit, the Guaranty, the Subordination Agreements, the
Collateral Documents, each Hedging Agreement, and any other documents, certificates or agreements
that are executed and required to be delivered pursuant to any of the foregoing documents, as such
documents may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.
Majority Lenders shall mean at any time (a) so long as the Revolving Credit Aggregate
Commitment has not been terminated, Lenders holding more than 50.0% of the sum of (i) the Revolving
Credit Aggregate Commitment plus (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness then
outstanding under the Term Loan and (b) if the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment has been
terminated (whether by maturity, acceleration or otherwise), Lenders holding more than 50.0% of the
aggregate principal amount then outstanding under the Revolving Credit and the Term Loan; provided
that, for purposes of determining Majority Lenders hereunder, the Letter of Credit Obligations and
principal amount outstanding under the Swing Line shall be allocated among the Revolving Credit
Lenders based on their respective Revolving Credit Percentages; provided further that so long as
there are fewer than three Lenders, considering any Lender and its Affiliates as a single Lender,
Majority Lenders shall mean all Lenders.
Majority Revolving Credit Lenders shall mean at any time (a) so long as the Revolving Credit
Aggregate Commitment has not been terminated, the Revolving Credit Lenders holding more than 50.0%
of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment and (b) if the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment
has been terminated (whether by maturity, acceleration or otherwise), Revolving Credit Lenders
holding more than 50.0% of the aggregate principal amount then outstanding under the Revolving
Credit; provided that, for purposes of determining Majority Revolving Credit Lenders hereunder, the
Letter of Credit Obligations and principal amount outstanding under the Swing Line shall be
allocated among the Revolving Credit Lenders based on their respective Revolving Credit
Percentages; provided further that so long as there are fewer than three Revolving Credit Lenders,
considering any Revolving Credit Lender and its Affiliates as a single Revolving Credit Lender,
Majority Revolving Credit Lenders shall mean all Revolving Credit Lenders.
Majority Term Loan Lenders shall mean at any time with respect to the Term Loan, Term Loan
Lenders holding more than 50.0% of the aggregate principal amount then outstanding under Term Loan;
provided however that so long as there are fewer than three Term Loan Lenders, considering any Term
Loan Lender and its Affiliates as a single Term Loan Lender, Majority Term Loan Lenders shall
mean all Term Loan Lenders.
15
Material Adverse Effect shall mean a material adverse effect on (a) the financial
condition, business, performance, operation or properties of the Credit Parties taken as a
whole, (b) the ability of any Obligor to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the
Notes (if issued) or any other Loan Document to which it is a party, or (c) the validity or
enforceability of this Agreement, any of the Notes (if issued) or any of the other Loan Documents
or the rights or remedies of the Agent or the Lenders hereunder or thereunder.
Material Subsidiary shall mean any Subsidiary which is an operating entity and which has
annual gross revenues in excess of five percent (5%) of gross revenues of Borrower and its
consolidated Subsidiaries for the most recently completed fiscal year or assets with a book value
in excess of five percent (5%) of Total Assets for the most recently completed fiscal year.
Mortgages shall mean the mortgages, deeds of trust and any other similar documents related
thereto or required thereby executed and delivered by a Credit Party on the Effective Date pursuant
to Section 5.1 hereof, if any, and executed and delivered after the Effective Date by a Credit
Party pursuant to Section 7.13 hereof or otherwise, and Mortgage shall mean any such document, as
such documents may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.
Multiemployer Plan shall mean a Pension Plan which is a multiemployer plan as defined in
Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.
Net Cash Interest Expense shall mean cash interest expense minus cash interest income.
Net Cash Proceeds shall mean the aggregate cash payments received by any Credit Party from
any Asset Sale, the issuance of Equity Interests or the issuance of Subordinated Debt, as the case
may be, net of (i) the principal amount of any Debt that is secured by the applicable asset and
that is required to be repaid in connection with such transaction (other than Indebtedness under
the Loan Documents), (ii) the reasonable and customary out-of-pocket commissions, costs, premiums,
fees and other expenses incurred by such Credit Party in connection with such transaction (or, if
such costs and expenses have not been incurred or invoiced, the Borrowers good faith estimate
thereof), including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, sales commissions, and other
third party charges, and (iii) of property taxes, transfer taxes and any other taxes paid or
payable by such Credit Party in respect of any sale or issuance.
New Agent Addendum shall mean an addendum substantially in the form of Exhibit N attached
hereto, to be executed and delivered by each Agent becoming a part to this Agreement pursuant to
Section 2.13 hereof.
Non-Defaulting Lender shall mean any Lender that is not, as of the date of relevance, a
Defaulting Lender.
Notes shall mean the Revolving Credit Notes, the Swing Line Note and the Term Loan Notes.
Obligors shall mean the Borrower and the Guarantors.
16
Off Balance Sheet Liability(ies) of a Person shall mean (i) any repurchase obligation or
liability of such Person with respect to accounts or notes receivables sold by such Person, (ii)
any liability under any sale and leaseback transaction which is not a Capitalized Lease, (iii) any
liability under any so-called synthetic lease transaction entered into by such Person, or (iv)
any obligation arising with respect to any other transaction which is the functional equivalent of
Debt or any of the liabilities set forth in subsections (i)-(iii) of this definition, but which
does not constitute a liability on the balance sheets of such Person.
Pay for Performance Marketing and Media Business shall mean a business (1) whose primary
source of revenue is derived from marketing services, internet traffic or impressions or related
services or (2) owns or develops media or (3) owns or develops technology for use in marketing
services or media. (Examples of such businesses include internet or offline publishing, directory,
or media companies; technology companies that enable lead capture, media capabilities, or
monetization of media; online or offline lead generation companies, online or offline marketing
service providers; amongst others).
PBGC shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any successor thereto.
Pension Plan shall mean any plan established and maintained by a Credit Party, or
contributed to by a Credit Party, which is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue
Code and subject to the minimum funding standards of Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code.
Percentage shall mean, as applicable, the Revolving Credit Percentage, the Term Loan
Percentage or the Weighted Percentage.
Permitted Acquisition shall mean any acquisition by Borrower or any wholly-owned Subsidiary
of Borrower of all or substantially all of the assets or Equity Interests of a Pay for Performance
Marketing and Media Business; provided that (1) for acquisitions using Cash Proceeds not in excess
of Forty Five Million Dollars ($45,000,000), such acquisitions satisfies and/or is conducted in
accordance with the requirements of clauses (a), (b), (d), (e) and (f) below; and (2) for
acquisitions using Cash Proceeds in excess of Forty Five Million Dollars ($45,000,000), such
acquisitions satisfies and/or is conducted in accordance with the requirements of clauses (a)
through (f) below and such acquisitions are consented to by Agent and the Majority Lenders:
|
(a) |
|
If such acquisition is structured as an acquisition of the
Equity Interests of any Person, then the Person so acquired shall (X) become a
wholly-owned direct Subsidiary of Borrower or of a wholly-owned Subsidiary of
Borrower and the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary shall cause such
acquired Person to comply with Section 7.13 hereof or (Y) provided that the
Credit Parties continue to comply with Section 7.4(a) hereof, be merged with
and into Borrower or such Subsidiary (and, in the case of the Borrower, with
the Borrower being the surviving entity); |
17
|
(b) |
|
If such acquisition is structured as the acquisition of assets,
such assets shall be acquired directly by Borrower or a wholly-owned Subsidiary
(subject to compliance with Section 7.4(a) hereof); |
|
|
(c) |
|
Borrower shall have delivered to Agent not less than ten (10)
(or such shorter period of time agreed to by the Agent) nor more than ninety
(90) days prior to the date of such acquisition, notice of such acquisition,
copies of all material documents relating to such acquisition (including the
acquisition agreement and any related material document), and historical
financial information (including income statements, balance sheets and cash
flows) covering at least three (3) complete fiscal years of the acquisition
target, if available, prior to the effective date of the acquisition or the
entire credit history of the acquisition target, whichever period is shorter,
in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent; |
|
|
(d) |
|
Both immediately before and after the consummation of such
acquisition, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing; |
|
|
(e) |
|
The acquisition shall not result in a Change of Control; and |
|
|
(f) |
|
After giving effect to such acquisition, the Borrower shall be
in compliance, on a pro forma basis, with the financial covenant ratios
required to be maintained under Section 7.9(b) and (c) as of the last day of
the fiscal quarter most recently ended. |
Permitted Investments shall mean with respect to any Person:
|
(a) |
|
Governmental Obligations; |
|
|
(b) |
|
Obligations of a state or commonwealth of the United States or
the obligations of the District of Columbia or any possession of the United
States, or any political subdivision of any of the foregoing, which are
described in Section 103(a) of the Internal Revenue Code and are graded in any
of the highest three (3) major grades as determined by at least one Rating
Agency; or secured, as to payments of principal and interest, by a letter of
credit provided by a financial institution or insurance provided by a bond
insurance company which in each case is itself or its debt is rated in one of
the highest three (3) major grades as determined by at least one Rating Agency; |
|
|
(c) |
|
Bankers acceptances, commercial accounts, demand deposit
accounts, certificates of deposit, other time deposits or depository receipts
issued by
or maintained with any Lender or any Affiliate thereof, or any bank, trust
company, savings and loan association, savings bank or other financial
institution whose deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation and whose reported capital and surplus equal at least
$250,000,000, provided that such minimum capital and surplus |
18
|
|
|
requirement
shall not apply to demand deposit accounts maintained by any Credit Party in
the ordinary course of business; |
|
|
(d) |
|
Commercial paper rated at the time of purchase within the two
highest classifications established by not less than one Rating Agency, and
which matures within 270 days after the date of issue; |
|
|
(e) |
|
Secured repurchase agreements against obligations itemized in
paragraph (a) above, and executed by a bank or trust company or by members of
the association of primary dealers or other recognized dealers in United States
government securities, the market value of which must be maintained at levels
at least equal to the amounts advanced; |
|
|
(f) |
|
Any fund or other pooling arrangement which exclusively
purchases and holds the investments itemized in (a) through (e) above; |
|
|
(g) |
|
Debt issued by Persons (other than Affiliates of the Borrower)
with a rating of A or higher from S&P or A02 or higher from Moodys (or
reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings
agency in each case with maturities not exceeding two years form the date of
acquisition; |
|
|
(h) |
|
Deposits held with financial institutions in countries outside
of the United States where the Credit Parties conduct business; and |
|
|
(i) |
|
Investments made pursuant to the Borrowers investment policy
as in effect on the Effective Date. |
Permitted Liens shall mean with respect to any Person:
|
(a) |
|
Liens for (i) taxes or governmental assessments or charges or
(ii) customs duties in connection with the importation of goods to the extent
such Liens attach to the imported goods that are the subject of the duties, in
each case (x) to the extent not yet due, (y) as to which the period of grace,
if any, related thereto has not expired or (z) which are being contested in
good faith by appropriate proceedings, provided that in the case of any such
contest, any proceedings for the enforcement of such liens have been suspended
and adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such
Person in conformity with GAAP; |
|
|
(b) |
|
carriers, warehousemens, mechanics, materialmens,
repairmens, processors, landlords liens or other like liens arising in the
ordinary course of business which secure obligations that are not overdue for a
period of more than 30 days or which are being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings, provided that in the case of any such contest, (x)
any proceedings commenced for the enforcement of such Liens have been
suspended and (y) appropriate reserves with respect thereto are maintained
on the books of such Person in conformity with GAAP; |
19
|
(c) |
|
(i) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business to secure
the performance of statutory obligations arising in connection with progress
payments or advance payments due under contracts with the United States
government or any agency thereof entered into in the ordinary course of
business and (ii) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of
business to secure the performance of statutory obligations (not otherwise
permitted under subsection (f) of this definition), bids, leases, fee and
expense arrangements with trustees and fiscal agents, trade contracts, surety
and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of
obligations incurred in connection with the borrowing of money, any
lease-purchase arrangements or the payment of the deferred purchase price of
property), provided, that in each case full provision for the payment of all
such obligations has been made on the books of such Person as may be required
by GAAP; |
|
|
(d) |
|
any attachment or judgment lien that remains unpaid, unvacated,
unbonded or unstayed by appeal or otherwise for a period ending on the earlier
of (i) thirty (30) consecutive days from the date of its attachment or entry
(as applicable) or (ii) the commencement of enforcement steps with respect
thereto, other than the filing of notice thereof in the public record; |
|
|
(e) |
|
minor survey exceptions or minor encumbrances, easements or
reservations, or rights of others for rights-of-way, utilities and other
similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real
properties, or any interest of any lessor or sublessor under any lease
permitted hereunder which, in each case, does not materially interfere with the
business of such Person; |
|
|
(f) |
|
Liens arising in connection with workers compensation,
unemployment insurance, old age pensions and social security benefits and
similar statutory obligations (excluding Liens arising under ERISA), provided
that no enforcement proceedings in respect of such Liens are pending and
provisions have been made for the payment of such liens on the books of such
Person as may be required by GAAP; |
|
|
(g) |
|
continuations of Liens that are permitted under subsections
(a)-(g) hereof, provided such continuations do not violate the specific time
periods set forth in subsections (b) and (d) and provided further that such
Liens do not extend to any additional property or assets of any Credit Party or
secure any additional obligations of any Credit Party; |
|
|
(h) |
|
Liens in favor of financial institutions arising in connection
with a Credit Partys deposit accounts held at such institutions to secure
standard fees for deposit services charged by, but not financing made available
by, such institutions; and |
20
|
(i) |
|
Any interest or title of a lessor in the property (and the
proceeds, accession or products thereof) subject to an operating lease or
precautionary filings in respect of true leases. |
Regardless of the language set forth in this definition, no Lien over the Equity
Interests of any Credit Party granted to any Person other than to Agent for the
benefit of the Lenders shall be deemed a Permitted Lien under the terms of this
Agreement.
Person shall mean a natural person, corporation, limited liability company, partnership,
limited liability partnership, trust, incorporated or unincorporated organization, joint venture,
joint stock company, firm or association or a government or any agency or political subdivision
thereof or other entity of any kind.
Pledge Agreement(s) shall mean any pledge agreement executed and delivered by a Credit Party
on or prior to the Effective Date pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof, if any, and executed and
delivered from time to time after the Effective Date by any Credit Party pursuant to Section 7.13
hereof or otherwise, and any agreements, instruments or documents related thereto, in each case in
form and substance satisfactory to Agent amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.
Prime Rate shall mean the per annum rate of interest announced by the Agent, at its main
office from time to time as its prime rate (it being acknowledged that such announced rate may
not necessarily be the lowest rate charged by the Agent to any of its customers), which Prime Rate
shall change simultaneously with any change in such announced rate.
Pro Forma Balance Sheet shall mean the pro forma consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower
which has been certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower that it fairly presents in all
material respects the pro forma adjustments reflecting the transactions (including payment of all
fees and expenses in connection therewith) contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents.
Pro Forma Projected Financial Information shall mean, as to any proposed acquisition, a
statement executed by the Borrower (supported by reasonable detail) setting forth the total
consideration to be paid or incurred in connection with the proposed acquisition, and pro forma
combined projected financial information for the Credit Parties and the acquisition target (if
applicable), consisting of projected balance sheets as of the proposed effective date of the
acquisition and as of the end of at least the next succeeding three (3) Fiscal Years following the
acquisition and projected statements of income and cash flows for each of those years, including
sufficient detail to permit calculation of the ratios described in Section 7.9 hereof, as projected
as of the effective date of the acquisition and as of the ends of those Fiscal Years and
accompanied by (i) a statement setting forth a calculation of the ratio so described, (ii) a
statement in
reasonable detail specifying all material assumptions underlying the projections and (iii)
such other information as the Agent or the Lenders shall reasonably request.
Purchasing Lender shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.12.
21
Quoted Rate shall mean the rate of interest per annum offered by the Swing Line Lender in
its sole discretion with respect to a Swing Line Advance and accepted by the Borrower.
Quoted Rate Advance means any Swing Line Advance which bears interest at the Quoted Rate.
Rating Agency shall mean Moodys Investor Services, Inc., Standard and Poors Ratings
Services, their respective successors or any other nationally recognized statistical rating
organization which is acceptable to the Agent.
Register is defined in Section 13.8(g) hereof.
Reimbursement Obligation(s) shall mean the aggregate amount of all unreimbursed drawings
under all Letters of Credit (excluding for the avoidance of doubt, reimbursement obligations that
are deemed satisfied pursuant to a deemed disbursement under Section 3.6(a)).
Reinvest or Reinvestment shall mean, with respect to any Net Cash Proceeds, Insurance
Proceeds or Condemnation Proceeds received by any Person, the application of such monies to (i)
repair, improve or replace any tangible personal (excluding Inventory) or real property of the
Credit Parties or any intellectual property reasonably necessary in order to use or benefit from
any property or (ii) acquire any such property (excluding Inventory) to be used in the business of
such Person.
Reinvestment Certificate is defined in Section 4.8(b) hereof.
Reinvestment Period shall mean a 270-day period during which Reinvestment must be completed
under Section 4.8(b) and (d) of this Agreement.
Request for Advance shall mean a Request for Revolving Credit Advance or a Request for Swing
Line Advance, as the context may indicate or otherwise require.
Request for Revolving Credit Advance shall mean a request for a Revolving Credit Advance
issued by the Borrower under Section 2.3 of this Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit
A.
Request for Swing Line Advance shall mean a request for a Swing Line Advance issued by the
Borrower under Section 2.5(b) of this Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D.
Requirement of Law shall mean as to any Person, the certificate of incorporation and bylaws,
the partnership agreement or other organizational or governing documents of such Person and any
law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitration or a court or
other governmental authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of
its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.
Responsible Officer shall mean, with respect to any Person, the chief executive officer,
chief financial officer, treasurer, president or controller of such Person, or with respect to
22
compliance with financial covenants, the chief financial officer or the treasurer of such Person,
or any other officer of such Person having substantially the same authority and responsibility.
Revolving Credit shall mean the revolving credit loans to be advanced to Borrower by the
applicable Revolving Credit Lenders pursuant to Article 2 hereof, in an aggregate amount (subject
to the terms hereof), not to exceed, at any one time outstanding, the Revolving Credit Aggregate
Commitment.
Revolving Credit Advance shall mean a borrowing requested by Borrower and made by the
Revolving Credit Lenders under Section 2.1 of this Agreement, including without limitation any
readvance, refunding or conversion of such borrowing pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof and any deemed
disbursement of an Advance in respect of a Letter of Credit under Section 3.6(a) hereof, and may
include, subject to the terms hereof, Eurodollar-based Advances and Base Rate Advances.
Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment shall mean One Hundred Forty Million Dollars
($140,000,000), subject to increases pursuant to Section 2.13 hereof by an amount not to exceed the
Revolving Credit Optional Increase, subject to reduction or termination under Section 2.14 or 9.2
hereof.
Revolving Credit Commitment Amount shall mean with respect to any Revolving Credit Lender,
(i) if the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment has not been terminated, the amount specified
opposite such Revolving Credit Lenders name in the column entitled Revolving Credit Commitment
Amount on Schedule 1.2, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof; and
(ii) if the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment has been terminated (whether by maturity,
acceleration or otherwise), the amount equal to its Percentage of the aggregate principal amount
outstanding under the Revolving Credit (including the outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations and
any outstanding Swing Line Advances).
Revolving Credit Facility Fee shall mean the fee payable to Agent for distribution to the
Revolving Credit Lenders in accordance with Section 2.9 hereof.
Revolving Credit Lenders shall mean the financial institutions from time to time parties
hereto as lenders of the Revolving Credit.
Revolving Credit Maturity Date shall mean the earlier to occur of (i) January 13, 2014, and
(ii) the date on which the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment shall terminate in accordance with
the provisions of this Agreement.
Revolving Credit Notes shall mean the revolving credit notes described in Section 2.2
hereof, made by Borrower to each of the Revolving Credit Lenders in the form annexed hereto as
Exhibit B, as such notes may be amended or supplemented from time to time, and any other notes
issued in substitution, replacement or renewal thereof from time to time.
Revolving Credit Optional Increase shall mean an amount up to Fifty Million Dollars
($50,000,000).
23
Revolving Credit Percentage means, with respect to any Revolving Credit Lender, the
percentage specified opposite such Revolving Credit Lenders name in the column entitled Revolving
Credit Percentage on Schedule 1.2, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms
hereof.
Security Agreement shall mean, collectively, the Security and Pledge Agreement executed and
delivered by Borrower and the Guarantors on September 29, 2008, and any such agreements executed
and delivered after the Effective Date (whether by execution of a joinder agreement to any existing
security agreement or otherwise) pursuant to Section 7.13 hereof or otherwise, in the form of the
Security Agreement annexed hereto as Exhibit F, as amended, restated or otherwise modified from
time to time.
Seller Notes shall mean promissory notes issued by Borrower to selling stockholders in
connection with acquisitions made by Borrower that are permitted by Section 8.4 of this Agreement.
Subordinated Debt shall mean any unsecured Funded Debt of any Credit Party issued on terms
and conditions satisfactory to Agent (and which may not contain a change of control provision which
is more favorable to the holder of the Subordinated Debt than the change of control provisions of
this Agreement without the consent of Agent which may be withheld in the sole discretion of Agent)
and other obligations under the Subordinated Debt Documents and any other Funded Debt of any Credit
Party which has been subordinated in right of payment and priority to the Indebtedness, all on
terms and conditions satisfactory to the Agent.
Subordinated Debt Documents shall mean and include any documents evidencing any Subordinated
Debt, in each case, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or otherwise modified from
time to time in compliance with the terms of this Agreement.
Subordination Agreements shall mean, any subordination agreements entered into by any Person
from time to time in favor of Agent in connection with any Subordinated Debt, the terms of which
are acceptable to the Agent and the Majority Lenders in the exercise of its and their reasonable
credit judgment, in each case as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time
to time, and Subordination Agreement shall mean any one of them.
Subsidiary(ies) shall mean any other corporation, association, joint stock company, business
trust, limited liability company, partnership or any other business entity of which more than fifty
percent (50%) of the outstanding voting stock, share capital, membership, partnership or other
interests, as the case may be, is owned either directly or indirectly by any Person or one or more
of its Subsidiaries, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly
through one or more intermediaries, or both, by any Person and/or its Subsidiaries. Unless
otherwise specified to the contrary herein or the context otherwise requires, Subsidiary(ies) shall
refer to the Subsidiary(ies) of Borrower.
Sweep Agreement means any agreement relating to the Sweep to Loan automated system of the
Agent or any other cash management arrangement which the Borrower and the
Agent have executed for the purposes of effecting the borrowing and repayment of Swing Line
Advances.
24
Swing Line shall mean the revolving credit loans to be advanced to Borrower by the Swing
Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.5 hereof, in an aggregate amount (subject to the terms hereof),
not to exceed, at any one time outstanding, the Swing Line Maximum Amount.
Swing Line Advance shall mean a borrowing requested by Borrower and made by Swing Line
Lender pursuant to Section 2.5 hereof and may include, subject to the terms hereof, Quoted
Rate-Advances and Base Rate Advances.
Swing Line Lender shall mean Comerica Bank in its capacity as lender of the Swing Line under
Section 2.5 of this Agreement, or its successor as subsequently designated hereunder.
Swing Line Maximum Amount shall mean Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000).
Swing Line Note shall mean the swing line note which may be issued by Borrower to Swing Line
Lender pursuant to Section 2.5(b)(ii) hereof in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit C, as such note
may be amended or supplemented from time to time, and any note or notes issued in substitution,
replacement or renewal thereof from time to time.
Swing Line Participation Certificate shall mean the Swing Line Participation Certificate
delivered by Agent to each Revolving Credit Lender pursuant to Section 2.5(e)(ii) hereof in the
form annexed hereto as Exhibit M.
Term Loan shall mean the term loan to be made to Borrower by the Term Loan Lenders pursuant
to Section 4.1(a) hereof, in the aggregate principal amount of Thirty Five Million Dollars
($35,000,000).
Term Loan Advance shall mean a borrowing requested by Borrower and made by the Term Loan
Lenders pursuant to Section 4.1(a) hereof, including without limitation any refunding or conversion
of such borrowing pursuant to Section 4.4 hereof, and may include, subject to the terms hereof,
Eurodollar-based Advances and Base Rate Advances.
Term Loan Amount shall mean with respect to any Term Loan Lender, the amount equal to its
Term Loan Percentage of the aggregate principal amount outstanding under the Term Loan.
Term Loan Lenders shall mean the financial institutions from time to time parties hereto as
lenders of the Term Loan.
Term Loan Maturity Date shall mean January 14, 2014.
Term Notes shall mean the term notes described in Section 4.2(e) hereof, made by Borrower to
each of the Term Loan Lenders in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit K, as such notes may be amended
or supplemented from time to time, and any other notes issued in substitution, replacement or
renewal thereof from time to time.
Term Loan Percentage shall mean with respect to any Term Loan Lender, the percentage
specified opposite such Term Loan Lenders name in the column entitled Term
25
Loan Percentage on
Schedule 1.2, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.
Term Loan Rate Request shall mean a request for the refunding or conversion of any Advance
of the Term Loan submitted by Borrower under Section 4.4 of this Agreement in the form annexed
hereto as Exhibit L.
Total Assets is defined in accordance with GAAP and shall be determined on a consolidated
basis for Borrower and its consolidates Subsidiaries.
Uniform Commercial Code or UCC shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any
applicable state; provided that, unless specified otherwise or the context otherwise requires, such
terms shall refer to the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of Michigan.
USA Patriot Act is defined in Section 6.7.
Weighted Percentage shall mean with respect to any Lender, its percentage share as set forth
in Schedule 1.2, as such Schedule may be revised by the Agent from time to time, which percentage
shall be calculated as follows:
(a) as to such Lender, so long as the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment has not been
terminated, its weighted percentage calculated by dividing (i) the sum of (x) its Revolving Credit
Commitment Amount plus (y) its Term Loan Amount, by (ii) the sum of (x) the Revolving Credit
Aggregate Commitment plus (y) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under the
Term Loan; and
(b) as to such Lender, if the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment has been terminated
(whether by maturity, acceleration or otherwise), its weighted percentage calculated by dividing
(i) the sum of (x) its applicable Revolving Credit Commitment Amount plus (y) its Term Loan Amount,
by (ii) the sum of the aggregate principal amount outstanding under (x) the Revolving Credit
(including any outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations and outstanding Swing Line Advances), (y)
the Term Loan.
Withdrawal Liability shall mean liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete
or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle
E of Title IV of ERISA.
2. REVOLVING CREDIT.
2.1 Commitment. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including without limitation Section
2.3 hereof), each Revolving Credit Lender severally and for itself alone agrees to make Advances of
the Revolving Credit in Dollars to Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the period
from the Effective Date hereof until (but excluding) the Revolving Credit
Maturity Date in an aggregate amount, not to exceed at any one time outstanding such Lenders
Revolving Credit Percentage of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment. Subject to the terms and
conditions set forth herein, advances, repayments and readvances may be made under the Revolving
Credit.
26
2.2 Accrual of Interest and Maturity; Evidence of Indebtedness.
|
(a) |
|
Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Agent
for the account of each Revolving Credit Lender the then unpaid principal
amount of each Revolving Credit Advance (plus all accrued and unpaid interest)
of such Revolving Credit Lender to Borrower on the Revolving Credit Maturity
Date and on such other dates and in such other amounts as may be required from
time to time pursuant to this Agreement. Subject to the terms and conditions
hereof, each Revolving Credit Advance shall, from time to time from and after
the date of such Advance (until paid), bear interest at its Applicable Interest
Rate. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Each Revolving Credit Lender shall maintain in accordance with
its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing indebtedness of Borrower
to the appropriate lending office of such Revolving Credit Lender resulting
from each Revolving Credit Advance made by such lending office of such
Revolving Credit Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal
and interest payable thereon and paid to such Revolving Credit Lender from time
to time under this Agreement. |
|
|
(c) |
|
The Agent shall maintain the Register pursuant to Section
13.8(g), and a subaccount therein for each Revolving Credit Lender, in which
Register and subaccounts (taken together) shall be recorded (i) the amount of
each Revolving Credit Advance made hereunder, the type thereof and each
Eurodollar-Interest Period applicable to any Eurodollar-based Advance, (ii) the
amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and
payable from Borrower to each Revolving Credit Lender hereunder in respect of
the Revolving Credit Advances and (iii) both the amount of any sum received by
the Agent hereunder from Borrower in respect of the Revolving Credit Advances
and each Revolving Credit Lenders share thereof. |
|
|
(d) |
|
The entries made in the Register maintained pursuant to
paragraph (c) of this Section 2.2 shall, absent manifest error, to the extent
permitted by applicable law, be prima facie evidence of the existence and
amounts of the obligations of Borrower therein recorded; provided,
however, that the failure of any Revolving Credit Lender or the Agent
to maintain the Register or any account, as applicable, or any error therein,
shall not in any manner affect the obligation of Borrower to repay the
Revolving Credit Advances (and all other amounts owing with respect thereto)
made to Borrower by the Revolving Credit Lenders in accordance with the terms
of this Agreement. |
|
|
(e) |
|
Borrower agrees that, upon written request to the Agent by any
Revolving Credit Lender, Borrower will execute and deliver, to such Revolving
Credit Lender, at Borrowers own expense, a Revolving Credit Note |
27
|
|
|
evidencing the outstanding Revolving Credit Advances owing to such Revolving
Credit Lender. |
2.3 Requests for and Refundings and Conversions of Advances. Borrower may request an Advance of the Revolving Credit, a refund of any Revolving Credit
Advance in the same type of Advance or to convert any Revolving Credit Advance to any other type of
Revolving Credit Advance only by delivery to Agent of a Request for Revolving Credit Advance
executed by an Authorized Signer for the Borrower, subject to the following:
|
(a) |
|
each such Request for Revolving Credit Advance shall set forth
the information required on the Request for Revolving Credit Advance, including
without limitation: |
|
(i) |
|
the proposed date of such Revolving Credit
Advance (or the refunding or conversion of an outstanding Revolving
Credit Advance), which must be a Business Day; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
whether such Advance is a new Revolving Credit
Advance or a refunding or conversion of an outstanding Revolving Credit
Advance; and |
|
|
(iii) |
|
whether such Revolving Credit Advance is to be
a Base Rate Advance or a Eurodollar-based Advance, and, except in the
case of a Base Rate Advance, the first Eurodollar-Interest Period
applicable thereto, provided, however, that the initial Revolving
Credit Advance made under this Agreement shall be a Base Rate Advance,
which may then be converted into a Eurodollar-based Advance in
compliance with this Agreement. |
|
(b) |
|
each such Request for Revolving Credit Advance shall be
delivered to Agent by 12:00 p.m. (Pacific time) three (3) Business Days prior
to the proposed date of the Revolving Credit Advance, except in the case of a
Base Rate Advance, for which the Request for Revolving Credit Advance must be
delivered by 10:00 a.m. (Pacific time) on the proposed date for such Revolving
Credit Advance; |
|
(c) |
|
on the proposed date of such Revolving Credit Advance, the sum
of (x) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Credit Advances and
Swing Line Advances outstanding on such date (including, without duplication)
the Advances that are deemed to be disbursed by Agent under Section 3.6(a)
hereof in respect of Borrowers Reimbursement Obligations hereunder), plus (y)
the Letter of Credit Obligations as of such date, in each case after giving
effect to all outstanding requests for Revolving Credit Advances and Swing Line
Advances and for the issuance of any
Letters of Credit, shall not exceed the Revolving Credit Aggregate
Commitment; |
28
|
(d) |
|
in the case of a Base Rate Advance, the principal amount of the
initial funding of such Advance, as opposed to any refunding or conversion
thereof, shall be at least $2,000,000 or the remainder available under the
Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment if less than $2,000,000; |
|
|
(e) |
|
in the case of a Eurodollar-based Advance, the principal amount
of such Advance, plus the amount of any other outstanding Revolving Credit
Advance to be then combined therewith having the same Eurodollar-Interest
Period, if any, shall be at least $2,000,000 (or a larger integral multiple of
$100,000) or the remainder available under the Revolving Credit Aggregate
Commitment if less than $2,000,000 and at any one time there shall not be in
effect more than six (6) different Eurodollar-Interest Periods; |
|
|
(f) |
|
a Request for Revolving Credit Advance, once delivered to
Agent, shall not be revocable by Borrower and shall constitute a certification
by Borrower as of the date thereof that: |
|
(i) |
|
all conditions to the making of Revolving
Credit Advances set forth in this Agreement have been satisfied, and
shall remain satisfied to the date of such Revolving Credit Advance
(both before and immediately after giving effect to such Revolving
Credit Advance); |
|
|
(ii) |
|
there is no Default or Event of Default in
existence, and none will exist upon the making of such Revolving Credit
Advance (both before and immediately after giving effect to such
Revolving Credit Advance); and |
|
|
(iii) |
|
the representations and warranties of the
Credit Parties contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents
are true and correct in all material respects and shall be true and
correct in all material respects as of the date of the making of such
Revolving Credit Advance (both before and immediately after giving
effect to such Revolving Credit Advance), other than any representation
or warranty that expressly speaks only as of a different date; |
Agent, acting on behalf of the Revolving Credit Lenders, may also, at its option, lend under this
Section 2.3 upon the telephone or email request of an Authorized Signer of the Borrower to make
such requests and, in the event Agent, acting on behalf of the Revolving Credit Lenders, makes any
such Advance upon a telephone or email request, an Authorized Signer shall fax or deliver by
electronic file to Agent, on the same day as such telephone or email request, an executed Request
for Revolving Credit Advance. Borrower hereby authorizes Agent to disburse Advances under this
Section 2.3 pursuant to the telephone or email instructions of any person
purporting to be an Authorized Signer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower acknowledges that
Borrower shall bear all risk of loss resulting from disbursements made upon any telephone or email
request. Each telephone or email request for an Advance from an Authorized Signer for
29
the Borrower
shall constitute a certification of the matters set forth in the Request for Revolving Credit
Advance form as of the date of such requested Advance.
2.4 Disbursement of Advances.
(a) Upon receiving any Request for Revolving Credit Advance from Borrower under Section 2.3
hereof, Agent shall promptly notify each Revolving Credit Lender by wire, telex or telephone
(confirmed by wire, telecopy or telex) of the amount of such Advance being requested and the date
such Revolving Credit Advance is to be made by each Revolving Credit Lender in an amount equal to
its Revolving Credit Percentage of such Advance. Unless such Revolving Credit Lenders commitment
to make Revolving Credit Advances hereunder shall have been suspended or terminated in accordance
with this Agreement, each such Revolving Credit Lender shall make available the amount of its
Revolving Credit Percentage of each Revolving Credit Advance in immediately available funds to
Agent, as follows:
|
(i) |
|
for Base Rate Advances, at the office of Agent
located at 500 Woodward Avenue, MC3289, Detroit, Michigan 48226, not
later than 12:00 p.m. (Pacific time) on the date of such Advance; and |
|
|
(ii) |
|
for Eurodollar-based Advances, at the Agents
Correspondent for the account of the Eurodollar Lending Office of the
Agent, not later than 12:00 p.m. (the time of the Agents
Correspondent) on the date of such Advance. |
(b) Subject to submission of an executed Request for Revolving Credit Advance by Borrower
without exceptions noted in the compliance certification therein, Agent shall make available to
Borrower the aggregate of the amounts so received by it from the Revolving Credit Lenders in like
funds and currencies:
|
(i) |
|
for Base Rate Advances, not later than 1:00
p.m. (Pacific time) on the date of such Revolving Credit Advance, by
credit to an account of Borrower maintained with Agent or to such other
account or third party as Borrower may reasonably direct in writing,
provided such direction is timely given; and |
|
|
(ii) |
|
for Eurodollar-based Advances, not later than
1:00 p.m. (the time of the Agents Correspondent) on the date of such
Revolving Credit Advance, by credit to an account of Borrower
maintained with Agents Correspondent or to such other account or third
party as Borrower may direct, provided such direction is timely given. |
(c) Agent shall deliver the documents and papers received by it for the account of each
Revolving Credit Lender to such Revolving Credit Lender. Unless Agent shall have been notified by
any Revolving Credit Lender prior to the date of any proposed Revolving Credit Advance that such
Revolving Credit Lender does not intend to make available to Agent such
Revolving Credit Lenders Percentage of such Advance, Agent may assume that such Revolving
Credit Lender has made such amount available to Agent on such date, as aforesaid. Agent may, but
shall not be obligated to, make available to Borrower the amount of such payment in reliance
30
on
such assumption. If such amount is not in fact made available to Agent by such Revolving Credit
Lender, as aforesaid, Agent shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Revolving
Credit Lender. If such Revolving Credit Lender does not pay such amount forthwith upon Agents
demand therefor and the Agent has in fact made a corresponding amount available to Borrower, the
Agent shall promptly notify Borrower and Borrower shall pay such amount to Agent, if such notice is
delivered to Borrower prior to 10:00 a.m. (Pacific time) on a Business Day, on the day such notice
is received, and otherwise on the next Business Day, and such amount paid by Borrower shall be
applied as a prepayment of the Revolving Credit (without any corresponding reduction in the
Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment), reimbursing Agent for having funded said amounts on behalf
of such Revolving Credit Lender. The Borrower shall retain its claim against such Revolving Credit
Lender with respect to the amounts repaid by it to Agent and, if such Revolving Credit Lender
subsequently makes such amounts available to Agent, Agent shall promptly make such amounts
available to the Borrower as a Revolving Credit Advance. Agent shall also be entitled to recover
from such Revolving Credit Lender or Borrower, as the case may be, but without duplication,
interest on such amount in respect of each day from the date such amount was made available by
Agent to Borrower, to the date such amount is recovered by Agent, at a rate per annum equal to:
|
(i) |
|
in the case of such Revolving Credit Lender,
for the first two (2) Business Days such amount remains unpaid, the
Federal Funds Effective Rate, and thereafter, at the rate of interest
then applicable to such Revolving Credit Advances; and |
|
|
(ii) |
|
in the case of Borrower, the rate of interest
then applicable to such Advance of the Revolving Credit. |
Until such Revolving Credit Lender has paid Agent such amount, such Revolving Credit Lender shall
have no interest in or rights with respect to such Advance for any purpose whatsoever. The
obligation of any Revolving Credit Lender to make any Revolving Credit Advance hereunder shall not
be affected by the failure of any other Revolving Credit Lender to make any Advance hereunder, and
no Revolving Credit Lender shall have any liability to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, the
Agent, any other Revolving Credit Lender, or any other party for another Revolving Credit Lenders
failure to make any loan or Advance hereunder.
2.5 Swing Line. (a) Swing Line Advances. The Swing Line Lender may, on the terms and subject to the
conditions hereinafter set forth (including without limitation Section 2.5(c) hereof), but shall
not be required to, make one or more Advances (each such advance being a Swing Line Advance) to
the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Effective Date hereof
until (but excluding) the Revolving Credit Maturity Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed at
any one time outstanding the Swing Line Maximum Amount. Subject to the terms set forth herein,
advances, repayments and readvances may be made under the Swing Line.
(b) Accrual of Interest and Maturity; Evidence of Indebtedness.
|
(i) |
|
Swing Line Lender shall maintain in accordance
with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing indebtedness
of the
|
31
|
|
|
Borrower to Swing Line Lender resulting from each Swing Line
Advance from time to time, including the amount and date of each Swing
Line Advance, its Applicable Interest Rate, its Interest Period, if
any, and the amount and date of any repayment made on any Swing Line
Advance from time to time. The entries made in such account or accounts
of Swing Line Lender shall be prima facie evidence, absent manifest
error, of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrower
therein recorded; provided, however, that the failure of Swing Line
Lender to maintain such account, as applicable, or any error therein,
shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay
the Swing Line Advances (and all other amounts owing with respect
thereto) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
The Borrower agrees that, upon the written
request of Swing Line Lender, the Borrower will execute and deliver to
Swing Line Lender a Swing Line Note. |
|
|
(iii) |
|
Borrower unconditionally promises to pay to
the Swing Line Lender the then unpaid principal amount of such Swing
Line Advance (plus all accrued and unpaid interest) on the Revolving
Credit Maturity Date and on such other dates and in such other amounts
as may be required from time to time pursuant to this Agreement.
Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Swing Line Advance
shall, from time to time after the date of such Advance (until paid),
bear interest at its Applicable Interest Rate. |
|
(c) |
|
Requests for Swing Line Advances. Borrower may request
a Swing Line Advance by the delivery to Swing Line Lender of a Request for
Swing Line Advance executed by an Authorized Signer for the Borrower, subject
to the following: |
|
(i) |
|
each such Request for Swing Line Advance shall
set forth the information required on the Request for Advance,
including without limitation, (A) the proposed date of such Swing Line
Advance, which must be a Business Day, (B) whether such Swing Line
Advance is to be a Base Rate Advance or a Quoted Rate Advance, and (C)
in the case of a Quoted Rate Advance, the duration of the Interest
Period applicable thereto; |
|
(ii) |
|
on the proposed date of such Swing Line
Advance, after giving effect to all outstanding requests for Swing Line
Advances made by Borrower as of the date of determination, the
aggregate
principal amount of all Swing Line Advances outstanding on such date
shall not exceed the Swing Line Maximum Amount; |
32
|
(iii) |
|
on the proposed date of such Swing Line
Advance, after giving effect to all outstanding requests for Revolving
Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances and Letters of Credit requested
by the Borrower on such date of determination (including, without
duplication, Advances that are deemed disbursed pursuant to Section
3.6(a) hereof in respect of the Borrowers Reimbursement Obligations
hereunder), the sum of (x) the aggregate principal amount of all
Revolving Credit Advances and the Swing Line Advances outstanding on
such date plus (y) the Letter of Credit Obligations on such date shall
not exceed the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment; |
|
|
(iv) |
|
(A) in the case of a Swing Line Advance that is
a Base Rate Advance, the principal amount of the initial funding of
such Advance, as opposed to any refunding or conversion thereof, shall
be at least Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) or such
lesser amount as may be agreed to by the Swing Line Lender, and (B) in
the case of a Swing Line Advance that is a Quoted Rate Advance, the
principal amount of such Advance, plus any other outstanding Swing Line
Advances to be then combined therewith having the same Interest Period,
if any, shall be at least Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000)
or such lesser amount as may be agreed to by the Swing Line Lender, and
at any time there shall not be in effect more than three (3) Interest
Rates and Interest Periods; |
|
|
(v) |
|
each such Request for Swing Line Advance shall
be delivered to the Swing Line Lender by 11:00 a.m. (Pacific time) on
the proposed date of the Swing Line Advance; |
|
|
(vi) |
|
each Request for Swing Line Advance, once
delivered to Swing Line Lender, shall not be revocable by Borrower, and
shall constitute and include a certification by Borrower as of the date
thereof that: |
|
(A) |
|
all conditions to the making of
Swing Line Advances set forth in this Agreement shall have been
satisfied and shall remain satisfied to the date of such Swing
Line Advance (both before and immediately after giving effect to
such Swing Line Advance); |
|
|
(B) |
|
there is no Default or Event of
Default in existence, and none will exist upon the making of
such Swing Line Advance (both before and immediately after
giving effect
to such Swing Line Advance); and |
|
(C) |
|
the representations and
warranties of the Credit Parties
|
33
|
|
|
contained in this Agreement and
the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material
respects and shall be true and correct in all material respect
as of the date of the making of such Swing Line Advance (both
before and immediately after giving effect to such Swing Line
Advance), other than any representation or warranty that
expressly speaks only as of a different date; |
|
(vii) |
|
At the option of the Agent, subject to
revocation by Agent at any time and from time to time and so long as
the Agent is the Swing Line Lender, Borrower may utilize the Agents
Sweep to Loan automated system for obtaining Swing Line Advances and
making periodic repayments. At any time during which the Sweep to
Loan system is in effect, Swing Line Advances shall be advanced to
fund borrowing needs pursuant to the terms of the Sweep Agreement. Each
time a Swing Line Advance is made using the Sweep to Loan system,
Borrower shall be deemed to have certified to the Agent and the Lenders
each of the matters set forth in clause (vi) of this Section 2.5(b).
Principal and interest on Swing Line Advances requested, or deemed
requested, pursuant to this Section shall be paid pursuant to the terms
and conditions of the Sweep Agreement without any deduction, setoff or
counterclaim whatsoever. Unless sooner paid pursuant to the provisions
hereof or the provisions of the Sweep Agreement, the principal amount
of the Swing Loans shall be paid in full, together with accrued
interest thereon, on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date. Agent may
suspend or revoke Borrowers privilege to use the Sweep to Loan
system at any time and from time to time for any reason and,
immediately upon any such revocation, the Sweep to Loan system shall
no longer be available to Borrower for the funding of Swing Line
Advances hereunder (or otherwise), and the regular procedures set forth
in this Section 2.5 for the making of Swing Line Advances shall be
deemed immediately to apply. Agent may, at its option, also elect to
make Swing Line Advances upon Borrowers telephone requests on the
basis set forth in the last paragraph of Section 2.3, provided that the
Borrower complies with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.5. |
|
(d) |
|
Disbursement of Swing Line Advances. Upon receiving
any executed Request for Swing Line Advance from the Borrower and the
satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.5(c) hereof, Swing Line
Lender shall make available to Borrower the amount so requested in Dollars not
later than 2:00 p.m. (Pacific time) on the date of such Advance, by credit to
an account of Borrower maintained with Agent or to such other account
or third party as the Borrower may reasonably direct in writing, provided
such direction is timely given. Swing Line Lender shall promptly notify
Agent of any Swing Line Advance by telephone, telex or telecopier.
|
34
|
(e) |
|
Refunding of or Participation Interest in Swing Line
Advances. |
|
(i) |
|
The Agent, at any time in its sole and absolute
discretion, may, in each case on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby
irrevocably directs the Agent to act on their behalf) request each of
the Revolving Credit Lenders (including the Swing Line Lender in its
capacity as a Revolving Credit Lender) to make an Advance of the
Revolving Credit to Borrower, in an amount equal to such Revolving
Credit Lenders Revolving Credit Percentage of the aggregate principal
amount of the Swing Line Advances outstanding on the date such notice
is given (the Refunded Swing Line Advances); provided however that
the Swing Line Advances carried at the Quoted Rate which are refunded
with Revolving Credit Advances at the request of the Swing Line Lender
at a time when no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing shall not be subject to Section 11.1 and no losses, costs or
expenses may be assessed by the Swing Line Lender against the Borrower
or the Revolving Credit Lenders as a consequence of such refunding. The
applicable Revolving Credit Advances used to refund any Swing Line
Advances shall be Base Rate Advances. In connection with the making of
any such Refunded Swing Line Advances or the purchase of a
participation interest in Swing Line Advances under Section 2.5(e)(ii)
hereof, the Swing Line Lender shall retain its claim against Borrower
for any unpaid interest or fees in respect thereof accrued to the date
of such refunding. Unless any of the events described in Section 9.1(i)
hereof shall have occurred (in which event the procedures of Section
2.5(e)(ii) shall apply) and regardless of whether the conditions
precedent set forth in this Agreement to the making of a Revolving
Credit Advance are then satisfied (but subject to Section 2.5(e)(iii)),
each Revolving Credit Lender shall make the proceeds of its Revolving
Credit Advance available to the Agent for the benefit of the Swing Line
Lender at the office of the Agent specified in Section 2.4(a) hereof
prior to 10:00 a.m. Pacific time on the Business Day next succeeding
the date such notice is given, in immediately available funds. The
proceeds of such Revolving Credit Advances shall be immediately applied
to repay the Refunded Swing Line Advances, subject to Section 11.1
hereof. |
|
(ii) |
|
If, prior to the making of an Advance of the
Revolving Credit pursuant to Section 2.5(e)(i) hereof, one of the
events described in Section 9.1(i) hereof shall have occurred, each
Revolving Credit Lender will, on the date such Advance of the Revolving
Credit was
to have been made, purchase from the Swing Line Lender an undivided
participating interest in each Swing Line Advance that was to have
been refunded in an amount equal to its Revolving Credit Percentage
of such Swing Line Advance. Each Revolving
|
35
|
|
|
Credit Lender within the
time periods specified in Section 2.5(e)(i) hereof, as applicable,
shall immediately transfer to the Agent, for the benefit of the Swing
Line Lender, in immediately available funds, an amount equal to its
Revolving Credit Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of all
Swing Line Advances outstanding as of such date. Upon receipt
thereof, the Agent will deliver to such Revolving Credit Lender a
Swing Line Participation Certificate evidencing such participation. |
|
|
(iii) |
|
Each Revolving Credit Lenders obligation to
make Revolving Credit Advances to refund Swing Line Advances, and to
purchase participation interests, in accordance with Section 2.5(e)(i)
and (ii), respectively, shall be absolute and unconditional and shall
not be affected by any circumstance, including, without limitation, (A)
any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which
such Revolving Credit Lender may have against Swing Line Lender,
Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the
occurrence or continuance of any Default or Event of Default; (C) any
adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower or
any other Person; (D) any breach of this Agreement or any other Loan
Document by Borrower or any other Person; (E) any inability of Borrower
to satisfy the conditions precedent to borrowing set forth in this
Agreement on the date upon which such Revolving Credit Advance is to be
made or such participating interest is to be purchased; (F) the
termination of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment hereunder; or
(G) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or
not similar to any of the foregoing. If any Revolving Credit Lender
does not make available to the Agent the amount required pursuant to
Section 2.5(e)(i) or (ii) hereof, as the case may be, the Agent on
behalf of the Swing Line Lender, shall be entitled to recover such
amount on demand from such Revolving Credit Lender, together with
interest thereon for each day from the date of non-payment until such
amount is paid in full (x) for the first two (2) Business Days such
amount remains unpaid, at the Federal Funds Effective Rate and (y)
thereafter, at the rate of interest then applicable to such Swing Line
Advances. The obligation of any Revolving Credit Lender to make
available its pro rata portion of the amounts required pursuant to
Section 2.5(e)(i) or (ii) hereof shall not be affected by the failure
of any other Revolving Credit Lender to make such amounts available,
and no Revolving Credit Lender shall have any liability to any Credit
Party, the Agent, the Swing Line Lender, or any other Revolving Credit
Lender or any other
party for another Revolving Credit Lenders failure to make available
the amounts required under Section 2.5(e)(i) or (ii) hereof.
|
36
|
(iv) |
|
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Revolving
Credit Lender shall be required to make any Revolving Credit Advance to
refund a Swing Line Advance or to purchase a participation in a Swing
Line Advance if at least two (2) Business Days prior to the making of
such Swing Line Advance by the Swing Line Lender, the officers of the
Swing Line Lender immediately responsible for matters concerning this
Agreement shall have received written notice from Agent or any Lender
that Swing Line Advances should be suspended based on the occurrence
and continuance of a Default or Event of Default and stating that such
notice is a notice of default; provided, however that the obligation
of the Revolving Credit Lenders to make such Revolving Credit Advances
(or purchase such participations) shall be reinstated upon the date on
which such Default or Event of Default has been waived by the requisite
Lenders. |
2.6 Interest Payments; Default Interest.
(a) Interest on the unpaid balance of all Base Rate Advances of the Revolving Credit and the
Swing Line from time to time outstanding shall accrue from the date of such Advance to the date
repaid, at a per annum interest rate equal to the Base Rate, and shall be payable in immediately
available funds commencing on April 1, 2010 and on the first day of each calendar quarter
thereafter. Whenever any payment under this Section 2.6(a) shall become due on a day which is not a
Business Day, the date for payment thereof shall be extended to the next Business Day. Interest
accruing at the Base Rate shall be computed on the basis of a 360 day year and assessed for the
actual number of days elapsed, and in such computation effect shall be given to any change in the
interest rate resulting from a change in the Base Rate on the date of such change in the Base Rate.
(b) Interest on each Eurodollar-based Advance of the Revolving Credit shall accrue at its
Eurodollar-based Rate and shall be payable in immediately available funds on the last day of the
Eurodollar-Interest Period applicable thereto (and, if any Eurodollar-Interest Period shall exceed
three months, then on the last Business Day of the third month of such Eurodollar-Interest Period,
and at three month intervals thereafter). Interest accruing at the Eurodollar-based Rate shall be
computed on the basis of a 360 day year and assessed for the actual number of days elapsed from the
first day of the Eurodollar-Interest Period applicable thereto to but not including the last day
thereof.
(c) Interest on each Quoted Rate Advance of the Swing Line shall accrue at its Quoted Rate and
shall be payable in immediately available funds on the last day of the Interest Period applicable
thereto. Interest accruing at the Quoted Rate shall be computed on the basis of
a 360-day year and assessed for the actual number of days elapsed from the first day of the
Interest Period applicable thereto to, but not including, the last day thereof.
(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding sections, all accrued and unpaid
interest on any Revolving Credit Advance refunded or converted pursuant to Section
37
2.3 hereof and
any Swing Line Advance refunded pursuant to Section 2.5(e) hereof, shall be due and payable in full
on the date such Advance is refunded or converted.
(e) In the case of any Event of Default under Section 9.1(i), immediately upon the occurrence
thereof, and in the case of any other Event of Default, immediately upon receipt by Agent of notice
from the Majority Revolving Credit Lenders, interest shall be payable on demand on all Revolving
Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances from time to time outstanding at a per annum rate equal to
the Applicable Interest Rate in respect of each such Advance plus, in the case of Eurodollar-based
Advances and Quoted Rate Advances, two percent (2%) for the remainder of the then existing Interest
Period, if any, and at all other such times, and for all Base Rate Advances from time to time
outstanding, at a per annum rate equal to the Base Rate plus two percent (2%) (but in no event in
excess of the maximum interest rate permitted by applicable law).
2.7 Optional Prepayments.
(a) (i) The Borrower may prepay all or part of the outstanding principal of any Base Rate
Advance(s) of the Revolving Credit at any time, provided that, unless the Sweep to Loan system
shall be in effect in respect of the Revolving Credit, after giving effect to any partial
prepayment, the aggregate balance of Base Rate Advance(s) of the Revolving Credit remaining
outstanding shall be at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000), and (ii) subject to Section 2.10(c)
hereof, the Borrower may prepay all or part of the outstanding principal of any Eurodollar-based
Advance of the Revolving Credit at any time (subject to not less than three (3) Business Days
notice to Agent) provided that, after giving effect to any partial prepayment, the unpaid portion
of such Advance which is to be refunded or converted under Section 2.3 hereof shall be at least One
Million Dollars ($1,000,000).
(b) (i) The Borrower may prepay all or part of the outstanding principal of any Swing Line
Advance carried at the Base Rate at any time, provided that after giving effect to any partial
prepayment, the aggregate balance of such Base Rate Swing Line Advances remaining outstanding shall
be at least One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) and (ii) subject to Section 2.10(c) hereof, the
Borrower may prepay all or part of the outstanding principal of any Swing Line Advance carried at
the Quoted Rate at any time (subject to not less than one (1) days notice to the Swing Line
Lender) provided that after giving effect to any partial prepayment, the aggregate balance of such
Quoted Rate Swing Line Advances remaining outstanding shall be at least Two Hundred Fifty Thousand
Dollars ($250,000).
(c) Any prepayment of a Base Rate Advance made in accordance with this Section shall be
without premium or penalty and any prepayment of any other type of Advance shall be subject to the
provisions of Section 11.1 hereof, but otherwise without premium or penalty.
2.8 Base Rate Advance in Absence of Election or Upon Default. If, (a) as to any outstanding Eurodollar-based Advance of the Revolving Credit or any
outstanding Quoted Rate Advance of the Swing Line, Agent has not received payment of all
outstanding principal and accrued interest on the last day of the Interest Period applicable
thereto, or does not receive a timely Request for Advance meeting the requirements of Section 2.3
or 2.5 hereof with respect to the refunding or conversion of such Advance, or (b) if on the last
day of the applicable Interest
38
Period a Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing, then, on the last day of the applicable Interest Period the principal amount of any
Eurodollar-based Advance or Quoted Rate Advance, as the case may be, which has not been prepaid
shall, absent a contrary election of the Majority Revolving Credit Lenders, be converted
automatically to a Base Rate Advance and the Agent shall thereafter promptly notify Borrower of
said action. All accrued and unpaid interest on any Advance converted to a Base Rate Advance under
this Section 2.8 shall be due and payable in full on the date such Advance is converted.
2.9 Revolving Credit Facility Fee. From the Effective Date to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, the Borrower shall pay to
the Agent for distribution to the Lenders pro-rata in accordance with their respective Percentages,
a Revolving Credit Facility Fee quarterly in arrears commencing April 1, 2010, and on the first day
of each calendar quarter thereafter (in respect of the prior three months or any portion thereof).
The Revolving Credit Facility Fee payable to each Lender shall be determined by multiplying the
Applicable Fee Percentage times the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment then in effect (whether
used or unused). The Revolving Credit Facility Fee shall be computed on the basis of a year of
three hundred sixty (360) days and assessed for the actual number of days elapsed. Whenever any
payment of the Revolving Credit Facility Fee shall be due on a day which is not a Business Day, the
date for payment thereof shall be extended to the next Business Day. Upon receipt of such payment,
Agent shall make prompt payment to each Lender of its share of the Revolving Credit Facility Fee
based upon its respective Percentage. The Revolving Credit Facility Fees described in this Section
are not refundable.
2.10 Mandatory Repayment of Revolving Credit Advances.
(a) If at any time and for any reason the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Revolving
Credit Advances plus Swing Line Advances, plus the outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations, shall
exceed the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment, Borrower shall immediately reduce any pending
request for a Revolving Credit Advance on such day by the amount of such excess and, to the extent
any excess remains thereafter, repay any Revolving Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances in an
amount equal to the lesser of the outstanding amount of such Advances and the amount of such
remaining excess, with such amounts to be applied between the Revolving Credit Advances and Swing
Line Advances as determined by the Agent and then, to the extent that any excess remains after
payment in full of all Revolving Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances, to provide cash
collateral in support of any Letter of Credit Obligations in an amount equal to the lesser of (x)
105% of the amount of such Letter of Credit Obligations and (y) the amount of such remaining
excess, with such cash collateral to be provided on the basis set forth in Section 9.2 hereof.
Borrower acknowledges that, in connection with any repayment required hereunder, it shall also be
responsible for the reimbursement of any prepayment or other costs required under Section 11.1
hereof. Any payments made pursuant to
this Section shall be applied first to outstanding Base Rate Advances under the Revolving
Credit, next to Swing Line Advances carried at the Base Rate and then to Eurodollar-based Advances
of the Revolving Credit, and then to Swing Line Advances carried at the Quoted Rate.
(b) Upon the payment in full of the Term Loan, any prepayments required to be made on the Term
Loan pursuant to Sections 4.8(a), (b) and (c) of this Agreement shall instead be applied to prepay
any amounts outstanding under the Revolving Credit, without resulting in a
39
permanent reduction in
the Revolving Credit Agreement Commitment. Subject to Section 10.2 hereof, any payments made
pursuant to this Section shall be applied first to outstanding Base Rate Advances under the
Revolving Credit, next to Swing Line Advances carried at the Base Rate, next to Eurodollar-based
Advances under the Revolving Credit, and then to Swing Line Advances carried at the Quoted Rate.
If any amounts remain thereafter, a portion of such prepayment equivalent to the undrawn amount of
any outstanding Letters of Credit shall be held by Lender as cash collateral for the Reimbursement
Obligations, with any additional prepayment monies being applied to any Fees, costs or expenses due
and outstanding under this Agreement, and with the remainder of such prepayment thereafter being
returned to Borrower.
(c) To the extent that, on the date any mandatory repayment of the Revolving Credit Advances
under this Section 2.10 or payment pursuant to the terms of any of the Loan Documents is due, the
Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit or any other Indebtedness to be prepaid is being carried,
in whole or in part, at the Eurodollar-based Rate and no Default or Event of Default has occurred
and is continuing, Borrower may deposit the amount of such mandatory prepayment in a cash
collateral account to be held by the Agent, for and on behalf of the Revolving Credit Lenders, on
such terms and conditions as are reasonably acceptable to Agent and upon such deposit the
obligation of Borrower to make such mandatory prepayment shall be deemed satisfied. Subject to the
terms and conditions of said cash collateral account, sums on deposit in said cash collateral
account shall be applied (until exhausted) to reduce the principal balance of the Revolving Credit
on the last day of each Eurodollar-Interest Period attributable to the Eurodollar-based Advances of
such Revolving Advance, thereby avoiding breakage costs under Section 11.1 hereof; provided,
however, that if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred at any time while sums are on
deposit in the cash collateral account, Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to apply such sums
to reduce the principal balance of such Eurodollar-based Advances prior to the last day of the
applicable Eurodollar-Interest Period, and the Borrower will be obligated to pay any resulting
breakage costs under Section 11.1.
2.11 Optional Reduction or Termination of Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment. Borrower may, upon at least five (5) Business Days prior written notice to the Agent,
permanently reduce the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment in whole at any time, or in part from
time to time, without premium or penalty, provided that: (i) each partial reduction of the
Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment shall be in an aggregate amount equal to Five Million Dollars
($5,000,000) or a larger integral multiple of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000); (ii)
Borrower shall prepay in accordance with the terms hereof the amount, if any, by which the
aggregate unpaid principal amount of Revolving Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances (including,
without duplication, any deemed Advances made under Section 3.6 hereof) outstanding hereunder, plus
the Letter of Credit Obligations, exceeds the amount of the then applicable Revolving Credit
Aggregate Commitment as so reduced, together with interest thereon to the date of prepayment; (iii) no reduction shall reduce the Revolving Credit
Aggregate Commitment to an amount which is less than the aggregate undrawn amount of any Letters of
Credit outstanding at such time; and (iv) no such reduction shall reduce the Swing Line Maximum
Amount unless Borrower so elects, provided that the Swing Line Maximum Amount shall at no time be
greater than the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment; provided, however that if the termination
or reduction of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment requires the prepayment of a
Eurodollar-based Advance or a Quoted Rate Advance and such termination or reduction is made on a
day other than the last Business Day of the then current Interest Period
40
applicable to such
Eurodollar-based Advance or such Quoted Rate Advance, then, pursuant to Section 11.1, Borrower
shall compensate the Revolving Credit Lenders and/or the Swing Line Lender for any losses or, so
long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower may deposit the
amount of such prepayment in a collateral account as provided in Section 2.10(c). Reductions of the
Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment and any accompanying prepayments of Advances of the Revolving
Credit shall be distributed by Agent to each Revolving Credit Lender in accordance with such
Revolving Credit Lenders Revolving Percentage thereof, and will not be available for reinstatement
by or readvance to Borrower, and any accompanying prepayments of Advances of the Swing Line shall
be distributed by Agent to the Swing Line Lender and will not be available for reinstatement by or
readvance to the Borrower. Any reductions of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment hereunder
shall reduce each Revolving Credit Lenders portion thereof proportionately (based on the
applicable Percentages), and shall be permanent and irrevocable. Any payments made pursuant to this
Section shall be applied first to outstanding Base Rate Advances under the Revolving Credit, next
to Swing Line Advances carried at the Base Rate and then to Eurodollar-based Advances of the
Revolving Credit, and then to Swing Line Advances carried at the Quoted Rate.
2.12 Use of Proceeds of Advances. Advances of the Revolving Credit shall be used to finance working capital and other lawful
corporate purposes.
2.13 Optional Increase in Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment. Provided that the Borrower has not previously elected to reduce or terminate the Revolving
Credit Aggregate Commitment under Section 2.11 hereof, Borrower may request that the Revolving
Credit Aggregate Commitment be increased in an aggregate amount (for all such Requests for
Increase) under this Section 2.13 not to exceed the Revolving Credit Optional Increase) (on the
same terms as the existing Revolving Credit), subject, in each case, to Section 11.1 hereof and to
the satisfaction concurrently with or prior to the date of each such request of the following
conditions:
(a) Borrower shall have delivered to the Agent a written request for such increase, specifying
the amount of increase thereby requested (each such request, a Request for Increase);
provided, however, that (i) in the event Borrower has previously delivered a
Request for Increase pursuant to this Section 2.13, Borrower may not deliver a subsequent Request
for Increase until all the conditions to effectiveness of such first Request for Increase have been
fully satisfied (or such Request for Increase has been withdrawn); (ii) Borrower may make no more
than three (3) Requests for Increase during the term of this Agreement; and (iii) the amount of
increase requested, when added to the amount of any previous increase in the Revolving Credit
Aggregate Commitment under this Section 2.13, shall not exceed the Revolving Credit Optional
Increase;
(b) within three (3) Business Days after the Agents receipt of any such Request for Increase,
the Agent shall inform each Revolving Credit Lender of the requested increase in the Revolving
Credit Aggregate Commitment, offer each Revolving Credit Lender to increase its applicable
commitment in an amount equal to its applicable Revolving Credit Percentage of the requested
increase in the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment, and request each such Revolving Credit
Lender to notify the Agent in writing whether such Revolving Credit Lender desires to increase its
applicable commitment by the requested amount. Each Revolving Credit
41
Lender approving an increase
in its applicable commitment by the requested amount shall deliver its written consent thereto no
later than ten (10) Business Days of the Agents informing such Revolving Credit Lender of the
Request for Increase; if the Agent shall not have received a written consent from a Revolving
Credit Lender within such time period, such Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to have elected
not to increase its applicable commitment. If any one or more Revolving Credit Lenders shall elect
not to increase their respective commitments, then the Agent may offer to (A) each other Revolving
Credit Lender hereunder on a non-pro rata basis, (B) any other Lender hereunder, or (C) any other
Person meeting the requirements of Section 13.8(c) hereof (including, for the purposes of this
Section 2.13, any existing Revolving Credit Lender which agrees to increase its commitment
hereunder, the New Revolving Credit Lender(s)), to increase their respective applicable
commitments (or to provide a commitment);
(c) the New Revolving Credit Lenders shall have become a party to this Agreement by executing
and delivering a New Lender Addendum for a minimum amount for each such New Revolving Credit Lender
that was not an existing Revolving Credit Lender of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) and an
aggregate amount for all such New Revolving Credit Lenders of that portion of the Aggregate
Revolving Credit Optional Increase, taking into account the amount of any prior increase in the
Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment (pursuant to this Section 2.13) covered by the applicable
Request; provided, however, that each New Revolving Credit Lender shall remit to the Agent funds in
an amount equal to its Percentage (after giving effect to this Section 2.13) of all Advances of the
Revolving Credit then outstanding, such sums to be reallocated among and paid to the existing
Revolving Credit Lenders based upon the new Percentages as determined below;
(d) Borrower shall have paid to the Agent for distribution to the existing Revolving Credit
Lenders, as applicable, all interest, fees (including the Revolving Credit Facility Fee, which
shall not be duplicative) and other amounts, if any, accrued to the effective date of such increase
and any breakage fees attributable to the reduction (prior to the last day of the applicable
Interest Period) of any outstanding Eurocurrency-based Advances, calculated on the basis set forth
in Section 15.1 hereof as though Borrowers had prepaid such Advances;
(e) if requested, Borrower shall have executed and delivered to the Agent new Revolving Credit
Notes payable to each of the New Revolving Credit Lenders in the face amount of each such New
Revolving Credit Lenders Percentage of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment (after giving
effect to this Section 2.13) and, if applicable, renewal and replacement Revolving Credit Notes
payable to each of the existing Revolving Credit Lenders in the face
amount of each such Lenders Revolving Credit Percentage of the Revolving Credit Aggregate
Commitment (after giving effect to this Section 2.13), dated as of the effective date of such
increase (with appropriate insertions relevant to such Notes and acceptable to the applicable
Revolving Credit Lenders, including the New Revolving Credit Lenders);
(f) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
(g) such other amendments, acknowledgments, consents, documents, instruments, any
registrations, if any, shall have been executed and delivered and/or obtained by Borrower as
required by the Agent, in its reasonable discretion; and
42
(h) the Agent may, without the consent of the Majority Lenders or any Lender effect amendments
to this Agreement as may be appropriate in the opinion of the Agent to effect the provisions of
this Section 2.13.
3. LETTERS OF CREDIT.
3.1 Letters of Credit. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Issuing Lender shall through the
Issuing Office, at any time and from time to time from and after the date hereof until thirty (30)
days prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, upon the written request of Borrower accompanied
by a duly executed Letter of Credit Agreement and such other documentation related to the requested
Letter of Credit as the Issuing Lender may require, issue Letters of Credit in Dollars for the
account of Borrower, in an aggregate amount for all Letters of Credit issued hereunder at any one
time outstanding not to exceed the Letter of Credit Maximum Amount. Each Letter of Credit shall be
in a minimum face amount of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) (or such lesser amount as may
be agreed to by Issuing Lender) and each Letter of Credit (including any renewal thereof) shall
expire not later than the first to occur of (i) one year after the date of issuance thereof and
(ii) ten (10) Business Days prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date in effect on the date of
issuance thereof. The submission of all applications in respect of and the issuance of each Letter
of Credit hereunder shall be subject in all respects to the International Standby Practices 98, and
any successor documentation thereto and to the extent not inconsistent therewith, the laws of the
State of Michigan. In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and any Letter of Credit
Document other than any Letter of Credit, this Agreement shall control.
3.2 Conditions to Issuance. No Letter of Credit shall be issued at the request and for the account of Borrower unless,
as of the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit:
|
(a) |
|
(i) after giving effect to the Letter of Credit requested, the
Letter of Credit Obligations do not exceed the Letter of Credit Maximum Amount;
and (ii) after giving effect to the Letter of Credit requested, the Letter of
Credit Obligations on such date plus the aggregate amount of all Revolving
Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances (including all Advances deemed
disbursed by Agent under Section 3.6(a) hereof in respect of
Borrower Reimbursement Obligations) hereunder requested or outstanding on
such date do not exceed the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment; |
|
|
(b) |
|
the representations and warranties of the Credit Parties
contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and correct
in all material respects and shall be true and correct in all material respects
as of date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit (both before and
immediately after the issuance of such Letter of Credit), other than any
representation or warranty that expressly speaks only as of a different date; |
|
|
(c) |
|
there is no Default or Event of Default in existence, and none
will exist upon the issuance of such Letter of Credit; |
43
|
(d) |
|
Borrower shall have delivered to Issuing Lender at its Issuing
Office, not less than three (3) Business Days prior to the requested date for
issuance (or such shorter time as the Issuing Lender, in its sole discretion,
may permit), the Letter of Credit Agreement related thereto, together with such
other documents and materials as may be required pursuant to the terms thereof,
and the terms of the proposed Letter of Credit shall be reasonably satisfactory
to Issuing Lender; |
|
|
(e) |
|
no order, judgment or decree of any court, arbitrator or
governmental authority shall purport by its terms to enjoin or restrain Issuing
Lender from issuing the Letter of Credit requested, or any Revolving Credit
Lender from taking an assignment of its Revolving Credit Percentage thereof
pursuant to Section 3.6 hereof, and no law, rule, regulation, request or
directive (whether or not having the force of law) shall prohibit the Issuing
Lender from issuing, or any Revolving Credit Lender from taking an assignment
of its Revolving Credit Percentage of, the Letter of Credit requested or
letters of credit generally; |
|
|
(f) |
|
there shall have been (i) no introduction of or change in the
interpretation of any law or regulation, (ii) no declaration of a general
banking moratorium by banking authorities in the United States, Michigan or the
respective jurisdictions in which the Revolving Credit Lenders, the Borrower
and the beneficiary of the requested Letter of Credit are located, and (iii) no
establishment of any new restrictions by any central bank or other governmental
agency or authority on transactions involving letters of credit or on banks
generally that, in any case described in this clause (e), would make it
unlawful or unduly burdensome for the Issuing Lender to issue or any Revolving
Credit Lender to take an assignment of its Revolving Credit Percentage of the
requested Letter of Credit or letters of credit generally; |
|
|
(g) |
|
Issuing Lender shall have received the issuance fees required
in connection with the issuance of such Letter of Credit pursuant to Section
3.4 hereof; and |
|
|
(h) |
|
if any Revolving Credit Lender is an Impaired Lender, the
Issuing Lender has entered into arrangements satisfactory to it to eliminate
the Issuing Lenders risk with respect to the participation in Letters of
Credit by all such Impaired Lenders, including, without limitation, the
creation of a cash collateral account or delivery of other security by the
Borrower to assure payment of such Impaired Lenders Percentage of all
outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations. |
Each Letter of Credit Agreement submitted to Issuing Lender pursuant hereto shall constitute the
certification by Borrower of the matters set forth in Sections 5.2 hereof. The Agent shall be
entitled to rely on such certification without any duty of inquiry.
44
3.3 Notice. The Issuing Lender shall deliver to the Agent, concurrently with or promptly following its
issuance of any Letter of Credit, a true and complete copy of each Letter of Credit. Promptly upon
its receipt thereof, Agent shall give notice, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E, to
each Revolving Credit Lender of the issuance of each Letter of Credit, specifying the amount
thereof and the amount of such Revolving Credit Lenders Percentage thereof.
3.4 Letter of Credit Fees; Increased Costs. (a) Borrower shall pay letter of credit fees as follows:
|
(i) |
|
A per annum letter of credit fee with respect
to the undrawn amount of each Letter of Credit issued pursuant hereto
(based on the amount of each Letter of Credit) in the amount of the
Applicable Fee Percentage (determined with reference to Schedule 1.1 to
this Agreement) shall be paid to the Agent for distribution to the
Revolving Credit Lenders in accordance with their Percentages. |
|
(ii) |
|
A letter of credit facing fee on the face
amount of each Letter of Credit shall be paid to the Agent for
distribution to the Issuing Lender for its own account, in accordance
with the terms of the applicable Fee Letter. |
|
(b) |
|
All payments by Borrower to the Agent for distribution to the
Issuing Lender or the Revolving Credit Lenders under this Section 3.4 shall be
made in Dollars in immediately available funds at the Issuing Office or such
other office of the Agent as may be designated from time to time by written
notice to Borrower by the Agent. The fees described in clauses (a)(i) and (ii)
above (i) shall be nonrefundable under all circumstances, (ii) in the case of
fees due under clause (a)(i) above, shall be payable quarterly
in arrears (on the first day of each calendar quarter) and (iii) in the case
of fees due under clause (a)(ii) above, shall be payable upon the issuance
of such Letter of Credit and upon any amendment thereto or extension
thereof. The fees due under clause (a)(i) above shall be determined by
multiplying the Applicable Fee Percentage times the undrawn amount of the
face amount of each such Letter of Credit on the date of determination, and
shall be calculated on the basis of a 360 day year and assessed for the
actual number of days from the date of the issuance thereof to the stated
expiration thereof. The parties hereto acknowledge that, unless the Issuing
Lender otherwise agrees, any material amendment and any extension to a
Letter of Credit issued hereunder shall be treated as a new Letter of Credit
for the purposes of the letter of credit facing fee. |
|
(c) |
|
If any change in any law or regulation or in the interpretation
thereof by any court or administrative or governmental authority charged with
the administration thereof, adopted after the date hereof, shall either (i)
impose, modify or cause to be deemed applicable any reserve, special
|
45
|
|
|
deposit,
limitation or similar requirement against letters of credit issued or
participated in by, or assets held by, or deposits in or for the account of,
Issuing Lender or any Revolving Credit Lender or (ii) impose on Issuing Lender
or any Revolving Credit Lender any other condition regarding this Agreement,
the Letters of Credit or any participations in such Letters of Credit, and the
result of any event referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above shall be to
increase the cost or expense to Issuing Lender or such Revolving Credit Lender
of issuing or maintaining or participating in any of the Letters of Credit
(which increase in cost or expense shall be determined by the Issuing Lenders
or such Revolving Credit Lenders reasonable allocation of the aggregate of
such cost increases and expenses resulting from such events), then, upon demand
by the Issuing Lender or such Revolving Credit Lender, as the case may be,
Borrower shall, within thirty (30) days following demand for payment, pay to
Issuing Lender or such Revolving Credit Lender, as the case may be, from time
to time as specified by the Issuing Lender or such Revolving Credit Lender,
additional amounts which shall be sufficient to compensate the Issuing Lender
or such Revolving Credit Lender for such increased cost and expense (together
with interest on each such amount from ten days after the date such payment is
due until payment in full thereof at the Base Rate), provided that if the
Issuing Lender or such Revolving Credit Lender could take any reasonable
action, without cost or administrative or other burden or restriction to such
Lender, to mitigate or eliminate such cost or expense, it agrees to do so
within a reasonable time after becoming aware of the foregoing matters. Each
demand for payment under this Section 3.4(c) shall be accompanied by a
certificate of Issuing Lender or the applicable Revolving Credit Lender setting
forth the amount of such increased cost or expense incurred by the Issuing
Lender or such Revolving Credit Lender, as the case may be, as a result of any
event mentioned in clause (i) or (ii) above, and in reasonable detail, the
methodology for calculating and the calculation of such amount, which
certificate shall be prepared in good faith and shall be conclusive
evidence, absent manifest error, as to the amount thereof. |
3.5 Other Fees. In connection with the Letters of Credit, and in addition to the Letter of Credit Fees,
Borrower shall pay, for the sole account of the Issuing Lender, standard documentation,
administration, payment and cancellation charges assessed by Issuing Lender or the Issuing Office,
at the times, in the amounts and on the terms set forth or to be set forth from time to time in the
standard fee schedule of the Issuing Office in effect from time to time.
3.6 Participation Interests in and Drawings and Demands for Payment Under Letters of
Credit.
(a) Upon issuance by the Issuing Lender of each Letter of Credit hereunder (and on the
Effective Date with respect to each Existing Letter of Credit), each Revolving Credit Lender shall
automatically acquire a pro rata participation interest in such Letter of Credit and each related
Letter of Credit Payment based on its respective Revolving Credit Percentage.
46
(b) If the Issuing Lender shall honor a draft or other demand for payment presented or made
under any Letter of Credit, Borrower agrees to pay to the Issuing Lender an amount equal to the
amount paid by the Issuing Lender in respect of such draft or other demand under such Letter of
Credit and all reasonable expenses paid or incurred by the Agent relative thereto not later than
1:00 p.m. (Pacific time), in Dollars, on (i) the Business Day that Borrower received notice of such
presentment and honor, if such notice is received prior to 11:00 a.m. (Pacific time) or (ii) the
Business Day immediately following the day that Borrower received such notice, if such notice is
received after 11:00 a.m. (Pacific time).
(c) If the Issuing Lender shall honor a draft or other demand for payment presented or made
under any Letter of Credit, but Borrower does not reimburse the Issuing Lender as required under
clause (b) above and the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment has not been terminated (whether by
maturity, acceleration or otherwise), the Borrower shall be deemed to have immediately requested
that the Revolving Credit Lenders make a Base Rate Advance of the Revolving Credit (which Advance
may be subsequently converted at any time into a Eurodollar-based Advance pursuant to Section 2.3
hereof) in the principal amount equal to the amount paid by the Issuing Lender in respect of such
draft or other demand under such Letter of Credit and all reasonable expenses paid or incurred by
the Agent relative thereto. Agent will promptly notify the Revolving Credit Lenders of such deemed
request, and each such Lender shall make available to the Agent an amount equal to its pro rata
share (based on its Revolving Credit Percentage) of the amount of such Advance.
(d) If the Issuing Lender shall honor a draft or other demand for payment presented or made
under any Letter of Credit, but Borrower does not reimburse the Issuing Lender as required under
clause (b) above, and (i) the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment has been terminated (whether by
maturity, acceleration or otherwise), or (ii) any reimbursement received by the Issuing Lender from
Borrower is or must be returned or rescinded upon or during any
bankruptcy or reorganization of any Credit Party or otherwise, then Agent shall notify each
Revolving Credit Lender, and each Revolving Credit Lender will be obligated to pay the Agent for
the account of the Issuing Lender its pro rata share (based on its Revolving Credit Percentage) of
the amount paid by the Issuing Lender in respect of such draft or other demand under such Letter of
Credit and all reasonable expenses paid or incurred by the Agent relative thereto (but no such
payment shall diminish the obligations of the Borrower hereunder). Upon receipt thereof, the Agent
will deliver to such Revolving Credit Lender a participation certificate evidencing its
participation interest in respect of such payment and expenses. To the extent that a Revolving
Credit Lender fails to make such amount available to the Agent by 11:00 a.m. Pacific time on the
Business Day next succeeding the date such notice is given, such Revolving Credit Lender shall pay
interest on such amount in respect of each day from the date such amount was required to be paid,
to the date paid to Agent, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Effective Rate. The
failure of any Revolving Credit Lender to make its pro rata portion of any such amount available
under to the Agent shall not relieve any other Revolving Credit Lender of its obligation to make
available its pro rata portion of such amount, but no Revolving Credit Lender shall be responsible
for failure of any other Revolving Credit Lender to make such pro rata portion available to the
Agent.
(e) In the case of any Advance made under this Section 3.6, each such Advance shall be
disbursed notwithstanding any failure to satisfy any conditions for disbursement of any
47
Advance set
forth in Article 2 hereof or Article 5 hereof, and, to the extent of the Advance so disbursed, the
Reimbursement Obligation of Borrower to the Agent under this Section 3.6 shall be deemed satisfied
(unless, in each case, taking into account any such deemed Advances, the aggregate outstanding
principal amount of Advances of the Revolving Credit and the Swing Line, plus the Letter of Credit
Obligations (other than the Reimbursement Obligations to be reimbursed by this Advance) on such
date exceed the then applicable Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment).
(f) If the Issuing Lender shall honor a draft or other demand for payment presented or made
under any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Lender shall provide notice thereof to Borrower on the date
such draft or demand is honored, and to each Revolving Credit Lender on such date unless Borrower
shall have satisfied its reimbursement obligations by payment to the Agent (for the benefit of the
Issuing Lender) as required under this Section 3.6. The Issuing Lender shall further use
reasonable efforts to provide notice to Borrower prior to honoring any such draft or other demand
for payment, but such notice, or the failure to provide such notice, shall not affect the rights or
obligations of the Issuing Lender with respect to any Letter of Credit or the rights and
obligations of the parties hereto, including without limitation the obligations of Borrower under
this Section 3.6.
(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing however no Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to have
acquired a participation in a Letter of Credit if the officers of the Issuing Lender immediately
responsible for matters concerning this Agreement shall have received written notice from Agent or
any Lender at least two (2) Business Days prior to the date of the issuance or extension of such
Letter of Credit or, with respect to any Letter of Credit subject to automatic extension, at least
five (5) Business Days prior to the date that the beneficiary under such Letter of Credit must be
notified that such Letter of Credit will not be renewed, that the issuance or extension of Letters
of Credit should be suspended based on the occurrence and continuance of a
Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a notice of default; provided,
however that the Revolving Credit Lenders shall be deemed to have acquired such a participation
upon the date on which such Default or Event of Default has been waived by the requisite Lenders,
as applicable. In the event that the Issuing Lender receives such a notice, the Issuing Lender
shall have no obligation to issue any Letter of Credit until such notice is withdrawn by Agent or
such Lender or until the requisite Lenders have waived such Default or Event of Default in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
(h) Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to require or authorize any Revolving Credit
Lender to issue any Letter of Credit, it being recognized that the Issuing Lender shall be the sole
issuer of Letters of Credit under this Agreement.
(i) In the event that any Revolving Credit Lender becomes an Impaired Lender, the Issuing
Lender may, at its option, require that the Borrower enter into arrangements satisfactory to
Issuing Lender to eliminate the Issuing Lenders risk with respect to the participation in Letters
of Credit by such Impaired Lender, including creation of a cash collateral account or delivery of
other security to assure payment of such Impaired Lenders Percentage of all outstanding Letter of
Credit Obligations.
48
3.7 Obligations Irrevocable. The obligations of Borrower to make payments to Agent for the account of Issuing Lender or
the Revolving Credit Lenders with respect to Letter of Credit Obligations under Section 3.6 hereof,
shall be unconditional and irrevocable and not subject to any qualification or exception
whatsoever, including, without limitation:
|
(a) |
|
Any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit,
any Letter of Credit Agreement, any other documentation relating to any Letter
of Credit, this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents (the Letter of
Credit Documents); |
|
|
(b) |
|
Any amendment, modification, waiver, consent, or any
substitution, exchange or release of or failure to perfect any interest in
collateral or security, with respect to or under any Letter of Credit Document; |
|
|
(c) |
|
The existence of any claim, setoff, defense or other right
which Borrower may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee
of any Letter of Credit (or any persons or entities for whom any such
beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the Agent, the Issuing
Lender or any Revolving Credit Lender or any other Person, whether in
connection with this Agreement, any of the Letter of Credit Documents, the
transactions contemplated herein or therein or any unrelated transactions; |
|
|
(d) |
|
Any draft or other statement or document presented under any
Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in
any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; |
|
|
(e) |
|
Payment by the Issuing Lender to the beneficiary under any
Letter of Credit against presentation of documents which do not comply with the
terms of such Letter of Credit, including failure of any documents to bear any
reference or adequate reference to such Letter of Credit; |
|
|
(f) |
|
Any failure, omission, delay or lack on the part of the Agent,
Issuing Lender or any Revolving Credit Lender or any party to any of the Letter
of Credit Documents to enforce, assert or exercise any right, power or remedy
conferred upon the Agent, Issuing Lender, any Revolving Credit Lender or any
such party under this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or any of the
Letter of Credit Documents, or any other acts or omissions on the part of the
Agent, Issuing Lender, any Revolving Credit Lender or any such party; or |
|
|
(g) |
|
Any other event or circumstance that would, in the absence of
this Section 3.7, result in the release or discharge by operation of law or
otherwise of Borrower from the performance or observance of any obligation,
covenant or agreement contained in Section 3.6 hereof. |
No setoff, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any obligation or any defense of any kind or
nature which Borrower has or may have against the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit shall be
available hereunder to Borrower against the Agent, Issuing Lender or any Revolving Credit
49
Lender. With respect to any Letter of Credit, nothing contained in this Section 3.7 shall be deemed to
prevent Borrower, after satisfaction in full of the absolute and unconditional obligations of
Borrower hereunder with respect to such Letter of Credit, from asserting in a separate action any
claim, defense, set off or other right which they (or any of them) may have against Agent, Issuing
Lender or any Revolving Credit Lender in connection with such Letter of Credit.
3.8 Risk Under Letters of Credit.
(a) In the administration and handling of Letters of Credit and any security therefor, or any
documents or instruments given in connection therewith, Issuing Lender shall have the sole right to
take or refrain from taking any and all actions under or upon the Letters of Credit.
(b) Subject to other terms and conditions of this Agreement, Issuing Lender shall issue the
Letters of Credit and shall hold the documents related thereto in its own name and shall make all
collections thereunder and otherwise administer the Letters of Credit in accordance with Issuing
Lenders regularly established practices and procedures and will have no further obligation (in the
absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct) with respect thereto. In the administration of
Letters of Credit, Issuing Lender shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted on the advice
of counsel, accountants, appraisers or other experts selected by Issuing Lender with due care and
Issuing Lender may rely upon any notice, communication, certificate or other statement from
Borrower, beneficiaries of Letters of Credit, or any other Person which Issuing Lender believes to
be authentic. Issuing Lender will, upon request, furnish the Revolving Credit Lenders with copies
of Letter of Credit Documents related thereto.
(c) In connection with the issuance and administration of Letters of Credit and the
assignments hereunder, Issuing Lender makes no representation and shall have no responsibility with
respect to (i) the obligations of Borrower or the validity, sufficiency or enforceability of any
document or instrument given in connection therewith, or the taking of any action with respect to
same, (ii) the financial condition of, any representations made by, or any act or omission of
Borrower or any other Person, or (iii) any failure or delay in exercising any rights or powers
possessed by Issuing Lender in its capacity as issuer of Letters of Credit in the absence of its
gross negligence or willful misconduct. Each of the Revolving Credit Lenders expressly acknowledges
that it has made and will continue to make its own evaluations of Borrowers creditworthiness
without reliance on any representation of Issuing Lender or Issuing Lenders officers, agents and
employees.
(d) If at any time Issuing Lender shall recover any part of any unreimbursed amount for any
draw or other demand for payment under a Letter of Credit, or any interest thereon, Agent or
Issuing Lender, as the case may be, shall receive same for the pro rata benefit of
the Revolving Credit Lenders in accordance with their respective Percentages and shall promptly
deliver to each Revolving Credit Lender its share thereof, less such Revolving Credit Lenders pro
rata share of the costs of such recovery, including court costs and attorneys fees. If at any time
any Revolving Credit Lender shall receive from any source whatsoever any payment on any such
unreimbursed amount or interest thereon in excess of such Revolving Credit Lenders Percentage of
such payment, such Revolving Credit Lender will promptly pay over such excess to Agent, for
redistribution in accordance with this Agreement.
50
3.9 Indemnification. Borrower hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold harmless the Revolving Credit Lenders, the
Issuing Lender and the Agent and their respective Affiliates, and the respective officers,
directors, employees and agents of such Persons (each an L/C Indemnified Person), from and
against any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities, costs or expenses of any kind or nature
whatsoever which the Revolving Credit Lenders, the Issuing Lender or the Agent or any such Person
may incur or which may be claimed against any of them by reason of or in connection with any Letter
of Credit (collectively, the L/C Indemnified Amounts), and none of the Issuing Lender, any
Revolving Credit Lender or the Agent or any of their respective officers, directors, employees or
agents shall be liable or responsible for:
|
(a) |
|
the use which may be made of any Letter of Credit or for any
acts or omissions of any beneficiary in connection therewith; |
|
|
(b) |
|
the validity, sufficiency or genuineness of documents or of any
endorsement thereon, even if such documents should in fact prove to be in any
or all respects invalid, insufficient, fraudulent or forged; |
|
|
(c) |
|
payment by the Issuing Lender to the beneficiary under any
Letter of Credit against presentation of documents which do not strictly comply
with the terms of any Letter of Credit (unless such payment resulted from the
gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing Lender), including failure of any documents to bear any reference or adequate
reference to such Letter of Credit; |
|
|
(d) |
|
any error, omission, interruption or delay in transmission,
dispatch or delivery of any message or advice, however transmitted, in
connection with any Letter of Credit; or |
|
|
(e) |
|
any other event or circumstance whatsoever arising in
connection with any Letter of Credit. |
It is understood that in making any payment under a Letter of Credit the Issuing Lender will rely
on documents presented to it under such Letter of Credit as to any and all matters set forth
therein without further investigation and regardless of any notice or information to the contrary.
With respect to subparagraphs (a) through (e) hereof, (i) no Borrower shall be required to
indemnify any L/C Indemnified Person for any L/C Indemnified Amounts to the extent such amounts
result from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such L/C Indemnified Person or any
officer, director, employee or agent of such L/C Indemnified Person and (ii) the Agent and the
Issuing Lender shall be liable to each Borrower to the extent, but only to the extent, of any
direct, as opposed to consequential or incidental, damages suffered by Borrower which were caused
by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing Lender or any officer, director,
employee or agent of the Issuing Lender or by the Issuing Lenders wrongful dishonor of any Letter
of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary thereunder of a draft or other demand for
payment and other documentation strictly complying with the terms and conditions of such Letter of
Credit.
51
3.10 Right of Reimbursement. Each Revolving Credit Lender agrees to reimburse the Issuing Lender on demand, pro rata in
accordance with its respective Revolving Credit Percentage, for (i) the reasonable out-of-pocket
costs and expenses of the Issuing Lender to be reimbursed by Borrower pursuant to any Letter of
Credit Agreement or any Letter of Credit, to the extent not reimbursed by Borrower or any other
Credit Party and (ii) any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions,
judgments, suits, costs, fees, reasonable out-of-pocket expenses or disbursements of any kind and
nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against Issuing Lender in any
way relating to or arising out of this Agreement (including Section 3.6(c) hereof), any Letter of
Credit, any documentation or any transaction relating thereto, or any Letter of Credit Agreement,
to the extent not reimbursed by Borrower, except to the extent that such liabilities, losses, costs
or expenses were incurred by Issuing Lender as a result of Issuing Lenders gross negligence or
willful misconduct or by the Issuing Lenders wrongful dishonor of any Letter of Credit after the
presentation to it by the beneficiary thereunder of a draft or other demand for payment and other
documentation strictly complying with the terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit.
4. TERM LOAN.
4.1 Term Loan. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Term Loan Lender, severally and for itself
alone, agrees to lend to Borrower, in a single disbursement in Dollars on the Effective Date an
amount equal to such Lenders Percentage of Term Loan.
4.2 Accrual of Interest and Maturity; Evidence of Indebtedness.
(a) Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Agent for the account of each Term
Loan Lender such Lenders Percentage of the then unpaid aggregate principal amount of Term Loan
outstanding on the Term Loan Maturity Date and on such other dates and in such other amounts as may
be required from time to time pursuant to this Agreement. Subject to the terms and conditions
hereof, the unpaid principal Indebtedness outstanding under Term Loan shall, from the Effective
Date (until paid), bear interest at the Applicable Interest Rate. There shall be no readvance or
reborrowings of any principal reductions of the Term Loan.
(b) Each Term Loan Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or
accounts evidencing indebtedness of Borrower to the appropriate lending office of such Term Loan
Lender resulting from each Advance of the Term Loan made by such lending office of such Lender from
time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable thereon and paid to such Term
Loan Lender from time to time under this Agreement.
(c) The Agent shall maintain the Register pursuant to Section 13.8(g), and a subaccount
therein for each Term Loan Lender, in which Register and subaccounts (taken together) shall be
recorded (i) the amount of each Advance of the Term Loan made hereunder, the type thereof and each
Eurodollar-Interest Period applicable to any Eurodollar-based Advance, (ii) the amount of any
principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from Borrower to each Term Loan
Lender hereunder in respect of the Advances of the Term Loan and (iii) both the amount of any sum
received by the Agent hereunder from Borrower in respect of the Advances of the Term Loan and each
Term Loan Lenders share thereof.
52
(d) The entries made in the Register pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section 4.2 shall,
absent manifest error, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be prima facie evidence of the
existence and amounts of the obligations of Borrower therein recorded; provided,
however, that the failure of any Term Loan Lender or the Agent to maintain the Register or
any such account, as applicable, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the
obligation of Borrower to repay the Advances of each of the Term Loan (and all other amounts owing
with respect thereto) made to Borrower by the Term Loan Lenders in accordance with the terms of
this Agreement.
(e) Borrower agrees that, upon written request to the Agent by any Term Loan Lender, Borrower
will execute and deliver to such Term Loan Lender, at Borrowers expense, a Term Loan Note
evidencing the outstanding Advances under the Term Loan, owing to such Term Loan Lender.
4.3 Repayment of Principal. (a) Borrower shall repay the Term Loan as set forth below, each such quarterly principal
installment to be paid on the first day of each calendar quarter, commencing on April 1,
2010, until the Term Loan Maturity Date, when all remaining outstanding principal plus accrued
interest thereon shall be due and payable in full:
|
|
|
|
|
Installment No. |
|
Payment |
1-4 |
|
$ |
875,000 |
|
5-8 |
|
$ |
1,312,500 |
|
9-12 |
|
$ |
3,062,500 |
|
13-16 |
|
$ |
3,500,000 |
|
Term Loan Maturity Date |
|
Any amounts of principal or interest then outstanding on the Term Loan |
(b) Whenever any payment under this Section 4.3 shall become due on a day that is not a
Business Day, the date for payment thereunder shall be extended to the next Business Day.
4.4 Term Loan Rate Requests; Refundings and Conversions of Advances of Term Loan. Borrower may refund all or any portion of any Advance of the Term Loan as a Term Loan
Advance with a like Eurodollar-Interest Period or convert each such Advance of Term Loan to an
Advance with a different Eurodollar-Interest Period, but only after delivery to Agent of a Term
Loan Rate Request executed in connection with such Term Loan by an Authorized Signer and subject to
the terms hereof and to the following:
(a) each Term Loan Rate Request shall set forth the information required on the Term Loan Rate
Request form with respect to such Term Loan, including without limitation:
53
|
(i) |
|
whether the Term Loan Advance is a refunding or
conversion of an outstanding Term Loan Advance; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
in the case of a refunding or conversion of an
outstanding Term Loan Advance, the proposed date of such refunding or
conversion, which must be a Business Day; and |
|
|
(iii) |
|
whether such Term Loan Advance (or any portion
thereof) is to be a Base Rate Advance or a Eurodollar-based Advance,
and, in the case of a Eurodollar-based Advance, the Eurodollar-Interest
Period(s) applicable thereto. |
(b) each such Term Loan Rate Request shall be delivered to Agent (i) by 1:00 p.m. (Pacific
time) three (3) Business Days prior to the proposed date of the refunding or conversion of a
Eurodollar-based Advance or (ii) by 1:00 p.m. (Pacific time) on the proposed date of the refunding
or conversion of a Base Rate Advance;
(c) the principal amount of such Advance of the Term Loan plus the amount of any other Advance
of the Term Loan to be then combined therewith having the same Applicable Interest Rate and
Eurodollar-Interest Period, if any, shall be (i) in the case of a Base Rate Advance, at least Two
Million Dollars ($2,000,000), or the remaining principal balance outstanding under the applicable
Term Loan, whichever is less, and (ii) in the case of a
Eurodollar-based Advance, at least Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) or the remaining principal
balance outstanding under the applicable Term Loan, whichever is less, or in each case a larger
integral multiple of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000);
(d) no Term Loan Advance shall have a Eurodollar-Interest Period ending after the Term Loan
Maturity Date and, notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, Borrower shall select
Eurodollar-Interest Periods (or the Base Rate) for sufficient portions of the Term Loan such that
Borrower may make the required principal payments hereunder on a timely basis and otherwise in
accordance with Section 4.5 below;
(e) at no time shall there be no more than three (3) Eurodollar-Interest Periods in effect for
Advances of the Term Loan; and
(f) a Term Loan Rate Request, once delivered to Agent, shall not be revocable by Borrower.
4.5 Base Rate Advance in Absence of Election or Upon Default.In the event Borrower shall fail with respect to any Eurodollar-based Advance of the Term Loan
to timely exercise their option to refund or convert such Advance in accordance with Section 4.4
hereof (and such Advance has not been paid in full on the last day of the Eurodollar-Interest
Period applicable thereto according to the terms hereof), or, if on the last day of the applicable
Eurodollar-Interest Period, a Default or Event of Default shall exist, then, on the last day of the
applicable Eurodollar-Interest Period, the principal amount of such Advance which has not been
prepaid shall be automatically converted to a Base Rate Advance and the Agent shall thereafter
promptly notify Borrower thereof. All accrued and unpaid interest on any Advance converted to
54
a Base Rate Advance under this Section 4.5 shall be due and payable in full on the date such Advance
is converted.
4.6 Interest Payments; Default Interest.
(a) Interest on the unpaid principal of all Base Rate Advances of the Term Loan from time to
time outstanding shall accrue until paid at a per annum interest rate equal to the Base Rate, and
shall be payable in immediately available funds quarterly in arrears commencing on April 1, 2010,
and on the first day of each calendar quarter thereafter. Whenever any payment under this Section
4.6 shall become due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to
the next Business Day. Interest accruing at the Base Rate shall be computed on the basis of a 360
day year and assessed for the actual number of days elapsed, and in such computation effect shall
be given to any change in the interest rate resulting from a change in the Base Rate on the date of
such change in the Base Rate.
(b) Interest on the unpaid principal of each Eurodollar-based Advance of the Term Loan having
a related Eurodollar-Interest Period of three (3) months or less shall accrue at its applicable
Eurodollar-based Rate and shall be payable in immediately available funds on the last day of the
Eurodollar-Interest Period applicable thereto. Interest accruing at the Eurodollar-based Rate shall
be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and assessed for the actual number of days
elapsed from the first day of the Eurodollar-Interest Period applicable thereto to, but not
including, the last day thereof.
(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 4.6(a) or (b) hereof, all accrued and
unpaid interest on any Term Loan Advance refunded or converted pursuant to Section 4.4 hereof shall
be due and payable in full on the date such Term Loan Advance is refunded or converted.
(d) In the case of any Event of Default under Section 9.1(i), immediately upon the occurrence
thereof, and in the case of any other Event of Default, upon notice from the Majority Term Loan
Lenders, interest shall be payable on demand on the principal amount of all Advances of the Term
Loan from time to time outstanding, as applicable, at a per annum rate equal to the Applicable
Interest Rate in respect of each such Advance, plus, in the case of Eurodollar-based Advances, two
percent (2%) for the remainder of the then existing Eurodollar-Interest Period, if any, and at all
other such times and for all Base Rate Advances, at a per annum rate equal to the Base Rate plus
two percent (2%).
4.7 Optional Prepayment of Term Loan.
(a) Subject to clause (b) hereof, Borrower (at its option), may prepay all or any portion of
the outstanding principal of any Term Loan Advance bearing interest at the Base Rate at any time,
and may prepay all or any portion of the outstanding principal of any Term Loan bearing interest at
the Eurodollar-based Rate upon one (1) Business Days notice to the Agent by facsimile or by
telephone (confirmed by facsimile), with accrued interest on the principal being prepaid to the
date of such prepayment. Any prepayment of a portion of the Term Loan as to which the Applicable
Interest Rate is the Base Rate shall be without premium or penalty and any prepayment of a portion
of the Term Loan as to which the Applicable Interest Rate is the
55
Eurodollar-based Rate shall be
subject to the provisions of Section 11.1, but otherwise without premium or penalty.
(b) Each partial prepayment of the Term Loan shall be applied to all installments of such Term
Loan due thereunder on a pro rata basis as follows: first to that portion of such Term Loan
outstanding as a Base Rate Advance, second to that portion of such Term Loan outstanding as
Eurodollar-based Advances which have Eurodollar-Interest Periods ending on the date of payment, and
last to any remaining Advances of such Term Loan being carried at the Eurodollar-based Rate.
(c) All prepayments of the Term Loan shall be made to the Agent for distribution ratably to
the applicable Term Loan Lenders in accordance with their respective Term Loan Percentages.
4.8 Mandatory Prepayment of Term Loan.
(a) Subject to clauses (d) and (e) hereof, immediately upon receipt by any Credit Party of any
Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sales exceeding Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) per Fiscal Year
(or in the case of any Fiscal Year ending after June 30, 2010,
$2,500,000) which are not Reinvested as described in the following sentence, Borrower shall
prepay the Term Loan by an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of such Net Cash Proceeds
provided, however that Borrower shall not be obligated to prepay the Term Loan with such Net Cash
Proceeds if the following conditions are satisfied: (i) promptly following the sale, Borrower
provides to Agent a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (Reinvestment
Certificate) stating (x) that the sale has occurred, (y) that no Default or Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing either as of the date of the sale or as of the date of the Reinvestment
Certificate, and (z) a description of the planned Reinvestment of the proceeds thereof, (ii) the
Reinvestment of such Net Cash Proceeds is commenced within the Initial Reinvestment Period and
completed within the Reinvestment Period, and (iii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and
is continuing at the time of the sale and at the time of the application of such proceeds to
Reinvestment. If any such proceeds have not been Reinvested at the end of the Reinvestment Period,
Borrower shall promptly pay such proceeds to Agent, to be applied to repay the Term Loan in
accordance with clauses (d) and (e) hereof.
(b) Subject to clauses (d) and (e) hereof, immediately upon receipt by any Credit Party of Net
Cash Proceeds from the issuance of any Equity Interests of such Person (other than Excluded Equity
Issuances) or Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance of any Subordinated Debt after the Effective
Date, Borrower shall prepay the Term Loan by an amount equal to twenty five percent (25%) of such
Net Cash Proceeds in the case of the issuance of any such Equity Interests and one hundred percent
(100%) of such Net Cash Proceeds in the case of issuance of Subordinated Debt (other than Debt
permitted under the provisions of Section 8.1).
(c) Subject to clauses (d) and (e) hereof, immediately upon receipt by any Credit Party of any
Insurance Proceeds or Condemnation Proceeds, Borrower shall be obligated to prepay the Term Loan by
an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of such Insurance Proceeds or Condemnation Proceeds,
as the case may be; provided, however, that any Insurance Proceeds or Condemnation Proceeds, as the
case may be, may be Reinvested by the applicable
56
Credit Party if the following conditions are
satisfied: (i) promptly following the receipt of such Insurance Proceeds or Condemnation Proceeds,
as the case may be, Borrower provide to Agent a Reinvestment Certificate stating (x) that no
Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing either as of the date of the receipt of
such proceeds or as of the date of the Reinvestment Certificate, (y) that such Insurance Proceeds
or Condemnation Proceeds have been received, and (z) a description of the planned Reinvestment of
such Insurance Proceeds or Condemnation Proceeds, as the case may be), (ii) the Reinvestment of
such proceeds is commenced within the Initial Reinvestment Period and completed within the
Reinvestment Period, and (iii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing
at the time of the receipt of such proceeds and at the time of the application of such proceeds to
Reinvestment. If any such proceeds have not been Reinvested at the end of the Reinvestment Period,
Borrower shall promptly pay such proceeds to Agent, to be applied to repay the Term Loan in
accordance with clauses (d) and (e) hereof.
(d) Subject to clause (e) hereof, each mandatory prepayment under this Section 4.8 or any
other mandatory or optional prepayment under this Agreement shall be in addition to any scheduled
installments or optional prepayments made prior thereto and shall be subject to Section 11.1. Each
mandatory prepayment of the Term Loan shall be applied to installments of principal on the Term
Loan in the inverse order of their maturities.
(e) To the extent that, on the date any mandatory prepayment of any Term Loan under this
Section 4.8 is due, the Indebtedness under the Term Loan or any other Indebtedness to be prepaid is
being carried, in whole or in part, at the Eurodollar-based Rate and no Default or Event of Default
has occurred and is continuing, Borrower may deposit the amount of such mandatory prepayment in a
cash collateral account to be held by the Agent, for and on behalf of the Lenders (which shall be
an interest-bearing account), on such terms and conditions as are reasonably acceptable to Agent
and upon such deposit, the obligation of each Borrower to make such mandatory prepayment shall be
deemed satisfied. Subject to the terms and conditions of said cash collateral account, sums on
deposit in said cash collateral account shall be applied (until exhausted) to reduce the principal
balance of the Term Loan on the last day of each Eurodollar-Interest Period attributable to the
Eurodollar-based Advances of the Term Loan, thereby avoiding breakage costs under Section 11.1.
4.9 Use of Proceeds. Proceeds of the Term Loan shall be used by Borrower to refinance existing Debt and for
general corporate purposes.
5. CONDITIONS.
The obligations of the Lenders to make Advances or loans pursuant to this Agreement and the
obligation of the Issuing Lender to issue Letters of Credit are subject to the following
conditions:
5.1 Conditions of Initial Advances. The obligations of the Lenders to make initial Advances or loans pursuant to this Agreement
and the obligation of the Issuing Lender to issue initial Letters of Credit, in each case, on the
Effective Date only, are subject to the following conditions:
57
(a) Notes, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Borrower shall have executed
and delivered to Agent for the account of each Lender requesting Notes, the Swing Line Note, the
Revolving Credit Notes and/or the Term Notes, as applicable; Borrower shall have executed and
delivered this Agreement; and each Credit Party shall have executed and delivered the other Loan
Documents to which such Credit Party is required to be a party (including all schedules to the
Disclosure Letter and other documents to be delivered pursuant hereto); and such Notes (if any),
this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be in full force and effect.
(b) Corporate Authority. Agent shall have received, with a counterpart thereof for
each Lender, from Borrower, a certificate of its Secretary or Assistant Secretary dated as of the
Effective Date as to:
|
(i) |
|
corporate resolutions (or the equivalent)
authorizing the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents approval of this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents, in each case to which Borrower is party, and authorizing the
execution and delivery of this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents, and authorizing the execution and delivery of
requests for Advances and the issuance of Letters of Credit
hereunder, |
|
|
(ii) |
|
the incumbency and signature of the officers or
other authorized persons of Borrower executing any Loan Document and
the officers who are authorized to execute any Requests for Advance, or
requests for the issuance of Letters of Credit, |
|
|
(iii) |
|
a certificate of good standing or continued
existence (or the equivalent thereof) from the state of its
incorporation or formation, and |
|
|
(iv) |
|
copies of Borrowers articles of incorporation
and bylaws or other constitutional documents, as in effect on the
Effective Date. |
(c) Collateral Documents, Guaranties and other Loan Documents. The Agent shall have
received the following documents, each in form and substance satisfactory to Agent and fully
executed by each party thereto:
|
(i) |
|
A Reaffirmation of Loan Documents in form and
substance acceptable to Agent and fully executed by each party thereto
and dated as of the Effective Date; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
Any documents (including, without limitation,
financing statements, amendments to financing statements and
assignments of financing statements, stock powers executed in blank and
any endorsements) requested by Agent and reasonably required to be
provided in connection with the Collateral Documents to create, in
favor of the Agent (for and on behalf of the Lenders), a first |
58
|
|
|
priority
perfected security interest in the Collateral thereunder shall have
been filed, registered or recorded, or shall have been delivered to
Agent in proper form for filing, registration or recordation. |
(c) Insurance. The Agent shall have received evidence reasonably satisfactory to it
that the Credit Parties have obtained the insurance policies required by Section 7.5 hereof and
that such insurance policies are in full force and effect.
(d) Compliance with Certain Documents and Agreements. Each Credit Party shall have
each performed and complied in all material respects with all agreements and conditions contained
in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, to the extent required to be performed or complied
with by such Credit Party. No Person (other than Agent, Lenders and Issuing Lender) party to this
Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be in material default in the performance or compliance
with any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or shall be in
material default in the performance or compliance with any of the material terms or material
provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, in each case to which such Person is a
party.
(e) Opinions of Counsel. The Credit Parties shall furnish Agent prior to the initial
Advance under this Agreement, with signed copies for each Lender, an opinion of in-house counsel to
the Credit Parties, dated the Effective Date and covering such matters as reasonably required by
and otherwise reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent and each of the Lenders.
(f) Payment of Fees. Borrower shall have paid (i) to Comerica Bank any fees due under
the terms of the Fee Letter, (ii) to each Lender, fees due to such Lender in connection with the
closing of this Agreement and (iii) any other fees, costs or expenses due and outstanding to the
Agent or the Lenders as of the Effective Date (including reasonable fees, disbursements and other
charges of counsel to Agent).
(g) Governmental and Other Approvals. Agent shall have received copies of all
authorizations, consents, approvals, licenses, qualifications or formal exemptions, filings,
declarations and registrations with, any court, governmental agency or regulatory authority or any
securities exchange or any other person or party (whether or not governmental) received by any
Credit Party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents to occur on the
Effective Date.
(h) Closing Certificate. The Agent shall have received, with a signed counterpart for
each Lender, a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Borrower dated the Effective Date (or, if
different, the date of the initial Advance hereunder), stating that to the best of his or her
respective knowledge after due inquiry, (a) the conditions set forth in this Section 5 have been
satisfied to the extent required to be satisfied by any Credit Party; (b) the representations and
warranties made by the Credit Parties in this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, as
applicable, are true and correct in all material respects; (c) no Default or Event of Default shall
have occurred and be continuing; and (d) since June 30, 2009, nothing shall have occurred which has
had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a material adverse change on the business or
59
property, results of operations, conditions or financial condition of Borrower and the Credit
Parties (taken as a whole).
5.2 Continuing Conditions. The obligations of each Lender to make Advances (including the initial Advance) under this
Agreement and the obligation of the Issuing Lender to issue any Letters of Credit shall be subject
to the continuing conditions that:
(a) No Default or Event of Default shall exist as of the date of the Advance or the request
for the Letter of Credit, as the case may be; and
(b) Each of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement and in each of the
other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date of the
Advance or Letter of Credit (as the case may be) as if made on and as of such date (other than any
representation or warranty that expressly speaks only as of a different date).
6. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.
Borrower represents and warrants to the Agent, the Lenders, the Swing Line Lender and the
Issuing Lender as follows:
6.1 Corporate Authority. Each Credit Party is a corporation (or other business entity) duly organized and existing
in good standing under the laws of the state or jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation, as
applicable, and each Credit Party is duly qualified and authorized to do business as a foreign
corporation in each jurisdiction where the character of its assets or the nature of its activities
makes such qualification and authorization necessary except where failure to be so qualified or be
in good standing could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Credit
Party has all requisite corporate, limited liability or partnership power and authority to own all
its property (whether real, personal, tangible or intangible or of any kind whatsoever) and to
carry on its business.
6.2 Due Authorization. Execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, and the other Loan Documents, to
which each Credit Party is party, and the issuance of the Notes by Borrower (if requested) are
within such Persons corporate, limited liability or partnership power, have been duly authorized,
are not in contravention of any law applicable to such Credit Party or the terms of such Credit
Partys organizational documents and, except as have been previously obtained or as referred to in
Section 6.10, below, do not require the consent or approval of any governmental body, agency or
authority or any other third party except to the extent that such consent or approval is not
material to the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents.
6.3 Good Title; Leases; Assets; No Liens. (a) Each Credit Party, to the extent applicable, has good and valid title (or, in the case
of real property, good and marketable title) to all assets owned by it that are material to the
conduct of its business, subject only to the Liens permitted under section 8.2 hereof, and each
Credit Party has a valid leasehold or interest as a lessee or a licensee in all of its leased real
property;
60
(b) Schedule 6.3(b) to the Disclosure Letter identifies all of the real property owned or
leased, as lessee thereunder, by the Obligors on the Effective Date, including all warehouse or
bailee locations;
(c) The Credit Parties will collectively own or collectively have a valid leasehold interest
in all assets that were owned or leased (as lessee) by the Credit Parties immediately prior to the
Effective Date to the extent that such assets are necessary for the continued operation of the
Credit Parties businesses in substantially the manner as such businesses were operated immediately
prior to the Effective Date;
(d) Each Credit Party owns or has a valid leasehold interest in all real property necessary
for its continued operations and, to the best knowledge of Borrower, no material condemnation,
eminent domain or expropriation action has been commenced or threatened against any such owned or
leased real property; and
(e) There are no Liens on and no financing statements on file with respect to any of the
assets owned by the Credit Parties, except for the Liens permitted pursuant to Section 8.2 of this
Agreement.
6.4 Taxes. Except as set forth on Schedule 6.4 to the Disclosure Letter, each Credit Party has filed
on or before their respective due dates or within the applicable grace periods, all United States
federal, state, local and other tax returns which are required to be filed or has obtained
extensions for filing such tax returns and is not delinquent in filing such returns in accordance
with such extensions and has paid all material taxes which have become due pursuant to those
returns or pursuant to any assessments received by any such Credit Party, as the case may be, to
the extent such taxes have become due, except to the extent such taxes are being contested in good
faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and with respect to which adequate provision
has been made on the books of such Credit Party as may be required by GAAP.
6.5 No Defaults. No Credit Party is in default under or with respect to any material agreement, instrument
or undertaking to which is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound which would cause
or would reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.
6.6 Enforceability of Agreement and Loan Documents. This Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents to which any Credit Party is a party
(including without limitation, each Request for Advance), have each been duly executed and
delivered by its duly authorized officers and constitute the valid and binding obligations of such
Credit Party, enforceable against such Credit Party in accordance with their respective terms,
except as enforcement thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency,
fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors rights,
generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a
proceeding in law or equity).
6.7 Compliance with Laws. (a) Except as disclosed on Schedule 6.7 to the Disclosure Letter and to the knowledge of
each Credit Parties, each Credit Party has complied with all applicable federal, state and local
laws, ordinances, codes, rules, regulations and guidelines
61
(including consent decrees and
administrative orders) including but not limited to Hazardous Material Laws, and is in compliance
with any Requirement of Law, in each case, except to the extent that failure to comply therewith
could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (b) neither the extension
of credit made pursuant to this Agreement or the use of the proceeds thereof by the Credit Parties
will violate the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, or any of the foreign assets control
regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) or
any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, or The United and Strengthening
America by providing appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA Patriot
Act) Act of 2001, Public Law 10756, October 26, 2001 or
Executive Order 13224 of September 23, 2001 issued by the President of the United States (66
Fed. Reg. 49049 (2001)).
6.8 Non-contravention. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents
(including each Request for Advance) to which each Credit Party is a party are not in contravention
of the terms of any indenture, agreement or undertaking to which such Credit Party is a party or by
which it or its properties are bound where such violation could reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect.
6.9 Litigation. Except as set forth on Schedule 6.9 to the Disclosure Letter, there is no suit, action,
proceeding, including, without limitation, any bankruptcy proceeding or governmental investigation
pending against or to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened against any Credit Party (other than
any suit, action or proceeding in which a Credit Party is the plaintiff and in which no
counterclaim or cross-claim against such Credit Party has been filed), or any judgment, decree,
injunction, rule, or order of any court, government, department, commission, agency,
instrumentality or arbitrator outstanding against any Credit Party, nor is any Credit Party in
violation of any applicable law, regulation, ordinance, order, injunction, decree or requirement of
any governmental body or court which could in any of the foregoing events reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect.
6.10 Consents, Approvals and Filings, Etc. Except as set forth on Schedule 6.10 to the Disclosure Letter, no material authorization,
consent, approval, license, qualification or formal exemption from, nor any filing, declaration or
registration with, any court, governmental agency or regulatory authority or any securities
exchange or any other Person (whether or not governmental) (each, a Filing) is required in
connection with the execution, delivery and performance: (a) by any Credit Party of this Agreement
and any of the other Loan Documents to which such Credit Party is a party or (b) by the Credit
Parties of the grant of Liens granted, conveyed or otherwise established (or to be granted,
conveyed or otherwise established) by or under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, as
applicable, except in each case for (i) Filings which have been previously obtained, (ii) Filings
to be made concurrently herewith or promptly following the Effective Date as are required by the
Collateral Documents to perfect Liens in favor of the Agent, (iii) Filings required to be obtain
and maintain existence, good standing and similar matters, (iv) routine Filings necessary in the
ordinary course of business, (v) Filings required in connection with the performance of the Loan
Documents, and (vi) Filings required in connection with the exercise of remedies under the Loan
Documents. All such material authorizations, consents, approvals, licenses, qualifications,
exemptions, filings, declarations and registrations which have previously been obtained or made, as
the case may be, are in full force and effect and, to the best knowledge of Borrower, are not the
subject of any
62
attack or threatened attack (in each case in any material respect) by appeal or
direct proceeding or otherwise.
6.11 Agreements Affecting Financial Condition. No Credit Party is party to any agreement or instrument or subject to any charter or other
corporate restriction which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
6.12 No Investment Company or Margin Stock. No Credit Party is an investment company within the meaning of the Investment Company Act
of 1940, as amended. No Credit Party is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities,
directly or indirectly, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or
carrying margin stock. None of the proceeds of any of the Advances will be used by any Credit Party
to purchase or carry margin stock. Terms for which meanings are provided in Regulation U of the
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any regulations substituted therefore, as from
time to time in effect, are used in this paragraph with such meanings.
6.13 ERISA. No Credit Party maintains or contributes to any Pension Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA,
except as set forth on Schedule 6.13 to the Disclosure Letter or otherwise disclosed to the Agent
in writing. There is no accumulated funding deficiency within the meaning of Section 412 of the
Internal Revenue Code or Section 302 of ERISA, or any outstanding liability with respect to any
Pension Plans owed to the PBGC other than future premiums due and owing pursuant to Section 4007 of
ERISA, and no reportable event as defined in Section 4043(c) of ERISA has occurred with respect
to any Pension Plan other than an event for which the notice requirement has been waived by the
PBGC. None of the Credit Parties has engaged in a prohibited transaction with respect to any
Pension Plan, other than a prohibited transaction for which an exemption is available and has been
obtained, which could subject such Credit Parties to a material tax or penalty imposed by Section
4975 of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 502(i) of ERISA. Each Pension Plan is being
maintained and funded in accordance with its terms and is in material compliance with the
requirements of the Internal Revenue Code and ERISA. No Credit Party has had a complete or partial
withdrawal from any Multiemployer Plan that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to have
resulted in any Withdrawal Liability and, except as notified to Agent in writing following the
Effective Date, no such Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization (within the meaning of Section 4241
of ERISA) or insolvent (within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA).
6.14 Conditions Affecting Business or Properties. Neither the respective businesses nor the properties of any Credit Party are affected by
any fire, explosion, accident, strike, lockout or other dispute, drought, storm, hail, earthquake,
embargo, Act of God, or other casualty (except to the extent such event is covered by insurance
sufficient to ensure that upon application of the proceeds thereof, no Material Adverse Effect
could reasonably be expected to occur) which could reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.
6.15 Environmental and Safety Matters. Except as set forth in Schedules 6.9, 6.10 and 6.15 to the Disclosure Letter or as would
not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:
63
|
(a) |
|
all facilities and property owned or leased by the Credit
Parties are in compliance with all applicable Hazardous Material Laws; |
|
|
(b) |
|
to the best knowledge of Borrower, there have been no
unresolved and outstanding past, and there are no pending or threatened in
writing: |
|
(i) |
|
claims, complaints, notices or requests for
information received by any Credit Party with respect to any alleged
violation of any applicable Hazardous Material Law, or |
|
|
(ii) |
|
written complaints, notices or inquiries to any
Credit Party regarding potential liability of any Credit Parties under
any applicable Hazardous Material Law; and |
|
(c) |
|
to the best knowledge of Borrower, no conditions exist at, on
or under any property now or previously owned or leased by any Credit Party
which, with the passage of time, or the giving of notice or both, are
reasonably likely to give rise to liability under any applicable Hazardous
Material Law or create a significant adverse effect on the value of the
property. |
6.16 Subsidiaries. Except as disclosed on Schedule 6.16 to the Disclosure Letter as of the Effective Date, and
thereafter, except as disclosed to the Agent in writing from time to time, no Credit Party has any
Subsidiaries.
6.17 Management Agreements. Schedule 6.17 to the Disclosure Letter is an accurate and complete list of all management
and significant employment agreements (excluding offer letters) in effect on or as of the Effective
Date to which any Credit Party is a party or is bound.
6.18 [Intentionally Deleted].
6.19 Franchises, Patents, Copyrights, Tradenames, etc. The Credit Parties possess all franchises, patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade names,
licenses and permits, and rights in respect of the foregoing, adequate for the conduct of their
business substantially as now conducted without known conflict with any rights of others. Schedule
6.19 contains a true and accurate list of all trade names and any and all other names used by any
Credit Party during the five-year period ending as of the Effective Date.
6.20 Capital Structure. Schedule 6.20 to the Disclosure Letter sets forth all issued and outstanding Equity
Interests of each Credit Party, including the number of authorized, issued and outstanding Equity
Interests of each Credit Party and the par value of such Equity Interests, all on and as of the
Effective Date. All issued and outstanding Equity Interests of each Credit Party are duly
authorized and validly issued, fully paid, nonassessable, free and clear of all Liens (except for
the benefit of Agent) and such Equity Interests were issued in compliance with all applicable
state, federal and foreign laws concerning the issuance of securities. Except as disclosed on
Schedule 6.20 to the Disclosure Letter, there are no preemptive or other outstanding rights,
options, warrants, conversion rights or similar agreements or understandings for the purchase or
acquisition from any Credit Party, of any Equity Interests of any Credit Party other than rights of
the Borrower.
64
6.21 Accuracy of Information. (a) The audited financial statements for the Fiscal Year ended June 30, 2009, furnished to
Agent and the Lenders prior to the Effective Date fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and the results of their operations for
the periods covered thereby, and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The projections, the
Pro Forma Balance Sheet and the other pro forma financial information delivered to the Agent prior
to the Effective Date are based upon good faith estimates and assumptions believed by management of
the Borrower to be accurate and reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Lenders
that such financial information as it relates to future events is not to be viewed as fact and that
actual results during the period or periods covered by such financial information may differ from
the projected results set forth therein.
(b) Since June 30, 2009, there has been no material adverse change in the business,
operations, financial condition or property of the Credit Parties, taken as a whole.
(c) To the best knowledge of the Credit Parties, as of the Effective Date, (i) the Credit
Parties do not have any material contingent obligations (including any liability for taxes) not
disclosed by or reserved against in the opening balance sheet to be delivered hereunder and (ii)
there are no unrealized or anticipated losses from any present commitment of the Credit Parties
which contingent obligations and losses in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect.
6.22 Solvency. After giving effect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement
and other Loan Documents, each Credit Party will be solvent, able to pay its indebtedness as it
matures and will have capital sufficient to carry on its businesses and all business in which it is
about to engage. This Agreement is being executed and delivered by the Borrower to Agent and the
Lenders in good faith and in exchange for fair, equivalent consideration. The Credit Parties do not
intend to nor does management of the Credit Parties believe the Credit Parties will incur debts
beyond their ability to pay as they mature. The Credit Parties do not contemplate filing a petition
in bankruptcy or for an arrangement or reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code or any similar law
of any jurisdiction now or hereafter in effect
relating to any Credit Party, nor does any Credit Party have any knowledge of any threatened
bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against a Credit Party.
6.23 Employee Matters. There are no strikes, slowdowns, work stoppages, unfair labor practice complaints,
grievances, arbitration proceedings or controversies pending or, to the best knowledge of the
Borrower, threatened against any Credit Party by any employees of any Credit Party, other than
non-material employee grievances or controversies arising in the ordinary course of business. Set
forth on Schedule 6.23 to the Disclosure Letter are all union contracts or agreements to which any
Credit Party is party as of the Effective Date and the related expiration dates of each such
contract.
6.24 No Misrepresentation. Neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document, certificate, information or report
furnished or to be furnished by or on behalf of a Credit Party to Agent or any Lender in connection
with any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, contains a misstatement of material
fact, or omits to state a material fact required to be stated in order to make the statements
contained herein or therein, taken as a whole, not misleading in the
65
light of the circumstances
under which such statements were made. There is no fact, other than information known to the
public generally, known to any Credit Party after diligent inquiry, that could reasonably be expect
to have a Material Adverse Effect that has not expressly been disclosed to Agent in writing.
6.25 Corporate Documents and Corporate Existence. As to each Obligor, (a) it is an organization as described on Schedule 1.3 hereto and has
provided the Agent and the Lenders with complete and correct copies of its articles of
incorporation, by-laws and all other applicable charter and other organizational documents, and, if
applicable, a good standing certificate and (b) its correct legal name, business address, type of
organization and jurisdiction of organization, tax identification number and other relevant
identification numbers are set forth on Schedule 1.3 hereto.
7. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.
Borrower covenants and agrees, so long as any Lender has any commitment to extend credit
hereunder, or any of the Indebtedness remains outstanding and unpaid, that it will, and, as
applicable, it will cause each of its Subsidiaries to:
7.1 Financial Statements. Furnish to the Agent, in form and detail satisfactory to Agent, with sufficient copies for
each Lender, the following documents:
|
(a) |
|
as soon as available, but in any event within one hundred
twenty (120) days after the end of each Fiscal Year, a copy of the audited
Consolidated and, if reasonably requested by the Agent, unaudited Consolidating
financial statements of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as at
the end of such Fiscal Year and the related audited Consolidated and if
reasonably requested by the Agent, unaudited Consolidating statements of
income, stockholders equity, and cash flows of the Borrower and its
Consolidated Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year or partial Fiscal Year and
underlying assumptions, setting forth in each case in comparative form the
figures for the previous Fiscal Year, certified as being fairly stated in
all material respects by an independent, nationally recognized certified
public accounting firm reasonably satisfactory to the Agent; and |
|
|
(b) |
|
as soon as available, but in any event within forty five (45)
days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Credit Parties (except the
last quarter of each Fiscal Year), Borrower prepared unaudited Consolidated and
if reasonably requested by the Agent, Consolidating balance sheets of the
Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter and
the related unaudited statements of income, stockholders equity and cash flows
of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for the portion of the Fiscal
Year through the end of such quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative
form the figures for the corresponding periods in the previous Fiscal Year, and
certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as being fairly stated in
all material respects; |
66
all such financial statements to fairly present in all material respects the financial condition
and results of operations for such periods and shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP throughout
the periods reflected therein and with prior periods (except as approved by a Responsible Officer
and disclosed therein), provided however that the financial statements delivered pursuant to clause
(b) hereof will not be required to include footnotes and will be subject to change from audit and
year-end adjustments.
7.2 Certificates; Other Information. Furnish to the Agent, in form and detail reasonably acceptable to Agent, with sufficient
copies for each Lender, the following documents:
|
(a) |
|
Concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements
described in Sections 7.1(a) for each fiscal year end, and 7.1(b) for each
fiscal quarter end, a Covenant Compliance Report (or, in the case of the
Borrower prepared financial statements for the last fiscal quarter of each
fiscal year, a draft Covenant Compliance Certificate) duly executed by a
Responsible Officer of Borrower; |
|
|
(b) |
|
Promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of all significant
reports submitted by the Credit Parties firm(s) of certified public
accountants in connection with each annual, interim or special audit or review
of any type of the financial statements or related internal control systems of
the Credit Parties made by such accountants, including any comment letter
submitted by such accountants to management in connection with their services; |
|
|
(c) |
|
Any financial reports, statements, press releases, other
material information or written notices delivered to the holders of the
Subordinated Debt pursuant to any applicable Subordinated Debt Documents (to
the extent not otherwise required hereunder), as and when delivered to such
Persons and, if applicable, all reports on Forms 10-K and 10-Q filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission; |
|
|
(d) |
|
Within forty five (45) days after the end of each Fiscal Year,
an annual budget reviewed by Borrowers Board of Directors certified by a
Responsible Officer of the Borrower; |
|
|
(e) |
|
Within forty five (45) days after and as of the end of each
fiscal quarter, including the last fiscal quarter of each Fiscal Year, (i) the
quarterly aging of the accounts receivable and accounts payable of the Credit
Parties and (ii) a report signed by a Responsible Officer, in form reasonably
acceptable to Agent, listing any applications or registrations that Borrower or
any Guarantor has made or filed in respect of any Patents, Trademarks or
Copyrights and the status of any outstanding applications or registrations, as
well as any material change in the Intellectual Property Collateral (as defined
in the Collateral Documents), including but not limited to any Patent,
Trademark or Copyright not specified in the exhibits to the Security Agreement; |
67
|
(f) |
|
Any additional information as required by any Loan Document,
and such additional schedules to the Disclosure Letter, certificates and
reports respecting all or any of the Collateral, the items or amounts received
by the Credit Parties in full or partial payment thereof, and any goods (the
sale or lease of which shall have given rise to any of the Collateral)
possession of which has been obtained by the Credit Parties, all to such extent
as Agent may reasonably request from time to time, any such schedule,
certificate or report to be certified as true and correct in all material
respects by a Responsible Officer of the applicable Credit Party and shall be
in such form and detail as Agent may reasonably specify; and |
|
|
(g) |
|
Such additional financial and/or other information as Agent or
any Lender may from time to time reasonably request, promptly following such
request. |
7.3 Payment of Obligations. Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy, at or before maturity or before they become
delinquent, as the case may be, all of its material obligations of whatever nature, including
without limitation all assessments, governmental charges, claims for labor, supplies, rent or other
obligations, except where the amount or validity thereof is currently being appropriately contested
in good faith and reserves in conformity with GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on the
books of the Credit Parties.
7.4 Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence; Compliance with Laws.
(a) Continue to engage in their respective business and operations substantially as conducted
immediately prior to the Effective Date other than the Direct Selling Services division;
(b) Preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its existence and maintain its
qualifications to do business in each jurisdiction where such qualifications are necessary for its
operations, except as otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 8.4 and except where failure to do so
could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(c) Take all action it deems necessary in its reasonable business judgment to maintain all
rights, privileges, licenses and franchises necessary for the normal conduct of its business except
where the failure to so maintain such rights, privileges or franchises could not, either singly or
in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(d) Comply with all applicable Requirements of Law, except to the extent that failure to
comply therewith could not, either singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect; and
(e) (i) Continue to be a Person whose property or interests in property is not blocked or
subject to blocking pursuant to Section 1 of Executive Order 13224 of September 23, 2001 Blocking
Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit or Support
Terrorism (66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (2001)) (the Order), (ii) not engage in the transactions prohibited
by Section 2 of that Order or become associated with Persons such that a violation of Section 2 of
the Order would arise, and (iii) not become a Person on the list of
68
Specially Designated National
and Blocked Persons, or (iv) otherwise not become subject to the limitation of any OFAC regulation
or executive order.
7.5 Maintenance of Property; Insurance. (a) Keep all material property it deems, in its reasonable business judgment, useful and
necessary in its business in working order (ordinary wear and tear excepted); (b) maintain
insurance coverage with financially sound and reputable insurance companies on physical assets and
against other business risks in such amounts and of such types as are customarily carried by
companies similar in size and nature (including without limitation casualty and public liability
and property damage insurance), and in the event of acquisition of additional property, real or
personal, or of the incurrence of additional risks of any nature, increase such insurance coverage
in such manner and to such extent as prudent business judgment and present practice or any
applicable Requirements of Law would dictate; provided, however, if Borrower loses its insurance
coverage because of the insolvency of its insurer, Borrower shall obtain replacement coverage
meeting the requirements of the Loan Documents as soon as is reasonably practicable after the loss
of such coverage and in any event within thirty (30) days after such loss and the failure to have
insurance coverage during the interim period shall not constitute an Event of Default; (c) in the
case of all insurance policies covering any Collateral, such insurance policies shall provide that
the loss payable thereunder shall be payable to the applicable Credit Party, and to the Agent (as
mortgagee, or, in the case of personal property interests, lender loss payee) as
their respective interests may appear; (d) in the case of all public liability insurance
policies, such policies shall list the Agent as an additional insured, as Agent may reasonably
request; and (e) if requested by Agent, certificates evidencing such policies, including all
endorsements thereto, to be deposited with Agent, such certificates being in form and substance
reasonably acceptable to Agent.
7.6 Inspection of Property; Books and Records, Discussions. Permit Agent and each Lender, through their authorized attorneys, accountants and
representatives (a) at all reasonable times during normal business hours, upon the request of Agent
or such Lender, to examine each Credit Partys books, accounts, records, ledgers and assets and
properties; (b) from time to time, during normal business hours, upon the request of the Agent, to
conduct full or partial collateral audits of the Accounts and Inventory of the Credit Parties and
appraisals of all or a portion of the fixed assets (including real property) of the Credit Parties,
such audits and appraisals to be completed by an appraiser as may be selected by Agent and
consented to by Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), with all reasonable costs
and expenses of such audits to be reimbursed by the Credit Parties (provided that unless an Event
of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Credit Parties shall not be obligated to reimburse
the Agent for more than one (1) such audit or appraisal per calendar year), (c) during normal
business hours and at their own risk, to enter onto the real property owned or leased by any Credit
Party to conduct inspections, investigations or other reviews of such real property; and (d) at
reasonable times during normal business hours with prior notice to Borrower and at reasonable
intervals, to visit all of the Credit Parties offices, discuss each Credit Partys respective
financial matters with their respective officers, as applicable, and, by this provision, Borrower
authorizes, and will cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to authorize, its independent
certified or chartered public accountants to discuss the finances and affairs of any Credit Party
and examine any of such Credit Partys books, reports or records held by such accountants.
7.7 Notices. Promptly give written notice to the Agent of:
69
|
(a) |
|
the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default of which any
Credit Party has knowledge; |
|
|
(b) |
|
any (i) litigation or proceeding existing at any time between
any Credit Party and any Governmental Authority or other third party, or any
investigation of any Credit Party conducted by any Governmental Authority,
which in any case if adversely determined would have a Material Adverse Effect
or which could reasonably be expected to result in damages or costs to Borrower
or any Subsidiary of Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) or
more or (ii) any material adverse change in the financial condition of any
Credit Party since the date of the last audited financial statements delivered
pursuant to Section 7.1(a) hereof; |
|
|
(c) |
|
the occurrence of any event which any Credit Party believes
could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, promptly after
concluding that such event could reasonably be expected to have such a Material
Adverse Effect; |
|
|
(d) |
|
promptly after becoming aware thereof, the taking by the
Internal Revenue Service or any foreign taxing jurisdiction of a written tax
position (or any such tax position taken by any Credit Party in a filing with
the Internal Revenue Service or any foreign taxing jurisdiction) which could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, setting forth the
details of such position and the financial impact thereof; |
|
|
(e) |
|
(i) the acquisition or creation of any new Subsidiaries, (iii)
any material change after the Effective Date in the authorized and issued
Equity Interests of any Obligor or any other material amendment to any
Obligors charter, by-laws or other organizational documents, such notice, in
each case, to identify the applicable jurisdictions, capital structures or
amendments as applicable, provided that such notice shall be given not less
than five (5) Business Days prior to the proposed effectiveness of such
changes, acquisition or creation, as the case may be (or such shorter period to
which Agent may consent); |
|
|
(f) |
|
not less than ten (10) Business Days (or such other shorter
period to which Agent may agree) prior to the proposed effective date thereof,
any proposed material amendments, restatements or other modifications to any
Subordinated Debt Documents which would have an adverse effect on the Lenders
(it being acknowledged by Borrower that any change in term, interest rate,
prepayment provisions, amortization, financial covenants or default provisions
shall be deemed to have an adverse effect on the Lenders); and |
|
|
(g) |
|
any default or event of default by any Person under any
Subordinated Debt Document, concurrently with delivery or promptly after
receipt (as |
70
|
|
|
the case may be) of any notice of default or event of default under
the applicable document, as the case may be. |
Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer
of Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and, in the case of notices
referred to in clauses (a), (b), (c), (d) and (g) hereof stating what action the applicable Credit
Party has taken or proposes to take with respect thereto.
7.8 Hazardous Material Laws.
(a) Use and operate all of its facilities and properties in material compliance with all
applicable Hazardous Material Laws, keep all material required permits, approvals, certificates,
licenses and other authorizations required under such Hazardous Material Laws in effect and
remain in compliance therewith, and handle all Hazardous Materials in material compliance with
all applicable Hazardous Material Laws;
(b) (i) Promptly notify Agent and provide copies upon receipt of all written claims,
complaints, notices or inquiries received by any Credit Party relating to its facilities and
properties or compliance with applicable Hazardous Material Laws which, if adversely determined,
could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (ii) promptly cure and have
dismissed with prejudice to the reasonable satisfaction of Agent and the Majority Lenders any
material actions and proceedings relating to compliance with applicable Hazardous Material Laws to
which any Credit Party is named a party, other than such actions or proceedings being contested in
good faith and with the establishment of reasonable reserves;
(c) To the extent necessary to comply in all material respects with applicable Hazardous
Material Laws, remediate or monitor contamination arising from a release or disposal of Hazardous
Material, which solely, or together with other releases or disposals of Hazardous Materials could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(d) Provide such information and certifications which Agent or any Lender may reasonably
request from time to time to evidence compliance with this Section 7.8.
7.9 Financial Covenants.
(a) Maintain as of the end of each fiscal quarter, an Adjusted Quick Ratio of not less than
1.15 to 1.00;
(b) Maintain as of the end of each fiscal quarter, a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of not less
than 1.15 to 1.00.
(c) Maintain as of the end of each fiscal quarter a Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio of not more
than (i) 2.75 to 1.00 for December 31, 2009 through December 30, 2010, and (ii) 2.50 to 1.00 from
December 31, 2010 and for all fiscal quarters thereafter.
7.10 Governmental and Other Approvals. Apply for, obtain and/or maintain in effect, as applicable, all authorizations, consents,
approvals, licenses, qualifications, exemptions, filings, declarations and registrations (whether
with any court, governmental agency, regulatory
71
authority, securities exchange or otherwise) which
are necessary or reasonably requested by Agent in connection with the execution, delivery and
performance by any Credit Party of, as applicable, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the
Subordinated Debt Documents, or any other documents or instruments to be executed and/or delivered
by any Credit Party, as applicable in connection therewith or herewith, except where the failure to
so apply for, obtain or maintain could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect.
7.11 Compliance with ERISA; ERISA Notices. (a) Comply in all material respects with all material requirements imposed by ERISA and
the Internal Revenue Code, including, but not limited to, the minimum funding requirements
for any Pension Plan, except to the extent that any noncompliance could not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(b) Promptly notify Agent upon the occurrence of any of the following events in writing: (i)
the termination, other than a standard termination, as defined in ERISA, of any Pension Plan
subject to Subtitle C of Title IV of ERISA by any Credit Party; (ii) the appointment of a trustee
by a United States District Court to administer any Pension Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA;
(iii) the commencement by the PBGC, of any proceeding to terminate any Pension Plan subject to
Title IV of ERISA; (iv) the failure of any Credit Party to make any payment in respect of any
Pension Plan required under Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 302 of ERISA; (v)
the withdrawal of any Credit Party from any Multiemployer Plan if any Credit Party reasonably
believes that such withdrawal would give rise to the imposition of Withdrawal Liability with
respect thereto; or (vi) the occurrence of (x) a reportable event which is required to be
reported by a Credit Party under Section 4043 of ERISA other than any event for which the reporting
requirement has been waived by the PBGC or (y) a prohibited transaction as defined in Section 406
of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code other than a transaction for which a
statutory exemption is available or an administrative exemption has been obtained, except to the
extent such event could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or result in
any Lien on the assets of any Credit Party.
7.12 Defense of Collateral. Defend the Collateral from any Liens other than Liens permitted by Section 8.2.
7.13 Future Subsidiaries; Additional Collateral.
(a) With respect to each Person which becomes a Domestic Subsidiary of Borrower (directly or
indirectly) subsequent to the Effective Date, whether by Permitted Acquisition or otherwise, cause
such Domestic Subsidiary which is a Material Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Agent, for
and on behalf of each of the Lenders (unless waived by Agent):
|
(i) |
|
within thirty (30) days after the date such
Person becomes a Material Subsidiary (or such longer time period as the
Agent may determine), a Guaranty, or in the event that a Guaranty
already exists, a joinder agreement to the Guaranty whereby such
Domestic Subsidiary becomes obligated as a Guarantor under the
Guaranty; and |
72
|
(ii) |
|
within thirty (30) days after the date such
Person becomes a Material Subsidiary (or such longer time period as the
Agent may determine), a joinder agreement to the Security Agreement
whereby such Domestic Subsidiary grants a Lien over its assets (other
than Equity Interests which should be governed by (b) of this Section
7.13) as set forth in the Security Agreement, and such Domestic
Subsidiary shall take such additional actions as may be necessary to
ensure a valid first priority perfected Lien over such
assets of such Domestic Subsidiary, subject only to the other Liens
permitted pursuant to Section 8.2 of this Agreement. |
Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the request of Agent, Borrower shall cause Domestic
Subsidiaries which are not Material Subsidiaries to provide the items required above within the
time periods specified above so that at all times Agent has received Guaranties and Security
Agreements from Credit Parties which on a combined basis account for not less than 90% of the Total
Assets of Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries and not less than 90% of the gross revenues of
Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries.
(b) With respect to the Equity Interests of each Person which becomes (whether by Permitted
Acquisition or otherwise) (i) a Domestic Subsidiary subsequent to the Effective Date, cause the
Borrower and each Guarantor that holds such Equity Interests to execute and deliver such Pledge
Agreements, and take such actions as may be necessary to ensure a valid first priority perfected
Lien over one hundred percent (100%) of the Equity Interests of such Domestic Subsidiary held by
such Person, such Pledge Agreements to be executed and delivered (unless waived by Agent) within
thirty (30) days after the date such Person becomes a Domestic Subsidiary (or such longer time
period as Agent may determine); and (ii) a Foreign Subsidiary which is a Material Subsidiary
subsequent to the Effective Date, the Equity Interests of which is held directly by Borrower or one
of its Domestic Subsidiaries, cause the Credit Party that holds such Equity Interests to execute
and deliver such Pledge Agreements and take such actions as may be necessary to ensure a valid
first priority perfected Lien over sixty-five percent (65%) of the Equity Interests of such
Subsidiary, such Pledge Agreements to be executed and delivered (unless waived by Agent) within
thirty (30) days after the date such Person becomes a Foreign Subsidiary (or such longer time
period as Agent may determine); and
(c) With respect to the acquisition of a fee interest in real property by any Credit Party
with a fair market value in excess of Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) after
the Effective Date (whether by Permitted Acquisition or otherwise), not later than sixty (60) days
after the acquisition is consummated or the owner of such property becomes a Domestic Subsidiary
(or such longer time period as Agent may determine), such Credit Party shall execute or cause to be
executed (unless waived by Agent), a Mortgage (or an amendment to an existing mortgage, where
appropriate) covering such real property, together with such additional real estate documentation,
environmental reports, title policies and surveys as may be reasonably required by Agent;
in each case in form reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, in its reasonable discretion, together
with such supporting documentation, including without limitation corporate authority items,
certificates and opinions of counsel, as reasonably required by the Agent. Upon the Agents
73
request, Credit Parties shall take, or cause to be taken, such additional steps as are
necessary or advisable under applicable law to perfect and ensure the validity and priority of the
Liens granted under this Section 7.13.
7.14 Accounts. Maintain all deposit accounts and securities accounts of any Credit Party with Agent, a
Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or any other financial institution reasonably acceptable to Agent,
provided that, with respect to any such accounts maintained with any Person (other than Agent),
such Credit Party (i) shall cause to be executed and delivered an Account Control Agreement in form
and substance satisfactory to Agent and (ii) has taken all other steps necessary, or in the opinion
of the Agent, desirable to ensure that Agent has a perfected security interest in such account.
7.15 Use of Proceeds. Use all Advances of the Revolving Credit as set forth in Section 2.12 hereof and the
proceeds of the Term Loan as set forth in Section 4.9 hereof. Borrower shall not use any portion of
the proceeds of any such advances for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock (as
defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) in any manner
which violates the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of said Board of Governors or for any other
purpose in violation of any applicable statute or regulation.
7.16 [Reserved].
7.17 Further Assurances and Information. (a) Take such actions as the Agent or Majority Lenders may from time to time reasonably
request to establish and maintain first priority perfected security interests in and Liens on all
of the Collateral, subject only to those Liens permitted under Section 8.2 hereof, including
executing and delivering such additional pledges, assignments, mortgages, lien instruments or other
security instruments covering any or all of the Credit Parties assets as Agent may reasonably
require, such documentation to be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Agent, and
prepared at the expense of the Borrower.
(b) Execute and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered to Agent within a reasonable
time following Agents request, and at the expense of the Borrower, such other documents or
instruments as Agent may reasonably require to effectuate more fully the purposes of this Agreement
or the other Loan Documents.
(c) Provide the Agent and the Lenders with any other information required by Section 326 of
the USA Patriot Act or necessary for the Agent and the Lenders to verify the identity of any Credit
Party as required by Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act.
8. NEGATIVE COVENANTS.
Borrower covenants and agrees that, so long as any Lender has any commitment to extend credit
hereunder, or any of the Indebtedness remains outstanding and unpaid, it will not, and, as
applicable, it will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to:
8.1 Limitation on Debt. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Debt, except:
|
(a) |
|
Indebtedness of any Credit Party to Agent and the Lenders under
this Agreement and/or the other Loan Documents; |
74
|
(b) |
|
any Debt existing on the Effective Date and set forth in
Schedule 8.1 to the Disclosure Letter and any renewals or refinancing of such
Debt (provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount of such renewed or
refinanced Debt shall not exceed the aggregate principal amount of the original
Debt outstanding on the Effective Date (less any principal payments and the
amount of any commitment reductions made thereon on or prior to such renewal or
refinancing), (ii) the renewal or refinancing of such Debt shall be on
substantially the same or better terms as in effect with respect to such Debt
on the Effective Date, and shall otherwise be in compliance with this
Agreement, and (iii) at the time of such renewal or refinancing no Default or
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the
renewal or refinancing of such Debt; |
|
|
(c) |
|
any Debt of Borrower or any Subsidiary incurred to finance the
acquisition of fixed or capital assets, whether pursuant to a loan or a
Capitalized Lease provided that both at the time of and immediately after
giving effect to the incurrence thereof (i) no Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing, and (ii) the aggregate amount of all
such Debt at any one time outstanding (including, without limitation, any Debt
of the type described in this clause (c) which is set forth on Schedule 8.1 to
the Disclosure Letter) shall not exceed $10,000,000, and any renewals or
refinancings of such Debt on terms substantially the same or better than those
in effect at the time of the original incurrence of such Debt; |
|
|
(d) |
|
Subordinated Debt; |
|
|
(e) |
|
Debt under any Hedging Transactions, provided that such
transaction is entered into for risk management purposes and not for
speculative purposes; |
|
|
(f) |
|
Debt arising from judgments or decrees not deemed to be a
Default or Event of Default under subsection (g) of Section 9.1; |
|
|
(g) |
|
Debt owing to a Person that is a Credit Party, but only to the
extent permitted under Section 8.7 hereof; |
|
|
(h) |
|
Debt incurred under Seller Notes (including any Seller Notes
listed in Schedule 8.1 to the Disclosure Letter) not to exceed Thirty Million
Dollars ($30,000,000) in the aggregate during the term of this Agreement; |
|
|
(i) |
|
Guaranty Obligations of Indebtedness otherwise permitted
hereunder of any Credit Party and Guaranties in the ordinary course of business
of the obligations of suppliers, customers and licensees of any Credit Party; |
|
|
(j) |
|
Debt of Foreign Subsidiaries not to exceed $2,500,000 in the
aggregate; |
75
|
(k) |
|
Debt relating to premium financing arrangements for property
and casualty insurance plans and health and welfare benefit plans (including
health and workers compensation insurance, employment practices liability
insurance and directors and officers insurance); |
|
|
(l) |
|
Debt relating to tenant improvement loans and real estate
commissions in an amount not exceeding $2,500,000 in the aggregate; |
|
|
(m) |
|
Debt in respect of performance bonds securing obligations not
constituting Debt for borrowed money (including workers compensation claims,
health benefits and local, state and federal payroll taxes) and obligations in
connection with self-insurance or similar requirements, in each case provided
in the ordinary course of business; |
|
|
(n) |
|
third-party indebtedness assumed pursuant to a Permitted
Acquisition completed in compliance with this Agreement of a type which is
permitted under this Agreement (except as a result of giving effect to a Dollar
limitation contained in this Section 8.1) in an amount not exceeding $5,000,000
in the aggregate; |
|
|
(o) |
|
non-recourse Debt with a maturity of less than 15 days incurred
in connection with a Permitted Acquisition with respect to which an I.R.C.
Section 338(h) election has been made; provided that no such Debt shall be
permitted following the initial maturity date of such Debt; and |
|
|
(p) |
|
additional unsecured Debt not otherwise described above,
provided that both at the time of and immediately after giving effect to the
incurrence thereof (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and
be continuing or result therefrom and (ii) the aggregate amount of all such
Debt shall not exceed $7,500,000 at any one time outstanding. |
8.2 Limitation on Liens. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or
revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for:
|
(a) |
|
Permitted Liens; |
|
|
(b) |
|
Liens securing Debt permitted by Section 8.1(c), provided that
(i) such Liens are created upon fixed or capital assets acquired by the
applicable Credit Party after the date of this Agreement (including without
limitation by virtue of a loan or a Capitalized Lease), (ii) any such Lien is
created solely for the purpose of securing indebtedness representing or
incurred to finance the cost of the acquisition of the item of property subject
thereto, (iii) the principal amount of the Debt secured by any such Lien shall
at no time exceed 100% of the sum of the purchase price or cost of the
applicable property, equipment or improvements and the related costs and
charges imposed by the vendors thereof and (iv) the Lien does not cover any
property other than the fixed or capital asset acquired; provided, however,
that no such Lien shall be created over any owned real property |
76
of any Credit
Party for which Agent has received a Mortgage or for which such Credit Party is
required to execute a Mortgage pursuant to the terms of this Agreement;
|
(c) |
|
any Lien securing third-party indebtedness assumed pursuant to
any Permitted Acquisition conducted in compliance with this Agreement; provided
that such Lien is limited to the property so acquired, was not entered into,
extended or renewed in contemplation of such acquisition and is of a type of
Lien permitted under this Agreement (except as a result of giving effect to a
Dollar limitation contained in this Section 8.2); |
|
|
(d) |
|
Liens on intellectual property assets and tangible personal
property of the applicable seller granted in connection with Seller Notes; |
|
|
(e) |
|
Liens created pursuant to the Loan Documents; |
|
|
(f) |
|
Liens on the assets of Foreign Subsidiaries to secure the Debt
permitted under Section 8.1(j); |
|
|
(g) |
|
Liens on unearned premiums under insurance policies to secure
the Debt permitted under Section 8.1(k); |
|
|
(h) |
|
Liens on tenant improvements to secure the Debt permitted under
Section 8.1(l); and |
|
|
(i) |
|
other Liens, existing on the Effective Date, set forth on
Schedule 8.2 to the Disclosure Letter and renewals, refinancings and extensions
thereof on substantially the same or better terms as in effect on the Effective
Date and otherwise in compliance with this Agreement. |
Regardless of the provisions of this Section 8.2, no Lien over the Equity Interests of Borrower or
any Subsidiary of Borrower (except for those Liens for the benefit of Agent and the Lenders) shall
be permitted under the terms of this Agreement.
8.3 Acquisitions. Except for Permitted Acquisitions and acquisitions permitted under Section 8.7, if any,
purchase or otherwise acquire or become obligated for the purchase of all or substantially all or
any material portion of the assets or business interests or a division or other business unit of
any Person, or any Equity Interest of any Person, or any business or going concern.
8.4 Limitation on Mergers, Dissolution or Sale of Assets. Enter into any merger or consolidation or convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer or
otherwise dispose of any of its property, business or assets (including, without limitation, Equity
Interests, receivables and leasehold interests), whether now owned or hereafter acquired or
liquidate, wind up or dissolve, except:
|
(a) |
|
Inventory leased or sold in the ordinary course of business; |
77
|
(b) |
|
obsolete, damaged, uneconomic or worn out machinery, parts,
property or equipment, or property or equipment no longer used or useful in the
conduct of the applicable Credit Partys business; |
|
|
(c) |
|
Permitted Acquisitions; |
|
|
(d) |
|
mergers or consolidations of any Subsidiary of Borrower with or
into Borrower or any Guarantor so long as the Borrower or such Guarantor shall
be the continuing or surviving entity; provided that at the time of each such
merger or consolidation, both before and after giving effect thereto, no
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result
from such merger or consolidation; |
|
|
(e) |
|
any Subsidiary of Borrower may liquidate or dissolve into
Borrower or a Guarantor if Borrower determines in good faith that such
liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of Borrower, so long as no
Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result
therefrom; |
|
|
(f) |
|
sales or transfers, including without limitation upon voluntary
liquidation from any Credit Party to Borrower or a Guarantor, provided that the
applicable Borrower or Guarantor takes such actions as Agent may reasonably
request to ensure the perfection and priority of the Liens in favor of the
Lenders over such transferred assets; |
|
|
(g) |
|
sales or transfers from any Foreign Subsidiary to any other
Foreign Subsidiary; |
|
|
(h) |
|
subject to Section 4.8(a) hereof, (i) Asset Sales (exclusive of
asset sales permitted pursuant to all other subsections of this Section 8.4) in
which the sales price is at least equal to the fair market value of the assets
sold and the consideration received is cash or cash equivalents, Equity
Interests or Debt of any Credit Party being assumed by the purchaser, provided
that (A) the aggregate amount of such Asset Sales does not exceed five percent
(5%) of Borrowers Total Assets in any Fiscal Year and no Default or
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of each such
sale (both before and after giving effect to such Asset Sale), and (B) the
aggregate amount received in Equity Interests during the term of this
Agreement shall not exceed $5,000,000 and (ii) other Asset Sales approved by
the Majority Lenders in their sole discretion; |
|
|
(i) |
|
the sale or disposition of Permitted Investments and other cash
equivalents in the ordinary course of business; |
|
|
(j) |
|
dispositions of owned or leased vehicles in the ordinary course
of business; |
|
|
(k) |
|
licenses and similar arrangements for the use of property of
any Credit Party in the ordinary course of business; |
78
|
(l) |
|
notes or accounts receivable in order to resolve disputes that
occur in the ordinary course of business, and discounts thereof; |
|
|
(m) |
|
condemned property to the respective governmental authority or
agency that has condemned the same (whether by deed in lieu of condemnation or
otherwise), and transfers of properties that have been subject to a casualty of
the respective insurer of such property or its designee as party of any
insurance settlement; and |
|
|
(n) |
|
the sale or disposition of the Direct Selling Services
division. |
The Lenders hereby consent and agree to the release by Agent of any and all Liens on the property
sold or otherwise disposed of in compliance with this Section 8.4.
8.5 Restricted Payments. Declare or make any distributions, dividend, payment or other distribution of assets,
properties, cash, rights, obligations or securities (collectively, Distributions) on account of
any of its Equity Interests, as applicable, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for value any
of its Equity Interests, as applicable, or any warrants, rights or options to acquire any of its
Equity Interests, now or hereafter outstanding (collectively, Purchases), except that:
|
(a) |
|
each Credit Parties may pay cash Distributions to the Borrower
or any Guarantor; |
|
|
(b) |
|
each Credit Party may declare and make Distributions payable in
the Equity Interests of such Credit Party, provided that the issuance of such
Equity Interests does not otherwise violate the terms of this Agreement and no
Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of
making such Distribution or would result from the making of such Distribution; |
|
|
(c) |
|
Borrower may (i) repurchase Equity Interests of former or
current employees, officers and directors pursuant to stock purchase agreements
or stock purchase plans so long as no Default or Event of Default exists prior
to such repurchase or would exist after giving effect to such repurchase, and
(ii) repurchase Equity Interests of former or current employees, officers and
directors pursuant to stock purchase agreements or stock purchase plans by the
cancellation of debt owed by such former employee to Borrower regardless of
whether a Default or Event of Default exists; |
|
|
(d) |
|
Borrower may pay dividends to its shareholders so long as at
the time paid and after giving effect thereto no Default or Event of Default
shall exist; |
|
|
(e) |
|
Borrower may convert any of its convertible securities into
other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities; |
79
|
(f) |
|
Borrower may distribute securities to employees, officers or
directors upon exercise of their options; |
|
|
(g) |
|
Borrower may make any redemption of Equity Interests with the
proceeds received from a substantially concurrent issue of Equity Interests; |
|
|
(h) |
|
Borrower any distribute and redeem rights under any stockholder
rights plan; |
|
|
(i) |
|
any Credit Party may make capital contributions if such capital
contribution is otherwise permitted as an Investment pursuant to Section 8.7;
and |
|
|
(j) |
|
Borrower may issue Equity Interests in connection with a
Permitted Acquisition. |
8.6 [Intentionally Deleted].
8.7 Limitation on Investments, Loans and Advances. Make or allow to remain outstanding any Investment (whether such investment shall be of the
character of investment in shares of stock, evidences of indebtedness or other securities or
otherwise) in, or any loans or advances to, any Person other than:
|
(a) |
|
Permitted Investments; |
|
|
(b) |
|
Investments existing on the Effective Date and listed on
Schedule 8.7 to the Disclosure Letter; |
|
|
(c) |
|
sales on open account in the ordinary course of business; |
|
|
(d) |
|
intercompany loans or intercompany Investments made by any
Credit Party to or in any Guarantor or Borrower; provided that, in each case,
no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the
time of making such intercompany loan or intercompany Investment or result from
such intercompany loan or intercompany Investment being made and that any
intercompany loans shall, if requested by Agent, be evidenced by and funded
under an Intercompany Note pledged to the Agent under the appropriate
Collateral Documents; |
|
|
(e) |
|
Intercompany loans or intercompany Investments to a Credit
Party that is that is not a Guarantor or Borrower; provided that, the aggregate
amount from time to time outstanding in respect thereof shall not exceed Five
Million Dollars ($5,000,000) in any Fiscal Year; |
|
|
(f) |
|
Investments in respect of Hedging Transactions provided that
such transaction is entered into for risk management purposes and not for
speculative purposes; |
80
|
(g) |
|
Investments not to exceed Two Million Five Hundred Thousand
Dollars ($2,500,000) in the aggregate consisting of (i) travel advances and
employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary
course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating
to the purchase of Equity Interests of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to
employee stock purchase plan agreements approved by Borrowers Board of
Directors; |
|
|
(h) |
|
joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of
Borrowers business consisting of the license of technology, the development of
technology or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash
Investments by Borrower do not exceed $2,500,000 in any Fiscal Year; |
|
|
(i) |
|
Permitted Acquisitions and Investments in any Person acquired
pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition; |
|
|
(j) |
|
Investments constituting deposits made in connection with the
purchase of goods or services in the ordinary course of business or in
satisfaction of requirements imposed by governmental authorities in an
aggregate amount for such deposits not to exceed $2,500,000 at any one time
outstanding; |
|
|
(k) |
|
Investments accepted in connection with permitted transfers
under Section 8.4; |
|
|
(l) |
|
Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid
royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not
Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this subparagraph
shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary; |
|
|
(m) |
|
Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection
with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in
settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or
suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business; |
|
|
(n) |
|
Investments made prior to the consummation of any Permitted
Acquisition consisting of reasonable earnest money deposits, working fees or
other similar prepaid consideration or similar amounts that would be applied
toward consideration upon consummation of such Permitted Acquisition (in each
case whether or not refundable under any circumstances); |
|
|
(o) |
|
Investments by any Foreign Subsidiary in any other Foreign
Subsidiary or Borrower or parent, provided that 65% of the ownership interest
in each such Foreign Subsidiary has been pledged to Agent; and |
|
|
(p) |
|
other Investments not described above provided that both at the
time of and immediately after giving effect to any such Investment (i) no
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or shall
result |
81
|
|
|
from the making of such Investment and (ii) the aggregate amount of all
such Investments shall not exceed $2,500,000 in any Fiscal Year. |
In valuing any Investments for the purpose of applying the limitations set forth in this Section
8.7 (except as otherwise expressly provided herein), such Investment shall be taken at the original
cost thereof, without allowance for any subsequent write-offs or appreciation or depreciation, but
less any amount repaid or recovered on account of capital or principal.
8.8 Transactions with Affiliates. Except as set forth in Schedule 8.8 to the Disclosure Letter, enter into any transaction,
including, without limitation, any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property or the rendering
of any service, with any Affiliates of the Credit Parties except: (a) transactions with Affiliates
that are the Credit Parties; (b) transactions otherwise permitted under this Agreement; and (c)
transactions in the ordinary course of a Credit Partys business and upon fair and reasonable terms
no less favorable to such Credit Party than it would obtain in a comparable arms length transaction
from unrelated third parties. Section 8.8 shall not prohibit, to the extent otherwise permitted
under this Agreement and so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would
occur as a result, (i) any issuance of securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash,
securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock options and
other benefit plans, (ii) loans or advances to employees, officers or other directors of the Credit
Parties, (iii) the payment of fees and indemnities to directors, officers, employees and
consultants of the Credit Parties in the ordinary course of business, (iv) any agreements with
employees, officers and directors entered into by the Credit Parties in the ordinary course of
business, (v) sales of equity interests to Affiliates, (vii) reasonable and customary fees paid to
directors of the Credit Parties, (viii) raising of new equity for the Credit Parties with respect
to the pricing of such equity, and (ix) any payments or other transactions pursuant to any tax
sharing agreement.
8.9 Sale-Leaseback Transactions. Enter into any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by a Credit Party of
real or personal property which has been or is to be sold or transferred by such Credit Party to
such Person or to any other Person to whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such Person on
the security of such property or rental obligations of such Credit Party, as the case may be.
8.10 Limitations on Other Restrictions. Except for this Agreement or any other Loan Document, enter into any agreement, document or
instrument which would (i) restrict the ability of any Subsidiary of the Borrower to pay or make
dividends or distributions in cash or kind to Borrower or any Guarantor, to make loans, advances or
other payments of whatever nature to any Credit Party, or to make transfers or distributions of all
or any part of its assets to any Credit Party; or (ii) restrict or prevent any Credit Party from
granting Agent on behalf of Lenders Liens upon, security interests in and pledges of their
respective assets, except to the extent such restrictions exist in documents creating Liens
permitted by Section 9.2(b) hereunder except: (a) negative pledges incurred or provided in favor of
any holder of Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.1(c) solely to the extent any such negative
pledge relates to the property financed by or the subject of such Indebtedness; (b) restrictions
and conditions imposed by any governmental authority; (c) restrictions and conditions existing on
the date hereof identified on Schedule 8.10 to the Disclosure Letter and any extension or renewal
of, or any amendment or modification of, any such restriction or condition; (d) customary
restrictions and conditions contained in
82
agreements relating to the sale of a Subsidiary pending
such sale, provided that (x) such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Subsidiary that is
to be sold and (y) such sale is permitted hereunder; (e) customary provisions in leases, licenses,
subleases, sublicenses and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof; (f) customary
restrictions imposed on the transfer of copyrighted or patented materials or other intellectual
property and customary provisions in agreements that restrict the assignment of such agreements or
any rights thereunder; (g) any restrictions imposed by contracts or leases entered into in the
ordinary course of business by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with such Persons
customers, lessors or suppliers; (h) restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating
to Debt and Liens permitted by this Agreement if such restrictions or conditions apply only to the
property or assets securing such Indebtedness; and (i) any restrictions imposed by contracts or
leases entered into in the ordinary course of business by any Person acquired by the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries with such Persons customers, lessors or suppliers and not in connection
with or in contemplation of the acquisition such Person by the Borrower or such Subsidiary, which
restrictions are not applicable to any Person, or the property or assets of any Person, other than
the property or assets of the Person so acquired.
8.11 Prepayment of Debt. Make any prepayment (whether optional or mandatory), repurchase, redemption, defeasance or
any other payment in respect of any Subordinated Debt other than (i) as permitted to be refinanced
under Section 8.1, (ii) regularly scheduled payments of principal and interest on such Subordinated
Debt and (iii) the prepayment, redemption, purchase or repayment of any
such Subordinated Debt from the proceeds of any issuance of any Equity Interests issued on
terms acceptable to Agent in the exercise of its reasonable credit judgment.
8.12 Amendment of Subordinated Debt Documents. Amend, modify or otherwise alter (or suffer to be amended, modified or altered) the
Subordinated Debt Documents except as permitted in the applicable Subordinated Debt Documents and
Subordination Agreements, or if no such restrictions exist in the applicable Subordinated Debt
Documents or Subordination Agreements, except to the extent any such amendments would not
reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Interest of the Lenders and except
with the prior written consent of the Agent.
8.13 Modification of Certain Agreements. Make, permit or consent to any amendment or other modification to the constitutional
documents of any Obligor except to the extent that any such amendment or modification (i) does not
violate the terms and conditions of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, (ii) does
not materially adversely affect the interest of the Lenders as creditors and/or secured parties
under any Loan Document and (iii) could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect and except for any reincorporation of any Obligor in another state of the United States
after fifteen (15) days prior written notice to Agent.
8.14 Management Fees. Pay or otherwise advance, directly or indirectly, any management, consulting or other fees
to an Affiliate.
8.15 Fiscal Year. Permit the Fiscal Year of any Credit Party to end on a day other than June 30.
83
9. DEFAULTS.
9.1 Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default
hereunder:
|
(a) |
|
non-payment when due of (i) the principal or interest on the
Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit (including the Swing Line) or the Term
Loan or (ii) any Reimbursement Obligation; |
|
|
(b) |
|
non-payment of any Fees or any other amounts due and owing by
Borrower under this Agreement or by any Credit Party under any of the other
Loan Documents to which it is a party, other than as set forth in subsection
(a) above, within three (3) Business Days after the same is due and payable; |
|
|
(c) |
|
default in the observance or performance of any of the
conditions, covenants or agreements of Borrower set forth in Article 7 or
Article 8 which continues for ten (10) Business Days; |
|
|
(d) |
|
default in the observance or performance of any of the other
conditions, covenants or agreements set forth in this Agreement or any of the
other Loan Documents by any Credit Party and continuance thereof for a period
of thirty (30) days after Borrower receives notice thereof or any officer of
Borrower becomes aware thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot
by its nature be cured within the thirty (30) day period or cannot after
diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such thirty (30) day period, and
such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower
shall have an additional reasonable period (which shall not in any case exceed
forty five (45) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such
reasonable time period the failure to have cured such default shall not be
deemed an Event of Default but no Advances or other credit extensions will be
made; |
|
|
(e) |
|
any representation or warranty made by any Credit Party herein
or in any certificate, instrument or other document submitted pursuant hereto
proves untrue or misleading in any material adverse respect when made; |
|
|
(f) |
|
(i) default by any Credit Party in the payment of any
indebtedness for borrowed money, whether under a direct obligation or guaranty
(other than Indebtedness hereunder) of any Credit Party in excess of Two
Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) (or the equivalent thereof
in any currency other than Dollars) individually or in the aggregate when due
and continuance thereof beyond any applicable period of cure or grace and or
(ii) failure to comply with the terms of any other obligation of any Credit
Party with respect to any indebtedness for borrowed money (other than
Indebtedness hereunder) in excess of Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars
($2,500,000) (or the equivalent thereof in any currency |
84
|
|
|
other than Dollars)
individually or in the aggregate, which continues beyond any applicable period
of cure or grace and which would permit the holder or holders thereto to
accelerate such other indebtedness for borrowed money, or require the
prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance of such indebtedness; |
|
(g) |
|
the rendering of any judgment(s) (not covered by adequate
insurance from a solvent carrier which is defending such action without
reservation of rights) for the payment of money in excess of the sum of Two
Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) (or the equivalent thereof
in any currency other than Dollars) (or if covered by such insurance, in excess
of $5,000,000) individually or in the aggregate against any Credit Party, and
such judgments shall remain unpaid, unvacated, unbonded or unstayed by appeal
or otherwise for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days from the date of its
entry; |
|
|
(h) |
|
the occurrence of (i) a reportable event, as defined in
ERISA, which is determined by the PBGC to constitute grounds for a distress
termination of any Pension Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA maintained or
contributed to by or on behalf of any Credit Party for the benefit of any of
its employees or for the appointment by the appropriate United States District
Court of a trustee to administer such Pension Plan and such reportable event is
not corrected and such determination is not revoked within sixty (60) days
after notice thereof has been given to the plan administrator of such Pension
Plan (without limiting any of Agents or any Lenders other rights or remedies
hereunder), or (ii) the termination or the institution of proceedings by the
PBGC to terminate any such Pension Plan, or (iii) the appointment of a trustee
by the appropriate United States District Court to administer any such Pension
Plan, or (iv) the reorganization (within the meaning of Section 4241 of ERISA)
or insolvency (within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA) of any
Multiemployer Plan, or receipt of notice from any Multiemployer Plan that it is
in reorganization or insolvency, or the complete or partial withdrawal by any
Credit Party from any Multiemployer Plan, which in the case of any of the
foregoing, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; |
|
|
(i) |
|
except as expressly permitted under this Agreement, any Credit
Party (other than a dissolution of a Subsidiary of Borrower which is not a
Guarantor or Borrower) shall be dissolved or liquidated (or any judgment, order
or decree therefor shall be entered) except as otherwise permitted herein; or
if a creditors committee shall have been appointed for the business of any Credit Party (other than a dissolution of any Subsidiary which is not a
Material Subsidiary); or if any Credit Party (other than a dissolution of any
Subsidiary which is not a Material Subsidiary) shall have made a general
assignment for the benefit of creditors or shall have been adjudicated bankrupt
and if not an adjudication based on a filing by a |
85
|
|
|
Credit Party (other than a
dissolution of any Subsidiary which is not a Material Subsidiary), it shall not
have been dismissed within sixty (60) days, or shall have filed a voluntary
petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization or to effect a plan or arrangement
with creditors or shall fail to pay its debts generally as such debts become
due in the ordinary course of business (except as contested in good faith and
for which adequate reserves are made in such partys financial statements); or
shall file an answer to a creditors petition or other petition filed against
it, admitting the material allegations thereof for an adjudication in
bankruptcy or for reorganization; or shall have applied for or permitted the
appointment of a receiver or trustee or custodian for any of its property or
assets; or such receiver, trustee or custodian shall have been appointed for
any of its property or assets (otherwise than upon application or consent of a
Credit Party ) and shall not have been removed within sixty (60) days; or if an
order shall be entered approving any petition for reorganization of any Credit
Party (other than a dissolution of any Subsidiary which is not a
Material Subsidiary) and shall not have been reversed or dismissed within
sixty (60) days; |
|
(j) |
|
the validity, binding effect or enforceability of any
subordination provisions relating to any Subordinated Debt shall be contested
by any Person party thereto (other than any Lender, Agent, Issuing Lender or
Swing Line Lender), or such subordination provisions shall fail to be
enforceable by Agent and the Lenders in accordance with the terms thereof, or
the Indebtedness shall for any reason not have the priority contemplated by
this Agreement or such subordination provisions, and such failure or lack of
priority shall continue for more than five (5) days after the Borrower receives
notice or knowledge thereof; or |
|
|
(k) |
|
any Loan Document shall at any time for any reason cease to be
in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms thereof or
the terms of any other Loan Document), as applicable, or the validity, binding
effect or enforceability thereof shall be contested by any party thereto (other
than any Lender, Agent, Issuing Lender or Swing Line Lender), or any Person
shall deny that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Loan
Document, or any such Loan Document shall be terminated (other than in
accordance with the terms thereof or the terms of any other Loan Document),
invalidated, revoked or set aside or in any way cease to give or provide to the
Lenders and the Agent the benefits purported to be created thereby, or any Loan
Document purporting to grant a Lien to secure any Indebtedness shall, at any
time after the delivery of such Loan Document, fail to create a valid and
enforceable Lien on any Collateral purported to be covered thereby or such Lien
shall fail to cease to be a perfected Lien with the priority required in the
relevant Loan Document; or |
86
|
(l) |
|
if there shall occur any circumstance or circumstances that
could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrowers or
any Guarantors interest in, or the value, perfection or priority of Agents
Lien in a material portion of the Collateral; or |
|
|
(m) |
|
if there shall occur a Change of Control. |
9.2 Exercise of Remedies. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing hereunder: (a) the Agent may, and
shall, upon being directed to do so by the Majority Revolving Credit Lenders, declare the Revolving
Credit Aggregate Commitment terminated; (b) the Agent may, and shall, upon being directed to do so
by the Majority Lenders, declare the entire unpaid principal Indebtedness, including the Notes,
immediately due and payable, without presentment, notice or demand, all of which are hereby
expressly waived by the Borrower; (c) upon the occurrence of any Event of Default specified in
Section 9.1(i) and notwithstanding the lack of any declaration by Agent under preceding clauses (a)
or (b), the entire unpaid principal Indebtedness shall become
automatically and immediately due and payable, and the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment
shall be automatically and immediately terminated; (d) the Agent shall, upon being directed to do
so by the Majority Revolving Credit Lenders, demand immediate delivery of cash collateral, and each
Borrower agrees to deliver such cash collateral upon demand, in an amount equal to 105% of the
maximum amount that may be available to be drawn at any time prior to the stated expiry of all
outstanding Letters of Credit, for deposit into an account controlled by the Agent; (e) the Agent
may, and shall, upon being directed to do so by the Majority Lenders, notify Borrower or any Credit
Party that interest shall be payable on demand on all Indebtedness (other than Revolving Credit
Advances, Swing Line Advances and Term Loan Advances with respect to which Sections 2.6 and 4.6
hereof shall govern) owing from time to time to the Agent or any Lender, at a per annum rate equal
to the then applicable Base Rate plus two percent (2%); and (f) the Agent may, and shall, upon
being directed to do so by the Majority Lenders or the Lenders, as applicable (subject to the terms
hereof), exercise any remedy permitted by this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or law.
9.3 Rights Cumulative. No delay or failure of Agent and/or Lenders in exercising any right, power or privilege
hereunder shall affect such right, power or privilege, nor shall any single or partial exercise
thereof preclude any further exercise thereof, or the exercise of any other power, right or
privilege. The rights of Agent and Lenders under this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of
any right or remedies which Lenders would otherwise have.
9.4 Waiver by Borrower of Certain Laws. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Borrower hereby agrees to waive, and does
hereby absolutely and irrevocably waive and relinquish the benefit and advantage of any valuation,
stay, appraisement, extension or redemption laws now existing or which may hereafter exist, which,
but for this provision, might be applicable to any sale made under the judgment, order or decree of
any court, on any claim for interest on the Notes, or any security interest or mortgage
contemplated by or granted under or in connection with this Agreement. These waivers have been
voluntarily given, with full knowledge of the consequences thereof.
9.5 Waiver of Defaults. No Event of Default shall be waived by the Lenders except in a writing signed by an officer
of the Agent in accordance with Section 13.10 hereof. No single
87
or partial exercise of any right,
power or privilege hereunder, nor any delay in the exercise thereof, shall preclude other or
further exercise of their rights by Agent or the Lenders. No waiver of any Event of Default shall
extend to any other or further Event of Default. No forbearance on the part of the Agent or the
Lenders in enforcing any of their rights shall constitute a waiver of any of their rights. The
Borrower expressly agrees that this Section may not be waived or modified by the Lenders or Agent
by course of performance, estoppel or otherwise.
9.6 Set Off. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender may at
any time and from time to time, without notice to Borrower but subject to the provisions
of Section 10.3 hereof (any requirement for such notice being expressly waived by Borrower),
setoff and apply against any and all of the obligations of Borrower now or hereafter existing under
this Agreement, whether owing to such Lender, any Affiliate of such Lender or any other Lender or
the Agent, any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any
time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender to or for the credit or the
account of Borrower and any property of Borrower from time to time in possession of such Lender,
irrespective of whether or not such deposits held or indebtedness owing by such Lender may be
contingent and unmatured and regardless of whether any Collateral then held by Agent or any Lender
is adequate to cover the Indebtedness. Promptly following any such setoff, such Lender shall give
written notice to Agent and Borrower of the occurrence thereof. Borrower hereby grants to the
Lenders and the Agent a lien on and security interest in all such deposits, indebtedness and
property as collateral security for the payment and performance of all of the obligations of
Borrower under this Agreement. The rights of each Lender under this Section 9.6 are in addition to
the other rights and remedies (including, without limitation, other rights of setoff) which such
Lender may have.
10. PAYMENTS, RECOVERIES AND COLLECTIONS.
10.1 Payment Procedure.
(a) All payments to be made by Borrower shall be made without condition or deduction for any
counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise provided herein, all payments
made by the Borrower of principal, interest or fees hereunder shall be made without setoff or
counterclaim on the date specified for payment under this Agreement and must be received by Agent
not later than 12:00 p.m. (Pacific time) on the date such payment is required or intended to be
made in Dollars in immediately available funds to Agent at Agents office located at 500 Woodward
Avenue, MC3289, Detroit, Michigan 48226, for the ratable benefit of the Revolving Credit Lenders in
the case of payments in respect of the Revolving Credit and any Letter of Credit Obligations, for
the ratable benefit of the Term Loan Lenders. Any payment received by the Agent after 12:00 p.m.
(Pacific time) shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable
interest or fee shall continue to accrue. Upon receipt of each such payment, the Agent shall make
prompt payment to each applicable Lender, or, in respect of Eurodollar-based Advances, such
Lenders Eurodollar Lending Office, in like funds and currencies, of all amounts received by it for
the account of such Lender.
(b) Unless the Agent shall have been notified in writing by Borrower at least two (2) Business
Days prior to the date on which any payment to be made by Borrower is due that
88
Borrower does not
intend to remit such payment, the Agent may, in its sole discretion and without obligation to do
so, assume that Borrower has remitted such payment when so due and the Agent may, in reliance upon
such assumption, make available to each Revolving Credit Lender or Term Loan Lender, as the case
may be, on such payment date an amount equal to such Lenders share of such assumed payment. If
Borrower has not in fact remitted such payment to the Agent, each Lender shall forthwith on demand
repay to the Agent the amount of such assumed payment made available or transferred to such Lender,
together with the interest thereon, in respect of each day from and including the date such amount
was made available by
the Agent to such Lender to the date such amount is repaid to the Agent at a rate per annum
equal to the Federal Funds Effective Rate for the first two (2) Business Days that such amount
remains unpaid, and thereafter at a rate of interest then applicable to such Revolving Credit
Advances.
(c) Subject to the definition of Interest Period in Section 1 of this Agreement, whenever
any payment to be made hereunder shall otherwise be due on a day which is not a Business Day, such
payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and such extension of time shall be
included in computing interest, if any, in connection with such payment.
(d) All payments to be made by Borrower under this Agreement or any of the Notes (including
without limitation payments under the Swing Line and/or Swing Line Note) shall be made without
setoff or counterclaim, as aforesaid, and, subject to full compliance by each Lender (and each
assignee and participant pursuant to Section 13.8) with Section 13.13, without deduction for or on
account of any present or future withholding or other taxes of any nature imposed by any
governmental authority or of any political subdivision thereof or any federation or organization of
which such governmental authority may at the time of payment be a member (other than any taxes on
the overall income, net income, net profits or net receipts or similar taxes (or any franchise
taxes imposed in lieu of such taxes) on the Agent or any Lender (or any branch maintained by Agent
or a Lender) as a result of a present or former connection between the Agent or such Lender and the
governmental authority, political subdivision, federation or organization imposing such taxes),
unless Borrower is compelled by law to make payment subject to such tax. In such event, Borrower
shall:
|
(i) |
|
pay to the Agent for Agents own account
and/or, as the case may be, for the account of the Lenders such
additional amounts as may be necessary to ensure that the Agent and/or
such Lender or Lenders (including the Swing Line Lender) receive a net
amount equal to the full amount which would have been receivable had
payment not been made subject to such tax; and |
|
|
(ii) |
|
remit such tax to the relevant taxing
authorities according to applicable law, and send to the Agent or the
applicable Lender or Lenders (including the Swing Line Lender), as the
case may be, such certificates or certified copy receipts as the Agent
or such Lender or Lenders shall reasonably require as proof of the
payment by Borrower of any such taxes payable by Borrower. |
89
As used herein, the terms tax, taxes and taxation include all taxes, levies, imposts, duties,
fees, deductions and withholdings or similar charges together with interest (and any taxes payable
upon the amounts paid or payable pursuant to this Section 10.1) thereon. Borrower shall be
reimbursed by the applicable Lender for any payment made by Borrower under this Section 10.1 if the
applicable Lender is not in compliance with its obligations under Section 13.13 at the time of the
Borrowers payment.
10.2 Application of Proceeds of Collateral. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in the case of any Event of
Default under Section 9.1(i), immediately following the occurrence thereof, and in the case of any
other Event of Default: (a) upon the termination of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment, (b)
the acceleration of any Indebtedness arising under this Agreement, (c) at the Agents option, or
(d) upon the request of the Majority Lenders after the commencement of any remedies hereunder, the
Agent shall apply the proceeds of any Collateral, together with any offsets, voluntary payments by
any Credit Party or others and any other sums received or collected in respect of the Indebtedness
first, to pay all incurred and unpaid fees and expenses of the Agent under the Loan Documents and
any protective advances made by Agent with respect to the Collateral under or pursuant to the terms
of any Loan Document, next, to pay any fees and expenses owed to the Issuing Lender hereunder,
next, to the Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit (including the Swing Line and any
Reimbursement Obligations), Indebtedness under the Term Loan and under the Lender Products, on a
pro rata basis, next to any obligations owing by any Credit Party under any Hedging Agreements on a
pro rata basis, next, to any other Indebtedness on a pro rata basis, and then, if there is any
excess, to the Credit Parties, as the case may be.
10.3 Pro-rata Recovery. If any Lender shall obtain any payment or other recovery (whether voluntary, involuntary,
by application of setoff or otherwise) on account of principal of, or interest on, any of the
Advances made by it, or the participations in Letter of Credit Obligations or Swing Line Advances
held by it in excess of its pro rata share of payments then or thereafter obtained by all Lenders
upon principal of and interest on all such Indebtedness, such Lender shall purchase from the other
Lenders such participations in the Revolving Credit, the Term Loan and/or the Letter of Credit
Obligation held by them as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess
payment or other recovery ratably in accordance with the applicable Percentages of the Lenders;
provided, however, that if all or any portion of the excess payment or other recovery is thereafter
recovered from such purchasing holder, the purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase price
restored to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.
10.4 Treatment of a Defaulting Lender.
(a) The obligation of any Lender to make any Advance hereunder shall not be affected by the
failure of any other Lender to make any Advance under this Agreement, and no Lender shall have any
liability to Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries, the Agent, any other Lender, or any other
Person for another Lenders failure to make any loan or Advance hereunder.
(b) If any Lender shall become a Defaulting Lender, then such Defaulting Lenders right to
participate in the administration of the loans, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents,
including without limitation any right to vote in respect of any amendment, consent
90
or waiver of
the terms of this Agreement or such other Loan Documents, or to direct or approve any action or
inaction by the Agent shall be suspended for the entire period that such Lender remains a
Defaulting Lender and the stated commitment amounts and outstanding Advances of such Defaulting
Lender shall not be included in determining whether all Lenders or the Majority Lender (or any
class thereof), as the case may be, have taken or may take any action hereunder (including, without
limitation, any action to approve any consent, waiver or amendment to this
Agreement or the other Loan Documents); provided, however, that the foregoing shall not permit
(i) an increase in such Defaulting Lenders stated commitment amounts, (ii) the waiver, forgiveness
or reduction of the principal amount of any Indebtedness outstanding to such Defaulting Lender
(unless all other Lenders affected thereby are treated similarly), (iii) the extension of the final
maturity date(s) of such Defaulting Lenders portion of any of the loans or other extensions of
credit or other obligations of Borrower owing to such Defaulting Lender, in each case without such
Defaulting Lenders consent, (iv) any other modification which under Section 13.10 requires the
consent of all Lenders or the Lender(s) affected thereby which affects the Defaulting Lender
differently than the Non-Defaulting Lenders affected by such modification, other than a change to
or waiver of the requirements of Section 10.3 which results in a reduction of the Defaulting
Lenders commitment or its share of the Indebtedness on a non pro-rata basis.
(c) To the extent and for so long as a Lender remains a Defaulting Lender and notwithstanding
the provisions of Section 10.3 hereof, the Agent shall be entitled, without limitation, (i) to
withhold or setoff and to apply in satisfaction of those obligations for payment (and any related
interest) in respect of which the Defaulting Lender shall be delinquent or otherwise in default to
Agent or any Lender (or to hold as cash collateral for such delinquent obligations or any future
defaults) the amounts otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender under this Agreement or any other
Loan Document, (ii) if the amount of Advances made by such Defaulting Lender is less than its
Percentage requires, apply payments of principal made by the Borrower amongst the Non-Defaulting
Lenders on a pro rata basis until all outstanding Advances are held by all Lenders according to
their respective Percentages and (iii) to bring an action or other proceeding, in law or equity,
against such Defaulting Lender in a court of competent jurisdiction to recover the delinquent
amounts, and any related interest. Performance by Borrower of their respective obligations under
this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be excused or otherwise modified as a result
of the operation of this Section, except to the extent expressly set forth herein and in any event
the Borrower shall not be required to pay any Revolving Credit Facility Fee under Section 2.9 of
this Agreement in respect of such Defaulting Lenders Unfunded Portion of the Revolving Credit for
the period during which such Lender is a Defaulting Lender. Furthermore, the rights and remedies
of Borrower, the Agent, the Issuing Lender, the Swing Line Lender and the other Lenders against a
Defaulting Lender under this section shall be in addition to any other rights and remedies such
parties may have against the Defaulting Lender under this Agreement or any of the other Loan
Documents, applicable law or otherwise, and the Borrower waive no rights or remedies against any
Defaulting Lender.
11. CHANGES IN LAW OR CIRCUMSTANCES; INCREASED COSTS.
11.1 Reimbursement of Prepayment Costs. If (i) Borrower makes any payment of principal with respect to any Eurodollar-based Advance
or Quoted Rate Advance on any day other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto
(whether voluntarily, pursuant to
91
any mandatory provisions hereof, by acceleration, or otherwise);
(ii) Borrower converts or refunds (or attempts to convert or refund) any such Advance on any day
other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto (except as described in Section
2.5(e)); (iii) Borrower fails to borrow, refund or convert any Eurodollar-based Advance or Quoted
Rate Advance after notice has been given by Borrower to
Agent in accordance with the terms hereof requesting such Advance; or (iv) or if the Borrower
fails to make any payment of principal in respect of a Eurodollar-based Advance or Quoted Rate
Advance when due (other than at the end of the applicable Interest Period), the Borrower shall
reimburse Agent for itself and/or on behalf of any Lender, as the case may be, within ten (10)
Business Days of written demand therefor for any resulting loss, cost or expense incurred
(excluding the loss of any Applicable Margin) by Agent and Lenders, as the case may be, as a result
thereof, including, without limitation, any such loss, cost or expense incurred in obtaining,
liquidating, employing or redeploying deposits from third parties, whether or not Agent and
Lenders, as the case may be, shall have funded or committed to fund such Advance. The amount
payable hereunder by Borrower to Agent for itself and/or on behalf of any Lender, as the case may
be, shall be deemed to equal an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the amount of interest
which would have accrued on the amount so prepaid, or not so borrowed, refunded or converted, for
the period from the date of such prepayment or of such failure to borrow, refund or convert,
through the last day of the relevant Interest Period, at the applicable rate of interest for said
Advance(s) provided under this Agreement, over (b) the amount of interest (as reasonably determined
by Agent and Lenders, as the case may be) which would have accrued to Agent and Lenders, as the
case may be, on such amount by placing such amount on deposit for a comparable period with leading
banks in the interbank eurocurrency market. Calculation of any amounts payable to any Lender under
this paragraph shall be made as though such Lender shall have actually funded or committed to fund
the relevant Advance through the purchase of an underlying deposit in an amount equal to the amount
of such Advance and having a maturity comparable to the relevant Interest Period; provided,
however, that any Lender may fund any Eurodollar-based Advance or Quoted Rate Advance, as the case
may be, in any manner it deems fit and the foregoing assumptions shall be utilized only for the
purpose of the calculation of amounts payable under this paragraph. Upon the written request of
Borrower, Agent and Lenders shall deliver to Borrower a certificate setting forth the basis for
determining such losses, costs and expenses, which certificate shall be conclusively presumed
correct, absent manifest error.
11.2 Eurodollar Lending Office. For any Eurodollar Advance, if Agent or a Lender, as applicable, shall designate a
Eurodollar Lending Office which maintains books separate from those of the rest of Agent or such
Lender, Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, shall have the option of maintaining and carrying
the relevant Advance on the books of such Eurodollar Lending Office.
11.3 Circumstances Affecting LIBOR Rate Availability. If Agent or the Majority Lenders (after consultation with Agent) shall determine in good
faith that, by reason of circumstances affecting the foreign exchange and interbank markets
generally, deposits in eurodollars in the applicable amounts are not being offered to the Agent or
such Lenders at the applicable LIBOR Rate, then Agent shall forthwith give notice thereof to
Borrower. Thereafter, until Agent notifies Borrower that such circumstances no longer exist, (i)
the obligation of Lenders to make Advances which bear
interest at or by reference to the LIBOR
Rate, and the right of Borrower to convert an Advance to or refund an Advance as an Advance which
bear
92
interest at or by reference to the LIBOR Rate shall be suspended, (ii) effective upon the last
day of each Eurodollar-Interest Period related to any existing Eurodollar-based Advance, each such
Eurodollar-based Advance shall automatically be converted into an Advance which
bears interest at or by reference to the Base Rate (without regard to the satisfaction of any
conditions to conversion contained elsewhere herein), and (iii) effective immediately following
such notice, each Advance which bears interest at or by reference to the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate
shall automatically be converted into an Advance which bears interest at or by reference to the
Base Rate (without regard to the satisfaction of any conditions to conversion contained elsewhere
herein)
11.4 Laws Affecting LIBOR Rate Availability. If, after the date of this Agreement, the adoption or introduction of, or any change in,
any applicable law, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or administration thereof by any
governmental authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by
any of the Lenders (or any of their respective Eurodollar Lending Offices) with any request or
directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, shall make it unlawful or
impossible for any of the Lenders (or any of their respective Eurodollar Lending Offices) to honor
its obligations hereunder to make or maintain any Advance which bears interest at or by reference
to the LIBOR Rate, such Lender shall forthwith give notice thereof to Borrower and to Agent.
Thereafter, (a) the obligations of the applicable Lenders to make Advances which bear interest at
or by reference to the LIBOR Rate and the right of Borrower to convert an Advance into or refund an
Advance as an Advance which bears interest at or by reference to the LIBOR Rate shall be suspended
and thereafter only the Base Rate shall be available, and (b) if any of the Lenders may not
lawfully continue to maintain an Advance which bears interest at or by reference to the LIBOR Rate,
the applicable Advance shall immediately be converted to an Advance which bears interest at or by
reference to the Base Rate. For purposes of this Section, a change in law, rule, regulation,
interpretation or administration shall include, without limitation, any change made or which
becomes effective on the basis of a law, rule, regulation, interpretation or administration
presently in force, the effective date of which change is delayed by the terms of such law, rule,
regulation, interpretation or administration.
11.5 Increased Cost of Advances Carried at the LIBOR Rate. If, after the date of this Agreement, the adoption or introduction of, or any change in,
any applicable law, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or administration thereof by any
governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or
administration thereof, or compliance by any of the Lenders (or any of their respective Eurodollar
Lending Offices) with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such
authority, central bank or comparable agency:
|
(a) |
|
shall subject any of the Lenders (or any of their respective
Eurodollar Lending Offices) to any tax, duty or other charge with respect to
any Advance or shall change the basis of taxation of payments to any of the
Lenders (or any of their respective Eurodollar Lending Offices) of the
principal of or interest on any Advance or any other amounts due under this
Agreement in respect thereof (except for changes in the rate of tax on the
overall net income of any of the Lenders or any of their respective Eurodollar
Lending Offices); or |
93
|
(b) |
|
shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve (including,
without limitation, any imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System), special deposit or similar requirement against assets of,
deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any of the Lenders
(or any of their respective Eurodollar Lending Offices) or shall impose on any
of the Lenders (or any of their respective Eurodollar Lending Offices) or the
foreign exchange and interbank markets any other condition affecting any
Advance; |
and the result of any of the foregoing matters is to increase the costs to any of the Lenders of
maintaining any part of the Indebtedness hereunder as an Advance which bears interest at or by
reference to the LIBOR Rate to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by any of the
Lenders under this Agreement in respect of an Advance which bears interest at or by reference to
the LIBOR Rate, then such Lender shall promptly notify Agent, and Agent shall promptly notify
Borrower of such fact and demand compensation therefor and, within ten (10) Business Days after
such notice, Borrower agrees to pay to such Lender or Lenders such additional amount or amounts as
will compensate such Lender or Lenders for such increased cost or reduction, provided that each
Lender agrees to take any reasonable action, to the extent such action could be taken without cost
or administrative or other burden or restriction to such Lender, to mitigate or eliminate such cost
or reduction, within a reasonable time after becoming aware of the foregoing matters. Agent will
promptly notify Borrower of any event of which it has knowledge which will entitle Lenders to
compensation pursuant to this Section, or which will cause Borrower to incur additional liability
under Section 11.1 hereof, provided that Agent shall incur no liability whatsoever to the Lenders
or Borrower in the event it fails to do so. A certificate of Agent (or such Lender, if applicable)
setting forth the basis for determining such additional amount or amounts necessary to compensate
such Lender or Lenders shall accompany such demand and shall be conclusively presumed to be correct
absent manifest error.
11.6 Capital Adequacy and Other Increased Costs.
|
(a) |
|
If, after the date of this Agreement, the adoption or
introduction of, or any change in any applicable law, treaty, rule or
regulation (whether domestic or foreign) now or hereafter in effect and whether
or not presently applicable to any Lender or Agent, or any interpretation or
administration thereof by any governmental authority charged with the
interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any Lender or Agent
with any guideline, request or directive of any such authority (whether or not
having the force of law), including any risk based capital guidelines, affects
or would affect the amount of capital required to be maintained by such Lender
or Agent (or any corporation controlling such Lender or Agent) and such Lender
or Agent, as the case may be, determines that the amount of such capital is
increased by or based upon the existence of such Lenders or Agents
obligations or Advances hereunder and such increase has the effect of reducing
the rate of return on such Lenders or Agents (or such controlling
corporations) capital as a consequence of such
obligations or Advances hereunder to a level below that which such Lender or
Agent (or such controlling corporation) could have achieved but |
94
|
|
|
for such
circumstances (taking into consideration its policies with respect to
capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Lender or Agent to be material
(collectively, Increased Costs), then Agent or such Lender shall notify
Borrower, and thereafter Borrower shall pay to such Lender or Agent, as the
case may be, within ten (10) Business Days of written demand therefor from
such Lender or Agent, additional amounts sufficient to compensate such
Lender or Agent (or such controlling corporation) for any increase in the
amount of capital and reduced rate of return which such Lender or Agent
reasonably determines to be allocable to the existence of such Lenders or
Agents obligations or Advances hereunder. A statement setting forth the
amount of such compensation, the methodology for the calculation and the
calculation thereof which shall also be prepared in good faith and in
reasonable detail by such Lender or Agent, as the case may be, shall be
submitted by such Lender or by Agent to Borrower, reasonably promptly after
becoming aware of any event described in this Section 11.6(a) and shall be
conclusively presumed to be correct, absent manifest error. |
|
(b) |
|
Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, Borrower shall not be
required to pay any increased costs under Sections 11.5, 11.6 or 3.4(c) for any
period ending prior to the date that is 120 days prior to the making of a
Lenders initial request for such additional amounts unless the applicable
change in law or other event resulting in such increased costs is effective
retroactively to a date more than 120 days prior to the date of such request,
in which case a Lenders request for such additional amounts relating to the
period more than 120 days prior to the making of the request must be given not
more than 120 days after such Lender becomes aware of the applicable change in
law or other event resulting in such increased costs. |
11.7 Right of Lenders to Fund through Branches and Affiliates. Each Lender (including without limitation the Swing Line Lender) may, if it so elects,
fulfill its commitment as to any Advance hereunder by designating a branch or Affiliate of such
Lender to make such Advance; provided that (a) such Lender shall remain solely responsible
for the performances of its obligations hereunder and (b) no such designation shall result in any
material increased costs to Borrower.
11.8 Margin Adjustment. Adjustments to the Applicable Margins and the Applicable Fee Percentages, based on Schedule
1.1, shall be implemented on a quarterly basis as follows:
|
(a) |
|
Such adjustments shall be given prospective effect only,
effective as to all Advances outstanding hereunder, the Applicable Fee
Percentage and the Letter of Credit Fee, upon the date of delivery of the
financial statements
under Sections 7.1(a) and 7.1(b) hereunder and the Covenant Compliance
Report under Section 7.2(a) hereof, in each case establishing applicability
of the appropriate adjustment and in each case with no retroactivity or
claw-back. In the event Borrower shall fail timely to deliver such financial
statements or the Covenant Compliance Report and such failure continues |
95
|
|
|
for three (3) days, then (but without affecting the Event of Default resulting
therefrom) from the date delivery of such financial statements and report
was required until such financial statements and report are delivered, the
Applicable Margins and Applicable Fee Percentages shall be at the highest
level on the Pricing Matrix attached to this Agreement as Schedule 1.1. |
|
(b) |
|
From the Effective Date until the required date of delivery
(or, if earlier, delivery) of the financial statements under Section 7.1(a) or
7.1(b) hereof, as applicable, and the Covenant Compliance Report under Section
7.2(a) hereof, for the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2009, the Applicable
Margins and Applicable Fee Percentages shall be those set forth under the Level
II column of the pricing matrix attached to this Agreement as Schedule 1.1.
Thereafter, Applicable Margins and Applicable Fee Percentages shall be based
upon the quarterly financial statements and Covenant Compliance Reports,
subject to recalculation as provided in Section 11.8(a) above. |
|
|
(c) |
|
Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, if, prior to the
payment and discharge in full (in cash) of the Indebtedness and the termination
of any and all commitments hereunder, as a result of any restatement of or
adjustment to the financial statements of Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries
(relating to the current or any prior fiscal period) or for any other reason,
Agent determines that the Applicable Margin and/or the Applicable Fee
Percentages as calculated by Borrower as of any applicable date of
determination were inaccurate in any respect and a proper calculation thereof
would have resulted in different pricing for any fiscal period, then (x) if the
proper calculation thereof would have resulted in higher pricing for any such
period, Borrower shall automatically and retroactively be obligated to pay to
Agent, promptly upon demand by Agent or the Majority Lenders, an amount equal
to the excess of the amount of interest and fees that should have been paid for
such period over the amount of interest and fees actually paid for such period
and, if the current fiscal period is affected thereby, the Applicable Margin
and/or the Applicable Fee Percentages for the current period shall be adjusted
based on such recalculation; and (y) if the proper calculation thereof would
have resulted in lower pricing for such period, Agent and Lenders shall have no
obligation to recalculate such interest or fees or to repay any interest or
fees to the Borrower. |
12. AGENT.
12.1 Appointment of Agent. Each Lender and the holder of each Note (if issued) irrevocably appoints and authorizes the
Agent to act on behalf of such Lender or holder under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents
and to exercise such powers hereunder and thereunder as are specifically delegated to Agent by the
terms hereof and thereof, together with such powers as may be reasonably incidental thereto,
including without limitation the power to
96
execute or authorize the execution of financing or
similar statements or notices, and other documents. In performing its functions and duties under
this Agreement, the Agent shall act solely as agent of the Lenders and does not assume and shall
not be deemed to have assumed any obligation towards or relationship of agency or trust with or for
any Credit Party.
12.2 Deposit Account with Agent or any Lender. Borrower authorizes Agent and each Lender, in Agents or such Lenders sole discretion,
upon notice to the Borrower to charge its general deposit account(s), if any, maintained with the
Agent or such Lender for the amount of any principal, interest, or other amounts or costs due under
this Agreement when the same become due and payable under the terms of this Agreement or the Notes.
Upon request of Borrower, Agent shall promptly provide to Borrower a statement prepaid in good
faith and in reasonable detail, setting forth the amount of such charges, the methodology of the
calculation thereof and the calculation thereof.
12.3 Scope of Agents Duties. The Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth herein,
and shall not, by reason of this Agreement or otherwise, have a fiduciary relationship with any
Lender (and no implied covenants or other obligations shall be read into this Agreement against the
Agent). None of Agent, its Affiliates nor any of their respective directors, officers, employees or
agents shall be liable to any Lender for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or them
under this Agreement or any document executed pursuant hereto, or in connection herewith or
therewith with the consent or at the request of the Majority Lenders (or all of the Lenders for
those acts requiring consent of all of the Lenders) (except for its or their own willful misconduct
or gross negligence), nor be responsible for or have any duties to ascertain, inquire into or
verify (a) any recitals or warranties made by the Credit Parties or any Affiliate of the Credit
Parties, or any officer thereof contained herein or therein, (b) the effectiveness, enforceability,
validity or due execution of this Agreement or any document executed pursuant hereto or any
security thereunder, (c) the performance by the Credit Parties of their respective obligations
hereunder or thereunder, or (d) the satisfaction of any condition hereunder or thereunder,
including without limitation in connection with the making of any Advance or the issuance of any
Letter of Credit. Agent and its Affiliates shall be entitled to rely upon any certificate, notice,
document or other communication (including any cable, telegraph, telex, facsimile transmission or
oral communication) believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been sent or given by or
on behalf of a proper person. Agent may treat the payee of any Note as the holder thereof. Agent
may employ agents and may consult with legal counsel, independent public accountants and other
experts selected by it and shall not be liable to the Lenders (except as to money or property
received by them or their authorized agents), for the negligence or misconduct of any such agent
selected by it with reasonable care or for any action
taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the advice of such
counsel, accountants or experts.
12.4 Successor Agent. Agent may resign as such at any time upon at least thirty (30) days prior notice to
Borrower and each of the Lenders. If Agent at any time shall resign or if the office of Agent shall
become vacant for any other reason, Majority Lenders shall, by written instrument, appoint
successor agent(s) (Successor Agent) satisfactory to such Majority Lenders and, so long as no
Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to Borrower (which approval shall not
be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided, however that any such successor Agent shall be a
bank or a trust company or other financial institution
97
which maintains an office in the United
States, or a commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof, or
any Affiliate of such bank or trust company or other financial institution which is engaged in the
banking business, and shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000. Such
Successor Agent shall thereupon become the Agent hereunder, as applicable, and Agent shall deliver
or cause to be delivered to any successor agent such documents of transfer and assignment as such
Successor Agent may reasonably request. If a Successor Agent is not so appointed or does not accept
such appointment before the resigning Agents resignation becomes effective, the resigning Agent
may appoint a temporary successor to act until such appointment by the Majority Lenders and, if
applicable, Borrower, is made and accepted, or if no such temporary successor is appointed as
provided above by the resigning Agent, the Majority Lenders shall thereafter perform all of the
duties of the resigning Agent hereunder until such appointment by the Majority Lenders and, if
applicable, Borrower, is made and accepted. Such Successor Agent shall succeed to all of the rights
and obligations of the resigning Agent as if originally named. The resigning Agent shall duly
assign, transfer and deliver to such Successor Agent all moneys at the time held by the resigning
Agent hereunder after deducting therefrom its expenses for which it is entitled to be reimbursed
hereunder. Upon such succession of any such Successor Agent, the resigning Agent shall be
discharged from its duties and obligations, in its capacity as Agent hereunder, except for its
gross negligence or willful misconduct arising prior to its resignation hereunder, and the
provisions of this Article 12 shall continue in effect for the benefit of the resigning Agent in
respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as Agent.
12.5 Credit Decisions. Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently of Agent and each other Lender and
based on the financial statements of Borrower and such other documents, information and
investigations as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit decision to extend credit
hereunder from time to time. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently of Agent and
each other Lender and based on such other documents, information and investigations as it shall
deem appropriate at any time, continue to make its own credit decisions as to exercising or not
exercising from time to time any rights and privileges available to it under this Agreement, any
Loan Document or any other document executed pursuant hereto.
12.6 Authority of Agent to Enforce This Agreement. Each Lender, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, grants the Agent full
power and authority as attorney-in-fact to institute and maintain actions, suits or proceedings for
the collection and enforcement of any Indebtedness outstanding under this Agreement or any other
Loan Document and to file such proofs of debt or other documents as may be necessary to have the
claims of the Lenders allowed in any proceeding relative to any Credit Party, or their respective
creditors or affecting their respective properties, and to take such other actions which Agent
considers to be necessary or desirable for the protection, collection and enforcement of the Notes,
this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.
12.7 Indemnification of Agent. The Lenders agree (which agreement shall survive the expiration or termination of this
Agreement) to indemnify the Agent and its Affiliates (to the extent not reimbursed by Borrower, but
without limiting any obligation of Borrower to make such reimbursement), ratably according to their
respective Weighted Percentages, from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities,
costs or expenses of any kind or nature
98
whatsoever (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of house and
outside counsel) which may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against the Agent and its
Affiliates in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents
or the transactions contemplated hereby or any action taken or omitted by the Agent and its
Affiliates under this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents; provided, however, that no Lender
shall be liable for any portion of such claims, damages, losses, liabilities, costs or expenses
resulting from the Agents or its Affiliates gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without
limitation of the foregoing, each Lender agrees to reimburse the Agent and its Affiliates promptly
upon demand for its ratable share of any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including, without
limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of house and outside counsel) incurred by the Agent and
its Affiliates in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration,
modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or
otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement or
any of the other Loan Documents, to the extent that the Agent and its Affiliates are not reimbursed
for such expenses by Borrower, but without limiting the obligation of Borrower to make such
reimbursement. Each Lender agrees to reimburse the Agent and its Affiliates promptly upon demand
for its ratable share of any amounts owing to the Agent and its Affiliates by the Lenders pursuant
to this Section, provided that, if the Agent or its Affiliates are subsequently reimbursed by
Borrower for such amounts, they shall refund to the Lenders on a pro rata basis the amount of any
excess reimbursement. If the indemnity furnished to the Agent and its Affiliates under this Section
shall become impaired as determined in the Agents reasonable judgment or Agent shall elect in its
sole discretion to have such indemnity confirmed by the Lenders (as to specific matters or
otherwise), Agent shall give notice thereof to each Lender and, until such additional indemnity is
provided or such existing indemnity is confirmed, the Agent may cease, or not commence, to take any
action. Any amounts paid by the Lenders hereunder to the Agent or its Affiliates shall be deemed to
constitute part of the Indebtedness hereunder.
12.8 Knowledge of Default. It is expressly understood and agreed that the Agent shall be entitled to assume that no
Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, unless the officers of the Agent
immediately responsible for matters concerning this Agreement shall have received a written notice
from a Lender or a Borrower specifying such Default or Event of Default and stating that such
notice is a notice of default. Upon receiving such a notice, the Agent shall promptly notify each
Lender of such Default or Event of Default and provide each Lender with a copy of such notice and
shall endeavor to provide such notice to the Lenders within three (3) Business Days (but without
any liability whatsoever in the event of its failure to do so). The Agent shall also furnish the
Lenders, promptly upon receipt, with copies of all other notices or other information required to
be provided by Borrower hereunder.
12.9 Agents Authorization; Action by Lenders. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, whenever the Agent is authorized and
empowered hereunder on behalf of the Lenders to give any approval or consent, or to make any
request, or to take any other action on behalf of the Lenders (including without limitation the
exercise of any right or remedy hereunder or under the other Loan Documents), the Agent shall be
required to give such approval or consent, or to make such request or to take such other action
only when so requested in writing by the Majority Lenders or the Lenders, as applicable
hereunder. Action that may be taken by the Majority Lenders, any other specified Percentage of the
Lenders or all of the Lenders, as the case may be (as provided for hereunder) may be taken (i)
pursuant to a vote of the requisite
99
percentages of the Lenders as required hereunder at a meeting
(which may be held by telephone conference call), provided that Agent exercises good faith,
diligent efforts to give all of the Lenders reasonable advance notice of the meeting, or (ii)
pursuant to the written consent of the requisite percentages of the Lenders as required hereunder,
provided that all of the Lenders are given reasonable advance notice of the requests for such
consent.
12.10 Enforcement Actions by the Agent. Except as otherwise expressly provided under this Agreement or in any of the other Loan
Documents and subject to the terms hereof, Agent will take such action, assert such rights and
pursue such remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as the Majority Lenders or
all of the Lenders, as the case may be (as provided for hereunder), shall direct; provided,
however, that the Agent shall not be required to act or omit to act if, in the reasonable judgment
of the Agent, such action or omission may expose the Agent to personal liability for which Agent
has not been satisfactorily indemnified hereunder or is contrary to this Agreement, any of the Loan
Documents or applicable law. Except as expressly provided above or elsewhere in this Agreement or
the other Loan Documents, no Lender (other than the Agent, acting in its capacity as agent) shall
be entitled to take any enforcement action of any kind under this Agreement or any of the other
Loan Documents.
12.11 Collateral Matters.
(a) The Agent is authorized on behalf of all the Lenders, without the necessity of any notice
to or further consent from the Lenders, from time to time to take any action with respect to any
Collateral or the Collateral Documents which may be necessary to perfect and maintain a perfected
security interest in and Liens upon the Collateral granted pursuant to the Loan Documents.
(b) The Lenders irrevocably authorize the Agent, in its reasonable discretion, to the full
extent set forth in the post-amble to Section 13.10 hereof, (1) to release or terminate any Lien
granted to or held by the Agent upon any Collateral (a) upon termination of the Revolving Credit
Aggregate Commitment and payment in full of all Indebtedness payable under this Agreement and under
any other Loan Document; (b) constituting property (including, without limitation, Equity Interests
in any Person) sold or to be sold or disposed of as part of or in connection with any disposition
(whether by sale, by merger or by any other form of transaction and including the property of any
Subsidiary that is disposed of as permitted hereby) permitted in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement; (c) constituting property in which a Credit Party owned no interest at the time the Lien
was granted or at any time thereafter; or (d) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the
Majority Lenders, or all the Lenders, as the case may be, as provided in Section 13.10; (2) to
subordinate the Lien granted to or held by Agent on any Collateral to any other holder of a Lien on
such Collateral which is permitted by Section 8.2(b) hereof; and (3) if all of the Equity Interests
held by the Credit Parties in any Person are sold or otherwise transferred to any transferee other
than Borrower or a Subsidiary of Borrower as part
of or in connection with any disposition (whether by sale, by merger or by any other form of
transaction) permitted in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, to release such Person from
all of its obligations under the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, under any
Guaranty). Upon request by the Agent at any time, the Lenders will confirm in writing the
100
Agents
authority to release particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to this Section 12.11(b).
12.12 Agents in their Individual Capacities. Comerica Bank and its Affiliates, successors and assigns shall each have the same rights
and powers hereunder as any other Lender and may exercise or refrain from exercising the same as
though such Lender were not the Agent. Comerica Bank and its Affiliates may (without having to
account therefor to any Lender) accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any
kind of banking, trust, financial advisory or other business with the Credit Parties as if such
Lender were not acting as the Agent hereunder, and may accept fees and other consideration therefor
without having to account for the same to the Lenders.
12.13 Agents Fees. Until the Indebtedness has been repaid and discharged in full and no commitment to extend
any credit hereunder is outstanding, Borrower shall pay to the Agent, as applicable, any agency or
other fee(s) set forth (or to be set forth from time to time) in the applicable Fee Letter on the
terms set forth therein. The agency fees referred to in this Section 12.13 shall not be refundable
under any circumstances.
12.14 Documentation Agent or other Titles. Any Lender identified on the facing page or signature page of this Agreement or in any
amendment hereto or as designated with consent of the Agent in any assignment agreement as Lead
Arranger, Documentation Agent, Syndications Agent or any similar titles, shall not have any right,
power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement as a result of such title
other than those applicable to all Lenders as such. Without limiting the foregoing, the Lenders so
identified shall not have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender as a
result of such title. Each Lender acknowledges that it has not relied, and will not rely, on the
Lender so identified in deciding to enter into this Agreement or in taking or not taking action
hereunder.
12.15 No Reliance on Agents Customer Identification Program.
(a) Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that neither such Lender, nor any of its Affiliates,
participants or assignees, may relay on the Agent to carry out such Lenders, Affiliates,
participants or assignees customer identification program, or other obligations required or
imposed under or pursuant to the USA Patriot Act or the regulations thereunder, including the
regulations contained in 31 CFR 103.121 (as hereafter amended or replaced, the CIP Regulations),
or any other Anti-Terrorism Law, including any programs involving any of the following items
relating to or in connection with Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, any of
their respective Affiliates or agents, the Loan Documents or the transactions hereunder: (i)
any identify verification procedures, (ii) any record keeping, (iii) any comparisons with
government lists, (iv) any customer notices or (v) any other procedures required under the CIP
Regulations or such other laws.
(b) Each Lender or assignee or participant of a Lender that is not organized under the laws of
the United States or a state thereof (and is not excepted from the certification requirement
contained in Section 313 of the USA Patriot Act and the applicable regulations because it is both
(i) an affiliate of a depository institution or foreign bank that maintains a physical presence in
the United States or foreign country, and (ii) subject to provision by a
101
banking authority
regulating such affiliated depository institution or foreign bank) shall deliver to the
Administrative Agent the certification, or, if applicable, recertification, certifying that such
Lender is not a shell and certifying to other matters as required by Section 313 of the USA
Patriot Act and the applicable regulations: (x) within 10 days after the Effective Date, and (y) at
such other times as are required under the USA Patriot Act.
13. MISCELLANEOUS.
13.1 Accounting Principles. Where the character or amount of any asset or liability or item of income or expense is
required to be determined or any consolidation or other accounting computation is required to be
made for the purposes of this Agreement, it shall be done, unless otherwise specified herein, in
accordance with GAAP.
13.2 Consent to Jurisdiction. The Borrower, the Agent and Lenders hereby irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive
jurisdiction of any United States Federal Court or California state court sitting in the County of
Santa Clara, California in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or
any of the Loan Documents and the Borrower, Agent and Lenders hereby irrevocably agree that all
claims in respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such United
States Federal Court or California state court. Each Borrower irrevocably consents to the service
of any and all process in any such action or proceeding brought in any court in or of the State of
California by the delivery of copies of such process to it at the applicable addresses specified on
the signature page hereto or by certified mail directed to such address or such other address as
may be designated by it in a notice to the other parties that complies as to delivery with the
terms of Section 13.6. Nothing in this Section shall affect the right of the Lenders and the Agent
to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or limit the right of the Lenders or the
Agent (or any of them) to bring any such action or proceeding against any Credit Party or any of
their property in the courts with subject matter jurisdiction of any other jurisdiction. Borrower
irrevocably waives any objection to the laying of venue of any such suit or proceeding in the above
described courts.
13.3 Law of California. This Agreement, the Notes and, except where otherwise expressly specified therein to be
governed by local law, the other Loan Documents shall be governed by and construed and
enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California (without regard to its
conflict of laws provisions). Whenever possible each provision of this Agreement shall be
interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision
of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be
ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of
such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.
13.4 Interest. In the event the obligation of Borrower to pay interest on the principal balance of the
Notes or on any other amounts outstanding hereunder or under the other Loan Documents is or becomes
in excess of the maximum interest rate which Borrower is permitted by law to contract or agree to
pay, giving due consideration to the execution date of this Agreement, then, in that event, the
rate of interest applicable thereto with respect to such Lenders applicable Percentages shall be
deemed to be immediately reduced to such maximum rate and all previous payments in excess of the
maximum rate shall be deemed to have been payments in reduction of principal and not of interest.
102
13.5 Closing Costs and Other Costs; Indemnification.
(a) Borrower shall pay or reimburse (a) Agent and its Affiliates for payment of, on demand,
all reasonable costs and expenses, including, by way of description and not limitation, reasonable
in-house and outside attorney fees and advances, appraisal and accounting fees, lien search fees,
and required travel costs, incurred by Agent and its Affiliates in connection with the commitment,
consummation and closing of the loans contemplated hereby, or in connection with the administration
or enforcement of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including the obtaining of legal
advice regarding the rights and responsibilities of the parties hereto) or any refinancing or
restructuring of the loans or Advances provided under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents,
or any amendment or modification thereof requested by Borrower, and (b) Agent and its Affiliates
and each of the Lenders, as the case may be, for all stamp and other taxes and duties payable or
determined to be payable in connection with the execution, delivery, filing or recording of this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby, and any and all liabilities with respect to or resulting from any delay in paying or
omitting to pay such taxes or duties. Furthermore, all reasonable costs and expenses, including
without limitation attorney fees, incurred by Agent and its Affiliates and, after the occurrence
and during the continuance of an Event of Default, by the Lenders in revising, preserving,
protecting, exercising or enforcing any of its or any of the Lenders rights against Borrower or
any other Credit Party, or otherwise incurred by Agent and its Affiliates and the Lenders in
connection with any Event of Default or the enforcement of the loans (whether incurred through
negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise), including by way of description and not limitation,
such charges in any court or bankruptcy proceedings or arising out of any claim or action by any
person against Agent, its Affiliates, or any Lender which would not have been asserted were it not
for Agents or such Affiliates or Lenders relationship with Borrower hereunder or otherwise,
shall also be paid by Borrower. All of said amounts required to be paid by Borrower hereunder and
not paid forthwith upon demand, as aforesaid, shall bear interest, from the date incurred to the
date payment is received by Agent, at the Base Rate, plus two percent (2%) but in no event in
excess of the maximum interest rate permitted by applicable law.
(b) Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold Agent and each of the Lenders (and their respective
Affiliates) harmless from all loss, cost, damage, liability or expenses, including reasonable house
and outside attorneys fees and disbursements (but without duplication of such fees and
disbursements for the same services), incurred by Agent and each of the Lenders by reason of an
Event of Default, or enforcing the obligations of any Credit Party under this Agreement or any of
the other Loan Documents, as applicable, or in the prosecution or defense of any action or
proceeding concerning any matter growing out of or connected with this Agreement or any of the Loan
Documents, excluding, however, any loss, cost, damage, liability or expenses to the extent arising
as a result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party seeking to be indemnified
under this Section 13.5(b), provided that, the Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse Agent and
the Lenders for only a single financial consultant selected by Agent in consultation with the
Lenders.
(c) The Borrower agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Agent and each Lender (and
their respective Affiliates), and their respective employees, agents, officers and directors from
and against any and all claims, demands, penalties, fines, liabilities, settlements, damages, costs
or expenses of whatever kind or nature (including without limitation, reasonable
103
attorneys and
consultants fees, investigation and laboratory fees, environmental studies required by Agent or any
Lender in connection with the violation of Hazardous Material Laws), court costs and litigation
expenses, arising out of or related to (i) the presence, use, disposal, release or threatened
release of any Hazardous Materials on, from or affecting any premises owned or occupied by any
Credit Party in violation of or the non-compliance with applicable Hazardous Material Laws, (ii)
any personal injury (including wrongful death) or property damage (real or personal) arising out of
or related to such Hazardous Materials, (iii) any lawsuit or other proceeding brought or
threatened, settlement reached or governmental order or decree relating to such Hazardous
Materials, and/or (iv) complying or coming into compliance with all Hazardous Material Laws
(including the cost of any remediation or monitoring required in connection therewith) or any other
Requirement of Law; provided, however, that the Borrower shall have no obligations under this
Section 13.5(c) with respect to claims, demands, penalties, fines, liabilities, settlements,
damages, costs or expenses to the extent arising as a result of the gross negligence or willful
misconduct of the Agent or such Lender, as the case may be. The obligations of Borrower under this
Section 13.5(c) shall be in addition to any and all other obligations and liabilities Borrower may
have to Agent or any of the Lenders at common law or pursuant to any other agreement.
13.6 Notices.
|
(a) |
|
Except as expressly provided otherwise in this Agreement (and
except as provided in clause (b) below), all notices and other communications
provided to any party hereto under this Agreement or any other Loan Document
shall be in writing and shall be given by personal delivery, by mail, by
reputable overnight courier or by facsimile and addressed or delivered to it at
its address set forth on Schedule 13.6 to the Disclosure Letter or at such
other address as may be designated by such party in a notice to the other
parties that complies as to delivery with the terms of this Section 13.6 or
posted to an E-System set up by or at the direction of Agent (as set forth
below). Any notice, if personally delivered or if mailed
and properly addressed with postage prepaid and sent by registered or
certified mail, shall be deemed given when received or when delivery is
refused; any notice, if given to a reputable overnight courier and properly
addressed, shall be deemed given two (2) Business Days after the date on
which it was sent, unless it is actually received sooner by the named
addressee; and any notice, if transmitted by facsimile, shall be deemed
given when received. The Agent may, but, except as specifically provided
herein, shall not be required to, take any action on the basis of any notice
given to it by telephone, but the giver of any such notice shall promptly
confirm such notice in writing, by facsimile, and such notice will not be
deemed to have been received until such confirmation is deemed received in
accordance with the provisions of this Section set forth above. If such
telephonic notice conflicts with any such confirmation, the terms of such
telephonic notice shall control. Any notice given by the Agent or any Lender
to the Borrower shall be deemed to be a notice to all of the Credit Parties.
|
104
|
(b) |
|
Notices and other communications provided to the Agent and the
Lenders party hereto under this Agreement or any other Loan Document may be
delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including email and
Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Agent.
The Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and
other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications (including
email and any E-System) pursuant to procedures approved by it. Unless
otherwise agreed to in a writing by and among the parties to a particular
communication, (i) notices and other communications sent to an email address
shall be deemed received upon the senders receipt of an acknowledgment from
the intended recipient (such as by the return receipt requested function,
return email, or other written acknowledgment) and (ii) notices and other
communications posted to any E-System shall be deemed received upon the deemed
receipt by the intended recipient at its email address as described in the
foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or other communication is
available and identifying the website address therefore. |
13.7 Further Action. Borrower, from time to time, upon written request of Agent will make, execute, acknowledge
and deliver or cause to be made, executed, acknowledged and delivered, all such further and
additional instruments, and take all such further action as may reasonably be required to carry out
the intent and purpose of this Agreement or the Loan Documents, and to provide for Advances under
and payment of the Notes, according to the intent and purpose herein and therein expressed.
13.8 Successors and Assigns; Participations; Assignments.
(a) This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Borrower and
the Lenders and their respective successors and assigns.
(b) The foregoing shall not authorize any assignment by Borrower of its rights or duties
hereunder, and, except as otherwise provided herein, no such assignment shall be made (or be
effective) without the prior written approval of the Lenders.
(c) No Lenders may at any time assign or grant participations in such Lenders rights and
obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents except (i) by way of assignment to any
Eligible Assignee in accordance with clause (d) of this Section, (ii) by way of a participation in
accordance with the provisions of clause (e) of this Section or (iii) by way of a pledge or
assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of clause (f) of this Section (and
any other attempted assignment or transfer by any Lender shall be deemed to be null and void).
(d) Each assignment by a Lender of all or any portion of its rights and obligations hereunder
and under the other Loan Documents, shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:
105
|
(i) |
|
each such assignment shall be made on a pro
rata basis, and shall be in a minimum amount of the lesser of (x) Five
Million Dollars ($5,000,000) or such lesser amount as the Agent shall
agree and (y) the entire remaining amount of assigning Lenders
aggregate interest in the Revolving Credit (and participations in any
outstanding Letters of Credit) and the Term Loan; provided however
that, after giving effect to such assignment, in no event shall the
entire remaining amount (if any) of assigning Lenders aggregate
interest in the Revolving Credit (and participations in any outstanding
Letters of Credit) and the Term Loan be less than $5,000,000; and |
|
|
(ii) |
|
the parties to any assignment shall execute and
deliver to Agent an Assignment Agreement substantially (as determined
by Agent) in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit H (with appropriate
insertions acceptable to Agent), together with a processing and
recordation fee in the amount, if any, required as set forth in the
Assignment Agreement (provided however that such Lender need not
deliver an Assignment Agreement in connection with assignments to such
Lenders Affiliates or to a Federal Reserve Bank). |
Until the Assignment Agreement becomes effective in accordance with its terms, and Agent has
confirmed that the assignment satisfies the requirements of this Section 13.8, the Borrower and the
Agent shall be entitled to continue to deal solely and directly with the assigning Lender in
connection with the interest so assigned. From and after the effective date of each Assignment
Agreement that satisfies the requirements of this Section 13.8, the assignee thereunder shall be
deemed to be a party to this Agreement, such assignee shall have the rights and obligations of a
Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including without limitation the
right to receive fees payable hereunder in respect of the period following such assignment) and the
assigning Lender shall relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
Upon request, Borrower shall execute and deliver to the Agent, new Note(s) payable to the
order of the assignee in an amount equal to the amount assigned to the assigning Lender pursuant to
such Assignment Agreement, and with respect to the portion of the Indebtedness retained by the
assigning Lender, to the extent applicable, new Note(s) payable to the order of the assigning
Lender in an amount equal to the amount retained by such Lender hereunder. The Agent, the Lenders
and the Borrower acknowledges and agrees that any such new Note(s) shall be given in renewal and
replacement of the Notes issued to the assigning lender prior to such assignment and shall not
effect or constitute a novation or discharge of the Indebtedness evidenced by such prior Note, and
each such new Note may contain a provision confirming such agreement.
(e) The Borrower and the Agent acknowledge that each of the Lenders may at any time and from
time to time, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, grant participations in such Lenders
rights and obligations hereunder (on a pro rata basis only) and under the other Loan Documents to
any Person (other than a natural person or to Borrower or any of Borrowers
106
Affiliates or
Subsidiaries); provided that any participation permitted hereunder shall comply with all applicable
laws and shall be subject to a participation agreement that incorporates the following
restrictions:
|
(i) |
|
such Lender shall remain the holder of its
Notes hereunder (if such Notes are issued), notwithstanding any such
participation; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
a participant shall not reassign or transfer,
or grant any sub-participations in its participation interest hereunder
or any part thereof; and |
|
|
(iii) |
|
such Lender shall retain the sole right and
responsibility to enforce the obligations of the Credit Parties
relating to the Notes and the other Loan Documents, including, without
limitation, the right to proceed against any Guarantors, or cause the
Agent to do so (subject to the terms and conditions hereof), and the
right to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision
of this Agreement without the consent of the participant (unless such
participant is an Affiliate of such Lender), except for those matters
covered by Section 13.10(a) through (e) hereof (provided that a
participant may exercise approval rights over such matters only on an
indirect basis, acting through such Lender and the Credit Parties,
Agent and the other Lenders may continue to deal directly with such
Lender in connection with such Lenders rights and duties hereunder).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, in the case of any
participation granted by any Lender hereunder, the participant shall
not have any rights under this Agreement or any of the other Loan
Documents against the Agent, any other Lender
or any Credit Party; provided, however that the participant may have
rights against such Lender in respect of such participation as may be
set forth in the applicable participation agreement and all amounts
payable by the Credit Parties hereunder shall be determined as if
such Lender had not sold such participation. Each such participant
shall be entitled to the benefits of Article 11 of this Agreement to
the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest
by assignment pursuant to clause (d) of this Section, provided that
no participant shall be entitled to receive any greater amount
pursuant to such the provisions of Article 11 than the issuing Lender
would have been entitled to receive in respect of the amount of the
participation transferred by such issuing Lender to such participant
had no such transfer occurred and each such participant shall also be
entitled to the benefits of Section 9.6 hereof as though it were a
Lender, provided that such participant agrees to be subject to
Section 10.3 hereof as though it were a Lender. |
107
(f) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of
its rights under this Agreement (including its Notes, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender,
including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that
no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or
substitute any such pledge or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.
(g) The Agent shall maintain at its principal office a copy of each Assignment Agreement
delivered to it and a register (the Register) for the recordation of the names and addresses of
the Lenders, the Percentages of such Lenders and the principal amount of each type of Advance owing
to each such Lender from time to time. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive evidence,
absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Agent, and the Lenders may treat each Person whose
name is recorded in the Register as the owner of the Advances recorded therein for all purposes of
this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower or any Lender upon
reasonable notice to the Agent and a copy of such information shall be provided to any such party
on their prior written request. The Agent shall give prompt written notice to the Borrower of the
making of any entry in the Register or any change in such entry.
(h) Borrower authorizes each Lender to disclose to any prospective assignee or participant
which has satisfied the requirements hereunder, any and all financial information in such Lenders
possession concerning the Credit Parties which has been delivered to such Lender pursuant to this
Agreement, provided that each such prospective assignee or participant shall execute a
confidentiality agreement consistent with the terms of Section 13.11 hereof or shall otherwise
agree to be bound by the terms thereof.
(i) Nothing in this Agreement, the Notes or the other Loan Documents, expressed or implied, is
intended to or shall confer on any Person other than the respective parties hereto and thereto and
their successors and assignees and participants permitted hereunder and thereunder
any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or other claim under this Agreement, the
Notes or the other Loan Documents.
13.9 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, and each executed copy shall
constitute an original instrument, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the
same instrument.
13.10 Amendment and Waiver.
(a) No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, nor
consent to any departure by any Credit Party therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the
same shall be in writing and signed by the Agent and the Majority Lenders (or by the Agent at the
written request of the Majority Lenders) or, if this Agreement expressly so requires with respect
to the subject matter thereof, by all Lenders (and, with respect to any amendments to this
Agreement or the other Loan Documents, by any Credit Party or the Guarantors that are signatories
thereto), and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for
the specific purpose for which given; provided, however, that no amendment, waiver
or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Lender or Lenders affected thereby, do any of
the following: (a) increase the stated amount of such Lenders
108
commitment hereunder, (b) reduce the
principal of, or interest on, any outstanding Indebtedness or any Fees or other amounts payable
hereunder, (c) postpone any date fixed for any payment of principal of, or interest on, any
outstanding Indebtedness or any Fees or other amounts payable hereunder, (d) except as expressly
permitted hereunder or under the Collateral Documents, release all or substantially all of the
Collateral (provided that neither Agent nor any Lender shall be prohibited thereby from proposing
or participating in a consensual or nonconsensual debtor-in-possession or similar financing), or
release any material guaranty provided by any Person in favor of Agent and the Lenders, provided
however that Agent shall be entitled, without notice to or any further action or consent of the
Lenders, to release any Collateral which any Credit Party is permitted to sell, assign or otherwise
transfer in compliance with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or release any guaranty to
the extent expressly permitted in this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents (whether in
connection with the sale, transfer or other disposition of the applicable Guarantor or otherwise),
(e) terminate or modify any indemnity provided to the Lenders hereunder or under the other Loan
Documents, except as shall be otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or any other Loan
Document, or (f) change the definitions of Revolving Credit Percentage, Term Loan Percentage,
Weighted Percentage, Interest Periods, Majority Lenders, Majority Revolving Credit Lenders,
Majority Term Loan Lenders, Sections 10.2 or 10.3 hereof or this Section 13.10; provided,
further, that the Revolving Credit Maturity Date may be postponed or extended, only with
the consent of all of the Revolving Credit Lenders; the Term Loan Maturity Date may be postponed or
extended only with the consent of all the Term Loan Lenders; and provided further, that no
amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in a writing signed by the Swing Line Lender, do any of
the following: (x) reduce the principal of, or interest on, the Swing Line Note, (y) postpone any
date fixed for any payment of principal of, or interest on, the Swing Line Note or (z) otherwise
affect the rights and duties of the Swing Line Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan
Document and provided further, that no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless
in a writing signed by
Issuing Lender affect the rights or duties of Issuing Lender under this Agreement or any of
the other Loan Documents and no amendment, waiver, or consent shall, unless in a writing signed by
the Agent affect the rights or duties of the Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
All references in this Agreement to Lenders or the Lenders shall refer to all Lenders, unless
expressly stated to refer to Majority Lenders (or the like).
(b) The Agent shall, upon the written request of the Borrower, execute and deliver to the
Credit Parties such documents as may be necessary to evidence (1) the release or subordination of
any Lien granted to or held by the Agent upon any Collateral: (a) upon termination of the Revolving
Credit Aggregate Commitment and payment in full of all Indebtedness payable under this Agreement
and under any other Loan Document; (b) which constitutes property (including, without limitation,
Equity Interests in any Person) sold or to be sold or disposed of as part of or in connection with
any disposition (whether by sale, by merger or by any other form of transaction and including the
property of any Subsidiary that is disposed of as permitted hereby) permitted in accordance with
the terms of this Agreement; (c) which constitutes property in which a Credit Party owned no
interest at the time the Lien was granted or at any time thereafter; or (d) if approved, authorized
or ratified in writing by the Majority Lenders, or all the Lenders, as the case may be, as provided
in this Section 13.10; or (2) the release of any Person from its obligations under the Loan
Documents (including without limitation the Guaranty) if all of the Equity Interests of such Person
that were held by a Credit Party are sold or otherwise transferred to any transferee other than
Borrower or a Subsidiary of
109
Borrower as part of or in connection with any disposition (whether by
sale, by merger or by any other form of transaction) permitted in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement; provided that (i) Agent shall not be required to execute any such release or
subordination agreement under clauses (1) or (2) above on terms which, in the Agents opinion,
would expose the Agent to liability or create any obligation or entail any consequence other than
the release of such Liens without recourse or warranty or such release shall not in any manner
discharge, affect or impair the Indebtedness or any Liens upon any Collateral retained by any
Credit Party, including (without limitation) the proceeds of the sale or other disposition, all of
which shall constitute and remain part of the Collateral.
13.11 Confidentiality. Each Lender agrees that it will not disclose without the prior consent of the Borrower
(other than to its employees, its Subsidiaries, another Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or to its
auditors or counsel) any information with respect to the Credit Parties which is furnished pursuant
to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents; provided that any Lender may disclose any
such information (a) as has become generally available to the public or has been lawfully obtained
by such Lender from any third party under no duty of confidentiality to any Credit Party, (b) as
may be required or appropriate in any report, statement or testimony submitted to, or in respect to
any inquiry, by, any municipal, state or federal regulatory body having or claiming to have
jurisdiction over such Lender, including the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of
the United States, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation or similar organizations (whether in the United States or elsewhere) or their
successors, (c) as may be required in respect to any summons or subpoena or in connection with any
litigation, (d) in order to comply with any law, order,
regulation, ruling or other requirement of law applicable to such Lender, and (e) to any
prospective assignee or participant in accordance with Section 13.8(f) hereof.
13.12 Substitution or Removal of Lenders. If (a) the obligation of any Lender to make Eurocurrency-based Advances has been suspended
pursuant to Section 11.3 or 11.4, (b) any Lender has demanded compensation under Sections 3.4(c),
11.5 or 11.6, (c) any Lender has become an Impaired Lender or (d) any Lender has not approved an
amendment, waiver or other modification of this Agreement, if such amendment, waiver or
modification has been approved by the Majority Lenders and the consent of such Lender is required
(in each case, an Affected Lender), then the Borrower shall have the following rights in addition
to any other rights or remedies it may have hereunder:
|
(i) |
|
Subject to Section 13.8 hereof, the Borrower
may, with the assistance of the Agent, seek a substitute Lender or
Lenders (which may be one or more of the Lenders or other financial
institutions that comply with the provisions of Section 13.8 hereof
(the Purchasing Lender or Purchasing Lenders)) to purchase the
Advances of the Revolving Credit, Swing Line and/or the Term Loan, as
the case may be and assume the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment
(including without limitation the participations in Swing Line Advances
and Letters of Credit) under this Agreement of such Affected Lender,
and require the Affected Lender to sell its Advances of the Revolving
Credit, Swing Line |
110
|
|
|
and/or the Term Loan, as the case may be, and assign
its Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment to such Purchasing Lender or
Purchasing Lenders within two (2) Business Days after receiving notice
from the Borrower requiring it to do so, at an aggregate price equal to
the outstanding principal amount thereof, plus unpaid interest accrued
thereon up to but excluding the date of the sale, payable (in
immediately available funds) in cash. In connection with any such sale,
and as a condition thereof, the Borrower shall pay to the Affected
Lender all fees accrued for its account hereunder to but excluding the
date of such sale, plus, if demanded by the Affected Lender within ten
(10) Business Days after such sale, (x) the amount of any compensation
which would be due to the Affected Lender under Section 11.1 if the
Borrower had prepaid the outstanding Eurocurrency-based Advances of the
Affected Lender on the date of such sale (unless such Affected Lender
is an Impaired Lender, in which case no such compensation shall be due)
and (y) any additional compensation accrued for its account under
Sections 3.4(c), 11.5 and 11.6 to but excluding said date. Upon such
sale, the Purchasing Lender or Purchasing Lenders shall assume the
Affected Lenders commitment, and the Affected Lender shall be released
from its obligations hereunder to a corresponding extent. The Affected
Lender, as assignor, such Purchasing Lender, as assignee, the Borrower
and the Agent, shall
enter into an Assignment Agreement pursuant to Section 13.8 hereof,
whereupon such Purchasing Lender shall be a Lender party to this
Agreement, shall be deemed to be an assignee hereunder and shall have
all the rights and obligations of a Lender with a Revolving Credit
Percentage equal to its ratable share of the then applicable
Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment and the applicable Percentages
of the Term Loan of the Affected Lender, provided, however, that if
the Affected Lender does not execute such Assignment Agreement within
(2) Business Days of receipt thereof, the Agent may execute the
Assignment Agreement as the Affected Lenders attorney-in-fact. Each
of the Lenders hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Agent
and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as
its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full power and authority in
the name of such Lender or in its own name to execute and deliver an
Assignment Agreement while such Lender is an Affected Lender
hereunder (such power of attorney to be deemed coupled with an
interest and irrevocable). In connection with any assignment pursuant
to this Section 13.12, the Borrower or the Purchasing Lender shall
pay to the Agent the administrative fee for processing such
assignment referred to in Section 13.8; and |
|
(ii) |
|
With respect to any Affected Lender that is an
Impaired Lender, the Borrower may, with the prior written consent of
the Agent and
|
111
|
|
|
notwithstanding Section 10.3 of this Agreement or any
other provisions requiring pro rata payments to the Lenders, elect to
reduce the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment by the amount of the
Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment of such Affected Lender and repay
all amounts (both any outstanding Term Loan Advances, subject to clause
(iii), below if such Affected Lender is a Defaulting Lender, and any
Revolving Credit Advances) owing to such Affected Lender, subject to
the following: |
|
(A) |
|
such Affected Lender shall
receive an amount in cash equal to the outstanding principal
amount owing to such Affected Lender under this Agreement, plus
unpaid interest accrued thereon up to but excluding the date of
the repayment. In addition, and as a condition thereof, the
Borrower shall pay to the Affected Lender all fees accrued for
its account hereunder to but excluding the date of such
repayment, plus, if demanded by the Affected Lender within ten
(10) Business Days after such repayment, (x) the amount of any
compensation which would be due to the Affected Lender under
Section 11.1 if the Borrower had prepaid the outstanding
Eurocurrency-based Advances of the Affected Lender on the date
of such repayment and (y) any
additional compensation accrued for its account under
Sections 3.4(c), 11.5 and 11.6 to but excluding said date; |
|
(B) |
|
after giving effect to the
reduction in the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment and the
payments required under subclause (A) above, (1) the Borrower shall
be in pro forma compliance with the financial covenants set
forth in Section 7.9 for the fiscal quarter in which such
reduction and payments are made and (2) no Default or Event of Default shall exist or result there from (unless this requirement is waived by the Majority Lenders); |
|
(C) |
|
the stated dollar commitment of
any other Lender is not increased thereby without such Lenders
consent; and |
|
(iii) |
|
if such Affected Lender is a Defaulting Lender
and such Defaulting Lender holds no share of the Revolving Credit
Aggregate Commitment, or with respect to which the Borrower has elected
to reduce the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment of such Defaulting
Lender by such Defaulting Lenders Revolving Credit Percentage in
accordance with the foregoing provisions of clause (ii) the Borrower
may repay all amounts owing to such Lender in connection with the Term
Loan, provided that (A) the Majority Lenders have consented to such
payment in writing, |
112
|
|
|
(B) after giving effect to any reduction of the
Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment or payments on the Revolving
Credit under clause (ii) above and payments on the Term Loan under this
clause (iii), (x) the Borrower shall be in pro forma compliance with the
financial covenants set forth in Section 7.9 for the fiscal quarter in
which such reduction and payments are made and (y) no Default or Event of Default
shall exist or result there from (unless this requirement is waived by the Majority Lenders), and (C) the stated dollar
commitment of any other Lender is not increased thereby without such
Lenders consent. |
13.13 Withholding Taxes. If any Lender is not a united states person within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of
the Internal Revenue Code, such Lender shall promptly (but in any event prior to the initial
payment of interest hereunder or prior to its accepting any assignment under Section 13.8 hereof,
as applicable) deliver to the Agent two original executed copies of (i) Internal Revenue Service
Form W-8BEN or any successor form specifying the applicable tax treaty between the United States
and the jurisdiction of such Lenders domicile which provides for the exemption from withholding on
interest payments to such Lender, (ii) Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI or any successor form
evidencing that the income to be received by such Lender hereunder is effectively connected with
the conduct of a trade or business in the United States or (iii) other evidence satisfactory to the
Agent that such Lender is exempt from United States income tax withholding with respect to such
income; provided, however, that such Lender shall not be required to deliver to Agent the aforesaid
forms or other evidence with respect to Advances to Borrower, if such Lender has assigned its
entire interest hereunder (including its Revolving Credit Commitment Amount, any outstanding
Advances hereunder and participations in Letters
of Credit issued hereunder and any Notes issued to it by Borrower), to an Affiliate which is
incorporated under the laws of the United States or a state thereof, and so notifies the Agent.
Such Lender shall amend or supplement any such form or evidence as required to insure that it is
accurate, complete and non-misleading at all times. Promptly upon notice from the Agent of any
determination by the Internal Revenue Service that any payments previously made to such Lender
hereunder were subject to United States income tax withholding when made, such Lender shall pay to
the Agent the excess of the aggregate amount required to be withheld from such payments over the
aggregate amount actually withheld by the Agent. In addition, from time to time upon the reasonable
request and the sole expense of Borrower, each Lender and the Agent shall (to the extent it is able
to do so based upon applicable facts and circumstances), complete and provide Borrower with such
forms, certificates or other documents as may be reasonably necessary to allow Borrower, as
applicable, to make any payment under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents without any
withholding for or on the account of any tax under Section 10.1(d) hereof (or with such withholding
at a reduced rate), provided that the execution and delivery of such forms, certificates or other
documents does not adversely affect or otherwise restrict the rights and benefits (including
without limitation economic benefits) available to such Lender or the Agent, as the case may be,
under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, or under or in connection with any
transactions not related to the transactions contemplated hereby.
13.14 Taxes and Fees. Should any tax (other than as a result of a Lenders failure to comply with Section 13.13
or a tax based upon the net income or capitalization of any Lender or
113
the Agent by any jurisdiction
where a Lender or the Agent is or has been located), or recording or filing fee become payable in
respect of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any amendment, modification or
supplement hereof or thereof, Borrower agrees to pay the same, together with any interest or
penalties thereon arising from Borrowers actions or omissions, and
agrees to hold the Agent and
the Lenders harmless with respect thereto provided, however, that Borrower shall not be responsible
for any such interest or penalties which were incurred prior to the date that notice is given to
the Credit Parties of such tax or fees. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in this
Section 13.14 shall affect or reduce the rights of any Lender or the Agent under Section 11.5
hereof.
13.15 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. THE LENDERS, THE AGENT AND THE BORROWER KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE ANY
RIGHT ANY OF THEM MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS
AGREEMENT OR ANY RELATED INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS
AGREEMENT OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTION OF ANY
OF THEM. NEITHER THE LENDERS, THE AGENT NOR THE BORROWER SHALL SEEK TO CONSOLIDATE, BY COUNTERCLAIM
OR OTHERWISE, ANY SUCH ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL HAS BEEN WAIVED WITH ANY OTHER ACTION IN WHICH
A JURY TRIAL CANNOT BE OR HAS NOT BEEN WAIVED. THESE PROVISIONS SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN
MODIFIED IN ANY RESPECT
OR RELINQUISHED BY THE LENDERS AND THE AGENT OR THE BORROWER EXCEPT BY A WRITTEN INSTRUMENT
EXECUTED BY ALL OF THEM.
(a) In the event that the jury trial waiver contained in this Section 13.15 is not
enforceable, the parties elect to proceed as follows:
(b) With the exception of the items specified in clause (c), below, any controversy, dispute
or claim (each, a Claim) between the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any
other Loan Document will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California in accordance with the
provisions of Section 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure (CCP), or their
successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim,
including whether the Claim is subject to the reference proceeding. Except as otherwise provided
in the Agreement, venue for the reference proceeding will be in the state or federal court in the
county or district where venue is otherwise appropriate under applicable law (the Court).
(c) The matters that shall not be subject to a reference are the following: (i) non-judicial
foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (ii) exercise of self-help
remedies (including, without limitation, set-off), (iii) appointment of a receiver and (iv)
temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including, without limitation, writs of attachment,
writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). This Section does
not limit the right of any party to exercise or oppose any of the rights and remedies described in
clauses (i) and (ii) or to seek or oppose from a court of competent jurisdiction any of the items
described in clauses (iii) and (iv). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of those items does
not waive the right of any party to a reference pursuant to this Section.
114
(d) The referee shall be a retired judge or justice selected by mutual written agreement of
the parties. If the parties do not agree within ten (10) days of a written request to do so by any
party, then, upon request of any party, the referee shall be selected
by the Presiding Judge of the
Court (or his or her representative). A request for appointment of a referee may be heard on an ex
parte or expedited basis, and the parties agree that irreparable harm would result if ex parte
relief is not granted. Pursuant to CCP § 170.6, each party shall have one peremptory challenge to
the referee selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative).
(e) The parties agree that time is of the essence in conducting the reference proceedings.
Accordingly, the referee shall be requested, subject to change in the time periods specified herein
for good cause shown, to (a) set the matter for a status and trial-setting conference within
fifteen (15) days after the date of selection of the referee, (b) if practicable, try all issues of
law or fact within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the conference and (c) report a
statement of decision within twenty (20) days after the matter has been submitted for decision.
(f) The referee will have power to expand or limit the amount and duration of discovery. The
referee may set or extend discovery deadlines or cutoffs for good cause, including a partys
failure to provide requested discovery for any reason whatsoever. Unless otherwise ordered, no
party shall be entitled to priority in conducting discovery, depositions
may be taken by either party upon seven (7) days written notice, and all other discovery shall
be responded to within fifteen (15) days after service. All disputes relating to discovery which
cannot be resolved by the parties shall be submitted to the referee whose decision shall be final
and binding.
(g) Except as expressly set forth in this Section, the referee shall determine the manner in
which the reference proceeding is conducted including the time and place of hearings, the order of
presentation of evidence, and all other questions that arise with respect to the course of the
reference proceeding. All proceedings and hearings conducted before the referee, except for trial,
shall be conducted without a court reporter, except that when any party so requests, a court
reporter will be used at any hearing conducted before the referee, and the referee will be provided
a courtesy copy of the transcript. The party making such a request shall have the obligation to
arrange for and pay the court reporter. Subject to the referees power to award costs to the
prevailing party, the parties will equally share the cost of the referee and the court reporter at
trial.
(h) The referee shall be required to determine all issues in accordance with existing case law
and the statutory laws of the State of California. The rules of evidence applicable to proceedings
at law in the State of California will be applicable to the reference proceeding. The referee
shall be empowered to enter equitable as well as legal relief, enter equitable orders that will be
binding on the parties and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a trial, including
without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a
decision at the close of the reference proceeding which disposes of all claims of the parties that
are the subject of the reference. Pursuant to CCP § 644, such decision shall be entered by the
Court as a judgment or an order in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the Court and
any such decision will be final, binding and conclusive. The parties reserve the
115
right to appeal
from the final judgment or order or from any appealable decision or order entered by the referee.
The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of
laws, a written statement of
decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial, if
granted, is also to be a reference proceeding under this provision.
(i) If the enabling legislation which provides for appointment of a referee is repealed (and
no successor statute is enacted), any dispute between the parties that would otherwise be
determined by reference procedure will be resolved and determined by arbitration. The arbitration
will be conducted by a retired judge or Justice, in accordance with the California Arbitration Act
§1280 through §1294.2 of the CCP as amended from time to time. The limitations with respect to
discovery set forth above shall apply to any such arbitration proceeding.
THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE AND AGREE THAT ALL DISPUTES RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE
DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT BY A JURY. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO
CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF THEIR OWN CHOICE, EACH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL
BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, AGREES THAT THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL APPLY TO ANY CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE
OR CLAIM BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM WHICH ARISES OUT OF OR IS RELATED TO THE AGREEMENT.
13.16 USA Patriot Act Notice. Pursuant to Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act, the Agent and the Lenders hereby notify
the Credit Parties that if they or any of their Subsidiaries open an account, including any loan,
deposit account, treasury management account, or other extension of credit with Agent or any
Lender, the Agent or the applicable Lender will request the applicable Persons name, tax
identification number, business address and other information necessary to identify such Person
(and may request such Persons organizational documents or other identifying documents) to the
extent necessary for the Agent and the applicable Lender to comply with the USA Patriot Act.
13.17 Complete Agreement; Conflicts. This Agreement, the Notes (if issued), any Requests for Revolving Credit Advance, Requests
for Swing Line Advance and Term Loan Rate Requests, and the Loan Documents contain the entire
agreement of the parties hereto, superseding all prior agreements, discussions and understandings
relating to the subject matter hereof, and none of the parties shall be bound by anything not
expressed in writing. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents, this Agreement shall govern.
13.18 Severability. In case any one or more of the obligations of the Credit Parties under this Agreement, the
Notes or any of the other Loan Documents shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any
jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining obligations of the Credit
Parties shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and such invalidity, illegality or
unenforceability in one jurisdiction shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of
the obligations of the Credit Parties under this Agreement, the Notes or any of the other Loan
Documents in any other jurisdiction.
116
13.19 Table of Contents and Headings; Section References. The table of contents and the headings of the various subdivisions hereof are for
convenience of reference only and shall in no way modify or affect any of the terms or provisions
hereof and references herein to sections, subsections, clauses, paragraphs,
subparagraphs, exhibits and schedules shall be to sections, subsections, clauses, paragraphs,
subparagraphs, exhibits and schedules, respectively, of this Agreement unless otherwise
specifically provided herein or unless the context otherwise clearly indicates.
13.20 Construction of Certain Provisions. If any provision of this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents refers to any action to be
taken by any Person, or which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be
applicable whether such action is taken directly or indirectly by such Person, whether or not
expressly specified in such provision.
13.21 Independence of Covenants. Each covenant hereunder shall be given independent effect (subject to any exceptions stated
in such covenant) so that if a particular action or condition is not permitted by any such covenant
(taking into account any such stated exception), the fact that it would be permitted by an
exception to, or would be otherwise within the limitations of, another covenant shall not avoid the
occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default.
13.22 Electronic Transmissions.
|
(a) |
|
Each of the Agent, the Credit Parties, the Lenders, and each of
their Affiliates is authorized (but not required) to transmit, post or
otherwise make or communicate, in its sole discretion, Electronic Transmissions
in connection with any Loan Document and the transactions contemplated therein.
The Borrower and each other Credit Party hereby acknowledges and agrees that
the use of Electronic Transmissions is not necessarily secure and that there
are risks associated with such use, including risks of interception, disclosure
and abuse and each indicates it assumes and accepts such risks by hereby
authorizing the transmission of Electronic Transmissions. |
|
|
(b) |
|
All uses of an E-System shall be governed by and subject to, in
addition to Section 13.6 and this Section 13.22, separate terms and conditions
posted or referenced in such E-System and related contractual obligations
executed by the Agent, the Credit Parties and the Lenders in connection with
the use of such E-System. |
|
|
(c) |
|
All E-Systems and Electronic Transmissions shall be provided
as is and as available. None of the Agent or any of its Affiliates
warrants the accuracy, adequacy or completeness of any E-Systems or Electronic
Transmission, and each disclaims all liability for errors or omissions therein.
No warranty of any kind is made by the Agent or any of its Affiliates in
connection with any E Systems or Electronic Transmission, including any
warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement
of third-party rights or freedom from viruses or other |
117
|
|
|
code defects. The
Agent, the Credit Parties and the Lenders agree that the Agent has no
responsibility for maintaining or providing any equipment, software, services
or any testing required in connection with any Electronic Transmission or
otherwise required for any E-System. |
13.23 Advertisements. The Agent and the Lenders may disclose the names of the Credit Parties and the existence of
the Indebtedness in general advertisements and trade publications.
13.24 Reliance on and Survival of Provisions. All terms, covenants, agreements, representations and warranties of the Credit Parties to
any of the Loan Documents made herein or in any of the Loan Documents or in any certificate,
report, financial statement or other document furnished by or on behalf of any Credit Party in
connection with this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents shall be deemed to have been relied
upon by the Lenders, notwithstanding any investigation heretofore or hereafter made by any Lender
or on such Lenders behalf, and those covenants and agreements of the Borrower set forth in Section
13.5 hereof (together with any other indemnities of any Credit Party contained elsewhere in this
Agreement or in any of the other Loan Documents) and of Lenders set forth in Section 12.7 hereof
shall survive the repayment in full of the Indebtedness and the termination of any commitment to
extend credit.
13.25 Amendment and Restatement; Assignment and Assumptions. Except as otherwise set forth herein, this Agreement is intended to and does, effective on
the Effective Date, completely amend and restate, without novation, the Prior Credit Agreement.
13.26 Individual Employee Liability to Lenders. The parties acknowledge that, from time to time, employees of Borrower may be required to
execute and deliver, in their capacity as an officer, director or employee of Borrower, certain
certificates to Agent and Lenders in relation to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement (Certificates). Agent and Lenders shall have no cause of action against any
individual employee of Borrower based on any inaccuracy in any Certificate executed by or delivered
to Agent and Lenders by such employee provided the employee does not knowingly provide false or
misleading Certificates, and has acted in good faith.
[Signatures Follow On Succeeding Page]
118
WITNESS the due execution hereof as of the day and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
COMERICA BANK, |
|
as Administrative Agent |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Philip Koblis |
|
Its: |
|
SVP |
|
COMERICA BANK,
as a Lender, as Issuing Lender
and as Swing Line Lender
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Philip Koblis |
|
Its: |
|
SVP |
|
|
|
|
|
|
QUINSTREET, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Douglas J. Valenti |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
Douglas J. Valenti, CEO |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CREDIT SUISSE AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as a Lender
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Bill ODaly |
|
|
Its: |
|
Bill ODaly, Director |
|
|
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as a Lender
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Illegible |
|
|
Its: |
|
Senior Vice President |
|
|
UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA,
as a Lender
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Illegible |
|
|
Its: |
|
Senior Vice President |
|
|
J.P.MORGAN CHASE, N.A.,
as a Lender
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ John G. Kowalczuk |
|
|
Its: |
|
John G. Kowalczuk, Executive Director |
|
|
Schedule 1.1
Applicable Margin Grid
Revolving Credit and Term Loan Facility
(basis points per annum)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basis for Pricing |
|
Level I |
|
Level II |
|
Level III |
|
Level IV |
Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio* |
|
<0.75 to 1.0 |
|
³0.75 to 1.0
|
|
³1.5 to 1.0
|
|
³2.25 to 1.0 |
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<1.5 to 1.0 |
|
<2.25 to 1.0 |
|
|
Revolving Credit Eurodollar
Margin |
|
212.5 |
|
237.5 |
|
262.5 |
|
287.5 |
Revolving Credit Base Rate
Margin |
|
100.00 |
|
100.0 |
|
125.0 |
|
150.0 |
Revolving Credit Facility Fee |
|
37.50 |
|
37.50 |
|
37.50 |
|
37.50 |
Letter of Credit Fees
(exclusive of facing fees) |
|
212.5 |
|
237.5 |
|
262.5 |
|
287.5 |
Term Loan Eurodollar Margin |
|
250.0 |
|
275.0 |
|
300.0 |
|
325.0 |
Term Loan Base Rate Margin |
|
100.00 |
|
100.0 |
|
125.0 |
|
150.0 |
|
|
|
* |
|
Definitions as set forth in the Credit Agreement. |
Schedule 1.2
Percentages and Allocations
Revolving Credit and Term Loan Facilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REVOLVING |
|
REVOLVING |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CREDIT |
|
CREDIT |
|
TERM LOAN |
|
TERM LOAN |
|
WEIGHTED |
|
TOTAL |
LENDERS |
|
PERCENTAGE |
|
ALLOCATIONS |
|
PERCENTAGE |
|
ALLOCATIONS |
|
PERCENTAGE |
|
ALLOCATION |
Comerica Bank |
|
|
25.7142857 |
% |
|
$ |
36,000,000 |
|
|
|
25.7142857 |
% |
|
$ |
9,000,000 |
|
|
|
25.7142857 |
% |
|
$ |
45,000,000 |
|
Union Bank of
California |
|
|
20.0000000 |
% |
|
$ |
28,000,000 |
|
|
|
20.0000000 |
% |
|
$ |
7,000,000 |
|
|
|
20.0000000 |
% |
|
$ |
35,000,000 |
|
Bank of America |
|
|
22.8571429 |
% |
|
$ |
32,000,000 |
|
|
|
22.8571429 |
% |
|
$ |
8,000,000 |
|
|
|
22.8571429 |
% |
|
$ |
40,000,000 |
|
Credit Suisse |
|
|
17.1428571 |
% |
|
$ |
24,000,000 |
|
|
|
17.1428571 |
% |
|
$ |
6,000,000 |
|
|
|
17.1428571 |
% |
|
$ |
30,000,000 |
|
J.P. Morgan Chase |
|
|
14.2857143 |
% |
|
$ |
20,000,000 |
|
|
|
14.32857143 |
% |
|
$ |
5,000,000 |
|
|
|
14.32857143 |
% |
|
$ |
25,000,000 |
|
TOTALS |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
$ |
140,000,000 |
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
$ |
35,000,000 |
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
$ |
175,000,000 |
|
SCHEDULE 5.1(c)
|
|
|
Quinstreet, Inc.
|
|
Delaware |
|
|
|
Quinstreet Properties, Inc.
|
|
California |
|
|
|
Quinstreet LLC
|
|
Illinois |
|
|
|
Quinstreet Media, Inc.
|
|
Nevada |
|
|
|
Cyberspace Communications Corporation
|
|
Oklahoma |
|
|
|
Reliableremodeler.com, Inc.
|
|
Delaware |
|
|
|
HQ Publications LLC
|
|
Illinois |
EXHIBIT A
FORM OF REQUEST FOR REVOLVING CREDIT ADVANCE
TO: |
|
Comerica Bank (Agent) |
|
RE: |
|
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement (Agreement) is made as of the 13th day of
January, 2010, (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the Credit Agreement) by and among the
financial institutions from time to time signatory thereto (individually a Lender, and any and all such financial
institutions collectively the Lenders), Comerica Bank, as Administrative Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the
Agent) and QuinStreet, Inc. (Borrower). |
Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, Borrower hereby requests an
Advance from Lenders, as described herein:
(B) |
|
o (check if applicable) |
|
|
|
This Advance is or includes a whole or partial refunding/conversion of: |
|
|
|
Advance No(s). |
|
(C) |
|
Type of Advance (check only one): |
|
|
|
o Base Rate Advance |
|
|
|
o Eurodollar-based Advance |
|
(D) |
|
Amount of Advance: |
|
|
|
$ |
|
(E) |
|
Interest Period (applicable to Eurodollar-based Advances) |
|
|
|
months |
|
(F) |
|
Disbursement Instructions |
|
|
|
o Comerica Bank Account No. |
|
|
|
o Other: |
|
|
|
|
Borrower certifies to the matters specified in Section 2.3(f) of the Credit Agreement.
Capitalized terms used herein, except as defined to the contrary, have the meanings given them
in the Credit Agreement.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QUINSTREET, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Agent Approval:
2
EXHIBIT B
FORM OF REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE
On or before the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, FOR VALUE RECEIVED, QuinStreet, Inc.
(Borrower) promises to pay to the order of [insert name of applicable financial institution]
(Payee) at San Jose, California, care of Agent, in lawful money of the United States of America,
so much of the sum of [Insert Amount derived from Percentages] Dollars ($______), as may
from time to time have been advanced by Payee and then be outstanding hereunder pursuant to the
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement (Agreement) is made as of the
13th day of January, 2010, by and among the financial institutions from time to time
signatory thereto (individually a Lender, and any and all such financial institutions
collectively the Lenders), Comerica Bank, as Administrative Agent for the Lenders (in such
capacity, the Agent), and Borrower. Each of the Revolving Credit Advances made hereunder shall
bear interest at the Applicable Interest Rate from time to time applicable thereto under the Credit
Agreement or as otherwise determined thereunder, and interest shall be computed, assessed and
payable on the unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Credit Advance made by the Payee from the
date of such Revolving Credit Advance until paid at the rate and at the times set forth in the
Credit Agreement.
This Note is a note under which Revolving Credit Advances (including refundings and
conversions), repayments and readvances may be made from time to time, but only in accordance with
the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement. This Note evidences borrowings under, is subject
to, is secured in accordance with, and may be accelerated or matured under, the terms of the Credit
Agreement, to which reference is hereby made. Capitalized terms used herein, except as defined to
the contrary, shall have the meanings given them in the Credit Agreement.
This Note shall be interpreted and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be determined
under the laws of, and enforceable in, the State of California.
The Borrower hereby waives presentment for payment, demand, protest and notice of dishonor and
nonpayment of this Note and agrees that no obligation hereunder shall be discharged by reason of
any extension, indulgence, release, or forbearance granted by any holder of this Note to any party
now or hereafter liable hereon or any present or subsequent owner of any property, real or
personal, which is now or hereafter security for this Note.
*
* *
[SIGNATURES FOLLOW ON SUCCEEDING PAGE]
Nothing herein shall limit any right granted Payee by any other instrument or by law.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QUINSTREET, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
EXHIBIT C
FORM OF SWING LINE NOTE
On or before the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, FOR VALUE RECEIVED, QuinStreet, Inc.
(Borrower) promises to pay to the order of Comerica Bank (Swing Line Lender) at San Jose,
California in lawful money of the United States of America, so much of the sum of [Insert
Amount derived from Percentages] Dollars ($ ), as may from time to time have been
advanced to the Borrower by the Swing Line Lender and then be outstanding hereunder pursuant to the
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement (Agreement) is made as of the
13th day of January, 2010, by and among the financial institutions from time to time
signatory thereto (individually a Lender, and any and all such financial institutions
collectively the Lenders), Comerica Bank, as Administrative Agent for the Lenders (in such
capacity, the Agent), and Borrower, together with interest thereon as hereinafter set forth.
Each of the Swing Line Advances made hereunder shall bear interest at the Applicable Interest
Rate from time to time applicable thereto under the Credit Agreement or as otherwise determined
thereunder, and interest shall be computed, assessed and payable on the unpaid principal amount of
each Swing Line Advance made by the Swing Line Lender from the date of such Swing Line Advance
until paid at the rates and at the times set forth in the Credit Agreement.
This Note is a Swing Line Note under which Swing Line Advances (including refundings and
conversions), repayments and readvances may be made from time to time by the Swing Line Lender, but
only in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement (including any applicable
sublimits). This Note evidences borrowings under, is subject to, is secured in accordance with,
and may be accelerated or matured under, the terms of the Credit Agreement to which reference is
hereby made. Capitalized terms used herein, except as defined to the contrary, shall have the
meanings given them in the Credit Agreement.
This Note shall be interpreted and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be determined
under the laws of, and enforceable in, the State of California.
The Borrower hereby waives presentment for payment, demand, protest and notice of dishonor and
nonpayment of this Note and agrees that no obligation hereunder shall be discharged by reason of
any extension, indulgence, release, or forbearance granted by any holder of this Note to any party
now or hereafter liable hereon or any present or subsequent owner of any property, real or
personal, which is now or hereafter security for this Note.
* * *
[SIGNATURES FOLLOW ON SUCCEEDING PAGE]
Nothing herein shall limit any right granted Swing Line Lender by any other instrument or by
law.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QUINSTREET, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
EXHIBIT D
FORM OF REQUEST FOR SWING LINE ADVANCE
|
|
|
TO:
|
|
Comerica Bank (Swing Line Lender) |
|
|
|
RE:
|
|
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan
Agreement (Agreement) is made as of the
13th day of January, 2010, (as amended,
restated or otherwise modified from time to time,
the Credit Agreement) by and among the financial
institutions from time to time signatory thereto
(individually a Lender, and any and all such
financial institutions collectively the Lenders),
Comerica Bank, as Administrative Agent for the
Lenders (in such capacity, the Agent) and
QuinStreet, Inc. (Borrower). |
Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, Borrower hereby requests an
Advance from the Swing Line Lender, as described herein:
|
|
|
(A)
|
|
Date of Advance:
|
|
|
|
(B)
|
|
o (check if applicable) |
|
|
|
|
|
This Advance is or includes a whole or partial refunding/conversion of: |
|
|
|
|
|
Advance No(s).
|
|
|
|
(C)
|
|
Type of Advance (check only one): |
|
|
|
|
|
o Base Rate Advance |
|
|
|
o Quoted Rate Advance |
|
|
|
(D)
|
|
Amount of Advance: |
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
(E)
|
|
Interest Period (applicable to Quoted Rate Advances) |
|
|
|
|
|
months |
|
|
|
(F)
|
|
Disbursement Instructions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
o Comerica Bank Account No. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
o Other: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrower certifies to the matters specified in Section 2.5(c)(vi) of the Credit Agreement.
Capitalized terms used herein, except as defined to the contrary, have the meanings given them
in the Credit Agreement.
|
|
|
|
|
|
QUINSTREET, INC.
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
2
EXHIBIT E
FORM OF NOTICE OF ISSUANCE OF LETTER OF CREDIT
|
|
|
TO:
|
|
Lenders |
|
|
|
RE:
|
|
Issuance of Letter of Credit pursuant to Article 3 of the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement (Agreement) is made as of the
13th day of January, 2010, (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the Credit Agreement) by and among the financial
institutions from time to time signatory thereto (individually a Lender, and any and all such financial institutions collectively the Lenders), Comerica
Bank, as Administrative Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the Agent) and QuinStreet, Inc. (Borrower). |
|
|
|
|
|
On
, 20___,1 Agent, in accordance with Article 3 of the
Credit Agreement, issued its Letter of Credit number
, in favor of
2 for the account
of
.3 The face amount of such Letter of Credit is $
. The amount
of each Lenders participation in such Letter of Credit is as follows:4 |
|
|
|
|
|
[Lender] |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Lender] |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Lender] |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Lender] |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This notification is delivered this day of , 20___, pursuant to Section 3.3
of the Credit Agreement. Except as otherwise defined, capitalized terms used herein have the
meanings given them in the Credit Agreement.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signed:
COMERICA BANK, as Agent
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
Date of Issuance |
|
2 |
|
Beneficiary |
|
3 |
|
Name of applicable Borrower |
|
4 |
|
Amounts based on Percentages |
[This form of Letter of Credit Notice (including footnotes) is subject in
all respects to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement which shall
govern in the event of any inconsistencies or omissions.]
EXHIBIT F
FORM OF SECURITY AGREEMENT
Filed as separate exhibit.
EXHIBIT H
FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT
Date:
|
|
|
Re: |
|
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement
(Agreement) is made as of the 13th day of January, 2010,
(as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the
Credit Agreement) by and among the financial institutions from time
to time signatory thereto (individually a Lender, and any and all
such financial institutions collectively the Lenders), Comerica
Bank, as Administrative Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the
Agent) and QuinStreet, Inc. (Borrower). |
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Reference is made to Section 13.8 of the Credit Agreement. Unless otherwise defined herein or
the context otherwise requires, all initially capitalized terms used herein without definition
shall have the meanings specified in the Credit Agreement.
This Agreement constitutes notice to each of you of the proposed assignment and delegation by
[insert name of assignor] (the Assignor) to [insert name of assignee] (the
Assignee), and, subject to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, the Assignor hereby
sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby purchases and assumes from the Assignor,
effective on the Effective Date (as hereafter defined) that undivided interest in each of
Assignors rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents in the
amounts as set forth on the attached Schedule 1, such that, after giving effect to the foregoing
assignment and assumption, and the concurrent assignment by Assignor to Assignee on the date
hereof, the Assignees interest in the Revolving Credit (and participations in any outstanding
Letters of Credit and Swing Line Advances) and the Term Loan shall be as set forth in the attached
Schedule 2 with respect to the Assignee.
The Assignor hereby instructs the Agent to make all payments from and including the Effective
Date hereof in respect of the interest assigned hereby, directly to the Assignee. The Assignor and
the Assignee agree that all interest and fees accrued up to, but not including, the Effective Date
of the assignment and delegation being made hereby are the property of the Assignor, and not the
Assignee. The Assignee agrees that, upon receipt of any such interest or fees accrued up to the
Effective Date, the Assignee will promptly remit the same to the Assignor.
The Assignee hereby confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement and the
exhibits and schedules referred to therein, and all other Loan Documents which it considers
necessary, together with copies of the other documents which were required to be delivered under
the Credit Agreement as a condition to the making of the loans thereunder. The Assignee
acknowledges and agrees that it: (a) has made and will continue to make such inquiries and has
taken and will take such care on its own behalf as would have been the case had its Percentage been
granted and its loans been made directly by such Assignee to the Borrower without the intervention
of the Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender; and (b) has made and will continue to make,
independently and without reliance upon the Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on
such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, its own credit analysis and decisions
relating to the Credit Agreement. The Assignee further acknowledges and agrees that neither the
Agent, nor the Assignor has made any representations or warranties about the creditworthiness of
the Borrower or any other party to the Credit Agreement or any other of the Loan Documents, or with
respect to the legality, validity, sufficiency or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, or any
other of the Loan Documents. This assignment shall be made without recourse to or warranty by the
Assignor, except as set forth herein.
Assignee represents and warrants that it is a Person to which assignments are permitted
pursuant to Section 13.8 of the Credit Agreement.
Except as otherwise provided in the Credit Agreement, effective as of the Effective Date:
|
(a) |
|
the Assignee: (i) shall be deemed automatically to have become a party to the
Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, to have assumed all of the Assignors
obligations thereunder to the extent of the Assignees percentage referred to in the
second paragraph of this Assignment Agreement, and to have all the rights and
obligations of a party to the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as if it
were an original signatory thereto to the extent specified in the second paragraph
hereof; and (ii) agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit
Agreement and the other Loan Documents as if it were an original signatory thereto; and |
|
(b) |
|
the Assignors obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan
Documents shall be reduced by the Percentage referred to in the second paragraph of
this Assignment Agreement. |
As used herein, the term Effective Date means the date on which all of the following have
occurred or have been completed, as reasonably determined by the Agent:
|
(1) |
|
the delivery to the Agent of an original of this Assignment Agreement executed
by the Assignor and the Assignee; |
|
(2) |
|
the payment to the Agent, of all accrued fees, expenses and other items for
which reimbursement is then owing under the Credit Agreement; |
|
(3) |
|
the payment to the Agent of the processing fee referred to in Section
13.8(d)(1) of the Credit Agreement; and |
2
|
(4) |
|
all other restrictions and items noted in Section 13.8 of the Credit Agreement
have been completed. |
The Agent shall notify the Assignor and the Assignee, along with Borrower, of the Effective Date.
The Assignee hereby advises each of you of the following administrative details with respect
to the assigned loans:
|
(A) |
|
Address for Notices: |
|
|
|
|
Institution Name: |
|
|
|
|
Address: |
|
|
|
|
Attention: |
|
|
|
|
Telephone: |
|
|
|
|
Facsimile: |
|
|
(B) |
|
Payment Instructions: |
|
|
(C) |
|
Proposed effective date of assignment. |
The Assignee has delivered to the Agent (or is delivering to the Agent concurrently herewith)
the tax forms referred to in Section 13.13 of the Credit Agreement to the extent required
thereunder, and other forms reasonably requested by the Agent. The Assignor has delivered to the
Agent (or shall promptly deliver to Agent following the execution hereof), the original of each
Note held by the Assignor under the Credit Agreement.
The laws of the State of California shall govern the validity, interpretation and enforcement
of this Agreement.
* * *
Signatures Follow on Succeeding Pages
3
Please evidence your consent to and acceptance of the proposed assignment and delegation set
forth herein by signing and returning counterparts hereof to the Assignor and the Assignee.
4
ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT ACCEPTED AND CONSENTED TO
this ______ day of ______, 20 ______ BY:
|
|
|
|
|
COMERICA BANK, as Agent |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QUINSTREET, INC.* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*Borrowers consent will be required except as specified in Section 13.8 of the Credit Agreement.]
[This form of Assignment Agreement (including footnotes) is subject in all respects to the terms
and conditions of the Credit Agreement which shall govern in the event of any inconsistencies or
omissions.]
5
EXHIBIT I
FORM OF GUARANTY
GUARANTY
This GUARANTY is made as of September 29, 2008 and is effective as of the Effective Date by
the undersigned guarantors (each a Guarantor and any and all collectively, the
Guarantors) to Comerica Bank, as the Agent (Agent) for and on behalf of the
Lenders (as defined below).
R E C I T A L S:
2. QuinStreet, Inc. (Borrower) has entered into that certain Revolving Credit and
Term Loan Agreement dated as of September 29, 2008 (as amended, supplemented, amended and restated
or otherwise modified from time to time the Credit Agreement) with each of the financial
institutions party thereto (collectively, including their respective successors and assigns, the
Lenders) and the Agent pursuant to which the Lenders have agreed, subject to the
satisfaction of certain terms and conditions, to extend or to continue to extend financial
accommodations to the Borrower, as provided therein.
3. As a condition to entering into and performing their respective obligations under the
Credit Agreement, the Lenders and the Agent have required that each of the Guarantors provide to
the Agent, for and on behalf of the Lenders, this Guaranty.
4. Each of the Guarantors desires to see the success of the Borrower and furthermore, each of
the Guarantors shall receive direct and/or indirect benefits from extensions of credit made or to
be made pursuant to the Credit Agreement to the Borrower.
5. The business operations of the Borrower and the Guarantors are interrelated and complement
one another, and such entities have a common business purpose; and (i) to permit their
uninterrupted and continuous operations, such entities now require and will from time to time
hereafter require funds and credit accommodations for general business purposes and (ii) the
proceeds of advances under the credit facilities extended under the Credit Agreement will directly
or indirectly benefit the Borrowers and the Guarantors hereunder, severally and jointly.
6. The Agent is acting as agent for the Lenders pursuant to Section 12 of the Credit
Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, to induce each of the Lenders to enter into and perform its obligations under
the Credit Agreement, each of the Guarantors has executed and delivered this guaranty (as amended
and otherwise modified from time to time, the Guaranty).
(a) Definitions. Unless otherwise provided herein, all capitalized terms in this
Guaranty shall have the meanings specified in the Credit Agreement. The term Lenders as
used herein shall include any successors or assigns of the Lenders in accordance with the Credit
Agreement. In addition, the following term shall have the following meaning:
2
Guaranteed Obligations shall mean, collectively, all indebtedness,
liabilities and obligations of the Borrower to the Lenders of every kind, nature or
description under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, including,
without limitation, principal, interest (including interest accruing on or after the
filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency,
reorganization or like proceeding by or against Borrower, whether or not a claim for
post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such a proceeding and including,
without limitation, interest at the highest allowable per annum rate specified in
any document, instrument or agreement applicable to any of the indebtedness),
reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, and reasonable costs and expenses
(including without limitation, all reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to
the Agent or any Lender) or otherwise, and any liabilities of any Credit Party to
Agent or any Lender arising in connection with any Lender Products and payment
obligations of any Credit Party to Agent or any Lender arising under Hedging
Transactions evidenced by Hedging Agreements, and any and all other liabilities and
obligations, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now
existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with
the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, whether such indebtedness is now
existing or hereafter arising.
(b) Guaranty. Each of the Guarantors, hereby, jointly and severally, guarantees to the
Lenders the due and punctual payment to the Lenders when due, whether by acceleration or otherwise,
of the Guaranteed Obligations. Each of such Guarantors further jointly and severally agree to pay
any and all expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees), that may be paid or incurred by the
Agent or any Lender in enforcing or preserving rights with respect to or collecting any or all of
the Guaranteed Obligations and/or enforcing any rights with respect to, or collecting against the
Guarantors under this Guaranty.
(c) Unconditional Character of Guaranty. The obligations of each of the Guarantors
under this Guaranty shall be absolute and unconditional, and shall be a guaranty of payment and not
of collection, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement
or any of the other Loan Documents, or any provision thereof, the absence of any action to enforce
the same, any waiver or consent with respect to or any amendment of any provision thereof (provided
that any amendment of this Guaranty shall be in accordance with the terms hereof), the recovery of
any judgment against any Person or action to enforce the same, any failure or delay in the
enforcement of the obligations of the Borrower under the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan
Documents, or any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, limitation, defense or termination whether with
or without notice to the Guarantors. Each of the Guarantors hereby waives diligence, demand for
payment, filing of claims with any court, any proceeding to enforce any provision of the Credit
Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, any right to require a proceeding first against
Borrower or against any other Guarantor or other Person providing collateral, or to exhaust any
security for the performance of the obligations of the Borrower, any protest, presentment, notice
or demand whatsoever, and each Guarantor hereby covenants that this Guaranty shall not be
terminated, discharged or released until, subject to Section 16 hereof, final payment in full of
all of the Guaranteed Obligations due and to become due from the Borrower, no Letters of Credit
shall be outstanding and the termination of any and all commitments to extend credit (whether
optional or obligatory)
3
under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, and only to the extent of any such
payment, performance and discharge. Each Guarantor hereby further covenants that no security now
or subsequently held by the Agent or the Lenders for the payment of the Guaranteed Obligations
(including, without limitation, any security for any of the foregoing), whether in the nature of a
security interest, pledge, lien, assignment, setoff, suretyship, guaranty, indemnity, insurance or
otherwise, and no act, omission or other conduct of the Agent or the Lenders in respect of such
security, shall affect in any manner whatsoever the unconditional obligations of this Guaranty,
and that the Agent and each of the Lenders in their respective sole discretion and without notice
to any of the Guarantors, may release, exchange, enforce, apply the proceeds of and otherwise deal
with any such security without affecting in any manner the unconditional obligations of this
Guaranty.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of the Guarantors under this
Guaranty, and the rights of the Agent to enforce the same, on behalf of the Lenders by proceedings,
whether by action at law, suit in equity or otherwise, shall not be in any way affected to the
extent permitted by applicable law, by (i) any insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization,
readjustment, composition, dissolution, winding up or other proceeding involving or affecting
Borrower, any or all of the Guarantors or any other Person or any of their respective Affiliates
including any discharge of, or bar or stay against collecting, all or any of the Guaranteed
Obligations in or as a result of any such proceeding; (ii) any change in the ownership of any of
the capital stock (or other ownership interests) of Borrower or any or all of the Guarantors, or
any other Person providing collateral for any of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any of their
respective Affiliates; (iii) the election by the Agent or any Lender, in any bankruptcy proceeding
of any Person, to apply or not apply Section 1111(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code; (iv) any extension
of credit or the grant of any security interest or lien under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code;
(v) any agreement or stipulation with respect to the provision of adequate protection in any
bankruptcy proceeding of any Person; (vi) the avoidance of any security interest or lien in favor
of the Agent or any Lender for any reason; (vii) any action taken by the Agent or any Lender that
is authorized by this paragraph or any other provision of this Guaranty; or (viii) any other
principle or provision of law, statutory or otherwise, which is or might be in conflict with the
terms hereof.
(d) Waivers. Each of the Guarantors hereby waives to the fullest extent possible
under applicable law:
(i) any defense based upon or arising by reason of:
(1) the doctrine of marshaling of assets or upon an election of remedies by Agent or the
Lenders, including, without limitation, an election to proceed by non-judicial rather than judicial
foreclosure;
(2) any statute or rule of law which provides that the obligation of a surety must be neither
larger in amount nor in other respects more burdensome than that of the principal;
(3) any disability or other defense of Borrower or any other Person;
4
(4) the cessation or limitation from any cause whatsoever, other than final and irrevocable
payment in full, of the Guaranteed Obligations;
(5) any lack of authority of any officer, director, partner, agent or any other person acting
or purporting to act on behalf of either Borrower, or any defect in the formation of either
Borrower;
(6) the application by Borrower of the proceeds of any Guaranteed Obligations for purposes
other than the purposes represented by the Borrower to the Lenders or intended or understood by the
Lenders or the Guarantors;
(7) any act or omission by the Lenders which directly or indirectly results in or aids the
discharge of Borrower or any Guaranteed Obligations by operation of law or otherwise; or
(8) any modification of Guaranteed Obligations, in any form whatsoever including without limit
any modification made after effective termination, and including without limit, the renewal,
extension, acceleration or other change in time for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations, or other
change in the terms of any Guaranteed Obligations, including without limit increase or decrease of
the interest rate;
(ii) any duty on the part of Agent or any of the Lenders to disclose to such Guarantor any
facts Agent or the Lenders may now or hereafter know about Borrower, regardless of whether Agent or
any Lender has reason to believe that any such facts materially increase the risk beyond that which
such Guarantor intends to assume or has reason to believe that such facts are unknown to such
Guarantor or has a reasonable opportunity to communicate such facts to such Guarantor;
(iii) any other event or action (excluding compliance by such Guarantor with the provisions
hereof) that would result in the discharge by operation of law or otherwise of such Guarantor from
the performance or observance of any obligation, covenant or agreement contained in this Guaranty;
and
(iv) all rights to participate in any security now or hereafter held by the Agent or any
Lender.
Each Guarantor understands that, absent this waiver, the Agents election of remedies,
including but not limited to its decision to proceed to nonjudicial foreclosure on any real
property securing the Guaranteed Obligations, could preclude the Agent, on behalf of the Lenders,
from obtaining a deficiency judgment against Borrower and each Guarantor pursuant to California
Code of Civil Procedure Sections 580a, 580b, 580d or 726 and could also destroy any subrogation
rights which such Guarantor has against Borrower. Each Guarantor further understands that, absent
this waiver, California law, including without limitation, California Code of Civil Procedure
Sections 580a, 580b, 580d or 726, could afford such Guarantor one or more affirmative defenses to
any action maintained by the Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, against such Guarantor on this
Guaranty.
5
Each Guarantor waives any and all rights and provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure
Sections 580a, 580b, 580d and 726, including, but not limited to any provision thereof that: (i)
may limit the time period for the Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, to commence a lawsuit against
Borrower or any Guarantor to collect any of the Guaranteed Obligations owing by either Borrower or
any Guarantor to Lenders; (ii) may entitle Borrower or any Guarantor to a judicial or nonjudicial
determination of any deficiency owed by Borrower or any Guarantor to the Agent, on behalf of the
Lenders, or to otherwise limit the Agents right to collect a deficiency based on the fair market
value of such real property security; (iii) may limit the Agents right to collect a deficiency
judgment after a sale of any real property securing the Guaranteed Obligations; (iv) may require
the Agent to take only one action to collect the Guaranteed Obligations or that may otherwise limit
the remedies available to the Agent to collect the Guaranteed Obligations.
Each Guarantor waives all rights and defenses arising out of an election of remedies by the
Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, even though that election of remedies, such as a nonjudicial
foreclosure with respect to security for a guaranteed obligation, has destroyed the Agents and the
Lenders rights of subrogation and reimbursement against Borrower by the operation of Section 580d
of the California Code of Civil Procedure or otherwise.
Without limiting the generality of any other waiver or other provision set forth in this
Guaranty, each Guarantor waives all rights and defenses that such Guarantor may have because the
Guaranteed Obligations are secured by real property to the fullest extent permissible under
applicable law. This means, among other things:
1. The Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, may collect from any Guarantor without first
foreclosing on any real or personal property collateral pledged by Borrower to secure the
Guaranteed Obligations.
2. If the Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, forecloses on any real property collateral pledged
by Borrower to secure the Guaranteed Obligations:
(a) The amount of the Guaranteed Obligations may be reduced only by the price for which that
collateral is sold at the foreclosure sale, even if the collateral is worth more than the sale
price.
(b) The Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, may collect from any Guarantor even if the Agent, on
behalf of the Lenders, by foreclosing on the real property pledged as collateral, has destroyed any
right that the any Guarantor may have to collect from either Borrower.
This is an unconditional and irrevocable waiver of any rights and defenses each Guarantor may
have because the Guaranteed Obligations are secured by real property to the fullest extent
permissible under applicable law. These rights and defenses include, but are not limited to, any
rights or defenses based upon Section 580a, 580b, 580d, or 726 of the California Code of Civil
Procedure.
WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF ANY OTHER WAIVER OR OTHER PROVISION SET FORTH IN THIS
GUARANTY, EACH GUARANTOR HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT SUCH WAIVER IS PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY
AND ALL
6
BENEFITS, DEFENSES TO PAYMENT OR PERFORMANCE, OR ANY RIGHT TO PARTIAL OR COMPLETE EXONERATION
ARISING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY UNDER ANY ONE OR MORE OF CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTIONS 2799, 2808,
2809, 2810, 2815, 2819, 2820, 2821, 2822, 2838, 2839, 2845, 2847, 2848, 2849, AND 2850.
Each of the Guarantors acknowledges and agrees that this is a knowing and informed waiver of
the undersigneds rights as discussed above and that the Agent and the Lenders are relying on this
waiver in extending credit to the Borrower.
(e) Waiver of Subrogation. Each Guarantor hereby waives any claim for reimbursement,
contribution, exoneration, indemnity or subrogation, or any other similar claim, which such
Guarantor may have or obtain against Borrower, by reason of the existence of this Guaranty, or by
reason of the payment by such Guarantor of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or the performance of
this Guaranty, the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, until the Guaranteed
Obligations have been repaid and discharged in full, no Letters of Credit shall remain outstanding
and all commitments to extend credit under the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents
(whether optional or obligatory) have been terminated. Any amounts paid to such Guarantor on
account of any such claim at any time when the obligations of such Guarantor under this Guaranty
shall not have been fully and finally paid shall be held by such Guarantor in trust for Agent and
the Lenders, segregated from other funds of such Guarantor, and forthwith upon receipt by such
Guarantor shall be turned over to Agent in the exact form received by such Guarantor (duly endorsed
to Agent by such Guarantor, if required), to be applied to such Guarantors obligations under this
Guaranty, whether matured or unmatured, in such order and manner as Agent may determine.
Each of the Guarantors acknowledges and agrees that this is a knowing and informed waiver of
the undersigneds rights as discussed above and that the Agent and the Lenders are relying on this
waiver in extending credit to the Borrower.
(f) Other Transactions. The Agent and each of the Lenders may deal with the Borrower
and any security held by them for the obligations of the Borrower in the same manner and as freely
as if this Guaranty did not exist and the Agent shall be entitled, on behalf of the Lenders,
without notice to any of the Guarantors, among other things, to grant to the Borrower such
extension or extensions of time to perform any act or acts as may seem advisable to the Agent (on
behalf of the Lenders) at any time and from time to time, and to permit the Borrower to incur
additional indebtedness to the Agent, the Lenders, or any of them, without terminating, affecting
or impairing the validity or enforceability of this Guaranty or the obligations of the Guarantors
hereunder.
(g) Remedies; Right to Offset. The Agent may proceed, either in its own name (on
behalf of the Lenders) or in the name of each or any of the Guarantors, or otherwise, to protect
and enforce any or all of its rights under this Guaranty by suit in equity, action at law or by
other appropriate proceedings, or to take any action authorized or permitted under applicable law,
and shall be entitled to require and enforce the performance of all acts and things required to be
performed hereunder by the Guarantors. Each and every remedy of the Agent and of the Lenders
shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and shall be in addition to any other remedy
given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity.
7
At the option of the Agent, any or all of the Guarantors may be joined in any action or
proceeding commenced by the Agent against Borrower or any of the other parties providing Collateral
for any of the Guaranteed Obligations, and recovery may be had against any or all of the Guarantors
in such action or proceeding or in any independent action or proceeding against any of them,
without any requirement that the Agent or the Lenders first assert, prosecute or exhaust any remedy
or claim against Borrower and/or any of the other parties providing Collateral for any of the
Guaranteed Obligations.
Each of the Guarantors acknowledges the rights of the Agent and of each of the Lenders,
subject to the applicable terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, to offset against the
Guaranteed Obligations of any Guarantor to the Lenders under this Guaranty, any amount owing by the
Agent or the Lenders, or either or any of them to such Guarantors, whether represented by any
deposit of such Guarantors (or any of them) with the Agent or any of the Lenders or otherwise.
(h) Right to Cure. Each of the Guarantors shall have the right to cure any Event of
Default under the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents with respect to obligations of the
other Guarantors thereunder; provided that such cure is effected within the applicable grace period
or period for cure thereunder, if any; and provided further that such cure can be effected in
compliance with the Credit Agreement. Except to the extent of payments of principal, interest
and/or other sums actually received by the Agent or the Lenders pursuant to such cure, the exercise
of such right to cure by any Guarantor shall not reduce or otherwise affect the liability of any
other Guarantor under this Guaranty.
(i) Borrowers Financial Condition. Each Guarantor delivers this Guaranty based
solely on its own independent investigation of (or decision not to investigate) the financial
condition of the Borrower and is not relying on any information furnished by Agent or the Lenders.
Each Guarantor assumes full responsibility to keep itself informed concerning the financial
condition of the Borrower and all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the
Guaranteed Obligation, the status of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other matter which such
Guarantor may deem necessary or appropriate, now or later.
(j) Representations and Warranties; Covenants. Each Guarantor (a) ratifies, confirms
and, by reference thereto (as fully as though such matters were expressly set forth herein),
represents and warrants with respect to itself those matters set forth in Article 6 of the Credit
Agreement to the extent applicable to such Guarantor and those matters set forth in the recitals
hereto, and such representations and warranties shall be deemed to be continuing representations
and warranties true and correct in all material respects so long as this Guaranty shall be in
effect; and (b) agrees to comply with the covenants set forth in Articles 7 and 8 of the Credit
Agreement to the extent applicable to such Guarantor, and (ii) not to otherwise engage in any
action or inaction, the result of which would cause a violation of any term or condition of the
Credit Agreement.
(k) Governing Law; Severability. This Guaranty has been delivered in California and
shall be interpreted and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be determined under the laws of,
and be enforceable in, the State of California. If any term or provision of this Guaranty or the
application thereof to any circumstance shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the
8
remainder of this Guaranty, or the application of such term or provision to circumstances
other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby,
and each term and provision of this Guaranty shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent
permitted by law.
(l) Notice. All notices, requests, consents, approvals, waivers and other
communications hereunder shall be in writing (including, by facsimile transmission) and mailed,
faxed or delivered to the address or facsimile number specified for notices on Schedule 1 hereto;
or, to such other address or number as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the
other. All such notices, requests and communications shall, when sent by overnight delivery, or
faxed, be effective when delivered for overnight (next business day) delivery, or transmitted in
legible form by facsimile machine, respectively, or if mailed, upon the third Business Day (as
defined in the Credit Agreement) after the date deposited into the U.S. mail, or if otherwise
delivered, upon delivery.
(m) Amendments; Future Subsidiaries. The terms of this Guaranty may not be altered,
modified, amended, supplemented or terminated in any manner whatsoever unless the same shall be in
writing and signed by or on behalf of the requisite Lenders as determined pursuant to the Credit
Agreement and the Guarantors. In accordance with the Credit Agreement, future Domestic Subsidiary
of either Borrower shall become obligated as Guarantors hereunder (each as fully as though an
original signatory hereto) by executing and delivering to the Agent and the Lenders that certain
joinder agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.
(n) No Waiver. No waiver or release shall be deemed to have been made by the Agent or
any of the Lenders of any of their respective rights hereunder unless the same shall be in writing
and signed by or on behalf of the requisite Lenders as determined pursuant to the Credit Agreement,
and any such waiver shall be a waiver or release only with respect to the specific matter and
Guarantor or Guarantors involved, and shall in no way impair the rights of the Agent or any of the
Lenders or the obligations of the Guarantors under this Guaranty in any other respect at any other
time.
(o) Joint and Several Obligation, etc. The obligation of each of the Guarantors under
this Guaranty shall be several and also joint, each with all and also each with any one or more of
the others, and may be enforced against each severally, any two or more jointly, or some severally
and some jointly. Any one or more of the Guarantors may be released from its obligations hereunder
with or without consideration for such release and the obligations of the other Guarantors
hereunder shall be in no way affected thereby. The Agent, on behalf of Lenders, may fail or elect
not to prove a claim against any bankrupt or insolvent Guarantor and thereafter, the Agent and the
Lenders may, without notice to any Guarantors, extend or renew any part or all of the obligations
of the Borrower under the Credit Agreement or otherwise, and may permit any such Person to incur
additional indebtedness, without affecting in any manner the unconditional obligation of each of
the Guarantors hereunder. Such action shall not affect any right of contribution among the
Guarantors.
(p) Release; Reinstatement. Upon the satisfaction of the obligations of the
Guarantors hereunder, and when none of the Guarantors is subject to any obligation hereunder or
under the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, the Agent shall deliver to such
9
Guarantors, upon written request therefor, (a) a written release of this Guaranty and (b)
appropriate discharges of any Collateral provided by the Guarantors for this Guaranty; provided
however that, the effectiveness of this Guaranty shall continue or be reinstated, as the case may
be, in the event: (x) that any payment received or credit given by the Agent or the Lenders, or any
of them, is returned, disgorged, rescinded or required to be recontributed to any party as an
avoidable preference, impermissible setoff, fraudulent conveyance, restoration of capital or
otherwise under any applicable state, federal or law of any jurisdiction, including laws pertaining
to bankruptcy or insolvency, and this Guaranty shall thereafter be enforceable against the
Guarantors as if such returned, disgorged, recontributed or rescinded payment or credit has not
been received or given by the Agent or the Lenders, and whether or not the Agent or any Lender
relied upon such payment or credit or changed its position as a consequence thereof or (y) that any
liability is imposed, or sought to be imposed against the Agent or the Lenders, or any of them,
relating to the environmental condition of any of property mortgaged or pledged to the Agent on
behalf of the Lenders by any Guarantor, Borrower or any other party as collateral (in whole or
part) for any indebtedness or obligation evidenced or secured by this Guaranty, whether such
condition is known or unknown, now exists or subsequently arises (excluding only conditions which
arise after acquisition by the Agent or any Lender of any such property, in lieu of foreclosure or
otherwise, due to the wrongful act or omission of the Agent or such Lenders, or any person other
than the Borrower, the Subsidiaries, or Affiliates of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries), and this
Guaranty shall thereafter be enforceable against the Guarantors to the extent of all such
liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees) incurred by the Agent or
Lenders as the direct or indirect result of any such environmental condition but only for which the
Borrower is obligated to the Agent and the Lenders pursuant to the Credit Agreement. For purposes
of this Guaranty environmental condition includes, without limitation, conditions
existing with respect to the surface or ground water, drinking water supply, land surface or
subsurface strata and the ambient air.
(q) Consent to Jurisdiction. Each of the Guarantors hereby irrevocably submits to the
non-exclusive jurisdiction of any United States federal or California state court sitting in the
County of Santa Clara, California in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this
Guaranty or any of the other Loan Documents and Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that all claims
in respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such United States
federal or California state court. Each of the Guarantors irrevocably consents to the service of
any and all process in any such action or proceeding brought in any court in or of the State of
California (and to the receipt of any and all notices hereunder) by the delivery of copies of such
process to Guarantors at their respective addresses specified in Schedule 1 hereof in the manner
set forth therein.
(r) Headings. The headings, captions, and arrangements used in this Guaranty are for
convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Guaranty.
(s) Counterparts. This Guaranty may be executed in any number of counterparts, each
of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same
instrument.
(t) JURY TRIAL WAIVER. EACH GUARANTOR AND THE AGENT ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO
TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL ONE,
10
BUT THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH
GUARANTOR AND THE AGENT, AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL
OF THEIR CHOICE, KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THEIR MUTUAL BENEFIT WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL
BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION REGARDING THE PERFORMANCE OR ENFORCEMENT OF, OR IN ANY WAY
RELATED TO, THIS GUARANTY OR THE GUARANTEED OBLIGATIONS.
(a) In the event that the jury trial waiver contained in this Section 20 is not enforceable,
the parties elect to proceed as follows:
(b) With the exception of the items specified in clause (c), below, any controversy, dispute
or claim (each, a Claim) between the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any
other Loan Document will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California in accordance with the
provisions of Section 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure (CCP), or their
successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim,
including whether the Claim is subject to the reference proceeding. Except as otherwise provided
in the Agreement, venue for the reference proceeding will be in the state or federal court in the
county or district where venue is otherwise appropriate under applicable law (the Court).
(c) The matters that shall not be subject to a reference are the following: (i) non-judicial
foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (ii) exercise of self-help
remedies (including, without limitation, set-off), (iii) appointment of a receiver and (iv)
temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including, without limitation, writs of attachment,
writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). This Section does
not limit the right of any party to exercise or oppose any of the rights and remedies described in
clauses (i) and (ii) or to seek or oppose from a court of competent jurisdiction any of the items
described in clauses (iii) and (iv). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of those items does
not waive the right of any party to a reference pursuant to this Section.
(d) The referee shall be a retired judge or justice selected by mutual written agreement of
the parties. If the parties do not agree within ten (10) days of a written request to do so by any
party, then, upon request of any party, the referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the
Court (or his or her representative). A request for appointment of a referee may be heard on an ex
parte or expedited basis, and the parties agree that irreparable harm would result if ex parte
relief is not granted. Pursuant to CCP § 170.6, each party shall have one peremptory challenge to
the referee selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative).
(e) The parties agree that time is of the essence in conducting the reference proceedings.
Accordingly, the referee shall be requested, subject to change in the time periods specified herein
for good cause shown, to (a) set the matter for a status and trial-setting conference within
fifteen (15) days after the date of selection of the referee, (b) if practicable, try all issues of
law or fact within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the conference and (c) report a
statement of decision within twenty (20) days after the matter has been submitted for decision.
11
(f) The referee will have power to expand or limit the amount and duration of discovery. The
referee may set or extend discovery deadlines or cutoffs for good cause, including a partys
failure to provide requested discovery for any reason whatsoever. Unless otherwise ordered, no
party shall be entitled to priority in conducting discovery, depositions may be taken by either
party upon seven (7) days written notice, and all other discovery shall be responded to within
fifteen (15) days after service. All disputes relating to discovery which cannot be resolved by
the parties shall be submitted to the referee whose decision shall be final and binding.
(g) Except as expressly set forth in this Section 16, the referee shall determine the manner
in which the reference proceeding is conducted including the time and place of hearings, the order
of presentation of evidence, and all other questions that arise with respect to the course of the
reference proceeding. All proceedings and hearings conducted before the referee, except for trial,
shall be conducted without a court reporter, except that when any party so requests, a court
reporter will be used at any hearing conducted before the referee, and the referee will be provided
a courtesy copy of the transcript. The party making such a request shall have the obligation to
arrange for and pay the court reporter. Subject to the referees power to award costs to the
prevailing party, the parties will equally share the cost of the referee and the court reporter at
trial.
(h) The referee shall be required to determine all issues in accordance with existing case law
and the statutory laws of the State of California. The rules of evidence applicable to proceedings
at law in the State of California will be applicable to the reference proceeding. The referee
shall be empowered to enter equitable as well as legal relief, enter equitable orders that will be
binding on the parties and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a trial, including
without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a
decision at the close of the reference proceeding which disposes of all claims of the parties that
are the subject of the reference. Pursuant to CCP § 644, such decision shall be entered by the
Court as a judgment or an order in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the Court and
any such decision will be final, binding and conclusive. The parties reserve the right to appeal
from the final judgment or order or from any appealable decision or order entered by the referee.
The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of laws, a written statement of
decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial, if
granted, is also to be a reference proceeding under this provision.
(i) If the enabling legislation which provides for appointment of a referee is repealed (and
no successor statute is enacted), any dispute between the parties that would otherwise be
determined by reference procedure will be resolved and determined by arbitration. The arbitration
will be conducted by a retired judge or Justice, in accordance with the California Arbitration Act
§1280 through §1294.2 of the CCP as amended from time to time. The limitations with respect to
discovery set forth above shall apply to any such arbitration proceeding.
THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE AND AGREE THAT ALL DISPUTES RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE
DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT BY A JURY. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO
CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF THEIR OWN CHOICE, EACH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL
BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, AGREES THAT THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL APPLY TO ANY CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE
OR
12
CLAIM BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM WHICH ARISES OUT OF OR IS RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT.
(u) Limitation under Applicable Insolvency Laws. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained herein, it is the intention of the Guarantors, the Agent and the Lenders that
the amount of the respective Guarantors obligations hereunder shall be in, but not in excess of,
the maximum amount thereof not subject to avoidance or recovery by operation of applicable law
governing bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment of debts, relief of debtors,
dissolution, insolvency, fraudulent transfers or conveyances or other similar laws (collectively,
Applicable Insolvency Laws). To that end, but only in the event and to the extent that
the Guarantors respective obligations hereunder or any payment made pursuant thereto would, but
for the operation of the foregoing proviso, be subject to avoidance or recovery under Applicable
Insolvency Laws, the amount of the Guarantors respective obligations hereunder shall be limited to
the largest amount which, after giving effect thereto, would not, under Applicable Insolvency Laws,
render the Guarantors respective obligations hereunder unenforceable or avoidable or subject to
recovery under Applicable Insolvency Laws. To the extent any payment actually made hereunder
exceeds the limitation contained in this Section 21, then the amount of such excess shall, from and
after the time of payment by the Guarantors (or any of them), be reimbursed by the Lenders upon
demand by such Guarantors. The foregoing proviso is intended solely to preserve the rights of the
Agent and the Lenders hereunder against the Guarantors to the maximum extent permitted by
Applicable Insolvency Laws and neither the Borrower nor any Guarantor nor any other Person shall
have any right or claim under this Section 21 that would not otherwise be available under
Applicable Insolvency Laws.
[SIGNATURES FOLLOW ON SUCCEEDING PAGES]
13
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned Guarantors has executed this Guaranty as of the
date first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QUINSTREET PROPERTIES, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QUINSTREET LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QUINSTREET MEDIA, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CYBERSPACE COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RELIABLEREMODELER.COM, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HQ PUBLICATIONS LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15
SCHEDULE 1
INFORMATION FOR NOTICES
Comerica Bank
75 East Trimble Road, M/C 4770
San Jose, California 95131
Attention: Manager
Fax No.: (408) 556-5091
With a copy to:
Comerica Bank
2 Embarcadero Center, Suite 300
San Francisco, CA 94111
Attn: Phil Koblis Vice President
Fax No.: (415) 477-3260
[Guarantors]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attention: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Phone: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fax No.: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attention: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Phone: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fax No.: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXHIBIT A
Joinder Agreement to Guaranty
THIS
JOINDER AGREEMENT is dated as of ______, ___ by ______
(New Guarantor).
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 7.14 of that certain Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement
dated as of September 29, 2008 (as amended or otherwise modified from time to time, the Credit
Agreement; capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in
the Credit Agreement) by and among QuinStreet, Inc. (Borrower), Comerica Bank, as agent
for the Lenders (the Agent) and the financial institutions which are parties thereto from
time to time (Lenders), the Lenders have agreed to extend credit to the Borrower on the
terms set forth in the Credit Agreement and pursuant to Section 13 of that certain Guaranty dated
as of September 29, 2008 (as amended or otherwise modified from time to time, the
Guaranty) executed and delivered by the Guarantors named therein (Guarantors)
in favor of Agent, for and on behalf of the Lenders, the New Guarantor must execute and deliver a
Joinder Agreement in accordance with the Credit Agreement and the Guaranty.
NOW THEREFORE, as a further inducement to each of the Lenders to continue to provide credit
accommodations to the Borrower, New Guarantor hereby covenants and agrees as follows:
(a) All capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Credit
Agreement unless expressly defined to the contrary.
(b) New Guarantor hereby enters into this Joinder Agreement in order to comply with Section
7.13 of the Credit Agreement and Section 13 of the Guaranty and does so in consideration of the
extension of the Guaranteed Obligations, from which New Guarantor shall derive direct and indirect
benefit as with the other Guarantors (all as set forth and on the same basis as in the Guaranty).
(c) New Guarantor shall be considered, and deemed to be, for all purposes of the Credit
Agreement, the Guaranty and the other Loan Documents, a Guarantor under the Guaranty and hereby
ratifies and confirms its obligations under the Guaranty, all in accordance with the terms thereof.
(d) No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Credit Agreement.
(e) This Joinder Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California and shall
be binding upon New Guarantor and its successors and assigns.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned New Guarantor has executed and delivered this Joinder
Agreement as of ______.
2
EXHIBIT J
FORM OF COVENANT COMPLIANCE REPORT
TO: Comerica Bank, as Agent
RE: Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement (Agreement) is made as of the
13th day of January, 2010, (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to
time, the Credit Agreement) by and among the financial institutions from time to time signatory
thereto (individually a Lender, and any and all such financial institutions collectively the
Lenders), Comerica Bank, as Administrative Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the Agent)
and QuinStreet, Inc. (Borrower).
This Covenant Compliance Report (Report) is furnished pursuant to Section 7.2(a) of the Credit
Agreement and sets forth various information as of
______, 20 ______ (the Computation Date).
1. |
|
Adjusted Quick Ratio (Section 7.9(a)). On the Computation Date, the Adjusted Quick
Ratio, which is required to be not less than ___ to 1.00
was ______ to 1.00, as computed in
the supporting documents attached hereto as Schedule 1. |
|
2. |
|
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (Section 7.9(b)). On the Computation Date, the Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio, which is required to be not less than
______ to 1.0 was
______ to 1.0
as computed in the supporting documents attached hereto as Schedule 2. |
|
3. |
|
Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio (Section 7.9(c)). On the Computation Date, the Funded
Debt to EBITDA Ratio, which is required to be not more than
______ to 1.0 was
______ to 1.0 as
computed in the supporting documents attached hereto as Schedule 2. |
The Borrowers Representative hereby certifies that:
A. To the best of my knowledge, all of the information set forth in this Report (and in any
Schedule attached hereto) is true and correct in all material respects.
B. To the best of my knowledge, the representation and warranties of the Credit Parties
contained in the Credit Agreement and in the Loan Documents are true and correct in all material
respects with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and at
the date hereof, except to the extent that such representations and warranties expressly relate to
an earlier specific date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct
in all material respects as of the date when made.
C. I have reviewed the Credit Agreement and this Report is based on an examination sufficient
to assure that this Report is accurate.
D. To the best of my knowledge, except as stated in Schedule 5 hereto (which shall describe
any existing Default or Event of Default and the notice and period of existence thereof and any
action taken with respect thereto or contemplated to be taken by Borrower or any other
Credit Party), no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of
this Report.
Capitalized terms used in this Report and in the Schedules hereto, unless specifically defined
to the contrary, have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower have caused this Report to be executed and delivered by the
Borrower Representative this ______ day of
______ , ______.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QUINSTREET, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
EXHIBIT K
FORM OF TERM NOTE
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, QuinStreet, Inc. (Borrower) promises to pay to the order of [insert name
of applicable financial institution] (Payee), in care of Agent, at San Jose, California, the
principal sum of [insert amount derived from Percentages] Dollars ($______), or if
less, the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan Advances made by the Payee, in lawful money
of the United States of America payable in quarterly principal installments each in the amount and
on the dates set forth in the Credit Agreement (as defined below) until the Term Loan Maturity
Date, when the entire unpaid balance of principal and interest thereon shall be due and payable.
Interest shall be payable at the rate (including the default rate) and on the dates provided in the
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement (Agreement) is made as of the
13th day of January, 2010, by and among the financial institutions from time to time
signatory thereto (individually a Lender, and any and all such financial institutions
collectively the Lenders), Comerica Bank, as Administrative Agent for the Lenders (in such
capacity, the Agent), and Borrower.
This Note evidences Term Loan Advances made under, is subject to, may be accelerated and may
be prepaid in accordance with, the terms of the Credit Agreement, to which reference is hereby
made.
This Note shall be interpreted and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be determined
under the laws of, and enforceable in, the State of California.
Borrower hereby waives presentment for payment, demand, protest and notice of dishonor and
nonpayment of this Note and agrees that no obligation hereunder shall be discharged by reason of
any extension, indulgence, release, or forbearance granted by any holder of this Note to any party
now or hereafter liable hereon or any present or subsequent owner of any property, real or
personal, which is now or hereafter security for this Note.
Nothing herein shall limit any right granted Payee by any other instrument or by law.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QUINSTREET, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
EXHIBIT L
FORM OF TERM LOAN RATE REQUEST
|
|
|
To: |
|
Comerica Bank, as Agent |
|
|
|
RE: |
|
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan
Agreement (Agreement) is made as of the
13th day of January, 2010, (as amended,
restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the
Credit Agreement) by and among the financial
institutions from time to time signatory thereto
(individually a Lender, and any and all such financial
institutions collectively the Lenders), Comerica Bank,
as Administrative Agent for the Lenders (in such
capacity, the Agent) and QuinStreet, Inc.
(Borrower). |
Pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Borrower hereby requests that the Lenders refund or
convert, as applicable, an Advance under the Term Loan from Lenders as follows:
(A) |
|
Date of Refunding or Conversion of Advance:
|
(C) |
|
Type of Advance (check only one): |
|
o |
|
Base Rate Advance |
|
|
o |
|
Eurodollar-based Advance |
(E) |
|
Interest Period (applicable to Eurodollar-based Advances) |
|
|
|
months (insert 1, 2 or 3) |
(F) |
|
Disbursement Instructions |
|
o |
|
Comerica Bank Account No. |
|
|
o |
|
Other:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrower hereby certifies as follows: |
1. There is no Default or Event of Default in existence, and none will exist upon the
refunding or conversion of such Advance (both before and immediately after giving effect to such
Advance); and
2. The representations and warranties of the Credit Parties contained in the Credit Agreement
and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects and shall be true and
correct in all material respects as of the date of this Request (both before and immediately after
giving effect to such Request), other than any representation or warranty that expressly speaks
only as of a different date.
Capitalized terms used herein, except as defined to the contrary, have the meanings given them
in the Credit Agreement.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QUINSTREET, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
EXHIBIT M
FORM OF SWING LINE PARTICIPATION CERTIFICATE
, ____
[Name of Lender]
|
|
|
Re: |
|
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement (Agreement) is made as of the
13th day of January, 2010, (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to
time, the Credit Agreement) by and among the financial institutions from time to time
signatory thereto (individually a Lender, and any and all such financial institutions
collectively the Lenders), Comerica Bank, as Administrative Agent for the Lenders (in such
capacity, the Agent) and QuinStreet, Inc. (Borrower). |
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Pursuant to subsection 2.5(e) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby acknowledges
receipt from you of $ as payment for a participating interest in the following
Swing Line Loan:
Date of Swing Line Loan:
Principal Amount of Swing Line Loan:
The participation evidenced by this certificate shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the
Credit Agreement including without limitation Section 2.5(e) thereof.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Very truly yours, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comerica Bank, as Agent |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXHIBIT N
NEW LENDER ADDENDUM
THIS NEW LENDER ADDENDUM, dated , to the Amended and Restated Revolving
Credit and Term Loan Agreement dated as of the 13th day of January, 2010 (as otherwise
amended or modified from time to time, the Credit Agreement), among QuinStreet, Inc.
(Borrower), each of the financial institutions parties thereto (collectively, the Lenders) and
Comerica Bank, as Agent for the Lenders.
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, the Credit Agreement provides in Section 2.13 thereof that a financial institution,
although not originally a party thereto, may become a party to the Credit Agreement with the
consent of the Borrower and the Agent by executing and delivering to the Agent a New Lender
Addendum to the Credit Agreement in substantially the form of this New Lender Addendum; and
WHEREAS, the undersigned New Lender was not an original party to the Credit Agreement but now
desires to become a party thereto;
NOW, THEREFORE, the New Lender hereby agrees as follows:
The New Lender hereby confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement and the
exhibits and schedules referred to therein, and all other Loan Documents which it considers
necessary, together with copies of the other documents which were required to be delivered under
the Credit Agreement as a condition to the making of the loans thereunder. The New Lender
acknowledges and agrees that it: (a) has made and will continue to make such inquiries and has
taken and will take such care on its own behalf as would have been the case had its commitment been
granted and its loans been made directly by such New Lender to the Borrower without the
intervention of the Agent or any other Lender; and (b) has made and will continue to make,
independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents
and information as it has deemed appropriate, its own credit analysis and decisions relating to the
Credit Agreement. The New Lender further acknowledges and agrees that the Agent has made any
representations or warranties about the creditworthiness of the Borrower or any other party to the
Credit Agreement or any other of the Loan Documents, or with respect to the legality, validity,
sufficiency or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, or any other of the Loan Documents.
New Lender represents and warrants that it is a Person to which assignments are permitted
pursuant to Sections 13.8(c) and (d) of the Credit Agreement.
Except as otherwise provided in the Credit Agreement, effective as of the Effective Date (as
defined below):
|
(b) |
|
the New Lender (i) shall be deemed automatically to have become a party to the
Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to have all the rights and
obligations of a party to the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as if it
were an original signatory; and (ii) agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions set
forth in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents as if it were an original
signatory thereto; and |
|
|
(c) |
|
the New Lender shall be a Revolving Credit Lender and its Percentage of the
Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment (and its risk participation in Letters of Credit)
shall be as set forth in the attached revised Schedule 1.2 (Percentages); provided any
fees paid prior to the Effective Date, including any Letter of Credit Fees, shall not
be recalculated, redistributed or reallocated by Borrower, Agent or the Lenders. |
As used herein, the term Effective Date means the date on which all of the following have
occurred or have been completed, as reasonably determined by the Agent:
(1) the Borrower shall have paid to the Agent, all interest, fees (including the Revolving
Credit Facility Fee) and other amounts, if any, accrued to the Effective Date for which
reimbursement is then owing under the Credit Agreement;
(2) New Lender shall have remitted to the Agent funds in an amount equal to its Percentage of
all Advances of the Revolving Credit outstanding as of the Effective Date; and
(3) the Borrower shall have executed and delivered to the Agent for the New Lender, a new
Revolving Credit Note payable to such New Lender in the face amount of such New Lenders Percentage
of the Revolving Credit Maximum Amount (after giving effect to this New Lender Addendum, and any
other New Lender Addendum executed concurrently herewith).
The Agent shall notify the New Lender, along with Borrower, of the Effective Date. The New
Lender shall deliver herewith to the Agent administrative details with respect to the funding and
distribution of Advances (and Letters of Credit) as requested by Agent.
Terms defined in the Credit Agreement and not otherwise defined herein shall have their
defined meanings when used herein.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this New Lender Addendum to be executed and
delivered by a duly authorized officer on the date first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Name of New Lender] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
exv10w14
Exhibit 10.14
SECURITY AGREEMENT
THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT (the Agreement) dated as of September 29, 2008 and is
effective as of the Effective Date, is entered into by and among the Borrower (as defined below),
such other entities which from time to time become parties hereto (collectively, including the
Borrower, the Debtors and each individually a Debtor) and Comerica Bank
(Comerica), as Administrative Agent for and on behalf of the Banks (as defined below) (in
such capacity, the Agent). The addresses for the Debtors and the Agent, as of the date
hereof, are set forth on the signature pages attached hereto.
RECITALS:
A. QuinStreet, Inc. (the Borrower) has entered into that certain Revolving Credit
and Term Loan Agreement dated as of September 29, 2008 (as amended, supplemented, amended and
restated or otherwise modified from time to time the Credit Agreement) with each of the
financial institutions party thereto (collectively, including their respective successors and
assigns, the Banks) and the Agent pursuant to which the Banks have agreed, subject to the
satisfaction of certain terms and conditions, to extend or to continue to extend financial
accommodations to the Borrower, as provided therein.
B. Pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Banks have required that each of the Debtors grant
(or cause to be granted) certain Liens to the Agent, for the benefit of the Banks, all to secure
the obligations of the Borrower or any Debtor under the Credit Agreement or any related Loan
Document (including any Guaranty).
C. The Debtors have directly and indirectly benefited and will directly and indirectly benefit
from the transactions evidenced by and contemplated in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan
Documents.
D. The Agent is acting as Agent for the Banks pursuant to the terms and conditions Section 12
of the Credit Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable
consideration, the adequacy, receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties
hereto hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
Definitions
Section 1.1 Definitions. As used in this Agreement, capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings
provided for such terms in the Credit Agreement. References to Sections, subsections,
Exhibits and Schedules shall be to Sections, subsections, Exhibits and Schedules, respectively,
of this Agreement unless otherwise specifically provided. All references to statutes and
regulations shall include any amendments of the same and any
successor statutes and regulations. References to particular sections of the UCC should be
read to refer also to parallel sections of the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted in each state or
other jurisdiction which may be applicable to the grant and perfection of the Liens held by the
Agent for the benefit of the Banks pursuant to this Agreement.
The following terms have the meanings indicated below, all such definitions to be equally
applicable to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined:
Account means any account, as such term is defined in Article or Chapter 9 of the
UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by a Debtor, and, in any event, shall include, without
limitation, each of the following, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by such Debtor: (a) all
rights of such Debtor to payment for goods sold or leased or services rendered, whether or not
earned by performance, (b) all accounts receivable of such Debtor, (c) all rights of such Debtor to
receive any payment of money or other form of consideration, (d) all security pledged, assigned or
granted to or held by such Debtor to secure any of the foregoing, (e) all guaranties of, or
indemnifications with respect to, any of the foregoing, and (f) all rights of such Debtor as an
unpaid seller of goods or services, including, but not limited to, all rights of stoppage in
transit, replevin, reclamation and resale.
Chattel Paper means any chattel paper, as such term is defined in Article or
Chapter 9 of the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by a Debtor, and shall include both
electronic Chattel Paper and tangible Chattel Paper.
Collateral has the meaning specified in Section 2.1 of this Agreement.
Computer Records means any computer records now owned or hereafter acquired by any
Debtor.
Copyright Collateral shall mean all Copyrights and Copyright Licenses of the
Debtors.
Copyright Licenses shall mean all license agreements with any other Person in
connection with any of the Copyrights or such other Persons copyrights, whether a Debtor is a
licensor or a licensee under any such license agreement, including, without limitation, the license
agreements listed on Schedule 1.1 hereto and made a part hereof, subject, in each case, to the
terms of such license agreements and the right to prepare for sale, sell and advertise for sale,
all inventory now or hereafter covered by such licenses.
Copyrights shall mean all copyrights and mask works, whether or not registered, and
all applications for registration of all copyrights and mask works, including, but not limited to
all copyrights and mask works, and all applications for registration of all copyrights and mask
works identified on Schedule 1.1 attached hereto and made a part hereof, and including without
limitation (a) the right to sue or otherwise recover for any and all past, present and future
infringements and misappropriations thereof; (b) all income, royalties, damages and other payments
now and hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto (including, without limitation, payments
under all Copyright Licenses entered into in connection therewith, and damages and payments for
past or future infringements thereof); and (c) all rights corresponding thereto and all
modifications, adaptations, translations, enhancements and derivative works,
renewals thereof, and all other rights of any kind whatsoever of a Debtor accruing thereunder
or pertaining thereto.
2
Deposit Account shall mean a demand, time, savings, passbook, or similar account
maintained with a bank. The term does not include investment property, investment accounts or
accounts evidenced by an instrument.
Document means any document, as such term is defined in Article or Chapter 9 of
the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by any Debtor, including, without limitation, all
documents of title and all receipts covering, evidencing or representing goods now owned or
hereafter acquired by a Debtor.
Equipment means any equipment, as such term is defined in Article or Chapter 9 of
the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by a Debtor and, in any event, shall include, without
limitation, all machinery, equipment, furniture, trade fixtures, tractors, trailers, rolling stock,
vessels, aircraft and Vehicles now owned or hereafter acquired by such Debtor and any and all
additions, substitutions and replacements of any of the foregoing, wherever located, together with
all attachments, components, parts, equipment and accessories installed thereon or affixed thereto.
General Intangibles means any general intangibles, as such term is defined in
Article or Chapter 9 of the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by a Debtor and, in any event,
shall include, without limitation, each of the following, whether now owned or hereafter acquired
by such Debtor: (a) all of such Debtors Intellectual Property Collateral; (b) all of such Debtors
books, records, data, plans, manuals, computer software, computer tapes, computer disks, computer
programs, source codes, object codes and all rights of such Debtor to retrieve data and other
information from third parties; (c) all of such Debtors contract rights, commercial tort claims,
partnership interests, membership interests, joint venture interests, securities, deposit accounts,
investment accounts and certificates of deposit; (d) all rights of such Debtor to payment under
chattel paper, documents, instruments and similar agreements; (e) letters of credit, letters of
credit rights supporting obligations and rights to payment for money or funds advanced or sold of
such Debtor; (f) all tax refunds and tax refund claims of such Debtor; (g) all choses in action and
causes of action of such Debtor (whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise and whether or not
currently in litigation) and all judgments in favor of such Debtor; (h) all rights and claims of
such Debtor under warranties and indemnities, (i) all health care receivables; and (j) all rights
of such Debtor under any insurance, surety or similar contract or arrangement.
Governmental Authority shall mean any nation or government, any state, province or
other political subdivision thereof, any central bank (or similar monetary or regulatory authority)
thereof, any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative
functions of or pertaining to government, and any corporation or other entity owned or controlled,
through stock or capital ownership or otherwise, by any of the foregoing.
Instrument shall mean any instrument, as such term is defined in Article or
Chapter 9 of the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by any Debtor, and, in any event, shall
include all promissory notes (including without limitation, any Intercompany Notes held by such
Debtor), drafts, bills of exchange and trade acceptances, whether now owned or hereafter
acquired.
3
Insurance Proceeds shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.4 of this
Agreement.
Intellectual Property Collateral shall mean Patents, Patent Licenses, Copyrights,
Copyright Licenses, Trademarks, Trademark Licenses, trade secrets, registrations, goodwill,
franchises, permits, proprietary information, customer lists, designs, inventions and all other
intellectual property and proprietary rights, including without limitation those described on
Schedule 1.1 attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.
Inventory means any inventory, as such term is defined in Article or Chapter 9 of
the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by a Debtor, and, in any event, shall include, without
limitation, each of the following, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by such Debtor: (a) all
goods and other Personal property of such Debtor that are held for sale or lease or to be furnished
under any contract of service; (b) all raw materials, work-in-process, finished goods, supplies and
materials of such Debtor; (c) all wrapping, packaging, advertising and shipping materials of such
Debtor; (d) all goods that have been returned to, repossessed by or stopped in transit by such
Debtor; and (e) all Documents evidencing any of the foregoing.
Investment Property means any investment property as such term is defined in
Article or Chapter 9 of the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by a Debtor, and in any event,
shall include without limitation all shares of stock and other equity, partnership or membership
interests constituting securities, of the Domestic Subsidiaries of such Debtor from time to time
owned or acquired by such Debtor in any manner (including, without limitation, the Pledged Shares),
and the certificates and all dividends, cash, instruments, rights and other property from time to
time received, receivable or otherwise distributed or distributable in respect of or in exchange
for any or all of such shares, but excluding any shares of stock or other equity, partnership or
membership interests in any Foreign Subsidiaries of such Debtor.
Patent Collateral shall mean all Patents and Patent Licenses of the Debtors.
Patent Licenses shall mean all license agreements with any other Person in
connection with any of the Patents or such other Persons patents, whether a Debtor is a licensor
or a licensee under any such license agreement, including, without limitation, the license
agreements listed on Schedule 1.1 hereto and made a part hereof, subject, in each case, to the
terms of such license agreements and the right to prepare for sale, sell and advertise for sale,
all inventory now or hereafter covered by such licenses.
Patents shall mean all letters patent, patent applications and patentable
inventions, including, without limitation, all patents and patent applications identified on
Schedule 1.1 attached hereto and made a part hereof, and including without limitation, (a) all
inventions and improvements described and claimed therein, and patentable inventions, (b) the right
to sue or otherwise recover for any and all past, present and future infringements and
misappropriations thereof, (c) all income, royalties, damages and other payments now and hereafter
due and/or payable with respect thereto (including, without limitation, payments under all Patent
Licenses entered into in connection therewith, and damages and payments for past or future
infringements
thereof), and (d) all rights corresponding thereto and all reissues, divisions, continuations,
continuations-in-part, substitutes, renewals, and extensions thereof, all improvements thereon, and
all other rights of any kind whatsoever of a Debtor accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto.
4
Pledged Shares means the shares of capital stock or other equity, partnership or
membership interests described on Schedule 1.2 attached hereto and incorporated herein by
reference, and all other shares of capital stock or other equity, partnership or membership
interests (other than in an entity which is a Foreign Subsidiary) acquired by any Debtor after the
date hereof.
Proceeds means any proceeds, as such term is defined in Article or Chapter 9 of
the UCC and, in any event, shall include, but not be limited to, (a) any and all proceeds of any
insurance, indemnity, warranty or guaranty payable to a Debtor from time to time with respect to
any of the Collateral, (b) any and all payments (in any form whatsoever) made or due and payable to
a Debtor from time to time in connection with any requisition, confiscation, condemnation, seizure
or forfeiture of all or any part of the Collateral by any Governmental Authority (or any Person
acting, or purporting to act, for or on behalf of any Governmental Authority), and (c) any and all
other amounts from time to time paid or payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral.
Records are defined in Section 3.2 of this Agreement.
Software means all (i) computer programs and supporting information provided in
connection with a transaction relating to the program, and (ii) computer programs embedded in goods
and any supporting information provided in connection with a transaction relating to the program
whether or not the program is associated with the goods in such a manner that it customarily is
considered part of the goods, and whether or not, by becoming the owner of the goods, a Person
acquires a right to use the program in connection with the goods, and whether or not the program is
embedded in goods that consist solely of the medium in which the program is embedded.
Trademark Collateral shall mean all Trademarks and Trademark Licenses of the
Debtors.
Trademark Licenses shall mean all license agreements with any other Person in
connection with any of the Trademarks or such other Persons names or trademarks, whether a Debtor
is a licensor or a licensee under any such license agreement, including, without limitation, the
license agreements listed on Schedule 1.1 hereto and made a part hereof, subject, in each case, to
the terms of such license agreements, and the right to prepare for sale, and to sell and advertise
for sale, all inventory now or hereafter covered by such licenses.
Trademarks shall mean all trademarks, service marks, trade names, trade dress or
other indicia of trade origin, trademark and service mark registrations, and applications for
trademark or service mark registrations (except for intent to use applications for trademark or
service mark registrations filed pursuant to Section 1(b) of the Lanham Act, unless and until an
Amendment to Allege Use or a Statement of Use under Sections 1(c) and 1(d) of said Act has been
filed), and any renewals thereof, including, without limitation, each registration and
application identified on Schedule 1.1 attached hereto and made a part hereof, and including
without limitation (a) the right to sue or otherwise recover for any and all past, present and
future infringements and misappropriations thereof, (b) all income, royalties, damages and other
payments now and hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto (including, without
5
limitation, payments under all Trademark Licenses entered into in connection therewith, and damages and
payments for past or future infringements thereof) and (c) all rights corresponding thereto and all
other rights of any kind whatsoever of a Debtor accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto, together
in each case with the goodwill of the business connected with the use of, and symbolized by, each
such trademark, service mark, trade name, trade dress or other indicia of trade origin.
UCC means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of California;
provided, that if, by applicable law, the perfection or effect of perfection or
non-perfection of the security interest created hereunder in any Collateral is governed by the
Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on or after the date hereof in any other jurisdiction, UCC
means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the
provisions hereof relating to such perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection.
Vehicles means all cars, trucks, trailers, construction and earth moving equipment
and other vehicles covered by a certificate of title law of any state and all tires and other
appurtenances to any of the foregoing.
ARTICLE 2
Security Interest
Section 2.1 Grant of Security Interest.
As collateral security for the prompt payment and performance in full when due of the
Indebtedness (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), each Debtor hereby
pledges, assigns, transfers and conveys to the Agent as collateral, and grants the Agent a
continuing Lien on and security interest in, all of such Debtors right, title and interest in and
to the following, whether now owned or hereafter arising or acquired and wherever located
(collectively, the Collateral):
|
(a) |
|
all Accounts; |
|
|
(b) |
|
all Chattel Paper; |
|
|
(c) |
|
all General Intangibles; |
|
|
(d) |
|
all Equipment; |
|
|
(e) |
|
all Inventory; |
|
|
(f) |
|
all Documents; |
|
|
(g) |
|
all Instruments; |
|
|
(h) |
|
all Deposit Accounts and any other cash collateral, deposit or investment
accounts, including all cash collateral, deposit or investment accounts established or
maintained pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; |
6
|
(i) |
|
all Computer Records and Software, whether relating to the foregoing Collateral
or otherwise, but in the case of such Software, subject to the rights of any
non-affiliated licensee of software; |
|
|
(j) |
|
all Investment Property; and |
|
|
(k) |
|
the Proceeds, in cash or otherwise, of any of the property described in the
foregoing clauses (a) through (j) and all Liens, security, rights, remedies and claims
of such Debtor with respect thereto (provided that the grant of a security interest in
Proceeds set forth is in this subsection (k) shall not be deemed to give the applicable
Debtor any right to dispose of any of the Collateral, except as may otherwise be
permitted pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement); |
provided, however, that Collateral shall not include rights under or with respect
to any General Intangible, license, permit or authorization to the extent any such General
Intangible, license, permit or authorization, by its terms or by law, prohibits the assignment of,
or the granting of a Lien over the rights of a grantor thereunder or which would be invalid or
unenforceable upon any such assignment or grant (the Restricted Assets), provided that
(A) the Proceeds of any Restricted Asset shall be continue to be deemed to be Collateral, and (B)
this provision shall not limit the grant of any Lien on or assignment of any Restricted Asset to
the extent that the UCC or any other applicable law provides that such grant of Lien or assignment
is effective irrespective of any prohibitions to such grant provided in any Restricted Asset (or
the underlying documents related thereto). Concurrently with any such Restricted Asset being
entered into or arising after the date hereof, the applicable Debtor shall be obligated to use good
faith commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any waiver or consent (in form and substance
acceptable to the Agent) necessary to allow such Restricted Asset to constitute Collateral
hereunder if the failure of such Debtor to have such Restricted Asset would have a Material Adverse
Effect.
Section 2.2 Debtors Remain Liable. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (a) the Debtors shall remain
liable under the contracts, agreements, documents and instruments included in the Collateral to the
extent set forth therein to perform all of its duties and obligations thereunder to the same extent
as if this Agreement had not been executed, (b) the exercise by the Agent or any Bank of any of
their respective rights or remedies hereunder shall not release the Debtors from any of their
duties or obligations under the contracts, agreements, documents and instruments included in the
Collateral, and (c) neither the Agent nor any of the Banks shall have any indebtedness, liability
or obligation (by assumption or otherwise) under any of the contracts, agreements, documents and
instruments included in the Collateral by reason of this Agreement, and none of them shall be
obligated to perform any of the obligations or duties of the Debtors thereunder or to take any
action to collect or enforce any claim for payment assigned hereunder.
ARTICLE 3
Representations and Warranties
To induce the Agent to enter into this Agreement and the Agent and the Banks to enter into the
Credit Agreement, each Debtor represents and warrants to the Agent and to each Bank as
7
follows,
each such representation and warranty being a continuing representation and warranty, surviving
until termination of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.12 of
this Agreement:
Section 3.1 Title. Such Debtor is, and with respect to Collateral acquired after the date hereof such Debtor
will be, the legal and beneficial owner of the Collateral free and clear of any Lien or other
encumbrance, except for the Permitted Liens, provided that, other than the Lien established under
this Agreement, no Lien on any Pledged Shares shall constitute a Permitted Lien.
Section 3.2 Change in Form or Jurisdiction; Successor by Merger; Location of Books and
Records. As of the date hereof, each Debtor (a) is duly organized and validly existing as a
corporation (or other business organization) under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization;
(b) is formed in the jurisdiction of organization and has the registration number and tax
identification number set forth on Schedule 3.2 attached hereto; (c) has not changed its respective
corporate form or its jurisdiction of organization at any time during the five years immediately
prior to the date hereof, except as set forth on such Schedule 3.2; (d) except as set forth on such
Schedule 3.2 attached hereto, no Debtor has, at any time during the five years immediately prior to
the date hereof, become the successor by merger, consolidation, acquisition, change in form, nature
or jurisdiction of organization or otherwise of any other Person, and (e) keeps true and accurate
books and records regarding the Collateral (the Records) in the office indicated on such
Schedule 3.2.
Section 3.3 Representations and Warranties Regarding Certain Types of Collateral.
|
(a) |
|
Location of Inventory and Equipment. As of the date hereof, (i) all
Inventory (except Inventory in transit) and Equipment (except trailers, rolling stock,
vessels, aircraft and Vehicles) of each Debtor are located at the places specified on
Schedule 3.3(a) attached hereto, (ii) the name and address of the landlord leasing any
location to any Debtor is identified on such Schedule 3.3(a), and (iii) the name of and
address of each bailee or warehouseman which holds any Collateral and the location of
such Collateral is identified on such Schedule 3.3(a). |
|
|
(b) |
|
Account Information. As of the date hereof, all Deposit Accounts, cash
collateral account or investment accounts of each Debtor (except for those Deposit
Accounts located with the Agent) are located at the banks specified on
Schedule 3.3(b) attached hereto which Schedule sets forth the true and correct name
of each bank where such accounts are located, such banks address, the type of
account and the account number. |
|
|
(c) |
|
Documents. As of the date hereof, except as set forth on Schedule
3.3(c), none of the Inventory or Equipment of such Debtor (other than trailers, rolling
stock, vessels, aircraft and Vehicles) is evidenced by a Document (including, without
limitation, a negotiable document of title). |
8
|
(d) |
|
Intellectual Property. Set forth on Schedule 1.1 (the same may be
amended from time to time) is a true and correct list of the registered Patents, Patent
Licenses, registered Trademarks, Trademark Licenses, registered Copyrights and
Copyright Licenses owned by the Debtors (including, in the case of the Patents,
Trademarks and Copyrights, the applicable name, date of registration (or of application
if registration not completed) and application or registration number). |
Section 3.4 Pledged Shares.
|
(a) |
|
Duly Authorized and Validly Issued. The Pledged Shares that are shares
of a corporation have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and
nonassessable, and the Pledged Shares that are membership interests or partnership
units (if any) have been validly granted, under the laws of the jurisdiction of
organization of the issuers thereof, and, to the extent applicable, are fully paid and
nonassessable. No such membership or partnership interests constitute securities
within the meaning of Article 8 of the UCC, and each Debtor covenants and agrees not to
allow any such membership or partnership interest to become securities for purposes
of Article 8 of the UCC. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Valid Title; No Liens; No Restrictions. Each Debtor is the legal and
beneficial owner of the Pledged Shares, free and clear of any Lien (other than the
Liens created by this Agreement), and such Debtor has not sold, granted any option with
respect to, assigned, transferred or otherwise disposed of any of its rights or
interest in or to the Pledged Shares. None of the Pledged Shares are subject to any
contractual or other restrictions upon the pledge or other transfer of such Pledged
Shares, other than those imposed by securities laws generally. No issuer of Pledged
Shares is party to any agreement granting control (as defined in Section 8-106 of the
UCC) of such Debtors Pledged Shares to any third party. All such Pledged Shares are
held by each Debtor directly and not through any securities intermediary. |
|
|
(c) |
|
Description of Pledged Shares; Ownership. The Pledged Shares
constitute the percentage of the issued and outstanding shares of stock, partnership
units or membership interests of the issuers thereof indicated on Schedule 1.2 (as the
same may be amended from time to time) and such Schedule contains a
description of all shares of capital stock, membership interests and other equity
interests of or in any Subsidiaries owned by such Debtor. |
Section 3.5 Intellectual Property.
|
(a) |
|
Filings and Recordation. Each Debtor has made all necessary filings
and recordations to protect and maintain its interest in the Trademarks, Patents and
Copyrights set forth on Schedule
1.1 (as the same may be amended from time to time),
including, without limitation, all necessary filings and recordings, and payments of
all maintenance fees, in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and United
States Copyright Office to the extent such Trademarks, Patents and Copyrights are
material to such Debtors business. Also set forth on
Schedule |
9
1.1 (as the same may be
amended from time to time) is a complete and accurate list of all of the material
Trademark Licenses, Patent Licenses and Copyright Licenses owned by the Debtors as of
the date hereof.
|
(b) |
|
Trademarks and Trademark Licenses Valid. (i) Each Material Trademark
of the Debtors set forth on Schedule 1.1 (as the same may be amended from time to time)
is subsisting and has not been adjudged invalid, unregisterable or unenforceable, in
whole or in part, and, to the Debtors knowledge, is valid, registrable and
enforceable, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy insolvency,
reorganization moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors rights
generally and by equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in
equity or at law) (ii) each of the Trademark Licenses set forth on Schedule 1.1 (as the
same may be amended from time to time) is validly subsisting and has not been adjudged
invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and, to the Debtors knowledge, is valid
and enforceable, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy insolvency,
reorganization moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors rights
generally and by equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in
equity or at law) and (iii) the Debtors have notified the Agent in writing of all uses
of any material item of Trademark Collateral of which any Debtor is aware which could
reasonably be expected to lead to such item becoming invalid or unenforceable,
including unauthorized uses by third parties and uses which were not supported by the
goodwill of the business connected with such Collateral. |
|
|
(c) |
|
Patents and Patent Licenses Valid. (i) Each Material Patent of the
Debtors set forth on Schedule 1.1 (as the same may be amended from time to time) is
subsisting and has not been adjudged invalid, unpatentable or unenforceable, in whole
or in part, and, to the Debtors knowledge, is valid, patentable and enforceable except
as otherwise set forth on Schedule 1.1 (as the same may be amended from time to time),
except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy insolvency, reorganization
moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors rights generally and
by equitable principles (whether
enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law) (ii) each of the Patent
Licenses set forth on Schedule 1.1 (as the same may be amended from time to time) is
validly subsisting and has not been adjudged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or
in part, and, to the Debtors knowledge, is valid and enforceable, except as
enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy insolvency, reorganization moratorium or
similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors rights generally and by
equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at
law) and (iii) the Debtors have notified the Agent in writing of all uses of any
item of Patent Collateral material to any Debtors business of which any Debtor is
aware which could reasonably be expected to lead to such item becoming invalid or
unenforceable. |
|
|
(d) |
|
Copyright and Copyright Licenses Valid. (i) Each Material Copyright of
the Debtors set forth on Schedule 1.1 (as the same may be amended from time to |
10
time) is
subsisting and has not been adjudged invalid, uncopyrightable or unenforceable, in
whole or in part, and, to the Debtors knowledge, is valid, copyrightable and
enforceable, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy insolvency,
reorganization moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors rights
generally and by equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in
equity or at law) (ii) each of the Copyright Licenses set forth on Schedule 1.1 (as the
same may be amended from time to time) is validly subsisting and has not been adjudged
invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and, to the Debtors knowledge, is valid
and enforceable, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy insolvency,
reorganization moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors rights
generally and by equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in
equity or at law) and (iii) the Debtors have notified the Agent in writing of all uses
of any item of Copyright Collateral material to any Debtors business of which any
Debtor is aware which could reasonably be expected to lead to such item becoming
invalid or unenforceable.
|
(e) |
|
No Assignment. The Debtors have not made a previous assignment, sale,
transfer or agreement constituting a present or future assignment, sale, transfer or
encumbrance of any of the Intellectual Property Collateral, except with respect to
non-exclusive licenses granted in the ordinary course of business or as permitted by
this Agreement or the Loan Documents. No Debtor has granted any license, shop right,
release, covenant not to sue, or non-assertion assurance to any Person with respect to
any part of the Intellectual Property Collateral, except as set forth on Schedule 1.1
or as otherwise disclosed to the Agent in writing. |
|
|
(f) |
|
Products Marked. Each Debtor has marked its products with the
trademark registration symbol, copyright notices, the numbers of all appropriate
patents, the common law trademark symbol or the designation patent pending, as the
case may be, to the extent that Debtor, in good faith, believes is reasonably and
commercially practicable. |
|
|
(g) |
|
Other Rights. Except for the Trademark Licenses, Patent Licenses and
Copyright Licenses listed on Schedule 1.1 hereto under which a Debtor is a licensee, no
Debtor has knowledge of the existence of any right or any claim (other than as provided
by this Agreement) that is likely to be made under or against any item of Intellectual
Property Collateral contained on Schedule 1.1 to the extent such claim could reasonably
be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. |
|
|
(h) |
|
No Claims. Except as set forth on Schedule 1.1 or as otherwise
disclosed to the Agent in writing, no claim has been made and is continuing or, to any
Debtors knowledge, threatened that the use by any Debtor of any item of Intellectual
Property Collateral is invalid or unenforceable or that the use by any Debtor of any
Intellectual Property Collateral does or may violate the rights of any Person, except
to the extent such invalidity, unenforceability or violation could not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the Debtors |
11
|
|
|
knowledge, there is no
infringement or unauthorized use of any item of Intellectual Property Collateral
contained on Schedule 1.1 or as otherwise disclosed to the Agent in writing and except
to the extent such claim could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect. |
|
|
(i) |
|
No Consent. No consent of any party (other than such Debtor) to any
Patent License, Copyright License or Trademark License constituting Intellectual
Property Collateral is required, or purports to be required, to be obtained by or on
behalf of such Debtor in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of
this Agreement that has not been obtained. To any Debtors knowledge, each Patent
License, Copyright License and Trademark License constituting Intellectual Property
Collateral is in full force and effect and constitutes a valid and legally enforceable
obligation of the applicable Debtor and (to the knowledge of the Debtors) each other
party thereto except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors
rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by
proceedings in equity or at law). No consent or authorization of, filing with or other
act by or in respect of any Governmental Authority is required in connection with the
execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of any of the Patent
Licenses, Copyright Licenses or Trademark Licenses by any party thereto other than
those which have been duly obtained, made or performed and are in full force and
effect. Neither the Debtors nor (to the knowledge of any Debtor) any other party to any
Patent License, Copyright License or Trademark License constituting Collateral is in
default in the performance or observance of any of the terms thereof, except for such
defaults as would not reasonably be expected, in the aggregate, to have a material
adverse effect on the value of the Intellectual Property Collateral. To the knowledge
of such Debtor, the right, title and interest of the applicable Debtor in, to and under
each Patent License, Copyright License and Trademark License constituting Intellectual
Property Collateral is not subject to any defense, offset, counterclaim or claim. |
Section 3.6 Priority. No financing statement, security agreement or other Lien instrument covering all or any
part of the Collateral is on file in any public office with respect to any outstanding obligation
of such Debtor except (i) as may have been filed in favor of the Agent pursuant to this Agreement
and the other Loan Documents and (ii) financing statements filed to perfect Permitted Liens (which
shall not, in any event, grant a Lien over the Pledged Shares).
Section 3.7 Perfection. Upon (a) the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in the jurisdictions
listed on Schedule 3.7 attached hereto, and (b) the recording of this Agreement in the United
States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, the security interest in
favor of the Agent created herein will constitute a valid and perfected Lien upon and security
interest in the Collateral which may be created and perfected either under the UCC by filing
financing statements or by a filing with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the
United States Copyright Office.
12
ARTICLE 4
Covenants
Each Debtor covenants and agrees with the Agent, until termination of this Agreement in
accordance with the provisions of Section 7.12 hereof, as follows:
Section 4.1 Covenants Regarding Certain Kinds of Collateral.
(a) Promissory Notes and Tangible Chattel Paper. If Debtors, now or at any time hereafter, collectively hold or acquire any promissory notes
or tangible Chattel Paper for which the principal amount thereof or the obligations evidenced
thereunder are, in the aggregate, in excess of $250,000, the applicable Debtors shall promptly
notify the Agent in writing thereof and forthwith endorse, assign and deliver the same to the
Agent, accompanied by such instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as the
Agent may from time to time reasonably specify, and cause all such Chattel Paper to bear a legend
reasonably acceptable to the Agent indicating that the Agent has a security interest in such
Chattel Paper.
(b) Electronic Chattel Paper and Transferable Records. If Debtors, now or at any time hereafter, collectively hold or acquire an interest in any
electronic Chattel Paper or any transferable record, as that term is defined in the federal
Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, or in the Uniform Electronic
Transactions Act as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction, worth, in the aggregate, in excess of
$250,000, the applicable Debtors shall promptly notify the Agent thereof and, at the request and
option of the Agent, shall take such action as the Agent may reasonably request to vest in the
Agent control, under Section 9-105 of the UCC, of such electronic chattel paper or control
under the federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, or the Uniform
Electronic Transactions Act, as so in effect in such jurisdiction, of such transferable record.
(c) Letter-of-Credit Rights. If Debtors, now or at any time hereafter, collectively are or become beneficiaries under
letters of credit, with an aggregate face amount in excess of $250,000, the applicable Debtors
shall promptly notify the Agent thereof and, at the request of the Agent, the applicable Debtors
shall, pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent either
arrange (i) for the issuer and any confirmer of such letters of credit to consent to an assignment
to the Agent of the proceeds of the letters of credit or (ii) for the Agent to become the
transferee beneficiary of the letters of credit, together with, in each case, any such other
actions as reasonably requested by the Agent to perfect its first priority Lien in such letter of
credit rights. The applicable Debtor shall retain the proceeds of the applicable letters of credit
until a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing whereupon the proceeds are to be
delivered to the Agent and applied as set forth in the Credit Agreement.
(d) Commercial Tort Claims. If Debtors, now or at any time hereafter, collectively hold or acquire any commercial tort
claims, which, the reasonably estimated value of which are in aggregate excess of $250,000, the
applicable Debtors shall immediately notify the Agent in a writing signed by such Debtors of the
particulars thereof and grant to the Agent in such writing a security interest therein and in the
proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.
13
(e) Pledged Shares. All certificates or instruments representing or evidencing the Pledged Shares or any
Debtors rights therein shall be delivered to the Agent promptly upon Debtor gaining any rights
therein, in suitable form for transfer by delivery or accompanied by duly executed stock powers or
instruments of transfer or assignments in blank, all in form and substance reasonably acceptable to
the Agent.
(f) Equipment and Inventory.
|
(i) |
|
Location. Each Debtor shall keep the Equipment (other
than Vehicles) and Inventory (other than Inventory in transit) which is in such
Debtors possession or in the possession of any bailee or warehouseman at any
of the locations specified on
Schedule 3.3(a) attached hereto or as otherwise
disclosed in writing to the Agent from time to time, subject to compliance with
the other provisions of this Agreement, including subsection (ii) below. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
Landlord Consents and Bailees Waivers. Borrower shall
provide a landlord consent in form acceptable to Agent for its corporate
headquarters and upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of
Default, each Debtor shall provide, as applicable, a bailees waiver or
landlord consent, in form and substance acceptable to the Agent, for each
non-Debtor owned location of Collateral disclosed on Schedule 3.3(a) or
otherwise disclosed to the Agent in writing, promptly after leasing such
location, and shall take all other actions required by the Agent to perfect the
Agents security interest in the Equipment and Inventory with the priority
required by this Agreement. |
|
|
(iii) |
|
Maintenance. Each Debtor shall maintain the Equipment
and Inventory in such condition as may be specified by the terms of the Credit
Agreement. |
(g) Intellectual Property.
|
(i) |
|
Trademarks. Each Debtor agrees to take all necessary
steps, including, without limitation, in the United States Patent and Trademark
Office or in any court, to (x) defend, enforce, preserve the validity and
ownership of, and maintain each Trademark registration and each Trademark
License identified on Schedule 1.1 hereto, and (y) pursue each trademark
application now or hereafter identified on Schedule 1.1 hereto, including,
without limitation, the filing of responses to office actions issued by the
United States Patent and Trademark Office, the filing of applications for
renewal, the filing of affidavits under Sections 8 and 15 of the United States
Trademark Act, and the participation in opposition, cancellation, infringement
and misappropriation proceedings, except, in each case in which the Debtors
have determined, using their commercially reasonable judgment, that any of the
foregoing is not of material economic value to them. Each Debtor agrees to take
corresponding steps with respect to each |
14
|
|
|
new or acquired Trademark
registration, Trademark application or any rights obtained under any Trademark
License, in each case, which it is now or later becomes entitled, except in
each case in which such Debtor has determined, using its commercially
reasonable judgment, that any of the foregoing is not of material economic
value to it. Any expenses incurred in connection with such activities shall be
borne by the Debtors. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
Patents. Each Debtor to take all necessary steps,
including, without limitation, in the United States Patent and Trademark Office
or in any court, to (x) defend, enforce, preserve the validity and ownership
of, and maintain each Patent and each Patent License identified on Schedule 1.1
hereto, and (y) pursue each patent application, now or hereafter identified on
Schedule 1.1 hereto, including, without limitation, the filing of divisional,
continuation, continuation-in-part and substitute applications, the filing of
applications for reissue, renewal or extensions, the payment of maintenance
fees, and the participation in interference, reexamination,
opposition, infringement and misappropriation proceedings, except in each
case in which the Debtors have determined, using their commercially
reasonable judgment, that any of the foregoing is not of material economic
value to them. Each Debtor agrees to take corresponding steps with respect
to each new or acquired Patent, patent application, or any rights obtained
under any Patent License, in each case, which it is now or later becomes
entitled, except in each case in which the Debtors have determined, using
their commercially reasonable judgment, that any of the foregoing is not of
material economic value to them. Any expenses incurred in connection with
such activities shall be borne by the Debtors. |
|
|
(iii) |
|
Copyrights. Each Debtor agrees to take all necessary
steps, including, without limitation, in the United States Copyright Office or
in any court, to (x) defend, enforce, and preserve the validity and ownership
of each Copyright and each Copyright License identified on Schedule 1.1 hereto,
and (y) pursue each Copyright and mask work application, now or hereafter
identified on Schedule 1.1 hereto, including, without limitation, the payment
of applicable fees, and the participation in infringement and misappropriation
proceedings, except in each case in which the Debtors have determined, using
their commercially reasonable judgment, that any of the foregoing is not of
material economic value to them. Each Debtor agrees to take corresponding steps
with respect to each new or acquired Copyright, Copyright and mask work
application, or any rights obtained under any Copyright License, in each case,
which it is now or later becomes entitled, except in each case in which the
Debtors have determined, using their commercially reasonable judgment, that any
of the foregoing is not of material economic value to them. Any expenses
incurred in connection with such activities shall be borne by the Debtors. |
|
|
(iv) |
|
No Abandonment. The Debtors shall not abandon any
Trademark, Patent, Copyright or any pending Trademark, Copyright, mask work
or
|
15
|
|
|
Patent application, without the written consent of the Agent, unless the
Debtors shall have previously determined, using their commercially reasonable
judgment, that such use or the pursuit or maintenance of such Trademark
registration, Patent, Copyright registration or pending Trademark, Copyright,
mask work or
Patent application is not of material economic value to it, in
which case, the Debtors shall give notice of any such abandonment to the Agent
promptly in writing after the determination to abandon such Intellectual
Property Collateral is made. |
|
|
(v) |
|
No Infringement. In the event that a Debtor becomes
aware that any item of the Intellectual Property Collateral which such Debtor
has determined, using its commercially reasonable judgment, to be material to
its business is infringed or misappropriated by a third party, such Debtor
shall promptly notify the Agent promptly and in writing, in reasonable detail,
and shall take such actions as such Debtor or the Agent deems reasonably
appropriate under the circumstances to protect such Intellectual Property
Collateral, including, without limitation, suing for infringement or
misappropriation and for an injunction against such infringement or
misappropriation. Any expense incurred in connection with such activities
shall be borne by the Debtors. Each Debtor will advise the Agent promptly
and in writing, in reasonable detail, of any adverse determination or the
institution of any proceeding (including, without limitation, the
institution of any proceeding in the United States Patent and Trademark
Office, the United States Copyright Office or any court) regarding any
material item of the Intellectual Property Collateral. |
|
(h) |
|
Accounts and Contracts. Each Debtor shall, in accordance with its
usual business practices in effect from time to time, endeavor to collect or cause to
be collected from each account debtor under its Accounts, as and when due, any and all
amounts owing under such Accounts. So long as no Default or Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing and except as otherwise provided in Section 6.3,
each Debtor shall have the right to collect and receive payments on its Accounts, and
to use and expend the same in its operations in each case in compliance with the terms
of each of the Credit Agreement. |
|
|
(i) |
|
Vehicles; Aircraft and Vessels. Notwithstanding any other provision of
this Agreement, no Debtor shall be required to make any filings as may be necessary to
perfect the Agents Lien on its Vehicles, aircraft and vessels, unless a Default or an
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, whereupon the Agent may require such
filings be made. |
|
|
(j) |
|
[Intentionally Deleted]. |
|
|
(k) |
|
Deposit Accounts. Each Debtor agrees to promptly notify the Agent in
writing of all Deposit Accounts, cash collateral accounts or investments accounts
opened after the date hereof (except with Agent), and such Debtor shall take such
actions as may be necessary or deemed desirable by the Agent (including the execution |
16
|
|
|
and delivery of an account control agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the
Agent) to grant the Agent a perfected, first priority Lien over each of the Deposit
Accounts, cash collateral accounts or investment accounts disclosed on Schedule 3.3(b)
and over each of the additional accounts disclosed pursuant to this Section
4.1(k). |
Section 4.2 Encumbrances. Each Debtor shall not create, permit or suffer to exist, and shall defend the Collateral
against any Lien (other than the Permitted Liens, provided that no Lien, other than the Lien
created hereunder, shall exist over the Pledged Shares) or any restriction upon the pledge or other
transfer thereof (other than as specifically permitted in the Credit Agreement), and shall defend
such Debtors title to and other rights in the Collateral and the Agents pledge and collateral
assignment of and security interest in the Collateral against the claims and demands of all
Persons. Except to the extent permitted by the Credit Agreement or in connection with any
release of Collateral under Section 7.13 hereof (but only to the extent of any
Collateral so released), such Debtor shall do nothing to impair the rights of the Agent in the
Collateral.
Section 4.3 Disposition of Collateral. Except as otherwise permitted under the Credit Agreement, no Debtor shall enter into or
consummate any transfer or other disposition of Collateral.
Section 4.4 Insurance. The Collateral pledged by such Debtor or the Debtors will be insured (to the extent such
Collateral is insurable) with insurance coverage in such amounts and of such types as are required
by the terms of the Credit Agreement. In the case of all such insurance policies, each such Debtor
shall designate the Agent, as mortgagee or lender loss payee and such policies shall provide that
any loss be payable to the Agent, as mortgagee or lender loss payee, as its interests may appear.
Further, upon the request of the Agent, each such Debtor shall deliver certificates evidencing such
policies, including all endorsements thereon and those required hereunder, to the Agent; and each
such Debtor assigns to the Agent, as additional security hereunder, all its rights to receive
proceeds of insurance with respect to the Collateral. All such insurance shall, by its terms,
provide that the applicable carrier shall, prior to any cancellation before the expiration date
thereof, mail ten (10) days prior written notice to the Agent of such cancellation. Each Debtor
further shall provide the Agent upon request with evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Agent
that each such Debtor is at all times in compliance with this paragraph. Upon the occurrence and
during the continuance of a Default or an Event of Default, the Agent may, at its option, act as
each such Debtors attorney-in-fact in obtaining, adjusting, settling and compromising such
insurance and endorsing any drafts. Upon such Debtors failure to insure the Collateral as required
in this covenant, the Agent may, at its option, procure such insurance and its costs therefor shall
be charged to such Debtor, payable on demand, with interest at the highest rate set forth in the
Credit Agreement and added to the Indebtedness secured hereby. The disposition of proceeds payable
to such Debtor of any insurance on the Collateral (the Insurance Proceeds) shall be
governed by the following:
|
(a) |
|
provided that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing
hereunder, (i) if the amount of Insurance Proceeds in respect of any loss or casualty
does not exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000), such Debtor shall be entitled, in the
event of such loss or casualty, to receive all such Insurance |
17
|
|
|
Proceeds and to apply the
same toward the replacement of the Collateral affected thereby or to the purchase of
other assets to be used in such Debtors business (provided that such assets shall be
subjected to a first priority Lien in favor of the Agent and such repurchase of assets
shall occur within 270 days of such Debtor receiving the Insurance Proceeds); and (ii)
if the amount of Insurance Proceeds in respect of any loss or casualty exceeds One
Million Dollars ($1,000,000), such Insurance Proceeds shall be paid to and received by
the Agent, for release to such Debtor for the replacement of the Collateral affected
thereby or to the purchase of other assets to be used in such Debtors business
(provided that such assets shall be subjected to a first priority Lien in favor of the
Agent); or, upon written request of such Debtor (accompanied by reasonable supporting
documentation), for such
other use or purpose as approved by the Agent, in their reasonable discretion, it
being understood and agreed in connection with any release of funds under this
subparagraph (ii), that the Agent may impose reasonable and customary conditions on
the disbursement of such Insurance Proceeds; and |
|
|
(b) |
|
if a Default or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing and is not
waived as provided in the Credit Agreement, all Insurance Proceeds in respect of any
loss or casualty shall be paid to and received by the Agent, to be applied by the Agent
against the Indebtedness in the manner specified in the Credit Agreement and/or to be
held by the Agent as cash collateral for the Indebtedness, as the Agent may direct in
its sole discretion. |
Section 4.5 Corporate Changes; Books and Records; Inspection Rights. (a) Each Debtor shall not change its respective name, identity, corporate structure or
jurisdiction of organization, or identification number in any manner that might make any financing
statement filed in connection with this Agreement seriously misleading within the meaning of
Section 9-506 of the UCC unless such Debtor shall have given the Agent ten (10) days prior written
notice with respect to any change in such Debtors corporate structure, jurisdiction of
organization, name or identity and shall have taken all action deemed reasonably necessary by the
Agent under the circumstances to protect its Liens and the perfection and priority thereof, (b)
each Debtor shall keep the Records at the location specified on Schedule 3.2 as the location of
such books and records or as otherwise specified in writing to the Agent and (c) the Debtors shall
permit the Agent, the Banks, and their respective agents and representatives to conduct
inspections, discussion and audits of the Collateral in accordance with the terms of the Credit
Agreement.
Section 4.6 Notification of Lien; Continuing Disclosure.
Each Debtor shall promptly notify the Agent in writing of any Lien, encumbrance or claim
(other than a Permitted Lien, to the extent not otherwise subject to any notice requirements under
the Credit Agreement) that has attached to or been made or asserted against any of the Collateral
upon becoming aware of the existence of such Lien, encumbrance or claim.
Section 4.7 Covenants Regarding Pledged Shares
(a) Voting Rights and Distributions.
18
|
(i) |
|
So long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred
and be continuing (both before and after giving effect to any of the actions or
other matters described in clauses (A) or (B) of this subparagraph): |
|
(A) |
|
Each Debtor shall be entitled to exercise any
and all voting and other consensual rights (including, without
limitation, the right to give consents, waivers and ratifications)
pertaining to any of the Pledged Shares or any part thereof;
provided, however, that no vote shall be cast or
consent, waiver or ratification given or action
taken without the prior written consent of the Agent which would
violate any provision of this Agreement or the Credit Agreement; and |
|
|
(B) |
|
Except as otherwise provided by the Credit
Agreement, such Debtor shall be entitled to receive and retain any and
all dividends, distributions and interest paid in respect to any of the
Pledged Shares. |
|
(ii) |
|
Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default or
an Event of Default: |
|
(A) |
|
The Agent may, without notice to such Debtor,
transfer or register in the name of the Agent or any of its nominees,
for the equal and ratable benefit of the Banks, any or all of the
Pledged Shares and the Proceeds thereof (in cash or otherwise) held by
the Agent hereunder, and the Agent or its nominee may thereafter, after
delivery of notice to such Debtor, exercise all voting and corporate
rights at any meeting of any corporation issuing any of the Pledged
Shares and any and all rights of conversion, exchange, subscription or
any other rights, privileges or options pertaining to any of the
Pledged Shares as if the Agent were the absolute owner thereof,
including, without limitation, the right to exchange, at its
discretion, any and all of the Pledged Shares upon the merger,
consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other readjustment
of any corporation issuing any of such Pledged Shares or upon the
exercise by any such issuer or the Agent of any right, privilege or
option pertaining to any of the Pledged Shares, and in connection
therewith, to deposit and deliver any and all of the Pledged Shares
with any committee, depositary, transfer agent, registrar or other
designated agency upon such terms and conditions as the Agent may
determine, all without liability except to account for property
actually received by it, but the Agent shall have no duty to exercise
any of the aforesaid rights, privileges or options, and the Agent shall
not be responsible for any failure to do so or delay in so doing. |
19
|
(B) |
|
All rights of such Debtor to exercise the
voting and other consensual rights which it would otherwise be entitled
to exercise pursuant to Section 4.7(a)(i)(A) and to receive the
dividends, interest and other distributions which it would otherwise be
authorized to receive and retain pursuant to Section
4.7(a)(i)(B) shall be suspended until such Default or Event of
Default shall no longer exist, and all such rights shall, until such
Default or Event of Default shall no longer exist, thereupon become
vested in the Agent which shall thereupon have the sole right to
exercise such voting and other consensual rights and to receive, hold
and dispose
of as Pledged Shares such dividends, interest and other
distributions. |
|
|
(C) |
|
All dividends, interest and other distributions
which are received by such Debtor contrary to the provisions of this
Section 4.7(a)(ii) shall be received in trust for the benefit
of the Agent, shall be segregated from other funds of such Debtor and
shall be forthwith paid over to the Agent as Collateral in the same
form as so received (with any necessary endorsement). |
|
|
(D) |
|
Each Debtor shall execute and deliver (or cause
to be executed and delivered) to the Agent all such proxies and other
instruments as the Agent may reasonably request for the purpose of
enabling the Agent to exercise the voting and other rights which it is
entitled to exercise pursuant to this Section 4.7(a)(ii) and to
receive the dividends, interest and other distributions which it is
entitled to receive and retain pursuant to this Section
4.7(a)(ii). The foregoing shall not in any way limit the Agents
power and authority granted pursuant to the other provisions of this
Agreement. |
(b) Possession; Reasonable Care
.. Regardless of whether a Default or an Event of Default has occurred or is continuing, the
Agent shall have the right to hold in its possession all Pledged Shares pledged, assigned or
transferred hereunder and from time to time constituting a portion of the Collateral. The Agent
may appoint one or more agents (which in no case shall be a Debtor or an affiliate of a Debtor) to
hold physical custody, for the account of the Agent, of any or all of the Collateral. The Agent
shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Collateral
in its possession if the Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which the
Agent accords its own property, it being understood that the Agent shall not have any
responsibility for (i) ascertaining or taking action with respect to calls, conversions, exchanges,
maturities, tenders or other matters relative to any Collateral, whether or not the Agent has or is
deemed to have knowledge of such matters, or (ii) taking any necessary steps to preserve rights
against any parties with respect to any Collateral, except, subject to the terms hereof, upon the
written instructions of the Banks. Following the occurrence and continuance of an Event of
Default, the Agent shall be entitled to take ownership of the Collateral in accordance with the
UCC.
Section 4.8 New Subsidiaries; Additional Collateral
20
|
(a) |
|
With respect to each Domestic Subsidiary which becomes a Material Subsidiary of
a Debtor subsequent to the date hereof or which is otherwise required under the
provisions of Section 7.13 of the Credit Agreement to execute and deliver a Guaranty,
execute and deliver such joinders or security agreements or other pledge documents as
are required by the Credit Agreement, within the time periods set forth therein. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Each Debtor agrees that, (i) except with the written consent of the Agent, it
will not permit any Domestic Subsidiary (whether now existing or formed after the date
hereof) to issue to such Debtor or any of such Debtors other Subsidiaries any shares
of stock, membership interests, partnership units, notes or other securities or
instruments (including without limitation the Pledged Shares) in addition to or in
substitution for any of the Collateral, unless, concurrently with each issuance
thereof, any and all such shares of stock, membership interests, partnership units,
notes or instruments are encumbered in favor of the Agent under this Agreement or
otherwise (except that only 65% of such shares of stock, membership interests or
partnership units of Foreign Subsidiaries are required to be encumbered in favor of
Agent) (it being understood and agreed that all such shares of stock, membership
interests, partnership units, notes or instruments issued to such Debtor shall, without
further action by such Debtor or the Agent, be automatically encumbered by this
Agreement as Pledged Shares to the extent required under the terms of this Agreement or
the Credit Agreement) and (ii) it will promptly following the issuance thereof deliver
to the Agent (A) an amendment, duly executed by such Debtor, in substantially the form
of Exhibit A hereto in respect of such shares of stock, membership interests,
partnership units, notes or instruments issued to Debtor or (B) if reasonably required
by the Banks, a new stock pledge, duly executed by the applicable Debtor, in
substantially the form of this Agreement (a New Pledge), in respect of such
shares of stock, membership interests, partnership units, notes or instruments issued
to any Debtor granting to the Agent, for the benefit of the Banks, a first priority
security interest, pledge and Lien thereon, together in each case with all
certificates, notes or other instruments representing or evidencing the same, together
with such other documentation as the Agent may reasonably request. Such Debtor hereby
(x) authorizes the Agent to attach each such amendment to this Agreement, (y) agrees
that all such shares of stock, membership interests, partnership units, notes or
instruments listed in any such amendment delivered to the Agent shall for all purposes
hereunder constitute Pledged Shares, and (z) is deemed to have made, upon the delivery
of each such amendment, the representations and warranties contained in Section
3.4 of this Agreement with respect to the Collateral covered thereby. |
|
|
(c) |
|
With respect to any Intellectual Property Collateral owned, licensed or
otherwise acquired by any Debtor after the date hereof, and with respect to any Patent,
Trademark or Copyright which is not registered or filed with the U.S. Patent and
Trademark Office and/or the U.S. Copyright Office at the time such Collateral is
pledged by a Debtor to the Agent pursuant to this Security Agreement, and which is
subsequently registered or filed by such Debtor in the appropriate office, such |
21
|
|
|
Debtor shall promptly after the acquisition or registration thereof execute or cause to be
executed and delivered to the Agent, (i) an amendment, duly executed by such Debtor, in
substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto, in respect of such additional or newly
registered collateral or (ii) at the Agents option, a new security agreement, duly
executed by the applicable Debtor, in substantially the form of this Agreement, in
respect of such additional or newly registered collateral, granting to the Agent, for
the benefit of the Banks, a first priority
security interest, pledge and Lien thereon (subject only to the Permitted Liens),
together in each case with all certificates, notes or other instruments representing
or evidencing the same, and shall, upon the Agents request, execute or cause to be
executed any financing statement or other document (including without limitation,
filings required by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and/or the U.S. Copyright
Office in connection with any such additional or newly registered collateral)
granting or otherwise evidencing a Lien over such new Intellectual Property
Collateral. Each Debtor hereby (x) authorizes the Agent to attach each amendment to
this Agreement, (y) agrees that all such additional collateral listed in any
amendment delivered to the Agent shall for all purposes hereunder constitute
Collateral, and (z) is deemed to have made, upon the delivery of each such
Amendment, the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.3(d)
and Section 3.5 of this Agreement with respect to the Collateral covered
thereby. |
Section 4.9 Further Assurances
(a) At any time and from time to time, upon the request of the Agent, and at the sole expense
of the Debtors, each Debtor shall promptly execute and deliver all such further agreements,
documents and instruments and take such further action as the Agent may reasonably deem necessary
or appropriate to (i) preserve, ensure the priority, effectiveness and validity of and perfect the
Agents security interest in and pledge and collateral assignment of the Collateral (including
causing the Agents name to be noted as secured party on any certificate of title for a titled good
if such notation is a condition of the Agents ability to enforce its security interest in such
Collateral), unless such actions are specifically waived under the terms of this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents, (ii) carry out the provisions and purposes of this Agreement and (iii) to
enable the Agent to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any of
the Collateral. Except as otherwise expressly permitted by the terms of the Credit Agreement
relating to disposition of assets and except for Permitted Liens (except for Pledged Shares, over
which the only Lien shall be that Lien established under this Agreement), each Debtor agrees to
maintain and preserve the Agents security interest in and pledge and collateral assignment of the
Collateral hereunder and the priority thereof.
(b) Each Debtor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Agent at any time and from time to time to
file in any filing office in any jurisdiction any initial financing statements and amendments
thereto that (i) indicate any or all of the Collateral upon which the Debtors have granted a Lien,
and (ii) provide any other information required by Part 5 of Article 9 of the UCC, including
organizational information and in the case of a fixture filing or a filing for Collateral
consisting of as-extracted collateral or timber to be cut, a sufficient description of real
property to which the Collateral relates. Each Debtor agrees to furnish any such information
required by the preceding paragraph to the Agent promptly upon the Agents reasonable request for
such information.
22
ARTICLE 5
Rights of the Agent
Section 5.1 Power of Attorney. Each Debtor hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Agent
and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful
attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the name of such Debtor or in its own
name, to take, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any and all
actions, and to execute any and all documents and instruments which the Agent at any time and from
time to time deems necessary, to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and, without limiting
the generality of the foregoing, such Debtor hereby gives the Agent the power and right on behalf
of such Debtor and in its own name to do any of the following after the occurrence and during the
continuance of an Event of Default, without notice to or the consent of such Debtor:
|
(a) |
|
to demand, sue for, collect or receive, in the name of such Debtor or in its
own name, any money or property at any time payable or receivable on account of or in
exchange for any of the Collateral and, in connection therewith, endorse checks, notes,
drafts, acceptances, money orders, documents of title or any other instruments for the
payment of money under the Collateral or any policy of insurance; |
|
|
(b) |
|
to pay or discharge taxes, Liens (other than Permitted Liens) or other
encumbrances levied or placed on or threatened against the Collateral; |
|
|
(c) |
|
(i) to direct account debtors and any other parties liable for any payment
under any of the Collateral to make payment of any and all monies due and to become due
thereunder directly to the Agent or as the Agent shall direct; (ii) to receive payment
of and receipt for any and all monies, claims and other amounts due and to become due
at any time in respect of or arising out of any Collateral; (iii) to sign and endorse
any invoices, freight or express bills, bills of lading, storage or warehouse receipts,
drafts against debtors, assignments, proxies, stock powers, verifications and notices
in connection with accounts and other documents relating to the Collateral; (iv) to
commence and prosecute any suit, action or proceeding at law or in equity in any court
of competent jurisdiction to collect the Collateral or any part thereof and to enforce
any other right in respect of any Collateral; (v) to defend any suit, action or
proceeding brought against such Debtor with respect to any Collateral; (vi) to settle,
compromise or adjust any suit, action or proceeding described above and, in connection
therewith, to give such discharges or releases as the Agent may deem appropriate; (vii)
to exchange any of the Collateral for other property upon any merger, consolidation,
reorganization, recapitalization or other readjustment of the issuer thereof and, in
connection therewith, deposit any of the Collateral with any committee, depositary,
transfer agent, registrar or other designated agency upon such terms as the Agent may
determine; (viii) to add or release any guarantor, indorser, surety or other party to
any of the Collateral; (ix) to renew, extend or otherwise change the terms and
conditions of any of the Collateral; (x) to make, settle, compromise or adjust any
claim under or pertaining to any of the Collateral (including claims |
23
|
|
|
under any policy of insurance); (xi) subject to any pre-existing rights or licenses,
to assign any Patent, Copyright or Trademark constituting Intellectual Property
Collateral (along with the goodwill of the business to which any such Patent,
Copyright or Trademark pertains), for such term or terms, on such conditions and in
such manner, as the Agent shall in its sole discretion determine, and (xii) to sell,
transfer, pledge, convey, make any agreement with respect to, or otherwise deal
with, any of the Collateral as fully and completely as though the Agent were the
absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and to do, at the Agents option and such
Debtors expense, at any time, or from time to time, all acts and things which the
Agent deems necessary to protect, preserve, maintain, or realize upon the Collateral
and the Agents security interest therein. |
This power of attorney is a power coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable. The
Agent shall be under no duty to exercise or withhold the exercise of any of the rights, powers,
privileges and options expressly or implicitly granted to the Agent in this Agreement, and shall
not be liable for any failure to do so or any delay in doing so. This power of attorney is
conferred on the Agent solely to protect, preserve, maintain and realize upon its security interest
in the Collateral. The Agent shall not be responsible for any decline in the value of the
Collateral and shall not be required to take any steps to preserve rights against prior parties or
to protect, preserve or maintain any Lien given to secure the Collateral.
Section 5.2 Setoff. In addition to and not in limitation of any rights of any Banks under
applicable law, the Agent and each Bank shall, upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of
Default, without notice or demand of any kind, have the right to appropriate and apply to the
payment of the Indebtedness owing to it (whether or not then due) any and all balances, credits,
deposits, accounts or moneys of Debtors then or thereafter on deposit with such Banks; provided,
however, that any such amount so applied by any Bank on any of the Indebtedness owing to it shall
be subject to the provisions of the Credit Agreement.
Section 5.3 Assignment by the Agent. The Agent may at any time assign or otherwise transfer all
or any portion of its rights and obligations as Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents (including, without limitation, the Indebtedness) to any other Person, to the extent
permitted by, and upon the conditions contained in, the Credit Agreement and such Person shall
thereupon become vested with all the benefits and obligations thereof granted to the Agent herein
or otherwise.
Section 5.4 Performance by the Agent. If any Debtor shall fail to perform any covenant or
agreement contained in this Agreement in accordance with this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents, the Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) perform or attempt to perform such
covenant or agreement on behalf of the Debtors, in which case Agent shall exercise good faith and
make diligent efforts to give Debtors prompt prior written notice of such performance or attempted
performance. In such event, the Debtors shall, at the request of the Agent, promptly pay any
reasonable amount expended by the Agent in connection with such performance or attempted
performance to the Agent, together with interest thereon at the interest rate set forth in the
Credit Agreement, from and including the date of such expenditure to but excluding the date such
expenditure is paid in full. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is
24
expressly agreed that the Agent shall not have any liability or responsibility for the
performance (or non-performance) of any obligation of the Debtors under this Agreement.
Section 5.5 Certain Costs and Expenses. The Debtors shall pay or reimburse the Agent within five
(5) Business Days after demand for all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable
attorneys and paralegal fees) incurred by it in connection with the enforcement, attempted
enforcement, or preservation of any rights or remedies under this Agreement or any other Loan
Document during the existence of an Event of Default or after acceleration of any of the
Indebtedness (including in connection with any workout or restructuring regarding the
Indebtedness, and including in any insolvency proceeding or appellate proceeding). The agreements
in this Section 5.5 shall survive the payment in full of the Indebtedness. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, the reimbursement of any fees and expenses incurred by the Banks shall be governed
by the terms and conditions of the applicable Credit Agreement.
Section 5.6 Indemnification. The Debtors shall indemnify, defend and hold the Agent, and each
Bank and each of their respective officers, directors, employees, counsel, agents and
attorneys-in-fact (each, an Indemnified Person) harmless from and against any and all
liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, charges,
expenses and disbursements (including reasonable attorneys and paralegals fees) of any kind or
nature whatsoever which may at any time (including at any time following repayment of the
Indebtedness and the termination, resignation or replacement of the Agent or replacement of any
Bank) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any such Indemnified Person in any way
relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any document relating to
or arising out of or referred to in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the transactions
contemplated hereby, or any action taken or omitted by any such Indemnified Person under or in
connection with any of the foregoing, including with respect to any investigation, litigation or
proceeding (including any bankruptcy proceeding or appellate proceeding) related to or arising out
of this Agreement or the Indebtedness or the use of the proceeds thereof, whether or not any
Indemnified Person is a party thereto (all the foregoing, collectively, the Indemnified
Liabilities); provided, that the Debtors shall have no obligation under this
Section 5.6 to any Indemnified Person with respect to Indemnified Liabilities to the extent
resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Person. The
agreements in this Section 5.6 shall survive payment of all other Indebtedness.
ARTICLE 6
Default
Section 6.1 Rights and Remedies. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing,
the Agent shall have the following rights and remedies subject to the direction and/or consent of
the Banks as required under the Credit Agreement:
|
(a) |
|
The Agent may exercise any of the rights and remedies set forth in this
Agreement (including, without limitation, Article 5 hereof), in the Credit
Agreement, or in any other Loan Document, or by applicable law. |
25
|
(b) |
|
In addition to all other rights and remedies granted to the Agent in this
Agreement, the Credit Agreement or by applicable law, the Agent shall have all of the
rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC (whether or not the UCC applies to
the affected Collateral) and the Agent may also, without previous demand or notice
except as specified below or in the Credit Agreement, sell the Collateral or any part
thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale, at any exchange, brokers
board or at any of the Agents offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for future
delivery, and upon such other terms as the Agent may, in its reasonable discretion,
deem commercially reasonable or otherwise as may be permitted by law. Without limiting
the generality of the foregoing, the Agent may (i) without demand or notice to the
Debtors (except as required under the Credit Agreement or applicable law), collect,
receive or take possession of the Collateral or any part thereof, and for that purpose
the Agent (and/or its Agents, servicers or other independent contractors) may enter
upon any premises on which the Collateral is located and remove the Collateral
therefrom or render it inoperable, and/or (ii) sell, lease or otherwise dispose of the
Collateral, or any part thereof, in one or more parcels at public or private sale or
sales, at the Agents offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for future delivery,
and upon such other terms as the Agent may, in its reasonable discretion, deem
commercially reasonable or otherwise as may be permitted by law. The Agent and,
subject to the terms of the Credit Agreement, each of the Banks shall have the right at
any public sale or sales, and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, at any
private sale or sales, to bid (which bid may be, in whole or in part, in the form of
cancellation of indebtedness) and become a purchaser of the Collateral or any part
thereof free of any right of redemption on the part of the Debtors, which right of
redemption is hereby expressly waived and released by the Debtors to the extent
permitted by applicable law. The Agent may require the Debtors to assemble the
Collateral and make it available to the Agent at any place designated by the Agent to
allow the Agent to take possession or dispose of such Collateral. The Debtors agree
that the Agent shall not be obligated to give more than five (5) days prior written
notice of the time and place of any public sale or of the time after which any private
sale may take place and that such notice shall constitute reasonable notice of such
matters. The foregoing shall not require notice if none is required by applicable law.
The Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of Collateral if, in the exercise of
its reasonable discretion, it shall determine not to do so, regardless of the fact that
notice of sale of Collateral may have been given. The Agent may, without notice or
publication (except as required by applicable law), adjourn any public or private sale
or cause the same to be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and
place fixed for sale, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time
and place to which the same was so adjourned. The Debtors shall be liable for all
reasonable expenses of retaking, holding, preparing for sale or the like, and all
reasonable attorneys fees, legal expenses and other costs and expenses incurred by the
Agent in connection with the collection of the Indebtedness and the enforcement of the
Agents rights under this Agreement and the Credit Agreement. The Debtors shall, to
the extent permitted by applicable law, remain liable for any deficiency if the
proceeds of |
26
|
|
|
any such sale or other disposition of the Collateral (conducted in conformity with
this clause (ii) and applicable law) applied to the Indebtedness are insufficient to
pay the Indebtedness in full. The Agent shall apply the proceeds from the sale of
the Collateral hereunder against the Indebtedness in such order and manner as
provided in the Credit Agreement. |
|
(c) |
|
The Agent may cause any or all of the Collateral held by it to be transferred
into the name of the Agent or the name or names of the Agents nominee or nominees. |
|
|
(d) |
|
The Agent may exercise any and all rights and remedies of the Debtors under or
in respect of the Collateral, including, without limitation, any and all rights of the
Debtors to demand or otherwise require payment of any amount under, or performance of
any provision of any of the Collateral and any and all voting rights and corporate
powers in respect of the Collateral. |
|
|
(e) |
|
On any sale of the Collateral, the Agent is hereby authorized to comply with
any limitation or restriction with which compliance is necessary (based on a reasoned
opinion of the Agents counsel) in order to avoid any violation of applicable law or in
order to obtain any required approval of the purchaser or purchasers by any applicable
Governmental Authority. |
|
|
(f) |
|
The Agent may direct account debtors and any other parties liable for any
payment under any of the Collateral to make payment of any and all monies due and to
become due thereunder directly to the Agent or as the Agent shall direct. |
|
|
(g) |
|
In the event of any sale, assignment or other disposition of the Intellectual
Property Collateral, the goodwill of the business connected with and symbolized by any
Collateral subject to such disposition shall be included, and the Debtors shall supply
to the Agent or its designee the Debtors know-how and expertise related to the
Intellectual Property Collateral subject to such disposition, and the Debtors
notebooks, studies, reports, records, documents and things embodying the same or
relating to the inventions, processes or ideas covered by and to the manufacture of any
products under or in connection with the Intellectual Property Collateral subject to
such disposition. |
|
|
(h) |
|
For purposes of enabling the Agent to exercise its rights and remedies under
this Section 6.1 and enabling the Agent and its successors and assigns to enjoy
the full benefits of the Collateral, the Debtors hereby grant to the Agent an
irrevocable, nonexclusive license (exercisable without payment of royalty or other
compensation to the Debtors) to use, assign, license or sublicense any of the
Intellectual Property Collateral, Computer Records or Software (including in such
license reasonable access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be
recorded or stored and all computer programs used for the completion or printout
thereof), exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default or an
Event of Default (and thereafter if Agent succeeds to any of the Collateral pursuant to
an enforcement proceeding or voluntary arrangement with Debtor), except as may be
prohibited by any licensing agreement relating to such
|
27
|
|
|
Computer Records or Software. This license shall also inure to the benefit of all
successors, assigns, transferees of and purchasers from the Agent. |
Section 6.2 Private Sales.
|
(a) |
|
In view of the fact that applicable securities laws may impose certain
restrictions on the method by which a sale of the Pledged Shares may be effected after
an Event of Default, Debtors agree that upon the occurrence and during the continuance
of an Event of Default, the Agent may from time to time attempt to sell all or any part
of the Pledged Shares by a private sale in the nature of a private placement,
restricting the bidders and prospective purchasers to those who will represent and
agree that they are accredited investors within the meaning of Regulation D
promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities
Act), and are purchasing for investment only and not for distribution. In so
doing, the Agent may solicit offers for the Pledged Shares, or any part thereof, from a
limited number of investors who might be interested in purchasing the Pledged Shares.
Without limiting the methods or manner of disposition which could be determined to be
commercially reasonable, if the Agent hires a firm of regional or national reputation
that is engaged in the business of rendering investment banking and brokerage services
to solicit such offers and facilitate the sale of the Pledged Shares, then the Agents
acceptance of the highest offer (including its own offer, or the offer of any of the
Banks at any such sale) obtained through such efforts of such firm shall be deemed to
be a commercially reasonable method of disposition of such Pledged Shares. The Agent
shall not be under any obligation to delay a sale of any of the Pledged Shares for the
period of time necessary to permit the issuer of such securities to register such
securities under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the United States, under the
Securities Act or under any applicable state securities laws, even if such issuer would
agree to do so. |
|
|
(b) |
|
The Debtors further agree to do or cause to be done, to the extent that the
Debtors may do so under applicable law, all such other reasonable acts and things as
may be necessary to make such sales or resales of any portion or all of the Collateral
valid and binding and in compliance with any and all applicable laws, regulations,
orders, writs, injunctions, decrees or awards of any and all courts, arbitrators or
governmental instrumentalities, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over any such
sale or sales, all at the Debtors expense. |
Section 6.3 Establishment of Cash Collateral Account; and Lock Box.
|
(a) |
|
Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of
Default (without the necessity of any notice hereunder), there may be established upon
the request of the Agent by each Debtor with the Agent, for the benefit of the Banks in
the name of the Agent, a segregated non-interest bearing cash collateral account (the
Cash Collateral Account) bearing a designation clearly indicating that the
funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Agent and the Banks; provided,
however, that the Cash Collateral Account may be an |
28
|
|
|
interest-bearing account with a commercial bank (including Comerica or any other
Bank which is a commercial bank) if determined by the Agent, in its reasonable
discretion, to be practicable, invested by the Agent in its sole discretion, but
without any liability for losses or the failure to achieve any particular rate of
return. Furthermore, in connection with the establishment of a Cash Collateral
Account under the first sentence of this Section 6.3 (and on the terms and
within the time periods provided thereunder), (i) each Debtor agrees to establish
and maintain (and the Agent, acting at the request of the Banks, may establish and
maintain) at Debtors sole expense a United States Post Office lock box (the
Lock Box), to which the Agent shall have exclusive access and control.
Each Debtor expressly authorizes the Agent, from time to time, to remove the
contents from the Lock Box for disposition in accordance with this Agreement; and
(ii) each Debtor shall notify all account debtors that all payments made to Debtor
(a) other than by electronic funds transfer, shall be remitted, for the credit of
Debtor, to the Lock Box, and Debtor shall include a like statement on all invoices,
and (b) by electronic funds transfer, shall be remitted to the Cash Collateral
Account, and Debtor shall include a like statement on all invoices. Each Debtor
agrees to execute all documents and authorizations as reasonably required by the
Agent to establish and maintain the Lock Box and the Cash Collateral Account. It is
acknowledged by the parties hereto that any lockbox presently maintained or
subsequently established by a Debtor with the Agent may be used, subject to the
terms hereof, to satisfy the requirements set forth in the first sentence of this
Section 6.3. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of
Default, any and all cash (including amounts received by electronic funds transfer),
checks, drafts and other instruments for the payment of money received by each Debtor
at any time, in full or partial payment of any of the Collateral consisting of Accounts
or Inventory, shall forthwith upon receipt be transmitted and delivered to the Agent,
properly endorsed, where required, so that such items may be collected by the Agent.
Any such amounts and other items received by a Debtor shall not be commingled with any
other of such Debtors funds or property, but will be held separate and apart from such
Debtors own funds or property, and upon express trust for the benefit of the Agent
until delivery is made to the Agent. All items or amounts which are remitted to a Lock
Box or otherwise delivered by or for the benefit of a Debtor to the Agent on account of
partial or full payment of, or any other amount payable with respect to, any of the
Collateral shall, at the Agents option, be applied to any of the Indebtedness, whether
then due or not, in the order and manner set forth in the Credit Agreement. No Debtor
shall have any right whatsoever to withdraw any funds so deposited. Each Debtor further
grants to the Agent a first security interest in and Lien on all funds on deposit in
such account. Each Debtor hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the Agent to
endorse all items received for deposit to the Cash Collateral Account, notwithstanding
the inclusion on any such item of a restrictive notation, e.g., paid in full,
balance of account, or other restriction. |
29
Section 6.4 Default Under Credit Agreement. Subject to any applicable notice and cure provisions
contained in the Credit Agreement, the occurrence of any Event of Default (as defined in the Credit
Agreement), including without limit a breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement, shall be
deemed to be an Event of Default under this Agreement. This Section 6.4 shall not limit
the Events of Default set forth in the Credit Agreement.
ARTICLE 7
Miscellaneous
Section 7.1 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure on the part of the Agent to exercise and
no delay in exercising, and no course of dealing with respect to, any right, power or privilege
under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of
any right, power or privilege under this Agreement preclude any other or further exercise thereof
or the exercise of any other right, power, or privilege. The rights and remedies provided for in
this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights and remedies provided by law.
Section 7.2 Successors and Assigns. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement,
this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Debtors and the Agent and
their respective heirs, successors and assigns, except that the Debtors may not assign any of their
rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Agent.
Section 7.3 AMENDMENT; ENTIRE AGREEMENT. THIS AGREEMENT, THE CREDIT AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN
AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS EMBODY THE FINAL, ENTIRE AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES HERETO AND
SUPERSEDES ANY AND ALL PRIOR COMMITMENTS, AGREEMENTS, REPRESENTATIONS AND UNDERSTANDINGS, WHETHER
WRITTEN OR ORAL, RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED OR VARIED BY
EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OR DISCUSSIONS OF THE PARTIES
HERETO. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS AMONG THE PARTIES HERETO. The provisions of this
Agreement may be amended or waived only by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.
Section 7.4 Notices. All notices, requests, consents, approvals, waivers and other communications
hereunder shall be in writing (including, by facsimile transmission) and mailed, faxed or delivered
to the address or facsimile number specified for notices on signature pages hereto; or, as directed
to the Debtors or the Agent, to such other address or number as shall be designated by such party
in a written notice to the other. All such notices, requests and communications shall, when sent by
overnight delivery, or faxed, be effective when delivered for overnight (next business day)
delivery, or transmitted in legible form by facsimile machine (with electronic confirmation of
receipt), respectively, or if mailed, upon the third Business Day after the date deposited into the
U.S. mail, or if otherwise delivered, upon delivery; except that notices to the Agent shall not be
effective until actually received by the Agent.
30
Section 7.5 GOVERNING LAW; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; SERVICE OF PROCESS.
|
(a) |
|
THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE
INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA. |
|
|
(b) |
|
ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN
DOCUMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA SITTING IN THE COUNTY
OF SANTA CLARA OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE NORTHERN DISTRICT OF CALIFORNIA, AND BY
EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH OF THE DEBTOR AND THE AGENT CONSENTS,
FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THOSE
COURTS. EACH OF THE DEBTOR AND THE AGENT IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING
ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON
CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR
PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY LOAN DOCUMENT. |
Section 7.6 Headings. The headings, captions, and arrangements used in this Agreement are for
convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.
Section 7.7 Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties made
in this Agreement or in any certificate delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the execution and
delivery of this Agreement, and no investigation by the Agent shall affect the representations and
warranties or the right of the Agent or the Banks to rely upon them.
Section 7.8 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of
which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same
instrument.
Section 7.9 Waiver of Bond. In the event the Agent seeks to take possession of any or all of the
Collateral by judicial process, the Debtors hereby irrevocably waive any bonds and any surety or
security relating thereto that may be required by applicable law as an incident to such possession,
and waives any demand for possession prior to the commencement of any such suit or action.
Section 7.10 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement which is determined by a court of
competent jurisdiction to be prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such
jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without
invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement, and any such prohibition or
unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in
any other jurisdiction.
31
Section 7.11 Construction. Each Debtor and the Agent acknowledge that each of them has had the
benefit of legal counsel of its own choice and has been afforded an opportunity to review this
Agreement with its legal counsel and that this Agreement shall be construed as if jointly drafted
by the Debtors and the Agent.
Section 7.12 Termination. If all of the Indebtedness (other than contingent liabilities pursuant
to any indemnity, including without limitation Section 5.5 and Section 5.6 hereof,
for claims which have not been asserted, or which have not yet accrued) shall have been
indefeasibly paid and performed in full (in cash) and all commitments to extend credit or other
credit accommodations under the Credit Agreement have been terminated, the Agent shall, upon the
written request of the Debtors, execute and deliver to the Debtors a proper instrument or
instruments acknowledging the release and termination of the security interests created by this
Agreement, and shall duly assign and deliver to the Debtors (without recourse and without any
representation or warranty) such of the Collateral as may be in the possession of the Agent and has
not previously been sold or otherwise applied pursuant to this Agreement.
Section 7.13 Release of Collateral. The Agent shall, upon the written request of the Debtors,
execute and deliver to the Debtors a proper instrument or instruments acknowledging the release of
the security interest and Liens established hereby on any Collateral (other than the Pledged
Shares): (a) if the sale or other disposition of such Collateral is permitted under the terms of
the Credit Agreement and, at the time of such proposed release, both before and after giving effect
thereto, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) if the sale or other
disposition of such Collateral is not permitted under the terms of the Credit Agreement, provided
that the requisite Banks under such Credit Agreement shall have consented to such sale or
disposition in accordance with the terms thereof, or (c) if such release has been approved by the
requisite Banks in accordance with Section 12.11 of the Credit Agreement.
Section 7.14 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH DEBTOR AND THE AGENT WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY
OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE
OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY, IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING
OR OTHER LITIGATION OF ANY TYPE BROUGHT BY EITHER SUCH PARTY AGAINST THE OTHER, WHETHER WITH
RESPECT TO CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, OR OTHERWISE. EACH DEBTOR AND THE AGENT AGREE THAT ANY
SUCH CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE TRIED BY A COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE
FOREGOING, EACH SUCH PARTY FURTHER AGREES THAT ITS RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IS WAIVED BY OPERATION
OF THIS SECTION AS TO ANY ACTION, COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER PROCEEDING WHICH SEEKS, IN WHOLE OR IN
PART, TO CHALLENGE THE VALIDITY OR ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR
ANY PROVISION HEREOF OR THEREOF. THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS,
SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT.
Section 7.15 Consistent Application. The rights and duties created by this Agreement shall, in all
cases, be interpreted consistently with, and shall be in addition to (and
32
not in lieu of), the rights and duties created by the Credit Agreement or the other Loan
Documents. In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be inconsistent with any
provision of the Credit Agreement, such provision of the Credit Agreement shall govern.
Section 7.16 Continuing Lien. The security interest granted under this Security Agreement shall be
a continuing security interest in every respect (whether or not the outstanding balance of the
Indebtedness is from time to time temporarily reduced to zero) and the Agents security interest in
the Collateral as granted herein shall continue in full force and effect for the entire duration
that the Credit Agreement remains in effect and until all of the Indebtedness are repaid and
discharged in full, and no commitment (whether optional or obligatory) to extend any credit under
the Credit Agreement remain outstanding.
33
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and
year first written above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEBTORS: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QUINSTREET, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
Name:
|
|
/s/ Douglas J. Valenti
Douglas J. Valenti
|
|
|
|
|
Title
|
|
Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
Address for Notices: |
|
|
|
|
1051 East Hillsdale Blvd. |
|
|
|
|
Foster City, California 94404 |
|
|
|
|
Fax No.: (650) 578-7604 |
|
|
|
|
Telephone No.: |
|
|
|
|
Attention: Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QUINSTREET PROPERTIES, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
Name:
|
|
/s/ Douglas J. Valenti
Douglas J. Valenti
|
|
|
|
|
Title
|
|
President |
|
|
|
|
Address for Notices: |
|
|
|
|
1051 East Hillsdale Blvd. |
|
|
|
|
Foster City, California 94404 |
|
|
|
|
Fax No.: (650) 578-7604 |
|
|
|
|
Telephone No.: |
|
|
|
|
Attention: Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QUINSTREET LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
Name:
|
|
/s/ Douglas J. Valenti
Douglas J. Valenti
|
|
|
|
|
Title
|
|
Manager |
|
|
|
|
Address for Notices: |
|
|
|
|
1051 East Hillsdale Blvd. |
|
|
|
|
Foster City, California 94404 |
|
|
|
|
Fax No.: (650) 578-7604 |
|
|
|
|
Telephone No.: |
|
|
|
|
Attention: Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QUINSTREET MEDIA, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
Name:
|
|
/s/ Douglas J. Valenti
Douglas J. Valenti
|
|
|
|
|
Title
|
|
President |
|
|
|
|
Address for Notices: |
|
|
|
|
1051 East Hillsdale Blvd. |
|
|
|
|
Foster City, California 94404 |
|
|
|
|
Fax No.: (650) 578-7604 |
|
|
|
|
Telephone No.: |
|
|
|
|
Attention: Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CYBERSPACE COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
Name:
|
|
/s/ Douglas J. Valenti
Douglas J. Valenti
|
|
|
|
|
Title
|
|
President |
|
|
|
|
Address for Notices: |
|
|
|
|
1051 East Hillsdale Blvd. |
|
|
|
|
Foster City, California 94404 |
|
|
|
|
Fax No.: (650) 578-7604 |
|
|
|
|
Telephone No.: |
|
|
|
|
Attention: Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RELIABLEREMODELER.COM, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
By:
Name:
|
|
/s/ Douglas J. Valenti
Douglas J. Valenti
|
|
|
|
|
Title
|
|
President |
|
|
|
|
Address for Notices: |
|
|
|
|
1051 East Hillsdale Blvd. |
|
|
|
|
Foster City, California 94404 |
|
|
|
|
Fax No.: (650) 578-7604 |
|
|
|
|
Telephone No.: |
|
|
|
|
Attention: Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HQ PUBLICATIONS LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
Name:
|
|
/s/ Douglas J. Valenti
Douglas J. Valenti
|
|
|
|
|
Title
|
|
Manager |
|
|
|
|
Address for Notices: |
|
|
|
|
1051 East Hillsdale Blvd. |
|
|
|
|
Foster City, California 94404 |
|
|
|
|
Fax No.: (650) 578-7604 |
|
|
|
|
Telephone No.: |
|
|
|
|
Attention: Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AGENT: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMERICA BANK, as Agent |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
Name:
|
|
/s/ Philip Koblis
Philip Koblis
|
|
|
|
|
Title
|
|
Senior Vice President |
|
|
|
|
Address for Notices: |
|
|
|
|
75 East Trimble Road, M/C 4770 |
|
|
|
|
San Jose, California 95131 |
|
|
|
|
Attention: Manager |
|
|
|
|
Fax No.: (408) 556-5091 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
With a copy to: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comerica Bank |
|
|
|
|
2 Embarcadero Center, Suite 300 |
|
|
|
|
San Francisco, CA 94111 |
|
|
|
|
Attn: Phil Koblis Vice President |
|
|
|
|
Fax No.: (415) 477-3260 |
|
|
36
EXHIBIT A
TO
SECURITY AGREEMENT
FORM OF AMENDMENT
This Amendment, dated , 20___, is delivered pursuant to Section 4.8[(b)/(c)]
of the Security Agreement referred to below. The undersigned hereby agrees that this Amendment
may be attached to the Security Agreement dated as of September 29, 2008, between the undersigned
and Comerica Bank, as the Agent for the benefit of the Banks referred to therein (the Security
Agreement), and (a) [that the intellectual property listed on Schedule A]/[that the shares of
stock, membership interests, partnership units, notes or other instruments listed on Schedule A]
annexed hereto shall be and become part of the Collateral referred to in the Security Agreement and
shall secure payment and performance of all Indebtedness as provided in the Security Agreement and
(b) that Schedule A shall be deemed to amend [Schedule 1.2/Schedule 1.1] by supplementing the
information provided on such Schedule with the information set forth on Schedule A.
Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings therefor provided
in the Security Agreement.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QUINSTREET, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMERICA BANK, as Agent
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37
EXHIBIT B
JOINDER AGREEMENT
(Security Agreement)
THIS JOINDER AGREEMENT (the Joinder Agreement) is dated as of ,
by , a
(New Debtor).
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section ___ of that certain Revolving Credit and Term Loan
Agreement dated as of September 29, 2008 (as amended or otherwise modified from time to time, the
Credit Agreement) by and among QuinStreet, Inc. (the Borrower), the financial
institutions signatory thereto from time to time (the Banks) and Comerica Bank, as Agent
for the Banks (in such capacity, Agent), the New Debtor is required to execute and
deliver a joinder agreement to the Security Agreement.
WHEREAS, in order to comply with the Credit Agreement, New Debtor executes and delivers this
Joinder Agreement in accordance therewith.
NOW THEREFORE, as a further inducement to Banks to continue to provide credit accommodations
to the Borrower, New Debtor hereby covenants and agrees as follows:
A. All capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Credit
Agreement unless expressly defined to the contrary.
B. New Debtor hereby enters into this Joinder Agreement in order to comply with Section
7.13 of the Credit Agreement and does so in consideration of the Advances made or to be made
from time to time under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
C. Schedule [insert appropriate Schedule] attached to this Joinder Agreement is intended to
supplement Schedule [insert appropriate Schedule] of the Security Agreement with the respective
information applicable to New Debtor.
D. New Debtor shall be considered, and deemed to be, for all purposes of the Credit Agreement,
the Security Agreement and the other Loan Documents, a Debtor under the Security Agreement as fully
as though New Debtor had executed and delivered the Security Agreement at the time originally
executed and delivered under the Credit Agreement and hereby ratifies and confirms its obligations
under the Security Agreement, all in accordance with the terms thereof and shall be deemed to have
made each representation and warranty set forth in the Security Agreement.
E. No Default or Event of Default (each such term being defined in the Credit Agreement) has
occurred and is continuing under the Credit Agreement.
F. This Joinder Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Michigan and shall be
binding upon New Debtor and its successors and assigns.
38
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned New Debtor has executed and delivered this Joinder
Agreement as of , .
|
|
|
|
|
Accepted: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMERICA BANK, as Agent |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39
exv10w15
Exhibit 10.15
[ * ] =
Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked
by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and
Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
QUINSTREET MERCHANT AGREEMENT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Merchant: |
|
QuinStreet: |
Contact: [ * ] |
|
Contact: Scott Mackley |
Title: |
|
Title: Director, Business Development |
Phone: [ * ] |
|
Phone: 650-595-6230 |
Fax: |
|
Fax: 650-591-5498 |
Address:
|
|
One Tower Lane
|
|
Address:
|
|
2750 El Camino Real |
|
|
Oakbrook Terrace, IL 60181
|
|
|
|
Redwood City, CA 94061 |
QuinStreet, Inc. (QuinStreet) and DeVry, Inc. (Merchant) hereby agree as follows:
Objective; The objective of this agreement (the Agreement) is to extend the reach of Merchant
via a network of partner and member web sites, email marketers, newsletter marketers and other
appropriate marketing partners (hereby referred to as QuinStreet Partners) that will promote
Merchant and drive traffic to Merchants web site hosted by QuinStreet.
Term: The term of this Agreement will commence on the Effective Date (Effective Date) set forth
below and will continue for 1 year after the Activation Date (as defined below). QuinStreet will
provide information regarding Merchants products and/or services to QuinStreet Partners within 90
days after the Effective Date (Activation Date), provided Merchant complies with paragraph 2
below. The term of this Agreement will automatically renew for up to three successive one-year
terms unless terminated by either party in accordance with this Agreement. Either party may
terminate this Agreement in the event that the other party materially breaches any obligation
hereunder and fails to cure such breach within thirty (30) days after notice thereof from the
non-breaching party. Either party may also terminate this Agreement after a test period of [ * ]
days from the Activation Date by providing the other party with at least thirty (30) days prior
written notice. Should noticed not be given by either party by the end of the test period, it is
assumed the agreement will continue for the entire term. Either party may also terminate this
Agreement at any time after the first anniversary date of the Activation Date by providing the
other party with at least ninety (30) days prior written notice. The following paragraphs will
survive termination or expiration of this Agreement: 1 (re limitations on approaching parties with
pre-existing relationships), 5, 7, 9, 10, 11 and 13.
Components:
1. QuinStreet will identify and recruit a network of QuinStreet Partners to promote Merchants
products and/or services. Merchant will assist in this process by specifying demographics of DeVry
target audience. QuinStreet maintains full control over which QuinStreet Partners it chooses to
recruit except that QuinStreet will observe mutually agreed upon guidelines for exclusion of
certain QuinStreet Partners (such as those exhibiting any disagreeable content in Merchants
discretion). QuinStreet will exclude such parties from participating in Merchant promotion.
QuinStreet will not approach companies or individuals for the purpose of becoming QuinStreet
Partners in the network promoting Merchants products and/or services who, as of the Effective
Date, have pre-existing relationships with Merchant of which Merchant notifies QuinStreet.
Merchant agrees it will not approach QuinStreet Partners who have pre-existing relationships or
contacts with QuinStreet during this contract [ * ] for the purpose of promoting Merchants
products and/or services on the Internet.
2. QuinStreet will develop marketing creative concerning the products and/or services (Creative)
to be
placed in QuinStreet Partners communications and web sites in accordance with the procedures
below, Quinstreet will also develop a dedicated web site to capture qualified leads for Merchant.
QuinStreet will keep the overall look and feel of the brand consistent with Merchants existing
on-line and off-line presence, including without limitation Merchants branding elements as
licensed to QuinStreet in accordance with this Agreement, and will not deviate from Merchants
guidelines with respect to content, offer and promotion. There is no extra cost for those
developments separate from the lead commission mentioned in Component 5.
Merchant will provide to QuinStreet within seven days after the Effective Date information
regarding Its products and/or services for use by QuinStreet in developing Creative. This
information will include specifications, descriptions, special promotions, logos, claims,
creative, and any other appropriate marketing content (Content). QuinStreet will seek approval
from Merchant to deviate from any written creative guidelines Merchant may choose to provide
QuinStreet or to in any way otherwise materially deviate from Merchants creative or brand
heritage. Merchant will approve or reject in writing the Creative within two days after
acknowledging receipt of notice that it is available for review except that if Merchant does not
respond within two days, Creative will be deemed approved, If Merchant rejects any Creative
QuinStreet will not use such Creative in connection with a Merchant offering but the Merchant must
provide QuinStreet detailed revisions as well as steps needed for approval. QuinStreet will revise
and submit the revised Creative to Merchant within seven days after receiving Merchants notice of
rejection. If, during the term of this Agreement, Merchant desires to discontinue or change the
Content included in approved Creative, Merchant will provide at least 30 days written notice to
QuinStreet. The parties then will mutually agree upon changes that will be subject to the delivery
and acceptance timelines and procedures of this paragraph 2, except that QuinStreet will have 30
days to develop and deliver replacement Creative after receiving all revised Content from
Merchant.
3. Merchant grants QuinStreet a non-exclusive, non-transferable license to reproduce, display, and
make derivative works of the Content solely for the purposes specified in this Agreement. Merchant
grants QuinStreet a non-exclusive, non-transferable license to reproduce and display In an approved
manner Merchants trademarks, service marks and logos (collectively Trademarks) solely for the
purposes specified in this Agreement. Such licenses will terminate automatically upon the date of
expiration or termination of this Agreement. In addition, Merchant may terminate the Trademark
license if, in its reasonable discretion, QuinStreets use of the Trademarks tarnishes, blurs, or
dilutes the quality associated with the Trademarks or the associated goodwill and such problem Is
not cured within 10 day of notice of breach; alternatively, instead of terminating the license in
total, Merchant may specify that certain QuinStreet uses may not contain the Trademarks.
4. The parties will mutually agree upon the number and type of promotions Merchant offers to
consumers through QuinStreet Partners, including, but not limited to, price promotions, premiums
and introductory offers.
5. Merchant will pay QuinStreet a commission of [ * ] per qualified lead generated by QuinStreet
Visitors during the term of this Agreement. Merchant will pay for a maximum of [ * ] leads in each
of the first two (2) months following the activation date, [ * ] leads in months three (3) and four
(4) following the activation date and [ * ] leads in each month for the remainder of the agreement
but may raise that amount at any time during the agreement. QuinStreet will invoice Merchant at the
end of each month for all commissions earned in that month. Invoices are due upon receipt. Any
payment not received within thirty (30) days after the invoice date will accrue interest a rate of
one and one-half percent (11/2 %) per month, or the highest rate allowed by applicable law, whichever
is lower. If Merchant is delinquent in its payments, QuinStreet may, upon written notice to
Merchant require an advance deposit for services or require other assurances to secure Merchant
payment obligations.
[ * ] = Certain confidential information contained in
this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with
the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended.
6. Within 15 days following the end of each calendar month, Merchant will send QuinStreet [ * ] for
the qualified leads generated by QuinStreet. The [ * ] will include each specific qualified lead,
the date it was delivered to Merchant, and the twenty digit click key value, a unique identifier of
Merchants leads, (Click Key Value,) that was originally matched with the qualified lead.
Merchant will also provide any other [ * ] as are mutually agreed between Merchant and QuinStreet
7. QuinStreet owns all QuinStreet technology and its on-line marketing relationships with its
QuinStreet Partners used in generating leads and/or sales for Merchant, This agreement does not
grant or convey to Merchant any ownership interest or rights in QuinStreets business method, or
proprietary information.
8. QuinStreet will provide customer support to QuinStreet Partners. Merchant will provide all
customer support to its consumers including all QuinStreet Visitors.
9. Each party will maintain in confidence all Confidential Information disclosed by the other
party. Confidential Information means the terms of this agreement and technical, marketing,
financial, employee, planning, and other confidential or proprietary information. The obligations
of the recipient of confidential information under this paragraph 9 will terminate if such
information: (a) was already lawfully known to the recipient at the time of disclosure by the other
party; (b) Is disclosed to the recipient by a third party who had the right to make such disclosure
without any confidentiality restrictions; (c) is, or through no fault of the recipient has become,
generally available to the public; or (d) is independently developed by the recipient without
access to or use of the other partys Confidential Information. In addition, the recipient will be
allowed to disclose Confidential Information of the other party to the extent that such disclosure
is (i) approved in writing by the other party, (ii) necessary for the recipient to enforce its
rights under this Agreement, or (iii) required by law or by the order of a court or similar
judicial or administrative body, provided that the recipient notifies the other party of such
required disclosure promptly and in writing and cooperates with the other party, at the other
partys request and expense, in any lawful action to contest or limit the scope of such required
disclosure.
10. In no event will either party be liable for any consequential, indirect, exemplary, special, or
incidental damages, including any lost profits, arising from or relating to this Agreement. Each
partys total cumulative liability in connection with this Agreement, except for amounts owed under
paragraphs 6, 11, or 13 whether in contract or in tort or otherwise, will not exceed the amount of
fees owed to QuinStreet by Merchant under this Agreement in the previous [ * ].
11. Merchant warrants that it owns all intellectual property rights in the Content and the
Trademarks or has all rights needed to grant the licenses in paragraph 3. Both Merchant and
QuinStreet mutually agree to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the other party to the Agreement
(QuinStreet or Merchant) from and against any suits, losses, damages, liabilities, costs, and
expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees) brought by third parties resulting from or relating
to a breach of the foregoing warranty, QuinStreet warrants that it will perform all services in a
professional and workmanlike manner. Except for the foregoing warranty, QuinStreet provides the
services performed hereunder AS IS and without any warranty of any kind. QuinStreets sole and
exclusive obligation for breach of the foregoing warranty, and Merchants sole and exclusive
remedy, is the reperformance of the services by QuinStreet.
12. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California as such laws apply to
contracts between California residents performed entirely within California. Neither Merchant nor
QuinStreet may assign or transfer, by operation of law or otherwise, any of its rights or delegate
any of its duties under this Agreement to any third party without the prior written consent of the
other party to the Agreement (Merchant or QuinStreet). Any attempted assignment, transfer, or
delegation in violation of the foregoing will be void. Any delay in the performance of any duties
or obligations of either party (except the payment of money owed) will not be considered a breach
of this Agreement if such delay is caused by a labor
[ * ] = Certain confidential information contained in
this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with
the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended.
dispute, shortage of materials, fire, earthquake, flood, or any other event beyond the control of
such party, provided that such party uses reasonable efforts, under the circumstances, to notify
the other party of the circumstances causing the delay and to resume performance as soon as
possible. The parties relationship is one of independent contractors, and neither party is an
agent or partner of the other. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties
regarding the subject hereof and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements,
understandings, and communication, whether written or oral. This Agreement may be amended only by a
written document signed by both parties.
The parties have entered into this Agreement as of the Effective Date: 10/03/01
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QuinStreet, Inc. |
|
Merchant |
By:
|
|
/s/ Bronwyn Syiek
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
[ * ]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Printed Name: Bronwyn Syiek |
|
Printed Name: [ * ] |
Title: SVP |
|
Title: [ * ] |
[ * ] = Certain confidential information contained in
this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with
the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended.
exv10w16
Exhibit 10.16
[ * ] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked
by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and
Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
QuinStreet
December 2, 2003
[ * ]
[ * ]
DeVry, Inc.
One Tower. Lane, Suite 1000
Dear [ * ]:
This letter sets out the terms pursuant to which QuinStreet, Inc. has agreed to build and
host websites (the Websites) to which you will drive traffic through your television, radio and
print advertising.
We have agreed that QuinStreet will host the Websites and that you and QuinStreet will
mutually agree all Creative content of such Websites prior to its use according to the terms of
the existing agreement between us and you (the Agreement).
Visitors to the Websites may complete forms resulting in the generation of personal contact
information for such visitors. This information shall be deemed to constitute Qualified Leads
under the terms of the Agreement and all terms of the Agreement applicable to your, use of
Qualified Leads shall apply to these Qualified Leads. You have agreed to pay us [ * ] per
Qualified Lead generated by the Websites; provided that after a [ * ] test period the parties will
negotiate a mutually agreeable rate should each party opt to continue programs utilizing the
Websites.
If the foregoing accurately reflects our agreement regarding the subject matter of this
letter, please sign a copy of this letter in the space below and fax it back to the undersigned,
retaining a fully executed copy of the letter for your files. Capitalized terms used but not
defined in this letter shall, have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sincerely,
QuinStreet, Inc.
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Scott Mackley, V.P.
|
|
|
|
Scott Mackley |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accepted and agreed as of the |
Date first above written: |
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
[ * ]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
[ * ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
exv10w17
Exhibit 10.17
[ * ] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked
by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and
Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
QuinStreet
[ * ]
[ * ]
DeVry, Inc.
One Tower Lane
Oakbrook Terrace, IL 60181
Dear [ * ]:
This letter (Letter) sets out the terms of the agreement between DeVry, Inc. (You) and
QuinStreet, Inc. (QuinStreet) pursuant to which QuinStreet has agreed to procure on Your behalf
and as Your agent, e-mail sends (Sends) of approved advertising creative marketing Your
products and/or services.
The terms of agreement set forth herein are in addition to the terms of any other
agreement(s) between You and QuinStreet in force as of the date hereof except that in the event
of any conflict between any provision in any such agreement and the terms of this Letter, this
Letter shall control.
You have agreed that You shall:
|
1. |
|
Maintain a list (the Suppression List) of all e-mail
addresses from whose owners or users You receive unsubscribe requests via the
Link, telephone, regular mail or courier service including unsubscribe request
received in response to any other email correspondence that doesnt utilize
QuinStreets proprietary EmChoice system (such requests, the Unsubscribes); |
|
|
2. |
|
Provide to QuinStreet no later than 6:00 PM Pacific Time on
Wednesday of each week during which You are in contractual privity with
QuinStreet (or, if Wednesday is a holiday in any such week, Thursday) either:
(i) an updated Suppression List containing all e-mail addresses contained in
all Unsubscribes received by You up to the end of the day before the day on
which the such Suppression List is delivered to QuinStreet; or (ii) a
statement from You indicating that the content of Your Suppression List has
not changed since the last time You provided it to QuinStreet because You have
received no Unsubscribes during such time (a No Change Notice); |
|
|
3. |
|
Indemnify, defend and hold harmless QuinStreet from and
against any and all claims, costs, fees or items of expense arising by
virtue of any claim that You failed to honor any Unsubscribes: |
|
|
4. |
|
Waive any rights or causes of action arising by virtue of
QuinStreet providing your Suppression List to any vendor of Sends so long as
the contract pursuant to which such Suppression List is provided to such
vendor contains representations by such vendor that it will comply with the
provisions of the CAN-SPAM Act of 2003 (the Act); |
|
|
5. |
|
Comply with all Unsubscribes in the manner mandated by the Act; and |
|
6. |
|
Provide Your actual, physical street address to QuinStreet
for display in any advertising or marketing copy included in any Sends and
update QuinStreet of any change to such physical street address within 24
hours of any change to it. |
You further represent and warrant to QuinStreet that the contents of any Suppression List or No
Change Notice shall be accurate in all respects as of the date on which such List or Notice is sent
to QuinStreet.
QuinStreet represents and warrants to You that it shall not contract for the provision of
Sends on Your behalf by any vendor that has not agreed in writing to comply with the provisions of
the Act. QuinStreet further agrees to cooperate in a commercially reasonable manner, including
assigning any rights of action against any vendor of Sends to You, but specifically excluding
institution of litigation against any such vendor of Sends, in the event that any such vendor of
Sends uses any Suppression List or any email address set forth therein in any manner prohibited by
the Act or the agreement between QuinStreet and such vendor. You acknowledge that Your agreement to
the terms and conditions set forth in this Letter constitutes a vital inducement to QuinStreet to
secure Sends on Your behalf and that you will realize a material benefit as a result of any such
Sends.
The laws of the State of California and the Act shall govern this Letter.
If the foregoing terms and conditions accurately reflect our agreement on the matters set
forth in this letter of agreement, kindly return one fully executed counterpart of this Letter to
the undersigned and retain one copy of it for Your records. A faxed signed counterpart of this
letter of agreement shall be deemed sufficient evidence of its execution by either or both
parties.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sincerely,
QuinStreet, Inc.
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Scott P. Mackley
|
|
|
Its: |
VP, CSD |
|
|
Accepted and agreed in all respects as of the date first above written:
|
|
|
|
|
DeVry |
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
[ * ]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
[ * ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[ * ] = Certain confidential information contained in
this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with
the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended.
exv10w18
Exhibit 10.18
[ * ] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked
by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and
Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
October 05, 2007
[ * ]
One Tower Lane
Oakbrook Terrace, IL 6018
Dear [ * ]:
This letter will confirm that we have agreed to extend the term of that certain QuinStreet Client
Agreement dated as of July 3, 2001 between QuinStreet, Inc. and DeVry University (the Agreement)
for one (1) year following the date of execution of this letter. Following this extension term the
Agreement will renew for successive yearly terms until terminated with not less than 30 days prior
written notice by either party. The pricing payable to QuinStreet for leads delivered pursuant to
this agreement will remain at current levels during the extension term.
Other than the term, which is extended by this letter, the remaining provisions of the Agreement
shall remain in full force and effect until the New Termination Date. The parties have also agreed
that the terms of Addendum A to this letter, attached hereto and made part hereof by this reference
shall apply during the renewal term of the Agreement and any subsequent extension term thereof.
We have enclosed two executed copies of this letter. If the foregoing provisions accurately
reflect our agreement with respect to the subject matter of this letter, please sign one copy of
this letter in the space below and return it to the undersigned while retaining one fully-executed
version of this letter for your records. Thank you for the continuing opportunity to be of service
to DeVry University.
|
|
|
|
|
Very truly yours, |
|
|
|
|
|
QuinStreet, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Tom Cheli
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
TC EVP |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ACCEPTED AND AGREED AS OF 11-6 , 2007: |
|
|
|
|
|
DeVry University |
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
[ * ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
[ * ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Addendum A
New Scope of Services
In addition to the services covered in the agreement between the parties, effective June 1, 2006,
QuinStreet agrees to provide the following services to DeVry University:
|
1. |
|
DeVry University appoints QuinStreet, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively,
QuinStreet) as the designated manager for certain on-line advertising placements,
including without limitation, securing media placements, search engine driven or
pay-per-click advertising and banner advertising. |
|
|
2. |
|
Quinstreet will [ * ] at DeVry Universitys request on behalf of DeVry University.
Quinstreet [ * ] agrees to [ * ] at the [ * ] by DeVry University. [ * ] QuinStreet may,
at its own discretion, [ * ] that is [ * ]. QuinStreet will also have [ * ]. QuinStreet
will be [ * ] and will [ * ] DeVry University has [ * ]. QuinStreet will, if required to do
so by the existing agreement between Devry University [ * ], or if QuinStreet determines it
to be in the best interests of Devry University to do so, [ * ]. QuinStreet may enter into
agreements on its own behalf with [ * ] related to [ * ] Devry University. |
|
|
3. |
|
QuinStreet will manage the process of receiving creative for DeVry University to
approve. All creative (banner, website, copy, etc.) will be approved by DeVry University. |
|
|
4. |
|
QuinStreet will monitor and request updates to all websites owned or operated by the
additional vendors DeVry University has asked it to manage on its behalf. QuinStreet may,
at its own discretion, terminate any vendor who is in non-compliance with any Devry
University guideline, including those issues pursuant to items 2 and 3 above. |
|
|
5. |
|
QuinStreet will send regular reports to DeVry University including, but not limited to: |
|
A. |
|
Month-to-date lead volumes delivered |
|
|
B. |
|
Detailed reports, [ * ], of lead volume and [ * ] |
|
|
|
|
|
QuinStreet, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
/s/ Tom Cheli
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
EVP |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date:
|
|
11/6/07 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accepted by |
|
|
|
|
|
Advertiser:
|
|
DeVry |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
[ * ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
[ * ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date:
|
|
11-9-07 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[ * ] = Certain confidential information contained in
this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with
the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended.
exv21w1
Exhibit 21.1
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
|
|
|
Name |
|
Jurisdiction |
ReliableRemodeler.com, Inc.
|
|
Delaware |
CyberSpace Communications Corporation
|
|
Oklahoma |
QuinStreet Media, Inc.
|
|
Nevada |
WorldWide Learn, Inc.
|
|
Alberta |
3041486 Nova Scotia Company
|
|
Nova Scotia |
WorldWide Learn Partnership
|
|
Alberta |
exv23w2
Exhibit 23.2
CONSENT
OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on
Form S-1 of our report dated November 19, 2009, except
for Note 14 to the financial statements, as to which the date is
January 14, 2010,
relating to the financial statements and financial statement
schedule of QuinStreet, Inc., which appears in such Registration
Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the
heading Experts in such Registration Statement.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
San Jose, California
January 14, 2010